diff options
| author | Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org> | 2003-12-01 13:48:16 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org> | 2009-06-23 12:11:26 +0200 |
| commit | 336485c964588b4160011237b076eceed7794910 (patch) | |
| tree | 439e897b00575e314eaacc77341c2ddeaf69dd13 | |
| parent | 70efc7d46d32941dc5f393f1691b0046746d0f11 (diff) | |
| download | external_gettext-336485c964588b4160011237b076eceed7794910.zip external_gettext-336485c964588b4160011237b076eceed7794910.tar.gz external_gettext-336485c964588b4160011237b076eceed7794910.tar.bz2 | |
Regenerated for 0.13.
41 files changed, 19388 insertions, 5065 deletions
diff --git a/gettext-runtime/libasprintf/autosprintf.html b/gettext-runtime/libasprintf/autosprintf.html index 1c90be9..74d4523 100644 --- a/gettext-runtime/libasprintf/autosprintf.html +++ b/gettext-runtime/libasprintf/autosprintf.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from autosprintf.texi on 25 Febuary 2003 --> + from autosprintf.texi on 12 June 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU autosprintf</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ it provides. </P> <P><HR><P> -This document was generated on 25 Febuary 2003 using the +This document was generated on 12 June 2003 using the <A HREF="http://wwwinfo.cern.ch/dis/texi2html/">texi2html</A> translator version 1.52a.</P> </BODY> diff --git a/gettext-runtime/libasprintf/autosprintf.info b/gettext-runtime/libasprintf/autosprintf.info index c8bf1ad..7773fa4 100644 --- a/gettext-runtime/libasprintf/autosprintf.info +++ b/gettext-runtime/libasprintf/autosprintf.info @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -This is autosprintf.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +This is autosprintf.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.6 from autosprintf.texi. -INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU autosprintf +INFO-DIR-SECTION C++ libraries START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY -* autosprintf: (autosprintf). GNU autosprintf +* autosprintf: (autosprintf). Support for printf format strings in C++. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY This file provides documentation for GNU `autosprintf' library. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ File: autosprintf.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir GNU autosprintf *************** - This manual documents the GNU autosprintf class, version 1.0. +This manual documents the GNU autosprintf class, version 1.0. * Menu: @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ File: autosprintf.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Class autosprintf, Prev: To Introduction ************ - This package makes the C formatted output routines (`fprintf' et al.) +This package makes the C formatted output routines (`fprintf' et al.) usable in C++ programs, for use with the `<string>' strings and the `<iostream>' streams. @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ File: autosprintf.info, Node: Class autosprintf, Next: Using autosprintf, Pre The `autosprintf' class *********************** - An instance of class `autosprintf' just contains a string with the +An instance of class `autosprintf' just contains a string with the formatted output result. Such an instance is usually allocated as an automatic storage variable, i.e. on the stack, not with `new' on the heap. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ File: autosprintf.info, Node: Using autosprintf, Prev: Class autosprintf, Up: Using `autosprintf' in own programs *********************************** - To use the `autosprintf' class in your programs, you need to add +To use the `autosprintf' class in your programs, you need to add #include "autosprintf.h" using gnu::autosprintf; @@ -119,9 +119,9 @@ variable that it provides. Tag Table: -Node: Top998 -Node: Introduction1361 -Node: Class autosprintf2511 -Node: Using autosprintf3282 +Node: Top1011 +Node: Introduction1371 +Node: Class autosprintf2518 +Node: Using autosprintf3286 End Tag Table diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info index 063ef55..76fcd7d 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.6 from gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities @@ -47,191 +47,205 @@ translation approved by the Foundation. Indirect: gettext.info-1: 2506 -gettext.info-2: 51861 -gettext.info-3: 100429 -gettext.info-4: 150062 -gettext.info-5: 199490 -gettext.info-6: 242504 -gettext.info-7: 290745 -gettext.info-8: 340326 -gettext.info-9: 390189 -gettext.info-10: 438084 +gettext.info-2: 300490 Tag Table: (Indirect) Node: Top2506 -Node: Introduction13184 -Node: Why15042 -Ref: Why-Footnote-118149 -Node: Concepts18305 -Node: Aspects21718 -Node: Files27556 -Node: Overview29457 -Node: Basics40249 -Node: Installation41079 -Node: PO Files43021 -Ref: PO Files-Footnote-151734 -Node: Main PO Commands51861 -Node: Entry Positioning56931 -Node: Normalizing62385 -Node: Sources66838 -Node: Triggering68240 -Node: Preparing Strings71299 -Node: Mark Keywords78196 -Node: Marking81751 -Node: c-format Flag89472 -Node: Special cases93383 -Node: Names96130 -Node: Template99708 -Node: xgettext Invocation100429 -Node: Creating108648 -Node: msginit Invocation109529 -Node: Header Entry111769 -Node: Updating118781 -Node: msgmerge Invocation119536 -Node: Translated Entries124154 -Node: Fuzzy Entries125508 -Node: Untranslated Entries128677 -Node: Obsolete Entries130597 -Node: Modifying Translations133810 -Node: Modifying Comments141767 -Node: Subedit146180 -Node: C Sources Context150062 -Node: Auxiliary155172 -Node: Compendium158397 -Node: Creating Compendia159007 -Node: Using Compendia161446 -Node: Manipulating162334 -Node: msgcat Invocation166096 -Node: msgconv Invocation169946 -Node: msggrep Invocation172726 -Node: msgfilter Invocation177098 -Node: msguniq Invocation181569 -Node: msgcomm Invocation185059 -Node: msgcmp Invocation188704 -Node: msgattrib Invocation190109 -Node: msgen Invocation194295 -Node: msgexec Invocation197244 -Node: libgettextpo199490 -Node: Binaries204606 -Node: msgfmt Invocation204938 -Node: msgunfmt Invocation210845 -Node: MO Files213972 -Node: Users222063 -Node: Matrix223546 -Node: Installers224750 -Node: End Users225920 -Node: Programmers226569 -Node: catgets227742 -Node: Interface to catgets229145 -Node: Problems with catgets231149 -Node: gettext232050 -Node: Interface to gettext233508 -Node: Ambiguities235847 -Node: Locating Catalogs238540 -Ref: Locating Catalogs-Footnote-1239687 -Ref: Locating Catalogs-Footnote-2239912 -Node: Charset conversion240061 -Node: Plural forms242504 -Ref: Plural forms-Footnote-1253106 -Node: GUI program problems253198 -Node: Optimized gettext258302 -Node: Comparison259635 -Node: Using libintl.a263905 -Node: gettext grok264338 -Node: Temp Programmers266888 -Node: Temp Implementations267328 -Node: Temp catgets268694 -Node: Temp WSI270381 -Node: Temp Notes272369 -Node: Translators272858 -Node: Trans Intro 0273315 -Node: Trans Intro 1275964 -Node: Discussions277828 -Node: Organization281398 -Node: Central Coordination283379 -Node: National Teams284507 -Node: Sub-Cultures287020 -Node: Organizational Ideas287939 -Node: Mailing Lists288942 -Node: Information Flow290745 -Node: Prioritizing messages292908 -Node: Maintainers297172 -Node: Flat and Non-Flat299069 -Node: Prerequisites300552 -Node: gettextize Invocation304693 -Node: Adjusting Files311399 -Node: po/POTFILES.in313123 -Node: po/LINGUAS314368 -Node: po/Makevars316046 -Node: configure.in317640 -Node: config.guess319730 -Node: mkinstalldirs320846 -Node: aclocal321607 -Node: acconfig323245 -Node: config.h.in323731 -Node: Makefile324888 -Node: src/Makefile327469 -Node: lib/gettext.h330485 -Node: autoconf macros332718 -Node: AM_GNU_GETTEXT333345 -Node: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION336928 -Node: AM_PO_SUBDIRS337363 -Node: AM_ICONV338130 -Node: CVS Issues340326 -Node: Distributed CVS340880 -Node: Files under CVS342794 -Node: autopoint Invocation345347 -Node: Programming Languages347139 -Node: Language Implementors347960 -Node: Programmers for other Languages352786 -Node: Translators for other Languages353352 -Node: c-format354440 -Node: python-format354951 -Node: lisp-format355377 -Node: elisp-format355692 -Node: librep-format356171 -Node: smalltalk-format356563 -Node: java-format357052 -Node: awk-format357484 -Node: object-pascal-format357794 -Node: ycp-format358010 -Node: tcl-format358396 -Node: php-format358677 -Node: Maintainers for other Languages359000 -Node: List of Programming Languages360228 -Node: C361351 -Node: sh362420 -Node: bash363046 -Node: Python363731 -Node: Common Lisp364853 -Node: clisp C365567 -Node: Emacs Lisp366293 -Node: librep367005 -Node: Smalltalk367656 -Node: Java368598 -Node: gawk372132 -Node: Pascal372959 -Node: wxWindows374178 -Node: YCP374912 -Node: Tcl375571 -Node: Perl376876 -Node: PHP377494 -Node: Pike378274 -Node: List of Data Formats378900 -Node: POT379359 -Node: RST379603 -Node: Glade379815 -Node: Conclusion380093 -Node: History380593 -Node: References384695 -Node: Language Codes386250 -Node: Country Codes390189 -Node: Program Index395909 -Node: Option Index397273 -Node: Variable Index427172 -Node: PO Mode Index428347 -Node: Autoconf Macro Index437705 -Node: Index438084 +Node: Introduction14596 +Node: Why16454 +Ref: Why-Footnote-119558 +Node: Concepts19714 +Node: Aspects23124 +Node: Files28960 +Node: Overview30858 +Node: Basics41647 +Node: Installation42474 +Node: PO Files44413 +Ref: PO Files-Footnote-153657 +Node: Main PO Commands53784 +Node: Entry Positioning58852 +Node: Normalizing64305 +Node: Sources68756 +Node: Triggering70392 +Node: Preparing Strings73448 +Node: Mark Keywords80898 +Node: Marking84450 +Node: c-format Flag92169 +Node: Special cases96077 +Node: Names98820 +Node: Template102395 +Node: xgettext Invocation103112 +Node: Creating114395 +Node: msginit Invocation115273 +Node: Header Entry117831 +Node: Updating124828 +Node: msgmerge Invocation125583 +Node: Translated Entries130520 +Node: Fuzzy Entries131872 +Node: Untranslated Entries135038 +Node: Obsolete Entries136956 +Node: Modifying Translations140167 +Node: Modifying Comments148122 +Node: Subedit152533 +Node: C Sources Context156413 +Node: Auxiliary161521 +Node: Compendium164744 +Node: Creating Compendia165351 +Node: Using Compendia167781 +Node: Manipulating168660 +Node: msgcat Invocation172419 +Node: msgconv Invocation176589 +Node: msggrep Invocation179688 +Node: msgfilter Invocation184379 +Node: msguniq Invocation189166 +Node: msgcomm Invocation192975 +Node: msgcmp Invocation196940 +Node: msgattrib Invocation198496 +Node: msgen Invocation202999 +Node: msgexec Invocation206266 +Node: libgettextpo208661 +Node: Binaries213775 +Node: msgfmt Invocation214107 +Node: msgunfmt Invocation220218 +Node: MO Files223519 +Node: Users231607 +Node: Matrix233087 +Node: Installers234288 +Node: End Users235455 +Node: Programmers236100 +Node: catgets237270 +Node: Interface to catgets238670 +Node: Problems with catgets240662 +Node: gettext241560 +Node: Interface to gettext243056 +Node: Ambiguities245399 +Node: Locating Catalogs248089 +Ref: Locating Catalogs-Footnote-1249233 +Ref: Locating Catalogs-Footnote-2249458 +Node: Charset conversion249607 +Node: Plural forms252047 +Ref: Plural forms-Footnote-1262905 +Node: GUI program problems262997 +Node: Optimized gettext268098 +Node: Comparison269428 +Node: Using libintl.a273695 +Node: gettext grok274125 +Node: Temp Programmers276672 +Node: Temp Implementations277112 +Node: Temp catgets278475 +Node: Temp WSI280159 +Node: Temp Notes282144 +Node: Translators282630 +Node: Trans Intro 0283087 +Node: Trans Intro 1285733 +Node: Discussions287594 +Node: Organization291161 +Node: Central Coordination293139 +Node: National Teams294264 +Node: Sub-Cultures296774 +Node: Organizational Ideas297690 +Node: Mailing Lists298690 +Node: Information Flow300490 +Node: Prioritizing messages302650 +Node: Maintainers306911 +Node: Flat and Non-Flat308805 +Node: Prerequisites310285 +Node: gettextize Invocation314422 +Node: Adjusting Files321126 +Node: po/POTFILES.in322845 +Node: po/LINGUAS324087 +Node: po/Makevars325762 +Node: configure.in327353 +Node: config.guess329432 +Node: mkinstalldirs330546 +Node: aclocal331304 +Node: acconfig333070 +Node: config.h.in333553 +Node: Makefile334707 +Node: src/Makefile337285 +Node: lib/gettext.h340298 +Node: autoconf macros342528 +Node: AM_GNU_GETTEXT343152 +Node: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION346732 +Node: AM_PO_SUBDIRS347164 +Node: AM_ICONV347928 +Node: CVS Issues350121 +Node: Distributed CVS350672 +Node: Files under CVS352583 +Node: autopoint Invocation355133 +Node: Programming Languages356923 +Node: Language Implementors357741 +Node: Programmers for other Languages362520 +Node: Translators for other Languages363083 +Node: c-format364442 +Node: objc-format365470 +Node: sh-format365808 +Node: python-format366596 +Node: lisp-format367020 +Node: elisp-format367332 +Node: librep-format367808 +Node: smalltalk-format368197 +Node: java-format368683 +Node: awk-format369112 +Node: object-pascal-format369419 +Node: ycp-format369632 +Node: tcl-format370015 +Node: perl-format370294 +Node: php-format371023 +Node: gcc-internal-format371372 +Node: qt-format372398 +Node: Maintainers for other Languages372795 +Node: List of Programming Languages374020 +Node: C375207 +Node: sh376470 +Node: Preparing Shell Scripts377730 +Node: gettext.sh380128 +Node: gettext Invocation380657 +Node: ngettext Invocation382380 +Node: envsubst Invocation383936 +Node: eval_gettext Invocation385339 +Node: eval_ngettext Invocation385782 +Node: bash386278 +Node: Python388240 +Node: Common Lisp389435 +Node: clisp C390221 +Node: Emacs Lisp390922 +Node: librep391634 +Node: Smalltalk392358 +Node: Java393376 +Node: gawk397047 +Node: Pascal397945 +Node: wxWindows399237 +Node: YCP399971 +Node: Tcl400694 +Node: Perl402088 +Node: General Problems405014 +Node: Default Keywords408672 +Node: Special Keywords409604 +Node: Quote-like Expressions411098 +Node: Interpolation I413363 +Node: Interpolation II417133 +Node: Parentheses419478 +Node: Long Lines420990 +Node: Perl Pitfalls422817 +Node: PHP427039 +Node: Pike427954 +Node: GCC-source428599 +Node: List of Data Formats429330 +Node: POT429786 +Node: RST430030 +Node: Glade430242 +Node: Conclusion430588 +Node: History431085 +Node: References435341 +Node: Language Codes436893 +Node: Country Codes440955 +Node: Program Index446690 +Node: Option Index448145 +Node: Variable Index481176 +Node: PO Mode Index482255 +Node: Autoconf Macro Index491613 +Node: Index491992 End Tag Table diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-1 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-1 index 7f8cd6b..f86bf39 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-1 +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.6 from gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ File: gettext.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) GNU `gettext' utilities *********************** - This manual documents the GNU gettext tools and the GNU libintl -library, version 0.12.1. +This manual documents the GNU gettext tools and the GNU libintl library, +version 0.13. * Menu: @@ -262,6 +262,8 @@ Other Programming Languages The Translator's View * c-format:: C Format Strings +* objc-format:: Objective C Format Strings +* sh-format:: Shell Format Strings * python-format:: Python Format Strings * lisp-format:: Lisp Format Strings * elisp-format:: Emacs Lisp Format Strings @@ -272,7 +274,10 @@ The Translator's View * object-pascal-format:: Object Pascal Format Strings * ycp-format:: YCP Format Strings * tcl-format:: Tcl Format Strings +* perl-format:: Perl Format Strings * php-format:: PHP Format Strings +* gcc-internal-format:: GCC internal Format Strings +* qt-format:: Qt Format Strings Individual Programming Languages @@ -294,6 +299,29 @@ Individual Programming Languages * Perl:: Perl * PHP:: PHP Hypertext Preprocessor * Pike:: Pike +* GCC-source:: GNU Compiler Collection sources + +sh - Shell Script + +* Preparing Shell Scripts:: Preparing Shell Scripts for Internationalization +* gettext.sh:: Contents of `gettext.sh' +* gettext Invocation:: Invoking the `gettext' program +* ngettext Invocation:: Invoking the `ngettext' program +* envsubst Invocation:: Invoking the `envsubst' program +* eval_gettext Invocation:: Invoking the `eval_gettext' function +* eval_ngettext Invocation:: Invoking the `eval_ngettext' function + +Perl + +* General Problems:: General Problems Parsing Perl Code +* Default Keywords:: Which Keywords Will xgettext Look For? +* Special Keywords:: How to Extract Hash Keys +* Quote-like Expressions:: What are Strings And Quote-like Expressions? +* Interpolation I:: Invalid String Interpolation +* Interpolation II:: Valid String Interpolation +* Parentheses:: When To Use Parentheses +* Long Lines:: How To Grok with Long Lines +* Perl Pitfalls:: Bugs, Pitfalls, and Things That Do Not Work Internationalizable Data @@ -357,7 +385,7 @@ File: gettext.info, Node: Why, Next: Concepts, Prev: Introduction, Up: Intro The Purpose of GNU `gettext' ============================ - Usually, programs are written and documented in English, and use +Usually, programs are written and documented in English, and use English at execution time to interact with users. This is true not only of GNU software, but also of a great deal of commercial and free software. Using a common language is quite handy for communication @@ -426,7 +454,7 @@ File: gettext.info, Node: Concepts, Next: Aspects, Prev: Why, Up: Introducti I18n, L10n, and Such ==================== - Two long words appear all the time when we discuss support of native +Two long words appear all the time when we discuss support of native language in programs, and these words have a precise meaning, worth being explained here, once and for all in this document. The words are _internationalization_ and _localization_. Many people, tired of @@ -488,7 +516,7 @@ File: gettext.info, Node: Aspects, Next: Files, Prev: Concepts, Up: Introduc Aspects in Native Language Support ================================== - For a totally multi-lingual distribution, there are many things to +For a totally multi-lingual distribution, there are many things to translate beyond output messages. * As of today, GNU `gettext' offers a complete toolset for @@ -595,6 +623,7 @@ _Messages_ users to easily change the language that the software uses to communicate to the user. + Components of locale outside of message handling are standardized in the ISO C standard and the SUSV2 specification. GNU `libc' fully implements this, and most other modern systems provide a more or less @@ -606,11 +635,11 @@ File: gettext.info, Node: Files, Next: Overview, Prev: Aspects, Up: Introduc Files Conveying Translations ============================ - The letters PO in `.po' files means Portable Object, to distinguish -it from `.mo' files, where MO stands for Machine Object. This -paradigm, as well as the PO file format, is inspired by the NLS -standard developed by Uniforum, and first implemented by Sun in their -Solaris system. +The letters PO in `.po' files means Portable Object, to distinguish it +from `.mo' files, where MO stands for Machine Object. This paradigm, +as well as the PO file format, is inspired by the NLS standard +developed by Uniforum, and first implemented by Sun in their Solaris +system. PO files are meant to be read and edited by humans, and associate each original, translatable string of a given package with its @@ -642,10 +671,10 @@ File: gettext.info, Node: Overview, Prev: Files, Up: Introduction Overview of GNU `gettext' ========================= - The following diagram summarizes the relation between the files -handled by GNU `gettext' and the tools acting on these files. It is -followed by somewhat detailed explanations, which you should read while -keeping an eye on the diagram. Having a clear understanding of these +The following diagram summarizes the relation between the files handled +by GNU `gettext' and the tools acting on these files. It is followed +by somewhat detailed explanations, which you should read while keeping +an eye on the diagram. Having a clear understanding of these interrelations will surely help programmers, translators and maintainers. @@ -839,7 +868,7 @@ File: gettext.info, Node: Basics, Next: Sources, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top PO Files and PO Mode Basics *************************** - The GNU `gettext' toolset helps programmers and translators at +The GNU `gettext' toolset helps programmers and translators at producing, updating and using translation files, mainly those PO files which are textual, editable files. This chapter stresses the format of PO files, and contains a PO mode starter. PO mode description is @@ -860,7 +889,7 @@ File: gettext.info, Node: Installation, Next: PO Files, Prev: Basics, Up: Ba Completing GNU `gettext' Installation ===================================== - Once you have received, unpacked, configured and compiled the GNU +Once you have received, unpacked, configured and compiled the GNU `gettext' distribution, the `make install' command puts in place the programs `xgettext', `msgfmt', `gettext', and `msgmerge', as well as their available message catalogs. To top off a comfortable @@ -903,7 +932,7 @@ File: gettext.info, Node: PO Files, Next: Main PO Commands, Prev: Installatio The Format of PO Files ====================== - A PO file is made up of many entries, each entry holding the relation +A PO file is made up of many entries, each entry holding the relation between an original untranslated string and its corresponding translation. All entries in a given PO file usually pertain to a single project, and all translations are expressed in a single target @@ -989,6 +1018,14 @@ forms of flags defined: *Note msgfmt Invocation::, *Note c-format Flag:: and *Note c-format::. +`objc-format' +`no-objc-format' + Likewise for Objective C, see *Note objc-format::. + +`sh-format' +`no-sh-format' + Likewise for Shell, see *Note sh-format::. + `python-format' `no-python-format' Likewise for Python, see *Note python-format::. @@ -1029,10 +1066,27 @@ forms of flags defined: `no-tcl-format' Likewise for Tcl, see *Note tcl-format::. +`perl-format' +`no-perl-format' + Likewise for Perl, see *Note perl-format::. + +`perl-brace-format' +`no-perl-brace-format' + Likewise for Perl brace, see *Note perl-format::. + `php-format' `no-php-format' Likewise for PHP, see *Note php-format::. +`gcc-internal-format' +`no-gcc-internal-format' + Likewise for the GCC sources, see *Note gcc-internal-format::. + +`qt-format' +`no-qt-format' + Likewise for Qt, see *Note qt-format::. + + A different kind of entries is used for translations which involve plural forms. @@ -1112,3 +1166,6397 @@ be replaced unexpectedly when the PO file is given to `msgmerge'. (1) This limitation is not imposed by GNU `gettext', but is for compatibility with the `msgfmt' implementation on Solaris. + +File: gettext.info, Node: Main PO Commands, Next: Entry Positioning, Prev: PO Files, Up: Basics + +Main PO mode Commands +===================== + +After setting up Emacs with something similar to the lines in *Note +Installation::, PO mode is activated for a window when Emacs finds a PO +file in that window. This puts the window read-only and establishes a +po-mode-map, which is a genuine Emacs mode, in a way that is not derived +from text mode in any way. Functions found on `po-mode-hook', if any, +will be executed. + + When PO mode is active in a window, the letters `PO' appear in the +mode line for that window. The mode line also displays how many +entries of each kind are held in the PO file. For example, the string +`132t+3f+10u+2o' would tell the translator that the PO mode contains +132 translated entries (*note Translated Entries::, 3 fuzzy entries +(*note Fuzzy Entries::), 10 untranslated entries (*note Untranslated +Entries::) and 2 obsolete entries (*note Obsolete Entries::). +Zero-coefficients items are not shown. So, in this example, if the +fuzzy entries were unfuzzied, the untranslated entries were translated +and the obsolete entries were deleted, the mode line would merely +display `145t' for the counters. + + The main PO commands are those which do not fit into the other +categories of subsequent sections. These allow for quitting PO mode or +for managing windows in special ways. + +`_' + Undo last modification to the PO file (`po-undo'). + +`Q' + Quit processing and save the PO file (`po-quit'). + +`q' + Quit processing, possibly after confirmation + (`po-confirm-and-quit'). + +`0' + Temporary leave the PO file window (`po-other-window'). + +`?' +`h' + Show help about PO mode (`po-help'). + +`=' + Give some PO file statistics (`po-statistics'). + +`V' + Batch validate the format of the whole PO file (`po-validate'). + + + The command `_' (`po-undo') interfaces to the Emacs _undo_ facility. +*Note Undoing Changes: (emacs)Undo. Each time `U' is typed, +modifications which the translator did to the PO file are undone a +little more. For the purpose of undoing, each PO mode command is +atomic. This is especially true for the `<RET>' command: the whole +edition made by using a single use of this command is undone at once, +even if the edition itself implied several actions. However, while in +the editing window, one can undo the edition work quite parsimoniously. + + The commands `Q' (`po-quit') and `q' (`po-confirm-and-quit') are +used when the translator is done with the PO file. The former is a bit +less verbose than the latter. If the file has been modified, it is +saved to disk first. In both cases, and prior to all this, the +commands check if any untranslated messages remain in the PO file and, +if so, the translator is asked if she really wants to leave off working +with this PO file. This is the preferred way of getting rid of an +Emacs PO file buffer. Merely killing it through the usual command +`C-x k' (`kill-buffer') is not the tidiest way to proceed. + + The command `0' (`po-other-window') is another, softer way, to leave +PO mode, temporarily. It just moves the cursor to some other Emacs +window, and pops one if necessary. For example, if the translator just +got PO mode to show some source context in some other, she might +discover some apparent bug in the program source that needs correction. +This command allows the translator to change sex, become a programmer, +and have the cursor right into the window containing the program she +(or rather _he_) wants to modify. By later getting the cursor back in +the PO file window, or by asking Emacs to edit this file once again, PO +mode is then recovered. + + The command `h' (`po-help') displays a summary of all available PO +mode commands. The translator should then type any character to resume +normal PO mode operations. The command `?' has the same effect as `h'. + + The command `=' (`po-statistics') computes the total number of +entries in the PO file, the ordinal of the current entry (counted from +1), the number of untranslated entries, the number of obsolete entries, +and displays all these numbers. + + The command `V' (`po-validate') launches `msgfmt' in checking and +verbose mode over the current PO file. This command first offers to +save the current PO file on disk. The `msgfmt' tool, from GNU +`gettext', has the purpose of creating a MO file out of a PO file, and +PO mode uses the features of this program for checking the overall +format of a PO file, as well as all individual entries. + + The program `msgfmt' runs asynchronously with Emacs, so the +translator regains control immediately while her PO file is being +studied. Error output is collected in the Emacs `*compilation*' buffer, +displayed in another window. The regular Emacs command `C-x`' +(`next-error'), as well as other usual compile commands, allow the +translator to reposition quickly to the offending parts of the PO file. +Once the cursor is on the line in error, the translator may decide on +any PO mode action which would help correcting the error. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Entry Positioning, Next: Normalizing, Prev: Main PO Commands, Up: Basics + +Entry Positioning +================= + +The cursor in a PO file window is almost always part of an entry. The +only exceptions are the special case when the cursor is after the last +entry in the file, or when the PO file is empty. The entry where the +cursor is found to be is said to be the current entry. Many PO mode +commands operate on the current entry, so moving the cursor does more +than allowing the translator to browse the PO file, this also selects +on which entry commands operate. + + Some PO mode commands alter the position of the cursor in a +specialized way. A few of those special purpose positioning are +described here, the others are described in following sections (for a +complete list try `C-h m'): + +`.' + Redisplay the current entry (`po-current-entry'). + +`n' + Select the entry after the current one (`po-next-entry'). + +`p' + Select the entry before the current one (`po-previous-entry'). + +`<' + Select the first entry in the PO file (`po-first-entry'). + +`>' + Select the last entry in the PO file (`po-last-entry'). + +`m' + Record the location of the current entry for later use + (`po-push-location'). + +`r' + Return to a previously saved entry location (`po-pop-location'). + +`x' + Exchange the current entry location with the previously saved one + (`po-exchange-location'). + + + Any Emacs command able to reposition the cursor may be used to +select the current entry in PO mode, including commands which move by +characters, lines, paragraphs, screens or pages, and search commands. +However, there is a kind of standard way to display the current entry +in PO mode, which usual Emacs commands moving the cursor do not +especially try to enforce. The command `.' (`po-current-entry') has +the sole purpose of redisplaying the current entry properly, after the +current entry has been changed by means external to PO mode, or the +Emacs screen otherwise altered. + + It is yet to be decided if PO mode helps the translator, or otherwise +irritates her, by forcing a rigid window disposition while she is doing +her work. We originally had quite precise ideas about how windows +should behave, but on the other hand, anyone used to Emacs is often +happy to keep full control. Maybe a fixed window disposition might be +offered as a PO mode option that the translator might activate or +deactivate at will, so it could be offered on an experimental basis. +If nobody feels a real need for using it, or a compulsion for writing +it, we should drop this whole idea. The incentive for doing it should +come from translators rather than programmers, as opinions from an +experienced translator are surely more worth to me than opinions from +programmers _thinking_ about how _others_ should do translation. + + The commands `n' (`po-next-entry') and `p' (`po-previous-entry') +move the cursor the entry following, or preceding, the current one. If +`n' is given while the cursor is on the last entry of the PO file, or +if `p' is given while the cursor is on the first entry, no move is done. + + The commands `<' (`po-first-entry') and `>' (`po-last-entry') move +the cursor to the first entry, or last entry, of the PO file. When the +cursor is located past the last entry in a PO file, most PO mode +commands will return an error saying `After last entry'. Moreover, the +commands `<' and `>' have the special property of being able to work +even when the cursor is not into some PO file entry, and one may use +them for nicely correcting this situation. But even these commands +will fail on a truly empty PO file. There are development plans for +the PO mode for it to interactively fill an empty PO file from sources. +*Note Marking::. + + The translator may decide, before working at the translation of a +particular entry, that she needs to browse the remainder of the PO +file, maybe for finding the terminology or phraseology used in related +entries. She can of course use the standard Emacs idioms for saving +the current cursor location in some register, and use that register for +getting back, or else, use the location ring. + + PO mode offers another approach, by which cursor locations may be +saved onto a special stack. The command `m' (`po-push-location') +merely adds the location of current entry to the stack, pushing the +already saved locations under the new one. The command `r' +(`po-pop-location') consumes the top stack element and repositions the +cursor to the entry associated with that top element. This position is +then lost, for the next `r' will move the cursor to the previously +saved location, and so on until no locations remain on the stack. + + If the translator wants the position to be kept on the location +stack, maybe for taking a look at the entry associated with the top +element, then go elsewhere with the intent of getting back later, she +ought to use `m' immediately after `r'. + + The command `x' (`po-exchange-location') simultaneously repositions +the cursor to the entry associated with the top element of the stack of +saved locations, and replaces that top element with the location of the +current entry before the move. Consequently, repeating the `x' command +toggles alternatively between two entries. For achieving this, the +translator will position the cursor on the first entry, use `m', then +position to the second entry, and merely use `x' for making the switch. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Normalizing, Prev: Entry Positioning, Up: Basics + +Normalizing Strings in Entries +============================== + +There are many different ways for encoding a particular string into a +PO file entry, because there are so many different ways to split and +quote multi-line strings, and even, to represent special characters by +backslashed escaped sequences. Some features of PO mode rely on the +ability for PO mode to scan an already existing PO file for a +particular string encoded into the `msgid' field of some entry. Even +if PO mode has internally all the built-in machinery for implementing +this recognition easily, doing it fast is technically difficult. To +facilitate a solution to this efficiency problem, we decided on a +canonical representation for strings. + + A conventional representation of strings in a PO file is currently +under discussion, and PO mode experiments with a canonical +representation. Having both `xgettext' and PO mode converging towards +a uniform way of representing equivalent strings would be useful, as +the internal normalization needed by PO mode could be automatically +satisfied when using `xgettext' from GNU `gettext'. An explicit PO +mode normalization should then be only necessary for PO files imported +from elsewhere, or for when the convention itself evolves. + + So, for achieving normalization of at least the strings of a given +PO file needing a canonical representation, the following PO mode +command is available: + +`M-x po-normalize' + Tidy the whole PO file by making entries more uniform. + + + The special command `M-x po-normalize', which has no associated +keys, revises all entries, ensuring that strings of both original and +translated entries use uniform internal quoting in the PO file. It +also removes any crumb after the last entry. This command may be +useful for PO files freshly imported from elsewhere, or if we ever +improve on the canonical quoting format we use. This canonical format +is not only meant for getting cleaner PO files, but also for greatly +speeding up `msgid' string lookup for some other PO mode commands. + + `M-x po-normalize' presently makes three passes over the entries. +The first implements heuristics for converting PO files for GNU +`gettext' 0.6 and earlier, in which `msgid' and `msgstr' fields were +using K&R style C string syntax for multi-line strings. These +heuristics may fail for comments not related to obsolete entries and +ending with a backslash; they also depend on subsequent passes for +finalizing the proper commenting of continued lines for obsolete +entries. This first pass might disappear once all oldish PO files +would have been adjusted. The second and third pass normalize all +`msgid' and `msgstr' strings respectively. They also clean out those +trailing backslashes used by XView's `msgfmt' for continued lines. + + Having such an explicit normalizing command allows for importing PO +files from other sources, but also eases the evolution of the current +convention, evolution driven mostly by aesthetic concerns, as of now. +It is easy to make suggested adjustments at a later time, as the +normalizing command and eventually, other GNU `gettext' tools should +greatly automate conformance. A description of the canonical string +format is given below, for the particular benefit of those not having +Emacs handy, and who would nevertheless want to handcraft their PO +files in nice ways. + + Right now, in PO mode, strings are single line or multi-line. A +string goes multi-line if and only if it has _embedded_ newlines, that +is, if it matches `[^\n]\n+[^\n]'. So, we would have: + + msgstr "\n\nHello, world!\n\n\n" + + but, replacing the space by a newline, this becomes: + + msgstr "" + "\n" + "\n" + "Hello,\n" + "world!\n" + "\n" + "\n" + + We are deliberately using a caricatural example, here, to make the +point clearer. Usually, multi-lines are not that bad looking. It is +probable that we will implement the following suggestion. We might +lump together all initial newlines into the empty string, and also all +newlines introducing empty lines (that is, for N > 1, the N-1'th last +newlines would go together on a separate string), so making the +previous example appear: + + msgstr "\n\n" + "Hello,\n" + "world!\n" + "\n\n" + + There are a few yet undecided little points about string +normalization, to be documented in this manual, once these questions +settle. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Sources, Next: Template, Prev: Basics, Up: Top + +Preparing Program Sources +************************* + +For the programmer, changes to the C source code fall into three +categories. First, you have to make the localization functions known +to all modules needing message translation. Second, you should +properly trigger the operation of GNU `gettext' when the program +initializes, usually from the `main' function. Last, you should +identify and especially mark all constant strings in your program +needing translation. + + Presuming that your set of programs, or package, has been adjusted +so all needed GNU `gettext' files are available, and your `Makefile' +files are adjusted (*note Maintainers::), each C module having +translated C strings should contain the line: + + #include <libintl.h> + + Similarly, each C module containing `printf()'/`fprintf()'/... +calls with a format string that could be a translated C string (even if +the C string comes from a different C module) should contain the line: + + #include <libintl.h> + + The remaining changes to your C sources are discussed in the further +sections of this chapter. + +* Menu: + +* Triggering:: Triggering `gettext' Operations +* Preparing Strings:: Preparing Translatable Strings +* Mark Keywords:: How Marks Appear in Sources +* Marking:: Marking Translatable Strings +* c-format Flag:: Telling something about the following string +* Special cases:: Special Cases of Translatable Strings +* Names:: Marking Proper Names for Translation + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Triggering, Next: Preparing Strings, Prev: Sources, Up: Sources + +Triggering `gettext' Operations +=============================== + +The initialization of locale data should be done with more or less the +same code in every program, as demonstrated below: + + int + main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char argv; + { + ... + setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); + bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); + textdomain (PACKAGE); + ... + } + + PACKAGE and LOCALEDIR should be provided either by `config.h' or by +the Makefile. For now consult the `gettext' or `hello' sources for +more information. + + The use of `LC_ALL' might not be appropriate for you. `LC_ALL' +includes all locale categories and especially `LC_CTYPE'. This later +category is responsible for determining character classes with the +`isalnum' etc. functions from `ctype.h' which could especially for +programs, which process some kind of input language, be wrong. For +example this would mean that a source code using the c, (c-cedilla +character) is runnable in France but not in the U.S. + + Some systems also have problems with parsing numbers using the +`scanf' functions if an other but the `LC_ALL' locale is used. The +standards say that additional formats but the one known in the `"C"' +locale might be recognized. But some systems seem to reject numbers in +the `"C"' locale format. In some situation, it might also be a problem +with the notation itself which makes it impossible to recognize whether +the number is in the `"C"' locale or the local format. This can happen +if thousands separator characters are used. Some locales define this +character according to the national conventions to `'.'' which is the +same character used in the `"C"' locale to denote the decimal point. + + So it is sometimes necessary to replace the `LC_ALL' line in the +code above by a sequence of `setlocale' lines + + { + ... + setlocale (LC_CTYPE, ""); + setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, ""); + ... + } + +On all POSIX conformant systems the locale categories `LC_CTYPE', +`LC_MESSAGES', `LC_COLLATE', `LC_MONETARY', `LC_NUMERIC', and `LC_TIME' +are available. On some systems which are only ISO C compliant, +`LC_MESSAGES' is missing, but a substitute for it is defined in GNU +gettext's `<libintl.h>'. + + Note that changing the `LC_CTYPE' also affects the functions +declared in the `<ctype.h>' standard header. If this is not desirable +in your application (for example in a compiler's parser), you can use a +set of substitute functions which hardwire the C locale, such as found +in the `<c-ctype.h>' and `<c-ctype.c>' files in the gettext source +distribution. + + It is also possible to switch the locale forth and back between the +environment dependent locale and the C locale, but this approach is +normally avoided because a `setlocale' call is expensive, because it is +tedious to determine the places where a locale switch is needed in a +large program's source, and because switching a locale is not +multithread-safe. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Preparing Strings, Next: Mark Keywords, Prev: Triggering, Up: Sources + +Preparing Translatable Strings +============================== + +Before strings can be marked for translations, they sometimes need to +be adjusted. Usually preparing a string for translation is done right +before marking it, during the marking phase which is described in the +next sections. What you have to keep in mind while doing that is the +following. + + * Decent English style. + + * Entire sentences. + + * Split at paragraphs. + + * Use format strings instead of string concatenation. + +Let's look at some examples of these guidelines. + + Translatable strings should be in good English style. If slang +language with abbreviations and shortcuts is used, often translators +will not understand the message and will produce very inappropriate +translations. + + "%s: is parameter\n" + +This is nearly untranslatable: Is the displayed item _a_ parameter or +_the_ parameter? + + "No match" + +The ambiguity in this message makes it ununderstandable: Is the program +attempting to set something on fire? Does it mean "The given object does +not match the template"? Does it mean "The template does not fit for any +of the objects"? + + In both cases, adding more words to the message will help both the +translator and the English speaking user. + + Translatable strings should be entire sentences. It is often not +possible to translate single verbs or adjectives in a substitutable way. + + printf ("File %s is %s protected", filename, rw ? "write" : "read"); + +Most translators will not look at the source and will thus only see the +string `"File %s is %s protected"', which is unintelligible. Change +this to + + printf (rw ? "File %s is write protected" : "File %s is read protected", + filename); + +This way the translator will not only understand the message, she will +also be able to find the appropriate grammatical construction. The +French translator for example translates "write protected" like +"protected against writing". + + Entire sentences are also important because in many languages, the +declination of some word in a sentence depends on the gender or the +number (singular/plural) of another part of the sentence. There are +usually more interdependencies between words than in English. The +consequence is that asking a translator to translate two half-sentences +and then combining these two half-sentences through dumb string +concatenation will not work, for many languages, even though it would +work for English. That's why translators need to handle entire +sentences. + + Often sentences don't fit into a single line. If a sentence is +output using two subsequent `printf' statements, like this + + printf ("Locale charset \"%s\" is different from\n", lcharset); + printf ("input file charset \"%s\".\n", fcharset); + +the translator would have to translate two half sentences, but nothing +in the POT file would tell her that the two half sentences belong +together. It is necessary to merge the two `printf' statements so that +the translator can handle the entire sentence at once and decide at +which place to insert a line break in the translation (if at all): + + printf ("Locale charset \"%s\" is different from\n\ + input file charset \"%s\".\n", lcharset, fcharset); + + You may now ask: how about two or more adjacent sentences? Like in +this case: + + puts ("Apollo 13 scenario: Stack overflow handling failed."); + puts ("On the next stack overflow we will crash!!!"); + +Should these two statements merged into a single one? I would recommend +to merge them if the two sentences are related to each other, because +then it makes it easier for the translator to understand and translate +both. On the other hand, if one of the two messages is a stereotypic +one, occurring in other places as well, you will do a favour to the +translator by not merging the two. (Identical messages occurring in +several places are combined by xgettext, so the translator has to +handle them once only.) + + Translatable strings should be limited to one paragraph; don't let a +single message be longer than ten lines. The reason is that when the +translatable string changes, the translator is faced with the task of +updating the entire translated string. Maybe only a single word will +have changed in the English string, but the translator doesn't see that +(with the current translation tools), therefore she has to proofread +the entire message. + + Many GNU programs have a `--help' output that extends over several +screen pages. It is a courtesy towards the translators to split such a +message into several ones of five to ten lines each. While doing that, +you can also attempt to split the documented options into groups, such +as the input options, the output options, and the informative output +options. This will help every user to find the option he is looking +for. + + Hardcoded string concatenation is sometimes used to construct English +strings: + + strcpy (s, "Replace "); + strcat (s, object1); + strcat (s, " with "); + strcat (s, object2); + strcat (s, "?"); + +In order to present to the translator only entire sentences, and also +because in some languages the translator might want to swap the order +of `object1' and `object2', it is necessary to change this to use a +format string: + + sprintf (s, "Replace %s with %s?", object1, object2); + + A similar case is compile time concatenation of strings. The ISO C +99 include file `<inttypes.h>' contains a macro `PRId64' that can be +used as a formatting directive for outputting an `int64_t' integer +through `printf'. It expands to a constant string, usually "d" or "ld" +or "lld" or something like this, depending on the platform. Assume you +have code like + + printf ("The amount is %0" PRId64 "\n", number); + +The `gettext' tools and library have special support for these +`<inttypes.h>' macros. You can therefore simply write + + printf (gettext ("The amount is %0" PRId64 "\n"), number); + +The PO file will contain the string "The amount is %0<PRId64>\n". The +translators will provide a translation containing "%0<PRId64>" as well, +and at runtime the `gettext' function's result will contain the +appropriate constant string, "d" or "ld" or "lld". + + This works only for the predefined `<inttypes.h>' macros. If you +have defined your own similar macros, let's say `MYPRId64', that are +not known to `xgettext', the solution for this problem is to change the +code like this: + + char buf1[100]; + sprintf (buf1, "%0" MYPRId64, number); + printf (gettext ("The amount is %s\n"), buf1); + + This means, you put the platform dependent code in one statement, +and the internationalization code in a different statement. Note that +a buffer length of 100 is safe, because all available hardware integer +types are limited to 128 bits, and to print a 128 bit integer one needs +at most 54 characters, regardless whether in decimal, octal or +hexadecimal. + + All this applies to other programming languages as well. For +example, in Java, string contenation is very frequently used, because +it is a compiler built-in operator. Like in C, in Java, you would +change + + System.out.println("Replace "+object1+" with "+object2+"?"); + +into a statement involving a format string: + + System.out.println( + MessageFormat.format("Replace {0} with {1}?", + new Object[] { object1, object2 })); + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Mark Keywords, Next: Marking, Prev: Preparing Strings, Up: Sources + +How Marks Appear in Sources +=========================== + +All strings requiring translation should be marked in the C sources. +Marking is done in such a way that each translatable string appears to +be the sole argument of some function or preprocessor macro. There are +only a few such possible functions or macros meant for translation, and +their names are said to be marking keywords. The marking is attached +to strings themselves, rather than to what we do with them. This +approach has more uses. A blatant example is an error message produced +by formatting. The format string needs translation, as well as some +strings inserted through some `%s' specification in the format, while +the result from `sprintf' may have so many different instances that it +is impractical to list them all in some `error_string_out()' routine, +say. + + This marking operation has two goals. The first goal of marking is +for triggering the retrieval of the translation, at run time. The +keyword are possibly resolved into a routine able to dynamically return +the proper translation, as far as possible or wanted, for the argument +string. Most localizable strings are found in executable positions, +that is, attached to variables or given as parameters to functions. +But this is not universal usage, and some translatable strings appear +in structured initializations. *Note Special cases::. + + The second goal of the marking operation is to help `xgettext' at +properly extracting all translatable strings when it scans a set of +program sources and produces PO file templates. + + The canonical keyword for marking translatable strings is `gettext', +it gave its name to the whole GNU `gettext' package. For packages +making only light use of the `gettext' keyword, macro or function, it +is easily used _as is_. However, for packages using the `gettext' +interface more heavily, it is usually more convenient to give the main +keyword a shorter, less obtrusive name. Indeed, the keyword might +appear on a lot of strings all over the package, and programmers +usually do not want nor need their program sources to remind them +forcefully, all the time, that they are internationalized. Further, a +long keyword has the disadvantage of using more horizontal space, +forcing more indentation work on sources for those trying to keep them +within 79 or 80 columns. + + Many packages use `_' (a simple underline) as a keyword, and write +`_("Translatable string")' instead of `gettext ("Translatable +string")'. Further, the coding rule, from GNU standards, wanting that +there is a space between the keyword and the opening parenthesis is +relaxed, in practice, for this particular usage. So, the textual +overhead per translatable string is reduced to only three characters: +the underline and the two parentheses. However, even if GNU `gettext' +uses this convention internally, it does not offer it officially. The +real, genuine keyword is truly `gettext' indeed. It is fairly easy for +those wanting to use `_' instead of `gettext' to declare: + + #include <libintl.h> + #define _(String) gettext (String) + +instead of merely using `#include <libintl.h>'. + + Later on, the maintenance is relatively easy. If, as a programmer, +you add or modify a string, you will have to ask yourself if the new or +altered string requires translation, and include it within `_()' if you +think it should be translated. `"%s: %d"' is an example of string +_not_ requiring translation! + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Marking, Next: c-format Flag, Prev: Mark Keywords, Up: Sources + +Marking Translatable Strings +============================ + +In PO mode, one set of features is meant more for the programmer than +for the translator, and allows him to interactively mark which strings, +in a set of program sources, are translatable, and which are not. Even +if it is a fairly easy job for a programmer to find and mark such +strings by other means, using any editor of his choice, PO mode makes +this work more comfortable. Further, this gives translators who feel a +little like programmers, or programmers who feel a little like +translators, a tool letting them work at marking translatable strings +in the program sources, while simultaneously producing a set of +translation in some language, for the package being internationalized. + + The set of program sources, targetted by the PO mode commands +describe here, should have an Emacs tags table constructed for your +project, prior to using these PO file commands. This is easy to do. +In any shell window, change the directory to the root of your project, +then execute a command resembling: + + etags src/*.[hc] lib/*.[hc] + +presuming here you want to process all `.h' and `.c' files from the +`src/' and `lib/' directories. This command will explore all said +files and create a `TAGS' file in your root directory, somewhat +summarizing the contents using a special file format Emacs can +understand. + + For packages following the GNU coding standards, there is a make +goal `tags' or `TAGS' which constructs the tag files in all directories +and for all files containing source code. + + Once your `TAGS' file is ready, the following commands assist the +programmer at marking translatable strings in his set of sources. But +these commands are necessarily driven from within a PO file window, and +it is likely that you do not even have such a PO file yet. This is not +a problem at all, as you may safely open a new, empty PO file, mainly +for using these commands. This empty PO file will slowly fill in while +you mark strings as translatable in your program sources. + +`,' + Search through program sources for a string which looks like a + candidate for translation (`po-tags-search'). + +`M-,' + Mark the last string found with `_()' (`po-mark-translatable'). + +`M-.' + Mark the last string found with a keyword taken from a set of + possible keywords. This command with a prefix allows some + management of these keywords (`po-select-mark-and-mark'). + + + The `,' (`po-tags-search') command searches for the next occurrence +of a string which looks like a possible candidate for translation, and +displays the program source in another Emacs window, positioned in such +a way that the string is near the top of this other window. If the +string is too big to fit whole in this window, it is positioned so only +its end is shown. In any case, the cursor is left in the PO file +window. If the shown string would be better presented differently in +different native languages, you may mark it using `M-,' or `M-.'. +Otherwise, you might rather ignore it and skip to the next string by +merely repeating the `,' command. + + A string is a good candidate for translation if it contains a +sequence of three or more letters. A string containing at most two +letters in a row will be considered as a candidate if it has more +letters than non-letters. The command disregards strings containing no +letters, or isolated letters only. It also disregards strings within +comments, or strings already marked with some keyword PO mode knows +(see below). + + If you have never told Emacs about some `TAGS' file to use, the +command will request that you specify one from the minibuffer, the +first time you use the command. You may later change your `TAGS' file +by using the regular Emacs command `M-x visit-tags-table', which will +ask you to name the precise `TAGS' file you want to use. *Note Tag +Tables: (emacs)Tags. + + Each time you use the `,' command, the search resumes from where it +was left by the previous search, and goes through all program sources, +obeying the `TAGS' file, until all sources have been processed. +However, by giving a prefix argument to the command (`C-u ,'), you may +request that the search be restarted all over again from the first +program source; but in this case, strings that you recently marked as +translatable will be automatically skipped. + + Using this `,' command does not prevent using of other regular Emacs +tags commands. For example, regular `tags-search' or +`tags-query-replace' commands may be used without disrupting the +independent `,' search sequence. However, as implemented, the +_initial_ `,' command (or the `,' command is used with a prefix) might +also reinitialize the regular Emacs tags searching to the first tags +file, this reinitialization might be considered spurious. + + The `M-,' (`po-mark-translatable') command will mark the recently +found string with the `_' keyword. The `M-.' +(`po-select-mark-and-mark') command will request that you type one +keyword from the minibuffer and use that keyword for marking the +string. Both commands will automatically create a new PO file +untranslated entry for the string being marked, and make it the current +entry (making it easy for you to immediately proceed to its +translation, if you feel like doing it right away). It is possible +that the modifications made to the program source by `M-,' or `M-.' +render some source line longer than 80 columns, forcing you to break +and re-indent this line differently. You may use the `O' command from +PO mode, or any other window changing command from Emacs, to break out +into the program source window, and do any needed adjustments. You +will have to use some regular Emacs command to return the cursor to the +PO file window, if you want command `,' for the next string, say. + + The `M-.' command has a few built-in speedups, so you do not have to +explicitly type all keywords all the time. The first such speedup is +that you are presented with a _preferred_ keyword, which you may accept +by merely typing `<RET>' at the prompt. The second speedup is that you +may type any non-ambiguous prefix of the keyword you really mean, and +the command will complete it automatically for you. This also means +that PO mode has to _know_ all your possible keywords, and that it will +not accept mistyped keywords. + + If you reply `?' to the keyword request, the command gives a list of +all known keywords, from which you may choose. When the command is +prefixed by an argument (`C-u M-.'), it inhibits updating any program +source or PO file buffer, and does some simple keyword management +instead. In this case, the command asks for a keyword, written in +full, which becomes a new allowed keyword for later `M-.' commands. +Moreover, this new keyword automatically becomes the _preferred_ +keyword for later commands. By typing an already known keyword in +response to `C-u M-.', one merely changes the _preferred_ keyword and +does nothing more. + + All keywords known for `M-.' are recognized by the `,' command when +scanning for strings, and strings already marked by any of those known +keywords are automatically skipped. If many PO files are opened +simultaneously, each one has its own independent set of known keywords. +There is no provision in PO mode, currently, for deleting a known +keyword, you have to quit the file (maybe using `q') and reopen it +afresh. When a PO file is newly brought up in an Emacs window, only +`gettext' and `_' are known as keywords, and `gettext' is preferred for +the `M-.' command. In fact, this is not useful to prefer `_', as this +one is already built in the `M-,' command. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: c-format Flag, Next: Special cases, Prev: Marking, Up: Sources + +Special Comments preceding Keywords +=================================== + +In C programs strings are often used within calls of functions from the +`printf' family. The special thing about these format strings is that +they can contain format specifiers introduced with `%'. Assume we have +the code + + printf (gettext ("String `%s' has %d characters\n"), s, strlen (s)); + +A possible German translation for the above string might be: + + "%d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%s'" + + A C programmer, even if he cannot speak German, will recognize that +there is something wrong here. The order of the two format specifiers +is changed but of course the arguments in the `printf' don't have. +This will most probably lead to problems because now the length of the +string is regarded as the address. + + To prevent errors at runtime caused by translations the `msgfmt' +tool can check statically whether the arguments in the original and the +translation string match in type and number. If this is not the case +and the `-c' option has been passed to `msgfmt', `msgfmt' will give an +error and refuse to produce a MO file. Thus consequent use of `msgfmt +-c' will catch the error, so that it cannot cause cause problems at +runtime. + +If the word order in the above German translation would be correct one +would have to write + + "%2$d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%1$s'" + +The routines in `msgfmt' know about this special notation. + + Because not all strings in a program must be format strings it is not +useful for `msgfmt' to test all the strings in the `.po' file. This +might cause problems because the string might contain what looks like a +format specifier, but the string is not used in `printf'. + + Therefore the `xgettext' adds a special tag to those messages it +thinks might be a format string. There is no absolute rule for this, +only a heuristic. In the `.po' file the entry is marked using the +`c-format' flag in the `#,' comment line (*note PO Files::). + + The careful reader now might say that this again can cause problems. +The heuristic might guess it wrong. This is true and therefore +`xgettext' knows about a special kind of comment which lets the +programmer take over the decision. If in the same line as or the +immediately preceding line to the `gettext' keyword the `xgettext' +program finds a comment containing the words `xgettext:c-format', it +will mark the string in any case with the `c-format' flag. This kind +of comment should be used when `xgettext' does not recognize the string +as a format string but it really is one and it should be tested. +Please note that when the comment is in the same line as the `gettext' +keyword, it must be before the string to be translated. + + This situation happens quite often. The `printf' function is often +called with strings which do not contain a format specifier. Of course +one would normally use `fputs' but it does happen. In this case +`xgettext' does not recognize this as a format string but what happens +if the translation introduces a valid format specifier? The `printf' +function will try to access one of the parameters but none exists +because the original code does not pass any parameters. + + `xgettext' of course could make a wrong decision the other way +round, i.e. a string marked as a format string actually is not a format +string. In this case the `msgfmt' might give too many warnings and +would prevent translating the `.po' file. The method to prevent this +wrong decision is similar to the one used above, only the comment to +use must contain the string `xgettext:no-c-format'. + + If a string is marked with `c-format' and this is not correct the +user can find out who is responsible for the decision. See *Note +xgettext Invocation:: to see how the `--debug' option can be used for +solving this problem. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Special cases, Next: Names, Prev: c-format Flag, Up: Sources + +Special Cases of Translatable Strings +===================================== + +The attentive reader might now point out that it is not always possible +to mark translatable string with `gettext' or something like this. +Consider the following case: + + { + static const char *messages[] = { + "some very meaningful message", + "and another one" + }; + const char *string; + ... + string + = index > 1 ? "a default message" : messages[index]; + + fputs (string); + ... + } + + While it is no problem to mark the string `"a default message"' it +is not possible to mark the string initializers for `messages'. What +is to be done? We have to fulfill two tasks. First we have to mark the +strings so that the `xgettext' program (*note xgettext Invocation::) +can find them, and second we have to translate the string at runtime +before printing them. + + The first task can be fulfilled by creating a new keyword, which +names a no-op. For the second we have to mark all access points to a +string from the array. So one solution can look like this: + + #define gettext_noop(String) String + + { + static const char *messages[] = { + gettext_noop ("some very meaningful message"), + gettext_noop ("and another one") + }; + const char *string; + ... + string + = index > 1 ? gettext ("a default message") : gettext (messages[index]); + + fputs (string); + ... + } + + Please convince yourself that the string which is written by `fputs' +is translated in any case. How to get `xgettext' know the additional +keyword `gettext_noop' is explained in *Note xgettext Invocation::. + + The above is of course not the only solution. You could also come +along with the following one: + + #define gettext_noop(String) String + + { + static const char *messages[] = { + gettext_noop ("some very meaningful message", + gettext_noop ("and another one") + }; + const char *string; + ... + string + = index > 1 ? gettext_noop ("a default message") : messages[index]; + + fputs (gettext (string)); + ... + } + + But this has a drawback. The programmer has to take care that he +uses `gettext_noop' for the string `"a default message"'. A use of +`gettext' could have in rare cases unpredictable results. + + One advantage is that you need not make control flow analysis to make +sure the output is really translated in any case. But this analysis is +generally not very difficult. If it should be in any situation you can +use this second method in this situation. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Names, Prev: Special cases, Up: Sources + +Marking Proper Names for Translation +==================================== + +Should names of persons, cities, locations etc. be marked for +translation or not? People who only know languages that can be written +with Latin letters (English, Spanish, French, German, etc.) are tempted +to say "no", because names usually do not change when transported +between these languages. However, in general when translating from one +script to another, names are translated too, usually phonetically or by +transliteration. For example, Russian or Greek names are converted to +the Latin alphabet when being translated to English, and English or +French names are converted to the Katakana script when being translated +to Japanese. This is necessary because the speakers of the target +language in general cannot read the script the name is originally +written in. + + As a programmer, you should therefore make sure that names are marked +for translation, with a special comment telling the translators that it +is a proper name and how to pronounce it. Like this: + + printf (_("Written by %s.\n"), + /* TRANSLATORS: This is a proper name. See the gettext + manual, section Names. Note this is actually a non-ASCII + name: The first name is (with Unicode escapes) + "Fran\u00e7ois" or (with HTML entities) "François". + Pronounciation is like "fraa-swa pee-nar". */ + _("Francois Pinard")); + + As a translator, you should use some care when translating names, +because it is frustrating if people see their names mutilated or +distorted. If your language uses the Latin script, all you need to do +is to reproduce the name as perfectly as you can within the usual +character set of your language. In this particular case, this means to +provide a translation containing the c-cedilla character. If your +language uses a different script and the people speaking it don't +usually read Latin words, it means transliteration; but you should +still give, in parentheses, the original writing of the name - for the +sake of the people that do read the Latin script. Here is an example, +using Greek as the target script: + + #. This is a proper name. See the gettext + #. manual, section Names. Note this is actually a non-ASCII + #. name: The first name is (with Unicode escapes) + #. "Fran\u00e7ois" or (with HTML entities) "François". + #. Pronounciation is like "fraa-swa pee-nar". + msgid "Francois Pinard" + msgstr "\phi\rho\alpha\sigma\omicron\alpha \pi\iota\nu\alpha\rho" + " (Francois Pinard)" + + Because translation of names is such a sensitive domain, it is a good +idea to test your translation before submitting it. + + The translation project <http://sourceforge.net/projects/translation> +has set up a POT file and translation domain consisting of program +author names, with better facilities for the translator than those +presented here. Namely, there the original name is written directly in +Unicode (rather than with Unicode escapes or HTML entities), and the +pronounciation is denoted using the International Phonetic Alphabet (see +<http://www.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Phonetic_Alphabet>). + + However, we don't recommend this approach for all POT files in all +packages, because this would force translators to use PO files in UTF-8 +encoding, which is - in the current state of software (as of 2003) - a +major hassle for translators using GNU Emacs or XEmacs with po-mode. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Template, Next: Creating, Prev: Sources, Up: Top + +Making the PO Template File +*************************** + +After preparing the sources, the programmer creates a PO template file. +This section explains how to use `xgettext' for this purpose. + + `xgettext' creates a file named `DOMAINNAME.po'. You should then +rename it to `DOMAINNAME.pot'. (Why doesn't `xgettext' create it under +the name `DOMAINNAME.pot' right away? The answer is: for historical +reasons. When `xgettext' was specified, the distinction between a PO +file and PO file template was fuzzy, and the suffix `.pot' wasn't in +use at that time.) + +* Menu: + +* xgettext Invocation:: Invoking the `xgettext' Program + + +File: gettext.info, Node: xgettext Invocation, Prev: Template, Up: Template + +Invoking the `xgettext' Program +=============================== + + xgettext [OPTION] [INPUTFILE] ... + + The `xgettext' program extracts translatable strings from given +input files. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`INPUTFILE ...' + Input files. + +`-f FILE' +`--files-from=FILE' + Read the names of the input files from FILE instead of getting + them from the command line. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If INPUTFILE is `-', standard input is read. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-d NAME' +`--default-domain=NAME' + Use `NAME.po' for output (instead of `messages.po'). + +`-o FILE' +`--output=FILE' + Write output to specified file (instead of `NAME.po' or + `messages.po'). + +`-p DIR' +`--output-dir=DIR' + Output files will be placed in directory DIR. + + + If the output FILE is `-' or `/dev/stdout', the output is written to +standard output. + +Choice of input file language +----------------------------- + +`-L NAME' +`--language=NAME' + Specifies the language of the input files. The supported languages + are `C', `C++', `ObjectiveC', `PO', `Python', `Lisp', `EmacsLisp', + `librep', `Smalltalk', `Java', `JavaProperties', `awk', `YCP', + `Tcl', `Perl', `PHP', `GCC-source', `NXStringTable', `RST', + `Glade'. + +`-C' +`--c++' + This is a shorthand for `--language=C++'. + + + By default the language is guessed depending on the input file name +extension. + +Input file interpretation +------------------------- + +`--from-code=NAME' + Specifies the encoding of the input files. This option is needed + only if some untranslated message strings or their corresponding + comments contain non-ASCII characters. Note that Python, Tcl, and + Glade input files are always assumed to be in UTF-8, regardless of + this option. + + + By default the input files are assumed to be in ASCII. + +Operation mode +-------------- + +`-j' +`--join-existing' + Join messages with existing file. + +`-x FILE' +`--exclude-file=FILE' + Entries from FILE are not extracted. FILE should be a PO or POT + file. + +`-c [TAG]' +`--add-comments[=TAG]' + Place comment block with TAG (or those preceding keyword lines) in + output file. + + +Language specific options +------------------------- + +`-a' +`--extract-all' + Extract all strings. + + This option has an effect with most languages, namely C, C++, + ObjectiveC, Shell, Python, Lisp, EmacsLisp, librep, Java, awk, + Tcl, Perl, PHP, GCC-source, Glade. + +`-k KEYWORDSPEC' +`--keyword[=KEYWORDSPEC]' + Additional keyword to be looked for (without KEYWORDSPEC means not + to use default keywords). + + If KEYWORDSPEC is a C identifer ID, `xgettext' looks for strings + in the first argument of each call to the function or macro ID. + If KEYWORDSPEC is of the form `ID:ARGNUM', `xgettext' looks for + strings in the ARGNUMth argument of the call. If KEYWORDSPEC is + of the form `ID:ARGNUM1,ARGNUM2', `xgettext' looks for strings in + the ARGNUM1st argument and in the ARGNUM2nd argument of the call, + and treats them as singular/plural variants for a message with + plural handling. + The default keyword specifications, which are always looked for if + not explicitly disabled, are `gettext', `dgettext:2', + `dcgettext:2', `ngettext:1,2', `dngettext:2,3', `dcngettext:2,3', + and `gettext_noop'. + This option has an effect with most languages, namely C, C++, + ObjectiveC, Shell, Python, Lisp, EmacsLisp, librep, Java, awk, + Tcl, Perl, PHP, GCC-source, Glade. + +`--flag=WORD:ARG:FLAG' + Specifies additional flags for strings occurring as part of the + ARGth argument of the function WORD. The possible flags are the + possible format string indicators, such as `c-format', and their + negations, such as `no-c-format', possibly prefixed with `pass-'. + The meaning of `--flag=FUNCTION:ARG:LANG-format' is that in + language LANG, the specified FUNCTION expects as ARGth argument a + format string. (For those of you familiar with GCC function + attributes, `--flag=FUNCTION:ARG:c-format' is roughly equivalent + to the declaration `__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, ARG, + ...)))' attached to FUNCTION in a C source file.) For example, if + you use the `error' function from GNU libc, you can specify its + behaviour through `--flag=error:3:c-format'. The effect of this + specification is that `xgettext' will mark as format strings all + `gettext' invocations that occur as ARGth argument of FUNCTION. + This is useful when such strings contain no format string + directives: together with the checks done by `msgfmt -c' it will + ensure that translators cannot accidentally use format string + directives that would lead to a crash at runtime. + The meaning of `--flag=FUNCTION:ARG:pass-LANG-format' is that in + language LANG, if the FUNCTION call occurs in a position that must + yield a format string, then its ARGth argument must yield a format + string of the same type as well. (If you know GCC function + attributes, the `--flag=FUNCTION:ARG:pass-c-format' option is + roughly equivalent to the declaration `__attribute__ + ((__format_arg__ (ARG)))' attached to FUNCTION in a C source file.) + For example, if you use the `_' shortcut for the `gettext' + function, you should use `--flag=_:1:pass-c-format'. The effect + of this specification is that `xgettext' will propagate a format + string requirement for a `_("string")' call to its first argument, + the literal `"string"', and thus mark it as a format string. This + is useful when such strings contain no format string directives: + together with the checks done by `msgfmt -c' it will ensure that + translators cannot accidentally use format string directives that + would lead to a crash at runtime. + +`-T' +`--trigraphs' + Understand ANSI C trigraphs for input. + This option has an effect only with the languages C, C++, + ObjectiveC. + +`--qt' + Recognize Qt format strings. + This option has an effect only with the language C++. + +`--debug' + Use the flags `c-format' and `possible-c-format' to show who was + responsible for marking a message as a format string. The latter + form is used if the `xgettext' program decided, the format form is + used if the programmer prescribed it. + + By default only the `c-format' form is used. The translator should + not have to care about these details. + + + This implementation of `xgettext' is able to process a few awkward +cases, like strings in preprocessor macros, ANSI concatenation of +adjacent strings, and escaped end of lines for continued strings. + +Output details +-------------- + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if no message is defined. + +`-i' +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--no-location' + Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. + +`-n' +`--add-location' + Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`-s' +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + +`-F' +`--sort-by-file' + Sort output by file location. + +`--omit-header' + Don't write header with `msgid ""' entry. + + This is useful for testing purposes because it eliminates a source + of variance for generated `.gmo' files. With `--omit-header', two + invocations of `xgettext' on the same files with the same options + at different times are guaranteed to produce the same results. + +`--copyright-holder=STRING' + Set the copyright holder in the output. STRING should be the + copyright holder of the surrounding package. (Note that the msgstr + strings, extracted from the package's sources, belong to the + copyright holder of the package.) Translators are expected to + transfer or disclaim the copyright for their translations, so that + package maintainers can distribute them without legal risk. If + STRING is empty, the output files are marked as being in the + public domain; in this case, the translators are expected to + disclaim their copyright, again so that package maintainers can + distribute them without legal risk. + + The default value for STRING is the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + simply because `xgettext' was first used in the GNU project. + +`--foreign-user' + Omit FSF copyright in output. This option is equivalent to + `--copyright-holder='''. It can be useful for packages outside + the GNU project that want their translations to be in the public + domain. + +`--msgid-bugs-address=EMAIL@ADDRESS' + Set the reporting address for msgid bugs. This is the email + address or URL to which the translators shall report bugs in the + untranslated strings: + + - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer + guidelines in *Note Preparing Strings::. + + - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context + to be understood. + + - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of + date, time or money. + + - Pluralisation problems. + + - Incorrect English spelling. + + - Incorrect formatting. + + It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where + translators can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a + web page through which the translators can contact you. + + The default value is empty, which means that translators will be + clueless! Don't forget to specify this option. + +`-m [STRING]' +`--msgstr-prefix[=STRING]' + Use STRING (or "" if not specified) as prefix for msgstr entries. + +`-M [STRING]' +`--msgstr-suffix[=STRING]' + Use STRING (or "" if not specified) as suffix for msgstr entries. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Creating, Next: Updating, Prev: Template, Up: Top + +Creating a New PO File +********************** + +When starting a new translation, the translator creates a file called +`LANG.po', as a copy of the `PACKAGE.pot' template file with +modifications in the initial comments (at the beginning of the file) +and in the header entry (the first entry, near the beginning of the +file). + + The easiest way to do so is by use of the `msginit' program. For +example: + + $ cd PACKAGE-VERSION + $ cd po + $ msginit + + The alternative way is to do the copy and modifications by hand. To +do so, the translator copies `PACKAGE.pot' to `LANG.po'. Then she +modifies the initial comments and the header entry of this file. + +* Menu: + +* msginit Invocation:: Invoking the `msginit' Program +* Header Entry:: Filling in the Header Entry + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msginit Invocation, Next: Header Entry, Prev: Creating, Up: Creating + +Invoking the `msginit' Program +============================== + + msginit [OPTION] + + The `msginit' program creates a new PO file, initializing the meta +information with values from the user's environment. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`-i INPUTFILE' +`--input=INPUTFILE' + Input POT file. + + + If no INPUTFILE is given, the current directory is searched for the +POT file. If it is `-', standard input is read. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified PO file. + + + If no output file is given, it depends on the `--locale' option or +the user's locale setting. If it is `-', the results are written to +standard output. + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + file in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`-l LL_CC' +`--locale=LL_CC' + Set target locale. LL should be a language code, and CC should be + a country code. The command `locale -a' can be used to output a + list of all installed locales. The default is the user's locale + setting. + +`--no-translator' + Declares that the PO file will not have a human translator and is + instead automatically generated. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Header Entry, Prev: msginit Invocation, Up: Creating + +Filling in the Header Entry +=========================== + +The initial comments "SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE", "YEAR" and "FIRST AUTHOR +<EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR" ought to be replaced by sensible information. +This can be done in any text editor; if Emacs is used and it switched +to PO mode automatically (because it has recognized the file's suffix), +you can disable it by typing `M-x fundamental-mode'. + + Modifying the header entry can already be done using PO mode: in +Emacs, type `M-x po-mode RET' and then `RET' again to start editing the +entry. You should fill in the following fields. + +Project-Id-Version + This is the name and version of the package. + +Report-Msgid-Bugs-To + This has already been filled in by `xgettext'. It contains an + email address or URL where you can report bugs in the untranslated + strings: + + - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer + guidelines in *Note Preparing Strings::. + + - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context + to be understood. + + - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of + date, time or money. + + - Pluralisation problems. + + - Incorrect English spelling. + + - Incorrect formatting. + +POT-Creation-Date + This has already been filled in by `xgettext'. + +PO-Revision-Date + You don't need to fill this in. It will be filled by the Emacs PO + mode when you save the file. + +Last-Translator + Fill in your name and email address (without double quotes). + +Language-Team + Fill in the English name of the language, and the email address or + homepage URL of the language team you are part of. + + Before starting a translation, it is a good idea to get in touch + with your translation team, not only to make sure you don't do + duplicated work, but also to coordinate difficult linguistic + issues. + + In the Free Translation Project, each translation team has its own + mailing list. The up-to-date list of teams can be found at the + Free Translation Project's homepage, + `http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National + teams" area. + +Content-Type + Replace `CHARSET' with the character encoding used for your + language, in your locale, or UTF-8. This field is needed for + correct operation of the `msgmerge' and `msgfmt' programs, as well + as for users whose locale's character encoding differs from yours + (see *Note Charset conversion::). + + You get the character encoding of your locale by running the shell + command `locale charmap'. If the result is `C' or + `ANSI_X3.4-1968', which is equivalent to `ASCII' (= `US-ASCII'), + it means that your locale is not correctly configured. In this + case, ask your translation team which charset to use. `ASCII' is + not usable for any language except Latin. + + Because the PO files must be portable to operating systems with + less advanced internationalization facilities, the character + encodings that can be used are limited to those supported by both + GNU `libc' and GNU `libiconv'. These are: `ASCII', `ISO-8859-1', + `ISO-8859-2', `ISO-8859-3', `ISO-8859-4', `ISO-8859-5', + `ISO-8859-6', `ISO-8859-7', `ISO-8859-8', `ISO-8859-9', + `ISO-8859-13', `ISO-8859-14', `ISO-8859-15', `KOI8-R', `KOI8-U', + `KOI8-T', `CP850', `CP866', `CP874', `CP932', `CP949', `CP950', + `CP1250', `CP1251', `CP1252', `CP1253', `CP1254', `CP1255', + `CP1256', `CP1257', `GB2312', `EUC-JP', `EUC-KR', `EUC-TW', + `BIG5', `BIG5-HKSCS', `GBK', `GB18030', `SHIFT_JIS', `JOHAB', + `TIS-620', `VISCII', `GEORGIAN-PS', `UTF-8'. + + In the GNU system, the following encodings are frequently used for + the corresponding languages. + + * `ISO-8859-1' for Afrikaans, Albanian, Basque, Breton, + Catalan, Cornish, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Faroese, + Finnish, French, Galician, German, Greenlandic, Icelandic, + Indonesian, Irish, Italian, Malay, Manx, Norwegian, Occitan, + Portuguese, Spanish, Swedish, Tagalog, Uzbek, Walloon, + + * `ISO-8859-2' for Bosnian, Croatian, Czech, Hungarian, Polish, + Romanian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovenian, + + * `ISO-8859-3' for Maltese, + + * `ISO-8859-5' for Macedonian, Serbian, + + * `ISO-8859-6' for Arabic, + + * `ISO-8859-7' for Greek, + + * `ISO-8859-8' for Hebrew, + + * `ISO-8859-9' for Turkish, + + * `ISO-8859-13' for Latvian, Lithuanian, Maori, + + * `ISO-8859-14' for Welsh, + + * `ISO-8859-15' for Basque, Catalan, Dutch, English, Finnish, + French, Galician, German, Irish, Italian, Portuguese, + Spanish, Swedish, Walloon, + + * `KOI8-R' for Russian, + + * `KOI8-U' for Ukrainian, + + * `KOI8-T' for Tajik, + + * `CP1251' for Bulgarian, Byelorussian, + + * `GB2312', `GBK', `GB18030' for simplified writing of Chinese, + + * `BIG5', `BIG5-HKSCS' for traditional writing of Chinese, + + * `EUC-JP' for Japanese, + + * `EUC-KR' for Korean, + + * `TIS-620' for Thai, + + * `GEORGIAN-PS' for Georgian, + + * `UTF-8' for any language, including those listed above. + + When single quote characters or double quote characters are used in + translations for your language, and your locale's encoding is one + of the ISO-8859-* charsets, it is best if you create your PO files + in UTF-8 encoding, instead of your locale's encoding. This is + because in UTF-8 the real quote characters can be represented + (single quote characters: U+2018, U+2019, double quote characters: + U+201C, U+201D), whereas none of ISO-8859-* charsets has them all. + Users in UTF-8 locales will see the real quote characters, + whereas users in ISO-8859-* locales will see the vertical + apostrophe and the vertical double quote instead (because that's + what the character set conversion will transliterate them to). + + To enter such quote characters under X11, you can change your + keyboard mapping using the `xmodmap' program. The X11 names of + the quote characters are "leftsinglequotemark", + "rightsinglequotemark", "leftdoublequotemark", + "rightdoublequotemark", "singlelowquotemark", "doublelowquotemark". + + Note that only recent versions of GNU Emacs support the UTF-8 + encoding: Emacs 20 with Mule-UCS, and Emacs 21. As of January + 2001, XEmacs doesn't support the UTF-8 encoding. + + The character encoding name can be written in either upper or + lower case. Usually upper case is preferred. + +Content-Transfer-Encoding + Set this to `8bit'. + +Plural-Forms + This field is optional. It is only needed if the PO file has + plural forms. You can find them by searching for the + `msgid_plural' keyword. The format of the plural forms field is + described in *Note Plural forms::. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Updating, Next: Manipulating, Prev: Creating, Up: Top + +Updating Existing PO Files +************************** + +* Menu: + +* msgmerge Invocation:: Invoking the `msgmerge' Program +* Translated Entries:: Translated Entries +* Fuzzy Entries:: Fuzzy Entries +* Untranslated Entries:: Untranslated Entries +* Obsolete Entries:: Obsolete Entries +* Modifying Translations:: Modifying Translations +* Modifying Comments:: Modifying Comments +* Subedit:: Mode for Editing Translations +* C Sources Context:: C Sources Context +* Auxiliary:: Consulting Auxiliary PO Files +* Compendium:: Using Translation Compendia + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgmerge Invocation, Next: Translated Entries, Prev: Updating, Up: Updating + +Invoking the `msgmerge' Program +=============================== + + msgmerge [OPTION] DEF.po REF.pot + + The `msgmerge' program merges two Uniforum style .po files together. +The DEF.po file is an existing PO file with translations which will be +taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; +comments will be preserved, but extracted comments and file positions +will be discarded. The REF.pot file is the last created PO file with +up-to-date source references but old translations, or a PO Template file +(generally created by `xgettext'); any translations or comments in the +file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be +preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is +used to produce better results. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`DEF.po' + Translations referring to old sources. + +`REF.pot' + References to the new sources. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + +`-C FILE' +`--compendium=FILE' + Specify an additional library of message translations. *Note + Compendium::. This option may be specified more than once. + + +Operation mode +-------------- + +`-U' +`--update' + Update DEF.po. Do nothing if DEF.po is already up to date. + + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + + + The results are written to standard output if no output file is +specified or if it is `-'. + +Output file location in update mode +----------------------------------- + +The result is written back to DEF.po. + +`--backup=CONTROL' + Make a backup of DEF.po + +`--suffix=SUFFIX' + Override the usual backup suffix. + + + The version control method may be selected via the `--backup' option +or through the `VERSION_CONTROL' environment variable. Here are the +values: + +`none' +`off' + Never make backups (even if `--backup' is given). + +`numbered' +`t' + Make numbered backups. + +`existing' +`nil' + Make numbered backups if numbered backups for this file already + exist, otherwise make simple backups. + +`simple' +`never' + Always make simple backups. + + + The backup suffix is `~', unless set with `--suffix' or the +`SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX' environment variable. + +Operation modifiers +------------------- + +`-m' +`--multi-domain' + Apply REF.pot to each of the domains in DEF.po. + +`-N' +`--no-fuzzy-matching' + Do not use fuzzy matching when an exact match is not found. This + may speed up the operation considerably. + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input files are Java ResourceBundles in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input files are NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + files in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if it contains no message. + +`-i' +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--no-location' + Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. + +`--add-location' + Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`-s' +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + +`-F' +`--sort-by-file' + Sort output by file location. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + +`-v' +`--verbose' + Increase verbosity level. + +`-q' +`--quiet' +`--silent' + Suppress progress indicators. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Translated Entries, Next: Fuzzy Entries, Prev: msgmerge Invocation, Up: Updating + +Translated Entries +================== + +Each PO file entry for which the `msgstr' field has been filled with a +translation, and which is not marked as fuzzy (*note Fuzzy Entries::), +is said to be a "translated" entry. Only translated entries will later +be compiled by GNU `msgfmt' and become usable in programs. Other entry +types will be excluded; translation will not occur for them. + + Some commands are more specifically related to translated entry +processing. + +`t' + Find the next translated entry (`po-next-translated-entry'). + +`T' + Find the previous translated entry + (`po-previous-translated-entry'). + + + The commands `t' (`po-next-translated-entry') and `T' +(`po-previous-translated-entry') move forwards or backwards, chasing +for an translated entry. If none is found, the search is extended and +wraps around in the PO file buffer. + + Translated entries usually result from the translator having edited +in a translation for them, *Note Modifying Translations::. However, if +the variable `po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit' is not `nil', the entry having +received a new translation first becomes a fuzzy entry, which ought to +be later unfuzzied before becoming an official, genuine translated +entry. *Note Fuzzy Entries::. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Fuzzy Entries, Next: Untranslated Entries, Prev: Translated Entries, Up: Updating + +Fuzzy Entries +============= + +Each PO file entry may have a set of "attributes", which are qualities +given a name and explicitly associated with the translation, using a +special system comment. One of these attributes has the name `fuzzy', +and entries having this attribute are said to have a fuzzy translation. +They are called fuzzy entries, for short. + + Fuzzy entries, even if they account for translated entries for most +other purposes, usually call for revision by the translator. Those may +be produced by applying the program `msgmerge' to update an older +translated PO files according to a new PO template file, when this tool +hypothesises that some new `msgid' has been modified only slightly out +of an older one, and chooses to pair what it thinks to be the old +translation for the new modified entry. The slight alteration in the +original string (the `msgid' string) should often be reflected in the +translated string, and this requires the intervention of the +translator. For this reason, `msgmerge' might mark some entries as +being fuzzy. + + Also, the translator may decide herself to mark an entry as fuzzy +for her own convenience, when she wants to remember that the entry has +to be later revisited. So, some commands are more specifically related +to fuzzy entry processing. + +`z' + Find the next fuzzy entry (`po-next-fuzzy-entry'). + +`Z' + Find the previous fuzzy entry (`po-previous-fuzzy-entry'). + +`<TAB>' + Remove the fuzzy attribute of the current entry (`po-unfuzzy'). + + + The commands `z' (`po-next-fuzzy-entry') and `Z' +(`po-previous-fuzzy-entry') move forwards or backwards, chasing for a +fuzzy entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps around +in the PO file buffer. + + The command `<TAB>' (`po-unfuzzy') removes the fuzzy attribute +associated with an entry, usually leaving it translated. Further, if +the variable `po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy' has not the `nil' value, the +`<TAB>' command will automatically chase for another interesting entry +to work on. The initial value of `po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy' is `nil'. + + The initial value of `po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit' is `nil'. However, if +the variable `po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit' is set to `t', any entry edited +through the `<RET>' command is marked fuzzy, as a way to ensure some +kind of double check, later. In this case, the usual paradigm is that +an entry becomes fuzzy (if not already) whenever the translator +modifies it. If she is satisfied with the translation, she then uses +`<TAB>' to pick another entry to work on, clearing the fuzzy attribute +on the same blow. If she is not satisfied yet, she merely uses `<SPC>' +to chase another entry, leaving the entry fuzzy. + + The translator may also use the `<DEL>' command +(`po-fade-out-entry') over any translated entry to mark it as being +fuzzy, when she wants to easily leave a trace she wants to later return +working at this entry. + + Also, when time comes to quit working on a PO file buffer with the +`q' command, the translator is asked for confirmation, if fuzzy string +still exists. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Untranslated Entries, Next: Obsolete Entries, Prev: Fuzzy Entries, Up: Updating + +Untranslated Entries +==================== + +When `xgettext' originally creates a PO file, unless told otherwise, it +initializes the `msgid' field with the untranslated string, and leaves +the `msgstr' string to be empty. Such entries, having an empty +translation, are said to be "untranslated" entries. Later, when the +programmer slightly modifies some string right in the program, this +change is later reflected in the PO file by the appearance of a new +untranslated entry for the modified string. + + The usual commands moving from entry to entry consider untranslated +entries on the same level as active entries. Untranslated entries are +easily recognizable by the fact they end with `msgstr ""'. + + The work of the translator might be (quite naively) seen as the +process of seeking for an untranslated entry, editing a translation for +it, and repeating these actions until no untranslated entries remain. +Some commands are more specifically related to untranslated entry +processing. + +`u' + Find the next untranslated entry (`po-next-untranslated-entry'). + +`U' + Find the previous untranslated entry + (`po-previous-untransted-entry'). + +`k' + Turn the current entry into an untranslated one (`po-kill-msgstr'). + + + The commands `u' (`po-next-untranslated-entry') and `U' +(`po-previous-untransted-entry') move forwards or backwards, chasing +for an untranslated entry. If none is found, the search is extended +and wraps around in the PO file buffer. + + An entry can be turned back into an untranslated entry by merely +emptying its translation, using the command `k' (`po-kill-msgstr'). +*Note Modifying Translations::. + + Also, when time comes to quit working on a PO file buffer with the +`q' command, the translator is asked for confirmation, if some +untranslated string still exists. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Obsolete Entries, Next: Modifying Translations, Prev: Untranslated Entries, Up: Updating + +Obsolete Entries +================ + +By "obsolete" PO file entries, we mean those entries which are +commented out, usually by `msgmerge' when it found that the translation +is not needed anymore by the package being localized. + + The usual commands moving from entry to entry consider obsolete +entries on the same level as active entries. Obsolete entries are +easily recognizable by the fact that all their lines start with `#', +even those lines containing `msgid' or `msgstr'. + + Commands exist for emptying the translation or reinitializing it to +the original untranslated string. Commands interfacing with the kill +ring may force some previously saved text into the translation. The +user may interactively edit the translation. All these commands may +apply to obsolete entries, carefully leaving the entry obsolete after +the fact. + + Moreover, some commands are more specifically related to obsolete +entry processing. + +`o' + Find the next obsolete entry (`po-next-obsolete-entry'). + +`O' + Find the previous obsolete entry (`po-previous-obsolete-entry'). + +`<DEL>' + Make an active entry obsolete, or zap out an obsolete entry + (`po-fade-out-entry'). + + + The commands `o' (`po-next-obsolete-entry') and `O' +(`po-previous-obsolete-entry') move forwards or backwards, chasing for +an obsolete entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps +around in the PO file buffer. + + PO mode does not provide ways for un-commenting an obsolete entry +and making it active, because this would reintroduce an original +untranslated string which does not correspond to any marked string in +the program sources. This goes with the philosophy of never +introducing useless `msgid' values. + + However, it is possible to comment out an active entry, so making it +obsolete. GNU `gettext' utilities will later react to the +disappearance of a translation by using the untranslated string. The +command `<DEL>' (`po-fade-out-entry') pushes the current entry a little +further towards annihilation. If the entry is active (it is a +translated entry), then it is first made fuzzy. If it is already fuzzy, +then the entry is merely commented out, with confirmation. If the entry +is already obsolete, then it is completely deleted from the PO file. +It is easy to recycle the translation so deleted into some other PO file +entry, usually one which is untranslated. *Note Modifying +Translations::. + + Here is a quite interesting problem to solve for later development of +PO mode, for those nights you are not sleepy. The idea would be that +PO mode might become bright enough, one of these days, to make good +guesses at retrieving the most probable candidate, among all obsolete +entries, for initializing the translation of a newly appeared string. +I think it might be a quite hard problem to do this algorithmically, as +we have to develop good and efficient measures of string similarity. +Right now, PO mode completely lets the decision to the translator, when +the time comes to find the adequate obsolete translation, it merely +tries to provide handy tools for helping her to do so. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Modifying Translations, Next: Modifying Comments, Prev: Obsolete Entries, Up: Updating + +Modifying Translations +====================== + +PO mode prevents direct modification of the PO file, by the usual means +Emacs gives for altering a buffer's contents. By doing so, it pretends +helping the translator to avoid little clerical errors about the +overall file format, or the proper quoting of strings, as those errors +would be easily made. Other kinds of errors are still possible, but +some may be caught and diagnosed by the batch validation process, which +the translator may always trigger by the `V' command. For all other +errors, the translator has to rely on her own judgment, and also on the +linguistic reports submitted to her by the users of the translated +package, having the same mother tongue. + + When the time comes to create a translation, correct an error +diagnosed mechanically or reported by a user, the translators have to +resort to using the following commands for modifying the translations. + +`<RET>' + Interactively edit the translation (`po-edit-msgstr'). + +`<LFD>' +`C-j' + Reinitialize the translation with the original, untranslated string + (`po-msgid-to-msgstr'). + +`k' + Save the translation on the kill ring, and delete it + (`po-kill-msgstr'). + +`w' + Save the translation on the kill ring, without deleting it + (`po-kill-ring-save-msgstr'). + +`y' + Replace the translation, taking the new from the kill ring + (`po-yank-msgstr'). + + + The command `<RET>' (`po-edit-msgstr') opens a new Emacs window +meant to edit in a new translation, or to modify an already existing +translation. The new window contains a copy of the translation taken +from the current PO file entry, all ready for edition, expunged of all +quoting marks, fully modifiable and with the complete extent of Emacs +modifying commands. When the translator is done with her +modifications, she may use `C-c C-c' to close the subedit window with +the automatically requoted results, or `C-c C-k' to abort her +modifications. *Note Subedit::, for more information. + + The command `<LFD>' (`po-msgid-to-msgstr') initializes, or +reinitializes the translation with the original string. This command is +normally used when the translator wants to redo a fresh translation of +the original string, disregarding any previous work. + + It is possible to arrange so, whenever editing an untranslated +entry, the `<LFD>' command be automatically executed. If you set +`po-auto-edit-with-msgid' to `t', the translation gets initialised with +the original string, in case none exists already. The default value +for `po-auto-edit-with-msgid' is `nil'. + + In fact, whether it is best to start a translation with an empty +string, or rather with a copy of the original string, is a matter of +taste or habit. Sometimes, the source language and the target language +are so different that is simply best to start writing on an empty page. +At other times, the source and target languages are so close that it +would be a waste to retype a number of words already being written in +the original string. A translator may also like having the original +string right under her eyes, as she will progressively overwrite the +original text with the translation, even if this requires some extra +editing work to get rid of the original. + + The command `k' (`po-kill-msgstr') merely empties the translation +string, so turning the entry into an untranslated one. But while doing +so, its previous contents is put apart in a special place, known as the +kill ring. The command `w' (`po-kill-ring-save-msgstr') has also the +effect of taking a copy of the translation onto the kill ring, but it +otherwise leaves the entry alone, and does _not_ remove the translation +from the entry. Both commands use exactly the Emacs kill ring, which +is shared between buffers, and which is well known already to Emacs +lovers. + + The translator may use `k' or `w' many times in the course of her +work, as the kill ring may hold several saved translations. From the +kill ring, strings may later be reinserted in various Emacs buffers. +In particular, the kill ring may be used for moving translation strings +between different entries of a single PO file buffer, or if the +translator is handling many such buffers at once, even between PO files. + + To facilitate exchanges with buffers which are not in PO mode, the +translation string put on the kill ring by the `k' command is fully +unquoted before being saved: external quotes are removed, multi-line +strings are concatenated, and backslash escaped sequences are turned +into their corresponding characters. In the special case of obsolete +entries, the translation is also uncommented prior to saving. + + The command `y' (`po-yank-msgstr') completely replaces the +translation of the current entry by a string taken from the kill ring. +Following Emacs terminology, we then say that the replacement string is +"yanked" into the PO file buffer. *Note Yanking: (emacs)Yanking. The +first time `y' is used, the translation receives the value of the most +recent addition to the kill ring. If `y' is typed once again, +immediately, without intervening keystrokes, the translation just +inserted is taken away and replaced by the second most recent addition +to the kill ring. By repeating `y' many times in a row, the translator +may travel along the kill ring for saved strings, until she finds the +string she really wanted. + + When a string is yanked into a PO file entry, it is fully and +automatically requoted for complying with the format PO files should +have. Further, if the entry is obsolete, PO mode then appropriately +push the inserted string inside comments. Once again, translators +should not burden themselves with quoting considerations besides, of +course, the necessity of the translated string itself respective to the +program using it. + + Note that `k' or `w' are not the only commands pushing strings on +the kill ring, as almost any PO mode command replacing translation +strings (or the translator comments) automatically saves the old string +on the kill ring. The main exceptions to this general rule are the +yanking commands themselves. + + To better illustrate the operation of killing and yanking, let's use +an actual example, taken from a common situation. When the programmer +slightly modifies some string right in the program, his change is later +reflected in the PO file by the appearance of a new untranslated entry +for the modified string, and the fact that the entry translating the +original or unmodified string becomes obsolete. In many cases, the +translator might spare herself some work by retrieving the unmodified +translation from the obsolete entry, then initializing the untranslated +entry `msgstr' field with this retrieved translation. Once this done, +the obsolete entry is not wanted anymore, and may be safely deleted. + + When the translator finds an untranslated entry and suspects that a +slight variant of the translation exists, she immediately uses `m' to +mark the current entry location, then starts chasing obsolete entries +with `o', hoping to find some translation corresponding to the +unmodified string. Once found, she uses the `<DEL>' command for +deleting the obsolete entry, knowing that `<DEL>' also _kills_ the +translation, that is, pushes the translation on the kill ring. Then, +`r' returns to the initial untranslated entry, and `y' then _yanks_ the +saved translation right into the `msgstr' field. The translator is +then free to use `<RET>' for fine tuning the translation contents, and +maybe to later use `u', then `m' again, for going on with the next +untranslated string. + + When some sequence of keys has to be typed over and over again, the +translator may find it useful to become better acquainted with the Emacs +capability of learning these sequences and playing them back under +request. *Note Keyboard Macros: (emacs)Keyboard Macros. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Modifying Comments, Next: Subedit, Prev: Modifying Translations, Up: Updating + +Modifying Comments +================== + +Any translation work done seriously will raise many linguistic +difficulties, for which decisions have to be made, and the choices +further documented. These documents may be saved within the PO file in +form of translator comments, which the translator is free to create, +delete, or modify at will. These comments may be useful to herself +when she returns to this PO file after a while. + + Comments not having whitespace after the initial `#', for example, +those beginning with `#.' or `#:', are _not_ translator comments, they +are exclusively created by other `gettext' tools. So, the commands +below will never alter such system added comments, they are not meant +for the translator to modify. *Note PO Files::. + + The following commands are somewhat similar to those modifying +translations, so the general indications given for those apply here. +*Note Modifying Translations::. + +`#' + Interactively edit the translator comments (`po-edit-comment'). + +`K' + Save the translator comments on the kill ring, and delete it + (`po-kill-comment'). + +`W' + Save the translator comments on the kill ring, without deleting it + (`po-kill-ring-save-comment'). + +`Y' + Replace the translator comments, taking the new from the kill ring + (`po-yank-comment'). + + + These commands parallel PO mode commands for modifying the +translation strings, and behave much the same way as they do, except +that they handle this part of PO file comments meant for translator +usage, rather than the translation strings. So, if the descriptions +given below are slightly succinct, it is because the full details have +already been given. *Note Modifying Translations::. + + The command `#' (`po-edit-comment') opens a new Emacs window +containing a copy of the translator comments on the current PO file +entry. If there are no such comments, PO mode understands that the +translator wants to add a comment to the entry, and she is presented +with an empty screen. Comment marks (`#') and the space following them +are automatically removed before edition, and reinstated after. For +translator comments pertaining to obsolete entries, the uncommenting +and recommenting operations are done twice. Once in the editing +window, the keys `C-c C-c' allow the translator to tell she is finished +with editing the comment. *Note Subedit::, for further details. + + Functions found on `po-subedit-mode-hook', if any, are executed after +the string has been inserted in the edit buffer. + + The command `K' (`po-kill-comment') gets rid of all translator +comments, while saving those comments on the kill ring. The command +`W' (`po-kill-ring-save-comment') takes a copy of the translator +comments on the kill ring, but leaves them undisturbed in the current +entry. The command `Y' (`po-yank-comment') completely replaces the +translator comments by a string taken at the front of the kill ring. +When this command is immediately repeated, the comments just inserted +are withdrawn, and replaced by other strings taken along the kill ring. + + On the kill ring, all strings have the same nature. There is no +distinction between _translation_ strings and _translator comments_ +strings. So, for example, let's presume the translator has just +finished editing a translation, and wants to create a new translator +comment to document why the previous translation was not good, just to +remember what was the problem. Foreseeing that she will do that in her +documentation, the translator may want to quote the previous +translation in her translator comments. To do so, she may initialize +the translator comments with the previous translation, still at the +head of the kill ring. Because editing already pushed the previous +translation on the kill ring, she merely has to type `M-w' prior to +`#', and the previous translation will be right there, all ready for +being introduced by some explanatory text. + + On the other hand, presume there are some translator comments already +and that the translator wants to add to those comments, instead of +wholly replacing them. Then, she should edit the comment right away +with `#'. Once inside the editing window, she can use the regular +Emacs commands `C-y' (`yank') and `M-y' (`yank-pop') to get the +previous translation where she likes. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Subedit, Next: C Sources Context, Prev: Modifying Comments, Up: Updating + +Details of Sub Edition +====================== + +The PO subedit minor mode has a few peculiarities worth being described +in fuller detail. It installs a few commands over the usual editing set +of Emacs, which are described below. + +`C-c C-c' + Complete edition (`po-subedit-exit'). + +`C-c C-k' + Abort edition (`po-subedit-abort'). + +`C-c C-a' + Consult auxiliary PO files (`po-subedit-cycle-auxiliary'). + + + The window's contents represents a translation for a given message, +or a translator comment. The translator may modify this window to her +heart's content. Once this is done, the command `C-c C-c' +(`po-subedit-exit') may be used to return the edited translation into +the PO file, replacing the original translation, even if it moved out of +sight or if buffers were switched. + + If the translator becomes unsatisfied with her translation or +comment, to the extent she prefers keeping what was existent prior to +the `<RET>' or `#' command, she may use the command `C-c C-k' +(`po-subedit-abort') to merely get rid of edition, while preserving the +original translation or comment. Another way would be for her to exit +normally with `C-c C-c', then type `U' once for undoing the whole +effect of last edition. + + The command `C-c C-a' (`po-subedit-cycle-auxiliary') allows for +glancing through translations already achieved in other languages, +directly while editing the current translation. This may be quite +convenient when the translator is fluent at many languages, but of +course, only makes sense when such completed auxiliary PO files are +already available to her (*note Auxiliary::). + + Functions found on `po-subedit-mode-hook', if any, are executed after +the string has been inserted in the edit buffer. + + While editing her translation, the translator should pay attention +to not inserting unwanted `<RET>' (newline) characters at the end of +the translated string if those are not meant to be there, or to removing +such characters when they are required. Since these characters are not +visible in the editing buffer, they are easily introduced by mistake. +To help her, `<RET>' automatically puts the character `<' at the end of +the string being edited, but this `<' is not really part of the string. +On exiting the editing window with `C-c C-c', PO mode automatically +removes such `<' and all whitespace added after it. If the translator +adds characters after the terminating `<', it looses its delimiting +property and integrally becomes part of the string. If she removes the +delimiting `<', then the edited string is taken _as is_, with all +trailing newlines, even if invisible. Also, if the translated string +ought to end itself with a genuine `<', then the delimiting `<' may not +be removed; so the string should appear, in the editing window, as +ending with two `<' in a row. + + When a translation (or a comment) is being edited, the translator +may move the cursor back into the PO file buffer and freely move to +other entries, browsing at will. If, with an edition pending, the +translator wanders in the PO file buffer, she may decide to start +modifying another entry. Each entry being edited has its own subedit +buffer. It is possible to simultaneously edit the translation _and_ +the comment of a single entry, or to edit entries in different PO +files, all at once. Typing `<RET>' on a field already being edited +merely resumes that particular edit. Yet, the translator should better +be comfortable at handling many Emacs windows! + + Pending subedits may be completed or aborted in any order, regardless +of how or when they were started. When many subedits are pending and +the translator asks for quitting the PO file (with the `q' command), +subedits are automatically resumed one at a time, so she may decide for +each of them. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: C Sources Context, Next: Auxiliary, Prev: Subedit, Up: Updating + +C Sources Context +================= + +PO mode is particularly powerful when used with PO files created +through GNU `gettext' utilities, as those utilities insert special +comments in the PO files they generate. Some of these special comments +relate the PO file entry to exactly where the untranslated string +appears in the program sources. + + When the translator gets to an untranslated entry, she is fairly +often faced with an original string which is not as informative as it +normally should be, being succinct, cryptic, or otherwise ambiguous. +Before choosing how to translate the string, she needs to understand +better what the string really means and how tight the translation has +to be. Most of the time, when problems arise, the only way left to make +her judgment is looking at the true program sources from where this +string originated, searching for surrounding comments the programmer +might have put in there, and looking around for helping clues of _any_ +kind. + + Surely, when looking at program sources, the translator will receive +more help if she is a fluent programmer. However, even if she is not +versed in programming and feels a little lost in C code, the translator +should not be shy at taking a look, once in a while. It is most +probable that she will still be able to find some of the hints she +needs. She will learn quickly to not feel uncomfortable in program +code, paying more attention to programmer's comments, variable and +function names (if he dared choosing them well), and overall +organization, than to the program code itself. + + The following commands are meant to help the translator at getting +program source context for a PO file entry. + +`s' + Resume the display of a program source context, or cycle through + them (`po-cycle-source-reference'). + +`M-s' + Display of a program source context selected by menu + (`po-select-source-reference'). + +`S' + Add a directory to the search path for source files + (`po-consider-source-path'). + +`M-S' + Delete a directory from the search path for source files + (`po-ignore-source-path'). + + + The commands `s' (`po-cycle-source-reference') and `M-s' +(`po-select-source-reference') both open another window displaying some +source program file, and already positioned in such a way that it shows +an actual use of the string to be translated. By doing so, the command +gives source program context for the string. But if the entry has no +source context references, or if all references are unresolved along +the search path for program sources, then the command diagnoses this as +an error. + + Even if `s' (or `M-s') opens a new window, the cursor stays in the +PO file window. If the translator really wants to get into the program +source window, she ought to do it explicitly, maybe by using command +`O'. + + When `s' is typed for the first time, or for a PO file entry which +is different of the last one used for getting source context, then the +command reacts by giving the first context available for this entry, if +any. If some context has already been recently displayed for the +current PO file entry, and the translator wandered off to do other +things, typing `s' again will merely resume, in another window, the +context last displayed. In particular, if the translator moved the +cursor away from the context in the source file, the command will bring +the cursor back to the context. By using `s' many times in a row, with +no other commands intervening, PO mode will cycle to the next available +contexts for this particular entry, getting back to the first context +once the last has been shown. + + The command `M-s' behaves differently. Instead of cycling through +references, it lets the translator choose a particular reference among +many, and displays that reference. It is best used with completion, if +the translator types `<TAB>' immediately after `M-s', in response to +the question, she will be offered a menu of all possible references, as +a reminder of which are the acceptable answers. This command is useful +only where there are really many contexts available for a single string +to translate. + + Program source files are usually found relative to where the PO file +stands. As a special provision, when this fails, the file is also +looked for, but relative to the directory immediately above it. Those +two cases take proper care of most PO files. However, it might happen +that a PO file has been moved, or is edited in a different place than +its normal location. When this happens, the translator should tell PO +mode in which directory normally sits the genuine PO file. Many such +directories may be specified, and all together, they constitute what is +called the "search path" for program sources. The command `S' +(`po-consider-source-path') is used to interactively enter a new +directory at the front of the search path, and the command `M-S' +(`po-ignore-source-path') is used to select, with completion, one of +the directories she does not want anymore on the search path. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Auxiliary, Next: Compendium, Prev: C Sources Context, Up: Updating + +Consulting Auxiliary PO Files +============================= + +PO mode is able to help the knowledgeable translator, being fluent in +many languages, at taking advantage of translations already achieved in +other languages she just happens to know. It provides these other +language translations as additional context for her own work. Moreover, +it has features to ease the production of translations for many +languages at once, for translators preferring to work in this way. + + An "auxiliary" PO file is an existing PO file meant for the same +package the translator is working on, but targeted to a different mother +tongue language. Commands exist for declaring and handling auxiliary +PO files, and also for showing contexts for the entry under work. + + Here are the auxiliary file commands available in PO mode. + +`a' + Seek auxiliary files for another translation for the same entry + (`po-cycle-auxiliary'). + +`C-c C-a' + Switch to a particular auxiliary file (`po-select-auxiliary'). + +`A' + Declare this PO file as an auxiliary file + (`po-consider-as-auxiliary'). + +`M-A' + Remove this PO file from the list of auxiliary files + (`po-ignore-as-auxiliary'). + + + Command `A' (`po-consider-as-auxiliary') adds the current PO file to +the list of auxiliary files, while command `M-A' +(`po-ignore-as-auxiliary' just removes it. + + The command `a' (`po-cycle-auxiliary') seeks all auxiliary PO files, +round-robin, searching for a translated entry in some other language +having an `msgid' field identical as the one for the current entry. +The found PO file, if any, takes the place of the current PO file in +the display (its window gets on top). Before doing so, the current PO +file is also made into an auxiliary file, if not already. So, `a' in +this newly displayed PO file will seek another PO file, and so on, so +repeating `a' will eventually yield back the original PO file. + + The command `C-c C-a' (`po-select-auxiliary') asks the translator +for her choice of a particular auxiliary file, with completion, and +then switches to that selected PO file. The command also checks if the +selected file has an `msgid' field identical as the one for the current +entry, and if yes, this entry becomes current. Otherwise, the cursor +of the selected file is left undisturbed. + + For all this to work fully, auxiliary PO files will have to be +normalized, in that way that `msgid' fields should be written _exactly_ +the same way. It is possible to write `msgid' fields in various ways +for representing the same string, different writing would break the +proper behaviour of the auxiliary file commands of PO mode. This is not +expected to be much a problem in practice, as most existing PO files +have their `msgid' entries written by the same GNU `gettext' tools. + + However, PO files initially created by PO mode itself, while marking +strings in source files, are normalised differently. So are PO files +resulting of the the `M-x normalize' command. Until these +discrepancies between PO mode and other GNU `gettext' tools get fully +resolved, the translator should stay aware of normalisation issues. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Compendium, Prev: Auxiliary, Up: Updating + +Using Translation Compendia +=========================== + +A "compendium" is a special PO file containing a set of translations +recurring in many different packages. The translator can use gettext +tools to build a new compendium, to add entries to her compendium, and +to initialize untranslated entries, or to update already translated +entries, from translations kept in the compendium. + +* Menu: + +* Creating Compendia:: Merging translations for later use +* Using Compendia:: Using older translations if they fit + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Creating Compendia, Next: Using Compendia, Prev: Compendium, Up: Compendium + +Creating Compendia +------------------ + +Basically every PO file consisting of translated entries only can be +declared as a valid compendium. Often the translator wants to have +special compendia; let's consider two cases: `concatenating PO files' +and `extracting a message subset from a PO file'. + +Concatenate PO Files +.................... + +To concatenate several valid PO files into one compendium file you can +use `msgcomm' or `msgcat' (the latter preferred): + + msgcat -o compendium.po file1.po file2.po + + By default, `msgcat' will accumulate divergent translations for the +same string. Those occurences will be marked as `fuzzy' and highly +visible decorated; calling `msgcat' on `file1.po': + + #: src/hello.c:200 + #, c-format + msgid "Report bugs to <%s>.\n" + msgstr "Comunicar `bugs' a <%s>.\n" + +and `file2.po': + + #: src/bye.c:100 + #, c-format + msgid "Report bugs to <%s>.\n" + msgstr "Comunicar \"bugs\" a <%s>.\n" + +will result in: + + #: src/hello.c:200 src/bye.c:100 + #, fuzzy, c-format + msgid "Report bugs to <%s>.\n" + msgstr "" + "#-#-#-#-# file1.po #-#-#-#-#\n" + "Comunicar `bugs' a <%s>.\n" + "#-#-#-#-# file2.po #-#-#-#-#\n" + "Comunicar \"bugs\" a <%s>.\n" + +The translator will have to resolve this "conflict" manually; she has +to decide whether the first or the second version is appropriate (or +provide a new translation), to delete the "marker lines", and finally +to remove the `fuzzy' mark. + + If the translator knows in advance the first found translation of a +message is always the best translation she can make use to the +`--use-first' switch: + + msgcat --use-first -o compendium.po file1.po file2.po + + A good compendium file must not contain `fuzzy' or untranslated +entries. If input files are "dirty" you must preprocess the input +files or postprocess the result using `msgattrib --translated +--no-fuzzy'. + +Extract a Message Subset from a PO File +....................................... + +Nobody wants to translate the same messages again and again; thus you +may wish to have a compendium file containing `getopt.c' messages. + + To extract a message subset (e.g., all `getopt.c' messages) from an +existing PO file into one compendium file you can use `msggrep': + + msggrep --location src/getopt.c -o compendium.po file.po + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Using Compendia, Prev: Creating Compendia, Up: Compendium + +Using Compendia +--------------- + +You can use a compendium file to initialize a translation from scratch +or to update an already existing translation. + +Initialize a New Translation File +................................. + +Since a PO file with translations does not exist the translator can +merely use `/dev/null' to fake the "old" translation file. + + msgmerge --compendium compendium.po -o file.po /dev/null file.pot + +Update an Existing Translation File +................................... + +Concatenate the compendium file(s) and the existing PO, merge the +result with the POT file and remove the obsolete entries (optional, +here done using `sed'): + + msgcat --use-first -o update.po compendium1.po compendium2.po file.po + msgmerge update.po file.pot | sed -e '/^#~/d' > file.po + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Manipulating, Next: Binaries, Prev: Updating, Up: Top + +Manipulating PO Files +********************* + +Sometimes it is necessary to manipulate PO files in a way that is better +performed automatically than by hand. GNU `gettext' includes a +complete set of tools for this purpose. + + When merging two packages into a single package, the resulting POT +file will be the concatenation of the two packages' POT files. Thus the +maintainer must concatenate the two existing package translations into +a single translation catalog, for each language. This is best performed +using `msgcat'. It is then the translators' duty to deal with any +possible conflicts that arose during the merge. + + When a translator takes over the translation job from another +translator, but she uses a different character encoding in her locale, +she will convert the catalog to her character encoding. This is best +done through the `msgconv' program. + + When a maintainer takes a source file with tagged messages from +another package, he should also take the existing translations for this +source file (and not let the translators do the same job twice). One +way to do this is through `msggrep', another is to create a POT file for +that source file and use `msgmerge'. + + When a translator wants to adjust some translation catalog for a +special dialect or orthography -- for example, German as written in +Switzerland versus German as written in Germany -- she needs to apply +some text processing to every message in the catalog. The tool for +doing this is `msgfilter'. + + Another use of `msgfilter' is to produce approximately the POT file +for which a given PO file was made. This can be done through a filter +command like `msgfilter sed -e d | sed -e '/^# /d''. Note that the +original POT file may have had different comments and different plural +message counts, that's why it's better to use the original POT file if +available. + + When a translator wants to check her translations, for example +according to orthography rules or using a non-interactive spell +checker, she can do so using the `msgexec' program. + + When third party tools create PO or POT files, sometimes duplicates +cannot be avoided. But the GNU `gettext' tools give an error when they +encounter duplicate msgids in the same file and in the same domain. To +merge duplicates, the `msguniq' program can be used. + + `msgcomm' is a more general tool for keeping or throwing away +duplicates, occurring in different files. + + `msgcmp' can be used to check whether a translation catalog is +completely translated. + + `msgattrib' can be used to select and extract only the fuzzy or +untranslated messages of a translation catalog. + + `msgen' is useful as a first step for preparing English translation +catalogs. It copies each message's msgid to its msgstr. + + Finally, for those applications where all these various programs are +not sufficient, a library `libgettextpo' is provided that can be used to +write other specialized programs that process PO files. + +* Menu: + +* msgcat Invocation:: Invoking the `msgcat' Program +* msgconv Invocation:: Invoking the `msgconv' Program +* msggrep Invocation:: Invoking the `msggrep' Program +* msgfilter Invocation:: Invoking the `msgfilter' Program +* msguniq Invocation:: Invoking the `msguniq' Program +* msgcomm Invocation:: Invoking the `msgcomm' Program +* msgcmp Invocation:: Invoking the `msgcmp' Program +* msgattrib Invocation:: Invoking the `msgattrib' Program +* msgen Invocation:: Invoking the `msgen' Program +* msgexec Invocation:: Invoking the `msgexec' Program +* libgettextpo:: Writing your own programs that process PO files + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgcat Invocation, Next: msgconv Invocation, Prev: Manipulating, Up: Manipulating + +Invoking the `msgcat' Program +============================= + + msgcat [OPTION] [INPUTFILE]... + + The `msgcat' program concatenates and merges the specified PO files. +It finds messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO +files. By using the `--more-than' option, greater commonality may be +requested before messages are printed. Conversely, the `--less-than' +option may be used to specify less commonality before messages are +printed (i.e. `--less-than=2' will only print the unique messages). +Translations, comments and extract comments will be cumulated, except +that if `--use-first' is specified, they will be taken from the first +PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be +cumulated. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`INPUTFILE ...' + Input files. + +`-f FILE' +`--files-from=FILE' + Read the names of the input files from FILE instead of getting + them from the command line. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If INPUTFILE is `-', standard input is read. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + + + The results are written to standard output if no output file is +specified or if it is `-'. + +Message selection +----------------- + +`-< NUMBER' +`--less-than=NUMBER' + Print messages with less than NUMBER definitions, defaults to + infinite if not set. + +`-> NUMBER' +`--more-than=NUMBER' + Print messages with more than NUMBER definitions, defaults to 0 if + not set. + +`-u' +`--unique' + Shorthand for `--less-than=2'. Requests that only unique messages + be printed. + + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input files are Java ResourceBundles in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input files are NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + files in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`-t' +`--to-code=NAME' + Specify encoding for output. + +`--use-first' + Use first available translation for each message. Don't merge + several translations into one. + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if it contains no message. + +`-i' +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--no-location' + Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. + +`-n' +`--add-location' + Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`-s' +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + +`-F' +`--sort-by-file' + Sort output by file location. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgconv Invocation, Next: msggrep Invocation, Prev: msgcat Invocation, Up: Manipulating + +Invoking the `msgconv' Program +============================== + + msgconv [OPTION] [INPUTFILE] + + The `msgconv' program converts a translation catalog to a different +character encoding. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`INPUTFILE' + Input PO file. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If no INPUTFILE is given or if it is `-', standard input is read. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + + + The results are written to standard output if no output file is +specified or if it is `-'. + +Conversion target +----------------- + +`-t' +`--to-code=NAME' + Specify encoding for output. + + + The default encoding is the current locale's encoding. + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + file in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if it contains no message. + +`-i' +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--no-location' + Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. + +`--add-location' + Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`-s' +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + +`-F' +`--sort-by-file' + Sort output by file location. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msggrep Invocation, Next: msgfilter Invocation, Prev: msgconv Invocation, Up: Manipulating + +Invoking the `msggrep' Program +============================== + + msggrep [OPTION] [INPUTFILE] + + The `msggrep' program extracts all messages of a translation catalog +that match a given pattern or belong to some given source files. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`INPUTFILE' + Input PO file. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If no INPUTFILE is given or if it is `-', standard input is read. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + + + The results are written to standard output if no output file is +specified or if it is `-'. + +Message selection +----------------- + + [-N SOURCEFILE]... [-M DOMAINNAME]... + [-K MSGID-PATTERN] [-T MSGSTR-PATTERN] [-C COMMENT-PATTERN] + + A message is selected if + * it comes from one of the specified source files, + + * or if it comes from one of the specified domains, + + * or if `-K' is given and its key (msgid or msgid_plural) matches + MSGID-PATTERN, + + * or if `-T' is given and its translation (msgstr) matches + MSGSTR-PATTERN, + + * or if `-C' is given and the translator's comment matches + COMMENT-PATTERN. + + When more than one selection criterion is specified, the set of +selected messages is the union of the selected messages of each +criterion. + + MSGID-PATTERN or MSGSTR-PATTERN syntax: + [-E | -F] [-e PATTERN | -f FILE]... + PATTERNs are basic regular expressions by default, or extended +regular expressions if -E is given, or fixed strings if -F is given. + +`-N SOURCEFILE' +`--location=SOURCEFILE' + Select messages extracted from SOURCEFILE. SOURCEFILE can be + either a literal file name or a wildcard pattern. + +`-M DOMAINNAME' +`--domain=DOMAINNAME' + Select messages belonging to domain DOMAINNAME. + +`-K' +`--msgid' + Start of patterns for the msgid. + +`-T' +`--msgstr' + Start of patterns for the msgstr. + +`-C' +`--comment' + Start of patterns for the translator's comment. + +`-E' +`--extended-regexp' + Specify that PATTERN is an extended regular expression. + +`-F' +`--fixed-strings' + Specify that PATTERN is a set of newline-separated strings. + +`-e PATTERN' +`--regexp=PATTERN' + Use PATTERN as a regular expression. + +`-f FILE' +`--file=FILE' + Obtain PATTERN from FILE. + +`-i' +`--ignore-case' + Ignore case distinctions. + + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + file in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if it contains no message. + +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--no-location' + Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. + +`--add-location' + Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + +`--sort-by-file' + Sort output by file location. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgfilter Invocation, Next: msguniq Invocation, Prev: msggrep Invocation, Up: Manipulating + +Invoking the `msgfilter' Program +================================ + + msgfilter [OPTION] FILTER [FILTER-OPTION] + + The `msgfilter' program applies a filter to all translations of a +translation catalog. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`-i INPUTFILE' +`--input=INPUTFILE' + Input PO file. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If no INPUTFILE is given or if it is `-', standard input is read. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + + + The results are written to standard output if no output file is +specified or if it is `-'. + +The filter +---------- + +The FILTER can be any program that reads a translation from standard +input and writes a modified translation to standard output. A +frequently used filter is `sed'. + + Note: It is your responsibility to ensure that the FILTER can cope +with input encoded in the translation catalog's encoding. If the +FILTER wants input in a particular encoding, you can in a first step +convert the translation catalog to that encoding using the `msgconv' +program, before invoking `msgfilter'. If the FILTER wants input in the +locale's encoding, but you want to avoid the locale's encoding, then +you can first convert the translation catalog to UTF-8 using the +`msgconv' program and then make `msgfilter' work in an UTF-8 locale, by +using the `LC_ALL' environment variable. + + Note: Most translations in a translation catalog don't end with a +newline character. For this reason, it is important that the FILTER +recognizes its last input line even if it ends without a newline, and +that it doesn't add an undesired trailing newline at the end. The `sed' +program on some platforms is known to ignore the last line of input if +it is not terminated with a newline. You can use GNU `sed' instead; it +does not have this limitation. + +Useful FILTER-OPTIONs when the FILTER is `sed' +---------------------------------------------- + +`-e SCRIPT' +`--expression=SCRIPT' + Add SCRIPT to the commands to be executed. + +`-f SCRIPTFILE' +`--file=SCRIPTFILE' + Add the contents of SCRIPTFILE to the commands to be executed. + +`-n' +`--quiet' +`--silent' + Suppress automatic printing of pattern space. + + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + file in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if it contains no message. + +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--keep-header' + Keep the header entry, i.e. the message with `msgid ""', + unmodified, instead of filtering it. By default, the header entry + is subject to filtering like any other message. + +`--no-location' + Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. + +`--add-location' + Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`-s' +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + +`-F' +`--sort-by-file' + Sort output by file location. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msguniq Invocation, Next: msgcomm Invocation, Prev: msgfilter Invocation, Up: Manipulating + +Invoking the `msguniq' Program +============================== + + msguniq [OPTION] [INPUTFILE] + + The `msguniq' program unifies duplicate translations in a translation +catalog. It finds duplicate translations of the same message ID. Such +duplicates are invalid input for other programs like `msgfmt', +`msgmerge' or `msgcat'. By default, duplicates are merged together. +When using the `--repeated' option, only duplicates are output, and all +other messages are discarded. Comments and extracted comments will be +cumulated, except that if `--use-first' is specified, they will be +taken from the first translation. File positions will be cumulated. +When using the `--unique' option, duplicates are discarded. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`INPUTFILE' + Input PO file. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If no INPUTFILE is given or if it is `-', standard input is read. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + + + The results are written to standard output if no output file is +specified or if it is `-'. + +Message selection +----------------- + +`-d' +`--repeated' + Print only duplicates. + +`-u' +`--unique' + Print only unique messages, discard duplicates. + + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + file in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`-t' +`--to-code=NAME' + Specify encoding for output. + +`--use-first' + Use first available translation for each message. Don't merge + several translations into one. + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if it contains no message. + +`-i' +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--no-location' + Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. + +`-n' +`--add-location' + Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`-s' +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + +`-F' +`--sort-by-file' + Sort output by file location. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgcomm Invocation, Next: msgcmp Invocation, Prev: msguniq Invocation, Up: Manipulating + +Invoking the `msgcomm' Program +============================== + + msgcomm [OPTION] [INPUTFILE]... + + The `msgcomm' program finds messages which are common to two or more +of the specified PO files. By using the `--more-than' option, greater +commonality may be requested before messages are printed. Conversely, +the `--less-than' option may be used to specify less commonality before +messages are printed (i.e. `--less-than=2' will only print the unique +messages). Translations, comments and extract comments will be +preserved, but only from the first PO file to define them. File +positions from all PO files will be cumulated. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`INPUTFILE ...' + Input files. + +`-f FILE' +`--files-from=FILE' + Read the names of the input files from FILE instead of getting + them from the command line. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If INPUTFILE is `-', standard input is read. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + + + The results are written to standard output if no output file is +specified or if it is `-'. + +Message selection +----------------- + +`-< NUMBER' +`--less-than=NUMBER' + Print messages with less than NUMBER definitions, defaults to + infinite if not set. + +`-> NUMBER' +`--more-than=NUMBER' + Print messages with more than NUMBER definitions, defaults to 1 if + not set. + +`-u' +`--unique' + Shorthand for `--less-than=2'. Requests that only unique messages + be printed. + + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input files are Java ResourceBundles in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input files are NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + files in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if it contains no message. + +`-i' +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--no-location' + Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. + +`-n' +`--add-location' + Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`-s' +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + +`-F' +`--sort-by-file' + Sort output by file location. + +`--omit-header' + Don't write header with `msgid ""' entry. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgcmp Invocation, Next: msgattrib Invocation, Prev: msgcomm Invocation, Up: Manipulating + +Invoking the `msgcmp' Program +============================= + + msgcmp [OPTION] DEF.po REF.pot + + The `msgcmp' program compares two Uniforum style .po files to check +that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The DEF.po file is an +existing PO file with the translations. The REF.pot file is the last +created PO file, or a PO Template file (generally created by +`xgettext'). This is useful for checking that you have translated each +and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be +found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`DEF.po' + Translations. + +`REF.pot' + References to the sources. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. + + +Operation modifiers +------------------- + +`-m' +`--multi-domain' + Apply REF.pot to each of the domains in DEF.po. + + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input files are Java ResourceBundles in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input files are NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + files in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgattrib Invocation, Next: msgen Invocation, Prev: msgcmp Invocation, Up: Manipulating + +Invoking the `msgattrib' Program +================================ + + msgattrib [OPTION] [INPUTFILE] + + The `msgattrib' program filters the messages of a translation catalog +according to their attributes, and manipulates the attributes. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`INPUTFILE' + Input PO file. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If no INPUTFILE is given or if it is `-', standard input is read. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + + + The results are written to standard output if no output file is +specified or if it is `-'. + +Message selection +----------------- + +`--translated' + Keep translated messages, remove untranslated messages. + +`--untranslated' + Keep untranslated messages, remove translated messages. + +`--no-fuzzy' + Remove `fuzzy' marked messages. + +`--only-fuzzy' + Keep `fuzzy' marked messages, remove all other messsages. + +`--no-obsolete' + Remove obsolete #~ messages. + +`--only-obsolete' + Keep obsolete #~ messages, remove all other messages. + + +Attribute manipulation +---------------------- + +Attributes are modified after the message selection/removal has been +performed. If the `--only-file' or `--ignore-file' option is +specified, the attribute modification is applied only to those messages +that are listed in the ONLY-FILE and not listed in the IGNORE-FILE. + +`--set-fuzzy' + Set all messages `fuzzy'. + +`--clear-fuzzy' + Set all messages non-`fuzzy'. + +`--set-obsolete' + Set all messages obsolete. + +`--clear-obsolete' + Set all messages non-obsolete. + +`--only-file=FILE' + Limit the attribute changes to entries that are listed in FILE. + FILE should be a PO or POT file. + +`--ignore-file=FILE' + Limit the attribute changes to entries that are not listed in FILE. + FILE should be a PO or POT file. + +`--fuzzy' + Synonym for `--only-fuzzy --clear-fuzzy': It keeps only the fuzzy + messages and removes their `fuzzy' mark. + +`--obsolete' + Synonym for `--only-obsolete --clear-obsolete': It keeps only the + obsolete messages and makes them non-obsolete. + + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + file in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if it contains no message. + +`-i' +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--no-location' + Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. + +`-n' +`--add-location' + Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`-s' +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + +`-F' +`--sort-by-file' + Sort output by file location. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgen Invocation, Next: msgexec Invocation, Prev: msgattrib Invocation, Up: Manipulating + +Invoking the `msgen' Program +============================ + + msgen [OPTION] INPUTFILE + + The `msgen' program creates an English translation catalog. The +input file is the last created English PO file, or a PO Template file +(generally created by xgettext). Untranslated entries are assigned a +translation that is identical to the msgid. + + Note: `msginit --no-translator --locale=en' performs a very similar +task. The main difference is that `msginit' cares specially about the +header entry, whereas `msgen' doesn't. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`INPUTFILE' + Input PO or POT file. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If INPUTFILE is `-', standard input is read. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + + + The results are written to standard output if no output file is +specified or if it is `-'. + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + file in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if it contains no message. + +`-i' +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--no-location' + Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. + +`--add-location' + Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`-s' +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + +`-F' +`--sort-by-file' + Sort output by file location. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgexec Invocation, Next: libgettextpo, Prev: msgen Invocation, Up: Manipulating + +Invoking the `msgexec' Program +============================== + + msgexec [OPTION] COMMAND [COMMAND-OPTION] + + The `msgexec' program applies a command to all translations of a +translation catalog. The COMMAND can be any program that reads a +translation from standard input. It is invoked once for each +translation. Its output becomes msgexec's output. `msgexec''s return +code is the maximum return code across all invocations. + + A special builtin command called `0' outputs the translation, +followed by a null byte. The output of `msgexec 0' is suitable as +input for `xargs -0'. + + During each COMMAND invocation, the environment variable +`MSGEXEC_MSGID' is bound to the message's msgid, and the environment +variable `MSGEXEC_LOCATION' is bound to the location in the PO file of +the message. + + Note: It is your responsibility to ensure that the COMMAND can cope +with input encoded in the translation catalog's encoding. If the +COMMAND wants input in a particular encoding, you can in a first step +convert the translation catalog to that encoding using the `msgconv' +program, before invoking `msgexec'. If the COMMAND wants input in the +locale's encoding, but you want to avoid the locale's encoding, then +you can first convert the translation catalog to UTF-8 using the +`msgconv' program and then make `msgexec' work in an UTF-8 locale, by +using the `LC_ALL' environment variable. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`-i INPUTFILE' +`--input=INPUTFILE' + Input PO file. + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If no INPUTFILE is given or if it is `-', standard input is read. + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + file in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: libgettextpo, Prev: msgexec Invocation, Up: Manipulating + +Writing your own programs that process PO files +=============================================== + +For the tasks for which a combination of `msgattrib', `msgcat' etc. is +not sufficient, a set of C functions is provided in a library, to make +it possible to process PO files in your own programs. When you use +this library, you don't need to write routines to parse the PO file; +instead, you retreive a pointer in memory to each of messages contained +in the PO file. Functions for writing PO files are not provided at +this time. + + The functions are declared in the header file `<gettext-po.h>', and +are defined in a library called `libgettextpo'. + + - Data Type: po_file_t + This is a pointer type that refers to the contents of a PO file, + after it has been read into memory. + + - Data Type: po_message_iterator_t + This is a pointer type that refers to an iterator that produces a + sequence of messages. + + - Data Type: po_message_t + This is a pointer type that refers to a message of a PO file, + including its translation. + + - Function: po_file_t po_file_read (const char *FILENAME) + The `po_file_read' function reads a PO file into memory. The file + name is given as argument. The return value is a handle to the PO + file's contents, valid until `po_file_free' is called on it. In + case of error, the return value is `NULL', and `errno' is set. + + - Function: void po_file_free (po_file_t FILE) + The `po_file_free' function frees a PO file's contents from memory, + including all messages that are only implicitly accessible through + iterators. + + - Function: const char * const * po_file_domains (po_file_t FILE) + The `po_file_domains' function returns the domains for which the + given PO file has messages. The return value is a `NULL' + terminated array which is valid as long as the FILE handle is + valid. For PO files which contain no `domain' directive, the + return value contains only one domain, namely the default domain + `"messages"'. + + - Function: po_message_iterator_t po_message_iterator (po_file_t FILE, + const char *DOMAIN) + The `po_message_iterator' returns an iterator that will produce the + messages of FILE that belong to the given DOMAIN. If DOMAIN is + `NULL', the default domain is used instead. To list the messages, + use the function `po_next_message' repeatedly. + + - Function: void po_message_iterator_free (po_message_iterator_t + ITERATOR) + The `po_message_iterator_free' function frees an iterator + previously allocated through the `po_message_iterator' function. + + - Function: po_message_t po_next_message (po_message_iterator_t + ITERATOR) + The `po_next_message' function returns the next message from + ITERATOR and advances the iterator. It returns `NULL' when the + iterator has reached the end of its message list. + + The following functions returns details of a `po_message_t'. Recall +that the results are valid as long as the FILE handle is valid. + + - Function: const char * po_message_msgid (po_message_t MESSAGE) + The `po_message_msgid' function returns the `msgid' (untranslated + English string) of a message. This is guaranteed to be non-`NULL'. + + - Function: const char * po_message_msgid_plural (po_message_t MESSAGE) + The `po_message_msgid_plural' function returns the `msgid_plural' + (untranslated English plural string) of a message with plurals, or + `NULL' for a message without plural. + + - Function: const char * po_message_msgstr (po_message_t MESSAGE) + The `po_message_msgstr' function returns the `msgstr' (translation) + of a message. For an untranslated message, the return value is an + empty string. + + - Function: const char * po_message_msgstr_plural (po_message_t + MESSAGE, int INDEX) + The `po_message_msgstr_plural' function returns the + `msgstr[INDEX]' of a message with plurals, or `NULL' when the + INDEX is out of range or for a message without plural. + + Here is an example code how these functions can be used. + + const char *filename = ...; + po_file_t file = po_file_read (filename); + + if (file == NULL) + error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "couldn't open the PO file %s", filename); + { + const char * const *domains = po_file_domains (file); + const char * const *domainp; + + for (domainp = domains; *domainp; domainp++) + { + const char *domain = *domainp; + po_message_iterator_t iterator = po_message_iterator (file, domain); + + for (;;) + { + po_message_t *message = po_next_message (iterator); + + if (message == NULL) + break; + { + const char *msgid = po_message_msgid (message); + const char *msgstr = po_message_msgstr (message); + + ... + } + } + po_message_iterator_free (iterator); + } + } + po_file_free (file); + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Binaries, Next: Users, Prev: Manipulating, Up: Top + +Producing Binary MO Files +************************* + +* Menu: + +* msgfmt Invocation:: Invoking the `msgfmt' Program +* msgunfmt Invocation:: Invoking the `msgunfmt' Program +* MO Files:: The Format of GNU MO Files + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgfmt Invocation, Next: msgunfmt Invocation, Prev: Binaries, Up: Binaries + +Invoking the `msgfmt' Program +============================= + + msgfmt [OPTION] FILENAME.po ... + + The `msgfmt' programs generates a binary message catalog from a +textual translation description. + +Input file location +------------------- + +`FILENAME.po ...' + +`-D DIRECTORY' +`--directory=DIRECTORY' + Add DIRECTORY to the list of directories. Source files are + searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting `.po' + file will be written relative to the current directory, though. + + + If an input file is `-', standard input is read. + +Operation mode +-------------- + +`-j' +`--java' + Java mode: generate a Java `ResourceBundle' class. + +`--java2' + Like -java, and assume Java2 (JDK 1.2 or higher). + +`--tcl' + Tcl mode: generate a tcl/msgcat `.msg' file. + +`--qt' + Qt mode: generate a Qt `.qm' file. + + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + +`--strict' + Direct the program to work strictly following the Uniforum/Sun + implementation. Currently this only affects the naming of the + output file. If this option is not given the name of the output + file is the same as the domain name. If the strict Uniforum mode + is enabled the suffix `.mo' is added to the file name if it is not + already present. + + We find this behaviour of Sun's implementation rather silly and so + by default this mode is _not_ selected. + + + If the output FILE is `-', output is written to standard output. + +Output file location in Java mode +--------------------------------- + +`-r RESOURCE' +`--resource=RESOURCE' + Specify the resource name. + +`-l LOCALE' +`--locale=LOCALE' + Specify the locale name, either a language specification of the + form LL or a combined language and country specification of the + form LL_CC. + +`-d DIRECTORY' + Specify the base directory of classes directory hierarchy. + + + The class name is determined by appending the locale name to the +resource name, separated with an underscore. The `-d' option is +mandatory. The class is written under the specified directory. + +Output file location in Tcl mode +-------------------------------- + +`-l LOCALE' +`--locale=LOCALE' + Specify the locale name, either a language specification of the + form LL or a combined language and country specification of the + form LL_CC. + +`-d DIRECTORY' + Specify the base directory of `.msg' message catalogs. + + + The `-l' and `-d' options are mandatory. The `.msg' file is written +in the specified directory. + +Input file syntax +----------------- + +`-P' +`--properties-input' + Assume the input files are Java ResourceBundles in Java + `.properties' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + +`--stringtable-input' + Assume the input files are NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource + files in `.strings' syntax, not in PO file syntax. + + +Input file interpretation +------------------------- + +`-c' +`--check' + Perform all the checks implied by `--check-format', + `--check-header', `--check-domain'. + +`--check-format' + Check language dependent format strings. + + If the string represents a format string used in a `printf'-like + function both strings should have the same number of `%' format + specifiers, with matching types. If the flag `c-format' or + `possible-c-format' appears in the special comment <#,> for this + entry a check is performed. For example, the check will diagnose + using `%.*s' against `%s', or `%d' against `%s', or `%d' against + `%x'. It can even handle positional parameters. + + Normally the `xgettext' program automatically decides whether a + string is a format string or not. This algorithm is not perfect, + though. It might regard a string as a format string though it is + not used in a `printf'-like function and so `msgfmt' might report + errors where there are none. + + To solve this problem the programmer can dictate the decision to + the `xgettext' program (*note c-format::). The translator should + not consider removing the flag from the <#,> line. This "fix" + would be reversed again as soon as `msgmerge' is called the next + time. + +`--check-header' + Verify presence and contents of the header entry. *Note Header + Entry::, for a description of the various fields in the header + entry. + +`--check-domain' + Check for conflicts between domain directives and the + `--output-file' option + +`-C' +`--check-compatibility' + Check that GNU msgfmt behaves like X/Open msgfmt. This will give + an error when attempting to use the GNU extensions. + +`--check-accelerators[=CHAR]' + Check presence of keyboard accelerators for menu items. This is + based on the convention used in some GUIs that a keyboard + accelerator in a menu item string is designated by an immediately + preceding `&' character. Sometimes a keyboard accelerator is also + called "keyboard mnemonic". This check verifies that if the + untranslated string has exactly one `&' character, the translated + string has exactly one `&' as well. If this option is given with + a CHAR argument, this CHAR should be a non-alphanumeric character + and is used as keyboard acceleator mark instead of `&'. + +`-f' +`--use-fuzzy' + Use fuzzy entries in output. Note that using this option is + usually wrong, because fuzzy messages are exactly those which have + not been validated by a human translator. + + +Output details +-------------- + +`-a NUMBER' +`--alignment=NUMBER' + Align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: 1). + +`--no-hash' + Don't include a hash table in the binary file. Lookup will be + more expensive at run time (binary search instead of hash table + lookup). + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + +`--statistics' + Print statistics about translations. + +`-v' +`--verbose' + Increase verbosity level. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: msgunfmt Invocation, Next: MO Files, Prev: msgfmt Invocation, Up: Binaries + +Invoking the `msgunfmt' Program +=============================== + + msgunfmt [OPTION] [FILE]... + + The `msgunfmt' program converts a binary message catalog to a +Uniforum style .po file. + +Operation mode +-------------- + +`-j' +`--java' + Java mode: input is a Java `ResourceBundle' class. + +`--tcl' + Tcl mode: input is a tcl/msgcat `.msg' file. + + +Input file location +------------------- + +`FILE ...' + Input .mo files. + + + If no input FILE is given or if it is `-', standard input is read. + +Input file location in Java mode +-------------------------------- + +`-r RESOURCE' +`--resource=RESOURCE' + Specify the resource name. + +`-l LOCALE' +`--locale=LOCALE' + Specify the locale name, either a language specification of the + form LL or a combined language and country specification of the + form LL_CC. + + + The class name is determined by appending the locale name to the +resource name, separated with an underscore. The class is located +using the `CLASSPATH'. + +Input file location in Tcl mode +------------------------------- + +`-l LOCALE' +`--locale=LOCALE' + Specify the locale name, either a language specification of the + form LL or a combined language and country specification of the + form LL_CC. + +`-d DIRECTORY' + Specify the base directory of `.msg' message catalogs. + + + The `-l' and `-d' options are mandatory. The `.msg' file is located +in the specified directory. + +Output file location +-------------------- + +`-o FILE' +`--output-file=FILE' + Write output to specified file. + + + The results are written to standard output if no output file is +specified or if it is `-'. + +Output details +-------------- + +`--force-po' + Always write an output file even if it contains no message. + +`-i' +`--indent' + Write the .po file using indented style. + +`--strict' + Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this + Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the + GNU extensions. + +`-p' +`--properties-output' + Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java `.properties' syntax. Note + that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently + drops obsolete messages. + +`--stringtable-output' + Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in `.strings' + syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + +`-w NUMBER' +`--width=NUMBER' + Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will + be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's + width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given + NUMBER. + +`--no-wrap' + Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width + exceeds the output page width will not be split into several + lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output + page width will be split. + +`-s' +`--sort-output' + Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much + harder for the translator to understand each message's context. + + +Informative output +------------------ + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + +`-v' +`--verbose' + Increase verbosity level. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: MO Files, Prev: msgunfmt Invocation, Up: Binaries + +The Format of GNU MO Files +========================== + +The format of the generated MO files is best described by a picture, +which appears below. + + The first two words serve the identification of the file. The magic +number will always signal GNU MO files. The number is stored in the +byte order of the generating machine, so the magic number really is two +numbers: `0x950412de' and `0xde120495'. The second word describes the +current revision of the file format. For now the revision is 0. This +might change in future versions, and ensures that the readers of MO +files can distinguish new formats from old ones, so that both can be +handled correctly. The version is kept separate from the magic number, +instead of using different magic numbers for different formats, mainly +because `/etc/magic' is not updated often. It might be better to have +magic separated from internal format version identification. + + Follow a number of pointers to later tables in the file, allowing +for the extension of the prefix part of MO files without having to +recompile programs reading them. This might become useful for later +inserting a few flag bits, indication about the charset used, new +tables, or other things. + + Then, at offset O and offset T in the picture, two tables of string +descriptors can be found. In both tables, each string descriptor uses +two 32 bits integers, one for the string length, another for the offset +of the string in the MO file, counting in bytes from the start of the +file. The first table contains descriptors for the original strings, +and is sorted so the original strings are in increasing lexicographical +order. The second table contains descriptors for the translated +strings, and is parallel to the first table: to find the corresponding +translation one has to access the array slot in the second array with +the same index. + + Having the original strings sorted enables the use of simple binary +search, for when the MO file does not contain an hashing table, or for +when it is not practical to use the hashing table provided in the MO +file. This also has another advantage, as the empty string in a PO +file GNU `gettext' is usually _translated_ into some system information +attached to that particular MO file, and the empty string necessarily +becomes the first in both the original and translated tables, making +the system information very easy to find. + + The size S of the hash table can be zero. In this case, the hash +table itself is not contained in the MO file. Some people might prefer +this because a precomputed hashing table takes disk space, and does not +win _that_ much speed. The hash table contains indices to the sorted +array of strings in the MO file. Conflict resolution is done by double +hashing. The precise hashing algorithm used is fairly dependent on GNU +`gettext' code, and is not documented here. + + As for the strings themselves, they follow the hash file, and each +is terminated with a <NUL>, and this <NUL> is not counted in the length +which appears in the string descriptor. The `msgfmt' program has an +option selecting the alignment for MO file strings. With this option, +each string is separately aligned so it starts at an offset which is a +multiple of the alignment value. On some RISC machines, a correct +alignment will speed things up. + + Plural forms are stored by letting the plural of the original string +follow the singular of the original string, separated through a <NUL> +byte. The length which appears in the string descriptor includes both. +However, only the singular of the original string takes part in the +hash table lookup. The plural variants of the translation are all +stored consecutively, separated through a <NUL> byte. Here also, the +length in the string descriptor includes all of them. + + Nothing prevents a MO file from having embedded <NUL>s in strings. +However, the program interface currently used already presumes that +strings are <NUL> terminated, so embedded <NUL>s are somewhat useless. +But the MO file format is general enough so other interfaces would be +later possible, if for example, we ever want to implement wide +characters right in MO files, where <NUL> bytes may accidently appear. +(No, we don't want to have wide characters in MO files. They would +make the file unnecessarily large, and the `wchar_t' type being +platform dependent, MO files would be platform dependent as well.) + + This particular issue has been strongly debated in the GNU `gettext' +development forum, and it is expectable that MO file format will evolve +or change over time. It is even possible that many formats may later +be supported concurrently. But surely, we have to start somewhere, and +the MO file format described here is a good start. Nothing is cast in +concrete, and the format may later evolve fairly easily, so we should +feel comfortable with the current approach. + + byte + +------------------------------------------+ + 0 | magic number = 0x950412de | + | | + 4 | file format revision = 0 | + | | + 8 | number of strings | == N + | | + 12 | offset of table with original strings | == O + | | + 16 | offset of table with translation strings | == T + | | + 20 | size of hashing table | == S + | | + 24 | offset of hashing table | == H + | | + . . + . (possibly more entries later) . + . . + | | + O | length & offset 0th string ----------------. + O + 8 | length & offset 1st string ------------------. + ... ... | | + O + ((N-1)*8)| length & offset (N-1)th string | | | + | | | | + T | length & offset 0th translation ---------------. + T + 8 | length & offset 1st translation -----------------. + ... ... | | | | + T + ((N-1)*8)| length & offset (N-1)th translation | | | | | + | | | | | | + H | start hash table | | | | | + ... ... | | | | + H + S * 4 | end hash table | | | | | + | | | | | | + | NUL terminated 0th string <----------------' | | | + | | | | | + | NUL terminated 1st string <------------------' | | + | | | | + ... ... | | + | | | | + | NUL terminated 0th translation <---------------' | + | | | + | NUL terminated 1st translation <-----------------' + | | + ... ... + | | + +------------------------------------------+ + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Users, Next: Programmers, Prev: Binaries, Up: Top + +The User's View +*************** + +When GNU `gettext' will truly have reached its goal, average users +should feel some kind of astonished pleasure, seeing the effect of that +strange kind of magic that just makes their own native language appear +everywhere on their screens. As for naive users, they would ideally +have no special pleasure about it, merely taking their own language for +_granted_, and becoming rather unhappy otherwise. + + So, let's try to describe here how we would like the magic to +operate, as we want the users' view to be the simplest, among all ways +one could look at GNU `gettext'. All other software engineers: +programmers, translators, maintainers, should work together in such a +way that the magic becomes possible. This is a long and progressive +undertaking, and information is available about the progress of the +Translation Project. + + When a package is distributed, there are two kinds of users: +"installers" who fetch the distribution, unpack it, configure it, +compile it and install it for themselves or others to use; and "end +users" that call programs of the package, once these have been +installed at their site. GNU `gettext' is offering magic for both +installers and end users. + +* Menu: + +* Matrix:: The Current `ABOUT-NLS' Matrix +* Installers:: Magic for Installers +* End Users:: Magic for End Users + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Matrix, Next: Installers, Prev: Users, Up: Users + +The Current `ABOUT-NLS' Matrix +============================== + +Languages are not equally supported in all packages using GNU +`gettext'. To know if some package uses GNU `gettext', one may check +the distribution for the `ABOUT-NLS' information file, for some `LL.po' +files, often kept together into some `po/' directory, or for an `intl/' +directory. Internationalized packages have usually many `LL.po' files, +where LL represents the language. *Note End Users:: for a complete +description of the format for LL. + + More generally, a matrix is available for showing the current state +of the Translation Project, listing which packages are prepared for +multi-lingual messages, and which languages are supported by each. +Because this information changes often, this matrix is not kept within +this GNU `gettext' manual. This information is often found in file +`ABOUT-NLS' from various distributions, but is also as old as the +distribution itself. A recent copy of this `ABOUT-NLS' file, +containing up-to-date information, should generally be found on the +Translation Project sites, and also on most GNU archive sites. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Installers, Next: End Users, Prev: Matrix, Up: Users + +Magic for Installers +==================== + +By default, packages fully using GNU `gettext', internally, are +installed in such a way that they to allow translation of messages. At +_configuration_ time, those packages should automatically detect +whether the underlying host system already provides the GNU `gettext' +functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' library should be automatically +prepared and used. Installers may use special options at configuration +time for changing this behavior. The command `./configure +--with-included-gettext' bypasses system `gettext' to use the included +GNU `gettext' instead, while `./configure --disable-nls' produces +programs totally unable to translate messages. + + Internationalized packages have usually many `LL.po' files. Unless +translations are disabled, all those available are installed together +with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS' may be +set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. `LINGUAS' +should then contain a space separated list of two-letter codes, stating +which languages are allowed. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: End Users, Prev: Installers, Up: Users + +Magic for End Users +=================== + +We consider here those packages using GNU `gettext' internally, and for +which the installers did not disable translation at _configure_ time. +Then, users only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the +appropriate `LL_CC' combination prior to using the programs in the +package. *Note Matrix::. For example, let's presume a German site. +At the shell prompt, users merely have to execute `setenv LANG de_DE' +(in `csh') or `export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh'). They could even do +this from their `.login' or `.profile' file. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Programmers, Next: Translators, Prev: Users, Up: Top + +The Programmer's View +********************* + +One aim of the current message catalog implementation provided by GNU +`gettext' was to use the system's message catalog handling, if the +installer wishes to do so. So we perhaps should first take a look at +the solutions we know about. The people in the POSIX committee did not +manage to agree on one of the semi-official standards which we'll +describe below. In fact they couldn't agree on anything, so they +decided only to include an example of an interface. The major Unix +vendors are split in the usage of the two most important +specifications: X/Open's catgets vs. Uniforum's gettext interface. +We'll describe them both and later explain our solution of this dilemma. + +* Menu: + +* catgets:: About `catgets' +* gettext:: About `gettext' +* Comparison:: Comparing the two interfaces +* Using libintl.a:: Using libintl.a in own programs +* gettext grok:: Being a `gettext' grok +* Temp Programmers:: Temporary Notes for the Programmers Chapter + + +File: gettext.info, Node: catgets, Next: gettext, Prev: Programmers, Up: Programmers + +About `catgets' +=============== + +The `catgets' implementation is defined in the X/Open Portability +Guide, Volume 3, XSI Supplementary Definitions, Chapter 5. But the +process of creating this standard seemed to be too slow for some of the +Unix vendors so they created their implementations on preliminary +versions of the standard. Of course this leads again to problems while +writing platform independent programs: even the usage of `catgets' does +not guarantee a unique interface. + + Another, personal comment on this that only a bunch of committee +members could have made this interface. They never really tried to +program using this interface. It is a fast, memory-saving +implementation, an user can happily live with it. But programmers hate +it (at least I and some others do...) + + But we must not forget one point: after all the trouble with +transfering the rights on Unix(tm) they at last came to X/Open, the +very same who published this specification. This leads me to making +the prediction that this interface will be in future Unix standards +(e.g. Spec1170) and therefore part of all Unix implementation +(implementations, which are _allowed_ to wear this name). + +* Menu: + +* Interface to catgets:: The interface +* Problems with catgets:: Problems with the `catgets' interface?! + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Interface to catgets, Next: Problems with catgets, Prev: catgets, Up: catgets + +The Interface +------------- + +The interface to the `catgets' implementation consists of three +functions which correspond to those used in file access: `catopen' to +open the catalog for using, `catgets' for accessing the message tables, +and `catclose' for closing after work is done. Prototypes for the +functions and the needed definitions are in the `<nl_types.h>' header +file. + + `catopen' is used like in this: + + nl_catd catd = catopen ("catalog_name", 0); + + The function takes as the argument the name of the catalog. This +usual refers to the name of the program or the package. The second +parameter is not further specified in the standard. I don't even know +whether it is implemented consistently among various systems. So the +common advice is to use `0' as the value. The return value is a handle +to the message catalog, equivalent to handles to file returned by +`open'. + + This handle is of course used in the `catgets' function which can be +used like this: + + char *translation = catgets (catd, set_no, msg_id, "original string"); + + The first parameter is this catalog descriptor. The second parameter +specifies the set of messages in this catalog, in which the message +described by `msg_id' is obtained. `catgets' therefore uses a +three-stage addressing: + + catalog name => set number => message ID => translation + + The fourth argument is not used to address the translation. It is +given as a default value in case when one of the addressing stages +fail. One important thing to remember is that although the return type +of catgets is `char *' the resulting string _must not_ be changed. It +should better be `const char *', but the standard is published in 1988, +one year before ANSI C. + +The last of these functions is used and behaves as expected: + + catclose (catd); + + After this no `catgets' call using the descriptor is legal anymore. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Problems with catgets, Prev: Interface to catgets, Up: catgets + +Problems with the `catgets' Interface?! +--------------------------------------- + +Now that this description seemed to be really easy -- where are the +problems we speak of? In fact the interface could be used in a +reasonable way, but constructing the message catalogs is a pain. The +reason for this lies in the third argument of `catgets': the unique +message ID. This has to be a numeric value for all messages in a single +set. Perhaps you could imagine the problems keeping such a list while +changing the source code. Add a new message here, remove one there. Of +course there have been developed a lot of tools helping to organize this +chaos but one as the other fails in one aspect or the other. We don't +want to say that the other approach has no problems but they are far +more easy to manage. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: gettext, Next: Comparison, Prev: catgets, Up: Programmers + +About `gettext' +=============== + +The definition of the `gettext' interface comes from a Uniforum +proposal. It was submitted there by Sun, who had implemented the +`gettext' function in SunOS 4, around 1990. Nowadays, the `gettext' +interface is specified by the OpenI18N standard. + + The main point about this solution is that it does not follow the +method of normal file handling (open-use-close) and that it does not +burden the programmer with so many tasks, especially the unique key +handling. Of course here also a unique key is needed, but this key is +the message itself (how long or short it is). See *Note Comparison:: +for a more detailed comparison of the two methods. + + The following section contains a rather detailed description of the +interface. We make it that detailed because this is the interface we +chose for the GNU `gettext' Library. Programmers interested in using +this library will be interested in this description. + +* Menu: + +* Interface to gettext:: The interface +* Ambiguities:: Solving ambiguities +* Locating Catalogs:: Locating message catalog files +* Charset conversion:: How to request conversion to Unicode +* Plural forms:: Additional functions for handling plurals +* GUI program problems:: Another technique for solving ambiguities +* Optimized gettext:: Optimization of the *gettext functions + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Interface to gettext, Next: Ambiguities, Prev: gettext, Up: gettext + +The Interface +------------- + +The minimal functionality an interface must have is a) to select a +domain the strings are coming from (a single domain for all programs is +not reasonable because its construction and maintenance is difficult, +perhaps impossible) and b) to access a string in a selected domain. + + This is principally the description of the `gettext' interface. It +has a global domain which unqualified usages reference. Of course this +domain is selectable by the user. + + char *textdomain (const char *domain_name); + + This provides the possibility to change or query the current status +of the current global domain of the `LC_MESSAGE' category. The +argument is a null-terminated string, whose characters must be legal in +the use in filenames. If the DOMAIN_NAME argument is `NULL', the +function returns the current value. If no value has been set before, +the name of the default domain is returned: _messages_. Please note +that although the return value of `textdomain' is of type `char *' no +changing is allowed. It is also important to know that no checks of +the availability are made. If the name is not available you will see +this by the fact that no translations are provided. + +To use a domain set by `textdomain' the function + + char *gettext (const char *msgid); + +is to be used. This is the simplest reasonable form one can imagine. +The translation of the string MSGID is returned if it is available in +the current domain. If it is not available, the argument itself is +returned. If the argument is `NULL' the result is undefined. + + One thing which should come into mind is that no explicit dependency +to the used domain is given. The current value of the domain for the +`LC_MESSAGES' locale is used. If this changes between two executions +of the same `gettext' call in the program, both calls reference a +different message catalog. + + For the easiest case, which is normally used in internationalized +packages, once at the beginning of execution a call to `textdomain' is +issued, setting the domain to a unique name, normally the package name. +In the following code all strings which have to be translated are +filtered through the gettext function. That's all, the package speaks +your language. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Ambiguities, Next: Locating Catalogs, Prev: Interface to gettext, Up: gettext + +Solving Ambiguities +------------------- + +While this single name domain works well for most applications there +might be the need to get translations from more than one domain. Of +course one could switch between different domains with calls to +`textdomain', but this is really not convenient nor is it fast. A +possible situation could be one case subject to discussion during this +writing: all error messages of functions in the set of common used +functions should go into a separate domain `error'. By this mean we +would only need to translate them once. Another case are messages from +a library, as these _have_ to be independent of the current domain set +by the application. + +For this reasons there are two more functions to retrieve strings: + + char *dgettext (const char *domain_name, const char *msgid); + char *dcgettext (const char *domain_name, const char *msgid, + int category); + + Both take an additional argument at the first place, which +corresponds to the argument of `textdomain'. The third argument of +`dcgettext' allows to use another locale but `LC_MESSAGES'. But I +really don't know where this can be useful. If the DOMAIN_NAME is +`NULL' or CATEGORY has an value beside the known ones, the result is +undefined. It should also be noted that this function is not part of +the second known implementation of this function family, the one found +in Solaris. + + A second ambiguity can arise by the fact, that perhaps more than one +domain has the same name. This can be solved by specifying where the +needed message catalog files can be found. + + char *bindtextdomain (const char *domain_name, + const char *dir_name); + + Calling this function binds the given domain to a file in the +specified directory (how this file is determined follows below). +Especially a file in the systems default place is not favored against +the specified file anymore (as it would be by solely using +`textdomain'). A `NULL' pointer for the DIR_NAME parameter returns the +binding associated with DOMAIN_NAME. If DOMAIN_NAME itself is `NULL' +nothing happens and a `NULL' pointer is returned. Here again as for +all the other functions is true that none of the return value must be +changed! + + It is important to remember that relative path names for the +DIR_NAME parameter can be trouble. Since the path is always computed +relative to the current directory different results will be achieved +when the program executes a `chdir' command. Relative paths should +always be avoided to avoid dependencies and unreliabilities. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Locating Catalogs, Next: Charset conversion, Prev: Ambiguities, Up: gettext + +Locating Message Catalog Files +------------------------------ + +Because many different languages for many different packages have to be +stored we need some way to add these information to file message catalog +files. The way usually used in Unix environments is have this encoding +in the file name. This is also done here. The directory name given in +`bindtextdomain's second argument (or the default directory), followed +by the value and name of the locale and the domain name are +concatenated: + + DIR_NAME/LOCALE/LC_CATEGORY/DOMAIN_NAME.mo + + The default value for DIR_NAME is system specific. For the GNU +library, and for packages adhering to its conventions, it's: + /usr/local/share/locale + +LOCALE is the value of the locale whose name is this `LC_CATEGORY'. +For `gettext' and `dgettext' this `LC_CATEGORY' is always +`LC_MESSAGES'.(1) The value of the locale is determined through +`setlocale (LC_CATEGORY, NULL)'. (2) `dcgettext' specifies the locale +category by the third argument. + + ---------- Footnotes ---------- + + (1) Some system, eg Ultrix, don't have `LC_MESSAGES'. Here we use a +more or less arbitrary value for it, namely 1729, the smallest positive +integer which can be represented in two different ways as the sum of +two cubes. + + (2) When the system does not support `setlocale' its behavior in +setting the locale values is simulated by looking at the environment +variables. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Charset conversion, Next: Plural forms, Prev: Locating Catalogs, Up: gettext + +How to specify the output character set `gettext' uses +------------------------------------------------------ + +`gettext' not only looks up a translation in a message catalog. It +also converts the translation on the fly to the desired output character +set. This is useful if the user is working in a different character set +than the translator who created the message catalog, because it avoids +distributing variants of message catalogs which differ only in the +character set. + + The output character set is, by default, the value of `nl_langinfo +(CODESET)', which depends on the `LC_CTYPE' part of the current locale. +But programs which store strings in a locale independent way (e.g. +UTF-8) can request that `gettext' and related functions return the +translations in that encoding, by use of the `bind_textdomain_codeset' +function. + + Note that the MSGID argument to `gettext' is not subject to +character set conversion. Also, when `gettext' does not find a +translation for MSGID, it returns MSGID unchanged - independently of +the current output character set. It is therefore recommended that all +MSGIDs be US-ASCII strings. + + - Function: char * bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *DOMAINNAME, + const char *CODESET) + The `bind_textdomain_codeset' function can be used to specify the + output character set for message catalogs for domain DOMAINNAME. + The CODESET argument must be a valid codeset name which can be used + for the `iconv_open' function, or a null pointer. + + If the CODESET parameter is the null pointer, + `bind_textdomain_codeset' returns the currently selected codeset + for the domain with the name DOMAINNAME. It returns `NULL' if no + codeset has yet been selected. + + The `bind_textdomain_codeset' function can be used several times. + If used multiple times with the same DOMAINNAME argument, the + later call overrides the settings made by the earlier one. + + The `bind_textdomain_codeset' function returns a pointer to a + string containing the name of the selected codeset. The string is + allocated internally in the function and must not be changed by the + user. If the system went out of core during the execution of + `bind_textdomain_codeset', the return value is `NULL' and the + global variable ERRNO is set accordingly. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Plural forms, Next: GUI program problems, Prev: Charset conversion, Up: gettext + +Additional functions for plural forms +------------------------------------- + +The functions of the `gettext' family described so far (and all the +`catgets' functions as well) have one problem in the real world which +have been neglected completely in all existing approaches. What is +meant here is the handling of plural forms. + + Looking through Unix source code before the time anybody thought +about internationalization (and, sadly, even afterwards) one can often +find code similar to the following: + + printf ("%d file%s deleted", n, n == 1 ? "" : "s"); + +After the first complaints from people internationalizing the code +people either completely avoided formulations like this or used strings +like `"file(s)"'. Both look unnatural and should be avoided. First +tries to solve the problem correctly looked like this: + + if (n == 1) + printf ("%d file deleted", n); + else + printf ("%d files deleted", n); + + But this does not solve the problem. It helps languages where the +plural form of a noun is not simply constructed by adding an `s' but +that is all. Once again people fell into the trap of believing the +rules their language is using are universal. But the handling of plural +forms differs widely between the language families. For example, Rafal +Maszkowski `<rzm@mat.uni.torun.pl>' reports: + + In Polish we use e.g. plik (file) this way: + 1 plik + 2,3,4 pliki + 5-21 pliko'w + 22-24 pliki + 25-31 pliko'w + and so on (o' means 8859-2 oacute which should be rather okreska, + similar to aogonek). + + There are two things which can differ between languages (and even +inside language families); + + * The form how plural forms are built differs. This is a problem + with languages which have many irregularities. German, for + instance, is a drastic case. Though English and German are part + of the same language family (Germanic), the almost regular forming + of plural noun forms (appending an `s') is hardly found in German. + + * The number of plural forms differ. This is somewhat surprising for + those who only have experiences with Romanic and Germanic languages + since here the number is the same (there are two). + + But other language families have only one form or many forms. More + information on this in an extra section. + + The consequence of this is that application writers should not try to +solve the problem in their code. This would be localization since it is +only usable for certain, hardcoded language environments. Instead the +extended `gettext' interface should be used. + + These extra functions are taking instead of the one key string two +strings and a numerical argument. The idea behind this is that using +the numerical argument and the first string as a key, the implementation +can select using rules specified by the translator the right plural +form. The two string arguments then will be used to provide a return +value in case no message catalog is found (similar to the normal +`gettext' behavior). In this case the rules for Germanic language is +used and it is assumed that the first string argument is the singular +form, the second the plural form. + + This has the consequence that programs without language catalogs can +display the correct strings only if the program itself is written using +a Germanic language. This is a limitation but since the GNU C library +(as well as the GNU `gettext' package) are written as part of the GNU +package and the coding standards for the GNU project require program +being written in English, this solution nevertheless fulfills its +purpose. + + - Function: char * ngettext (const char *MSGID1, const char *MSGID2, + unsigned long int N) + The `ngettext' function is similar to the `gettext' function as it + finds the message catalogs in the same way. But it takes two + extra arguments. The MSGID1 parameter must contain the singular + form of the string to be converted. It is also used as the key + for the search in the catalog. The MSGID2 parameter is the plural + form. The parameter N is used to determine the plural form. If no + message catalog is found MSGID1 is returned if `n == 1', otherwise + `msgid2'. + + An example for the use of this function is: + + printf (ngettext ("%d file removed", "%d files removed", n), n); + + Please note that the numeric value N has to be passed to the + `printf' function as well. It is not sufficient to pass it only to + `ngettext'. + + - Function: char * dngettext (const char *DOMAIN, const char *MSGID1, + const char *MSGID2, unsigned long int N) + The `dngettext' is similar to the `dgettext' function in the way + the message catalog is selected. The difference is that it takes + two extra parameter to provide the correct plural form. These two + parameters are handled in the same way `ngettext' handles them. + + - Function: char * dcngettext (const char *DOMAIN, const char *MSGID1, + const char *MSGID2, unsigned long int N, int CATEGORY) + The `dcngettext' is similar to the `dcgettext' function in the way + the message catalog is selected. The difference is that it takes + two extra parameter to provide the correct plural form. These two + parameters are handled in the same way `ngettext' handles them. + + Now, how do these functions solve the problem of the plural forms? +Without the input of linguists (which was not available) it was not +possible to determine whether there are only a few different forms in +which plural forms are formed or whether the number can increase with +every new supported language. + + Therefore the solution implemented is to allow the translator to +specify the rules of how to select the plural form. Since the formula +varies with every language this is the only viable solution except for +hardcoding the information in the code (which still would require the +possibility of extensions to not prevent the use of new languages). + + The information about the plural form selection has to be stored in +the header entry of the PO file (the one with the empty `msgid' string). +The plural form information looks like this: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : 1; + + The `nplurals' value must be a decimal number which specifies how +many different plural forms exist for this language. The string +following `plural' is an expression which is using the C language +syntax. Exceptions are that no negative numbers are allowed, numbers +must be decimal, and the only variable allowed is `n'. This expression +will be evaluated whenever one of the functions `ngettext', +`dngettext', or `dcngettext' is called. The numeric value passed to +these functions is then substituted for all uses of the variable `n' in +the expression. The resulting value then must be greater or equal to +zero and smaller than the value given as the value of `nplurals'. + +The following rules are known at this point. The language with families +are listed. But this does not necessarily mean the information can be +generalized for the whole family (as can be easily seen in the table +below).(1) + +Only one form: + Some languages only require one single form. There is no + distinction between the singular and plural form. An appropriate + header entry would look like this: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0; + + Languages with this property include: + + Finno-Ugric family + Hungarian + + Asian family + Japanese, Korean + + Turkic/Altaic family + Turkish + +Two forms, singular used for one only + This is the form used in most existing programs since it is what + English is using. A header entry would look like this: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1; + + (Note: this uses the feature of C expressions that boolean + expressions have to value zero or one.) + + Languages with this property include: + + Germanic family + Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, German, Norwegian, Swedish + + Finno-Ugric family + Estonian, Finnish + + Latin/Greek family + Greek + + Semitic family + Hebrew + + Romanic family + Italian, Portuguese, Spanish + + Artificial + Esperanto + +Two forms, singular used for zero and one + Exceptional case in the language family. The header entry would + be: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1; + + Languages with this property include: + + Romanic family + French, Brazilian Portuguese + +Three forms, special case for zero + The header entry would be: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n != 0 ? 1 : 2; + + Languages with this property include: + + Baltic family + Latvian + +Three forms, special cases for one and two + The header entry would be: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n==2 ? 1 : 2; + + Languages with this property include: + + Celtic + Gaeilge (Irish) + +Three forms, special case for numbers ending in 1[2-9] + The header entry would look like this: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; \ + plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : \ + n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2; + + Languages with this property include: + + Baltic family + Lithuanian + +Three forms, special cases for numbers ending in 1 and 2, 3, 4, except those ending in 1[1-4] + The header entry would look like this: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; \ + plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : \ + n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2; + + Languages with this property include: + + Slavic family + Croatian, Czech, Russian, Ukrainian + +Three forms, special cases for 1 and 2, 3, 4 + The header entry would look like this: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; \ + plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2; + + Languages with this property include: + + Slavic family + Slovak + +Three forms, special case for one and some numbers ending in 2, 3, or 4 + The header entry would look like this: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; \ + plural=n==1 ? 0 : \ + n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2; + + Languages with this property include: + + Slavic family + Polish + +Four forms, special case for one and all numbers ending in 02, 03, or 04 + The header entry would look like this: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; \ + plural=n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3; + + Languages with this property include: + + Slavic family + Slovenian + + ---------- Footnotes ---------- + + (1) Additions are welcome. Send appropriate information to +<bug-glibc-manual@gnu.org>. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: GUI program problems, Next: Optimized gettext, Prev: Plural forms, Up: gettext + +How to use `gettext' in GUI programs +------------------------------------ + +One place where the `gettext' functions, if used normally, have big +problems is within programs with graphical user interfaces (GUIs). The +problem is that many of the strings which have to be translated are very +short. They have to appear in pull-down menus which restricts the +length. But strings which are not containing entire sentences or at +least large fragments of a sentence may appear in more than one +situation in the program but might have different translations. This is +especially true for the one-word strings which are frequently used in +GUI programs. + + As a consequence many people say that the `gettext' approach is +wrong and instead `catgets' should be used which indeed does not have +this problem. But there is a very simple and powerful method to handle +these kind of problems with the `gettext' functions. + +As as example consider the following fictional situation. A GUI program +has a menu bar with the following entries: + + +------------+------------+--------------------------------------+ + | File | Printer | | + +------------+------------+--------------------------------------+ + | Open | | Select | + | New | | Open | + +----------+ | Connect | + +----------+ + + To have the strings `File', `Printer', `Open', `New', `Select', and +`Connect' translated there has to be at some point in the code a call +to a function of the `gettext' family. But in two places the string +passed into the function would be `Open'. The translations might not +be the same and therefore we are in the dilemma described above. + + One solution to this problem is to artificially enlengthen the +strings to make them unambiguous. But what would the program do if no +translation is available? The enlengthened string is not what should be +printed. So we should use a little bit modified version of the +functions. + + To enlengthen the strings a uniform method should be used. E.g., in +the example above the strings could be chosen as + + Menu|File + Menu|Printer + Menu|File|Open + Menu|File|New + Menu|Printer|Select + Menu|Printer|Open + Menu|Printer|Connect + + Now all the strings are different and if now instead of `gettext' +the following little wrapper function is used, everything works just +fine: + + char * + sgettext (const char *msgid) + { + char *msgval = gettext (msgid); + if (msgval == msgid) + msgval = strrchr (msgid, '|') + 1; + return msgval; + } + + What this little function does is to recognize the case when no +translation is available. This can be done very efficiently by a +pointer comparison since the return value is the input value. If there +is no translation we know that the input string is in the format we used +for the Menu entries and therefore contains a `|' character. We simply +search for the last occurrence of this character and return a pointer +to the character following it. That's it! + + If one now consistently uses the enlengthened string form and +replaces the `gettext' calls with calls to `sgettext' (this is normally +limited to very few places in the GUI implementation) then it is +possible to produce a program which can be internationalized. + + The other `gettext' functions (`dgettext', `dcgettext' and the +`ngettext' equivalents) can and should have corresponding functions as +well which look almost identical, except for the parameters and the +call to the underlying function. + + Now there is of course the question why such functions do not exist +in the GNU gettext package? There are two parts of the answer to this +question. + + * They are easy to write and therefore can be provided by the + project they are used in. This is not an answer by itself and + must be seen together with the second part which is: + + * There is no way the gettext package can contain a version which + can work everywhere. The problem is the selection of the + character to separate the prefix from the actual string in the + enlenghtened string. The examples above used `|' which is a quite + good choice because it resembles a notation frequently used in + this context and it also is a character not often used in message + strings. + + But what if the character is used in message strings? Or if the + chose character is not available in the character set on the + machine one compiles (e.g., `|' is not required to exist for + ISO C; this is why the `iso646.h' file exists in ISO C programming + environments). + + There is only one more comment to be said. The wrapper function +above requires that the translations strings are not enlengthened +themselves. This is only logical. There is no need to disambiguate +the strings (since they are never used as keys for a search) and one +also saves quite some memory and disk space by doing this. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Optimized gettext, Prev: GUI program problems, Up: gettext + +Optimization of the *gettext functions +-------------------------------------- + +At this point of the discussion we should talk about an advantage of the +GNU `gettext' implementation. Some readers might have pointed out that +an internationalized program might have a poor performance if some +string has to be translated in an inner loop. While this is unavoidable +when the string varies from one run of the loop to the other it is +simply a waste of time when the string is always the same. Take the +following example: + + { + while (...) + { + puts (gettext ("Hello world")); + } + } + +When the locale selection does not change between two runs the resulting +string is always the same. One way to use this is: + + { + str = gettext ("Hello world"); + while (...) + { + puts (str); + } + } + +But this solution is not usable in all situation (e.g. when the locale +selection changes) nor does it lead to legible code. + + For this reason, GNU `gettext' caches previous translation results. +When the same translation is requested twice, with no new message +catalogs being loaded in between, `gettext' will, the second time, find +the result through a single cache lookup. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Comparison, Next: Using libintl.a, Prev: gettext, Up: Programmers + +Comparing the Two Interfaces +============================ + +The following discussion is perhaps a little bit colored. As said +above we implemented GNU `gettext' following the Uniforum proposal and +this surely has its reasons. But it should show how we came to this +decision. + + First we take a look at the developing process. When we write an +application using NLS provided by `gettext' we proceed as always. Only +when we come to a string which might be seen by the users and thus has +to be translated we use `gettext("...")' instead of `"..."'. At the +beginning of each source file (or in a central header file) we define + + #define gettext(String) (String) + + Even this definition can be avoided when the system supports the +`gettext' function in its C library. When we compile this code the +result is the same as if no NLS code is used. When you take a look at +the GNU `gettext' code you will see that we use `_("...")' instead of +`gettext("...")'. This reduces the number of additional characters per +translatable string to _3_ (in words: three). + + When now a production version of the program is needed we simply +replace the definition + + #define _(String) (String) + +by + + #include <libintl.h> + #define _(String) gettext (String) + +Additionally we run the program `xgettext' on all source code file +which contain translatable strings and that's it: we have a running +program which does not depend on translations to be available, but which +can use any that becomes available. + + The same procedure can be done for the `gettext_noop' invocations +(*note Special cases::). One usually defines `gettext_noop' as a no-op +macro. So you should consider the following code for your project: + + #define gettext_noop(String) String + #define N_(String) gettext_noop (String) + + `N_' is a short form similar to `_'. The `Makefile' in the `po/' +directory of GNU `gettext' knows by default both of the mentioned short +forms so you are invited to follow this proposal for your own ease. + + Now to `catgets'. The main problem is the work for the programmer. +Every time he comes to a translatable string he has to define a number +(or a symbolic constant) which has also be defined in the message +catalog file. He also has to take care for duplicate entries, +duplicate message IDs etc. If he wants to have the same quality in the +message catalog as the GNU `gettext' program provides he also has to +put the descriptive comments for the strings and the location in all +source code files in the message catalog. This is nearly a Mission: +Impossible. + + But there are also some points people might call advantages speaking +for `catgets'. If you have a single word in a string and this string +is used in different contexts it is likely that in one or the other +language the word has different translations. Example: + + printf ("%s: %d", gettext ("number"), number_of_errors) + + printf ("you should see %d %s", number_count, + number_count == 1 ? gettext ("number") : gettext ("numbers")) + + Here we have to translate two times the string `"number"'. Even if +you do not speak a language beside English it might be possible to +recognize that the two words have a different meaning. In German the +first appearance has to be translated to `"Anzahl"' and the second to +`"Zahl"'. + + Now you can say that this example is really esoteric. And you are +right! This is exactly how we felt about this problem and decide that +it does not weight that much. The solution for the above problem could +be very easy: + + printf ("%s %d", gettext ("number:"), number_of_errors) + + printf (number_count == 1 ? gettext ("you should see %d number") + : gettext ("you should see %d numbers"), + number_count) + + We believe that we can solve all conflicts with this method. If it +is difficult one can also consider changing one of the conflicting +string a little bit. But it is not impossible to overcome. + + `catgets' allows same original entry to have different translations, +but `gettext' has another, scalable approach for solving ambiguities of +this kind: *Note Ambiguities::. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Using libintl.a, Next: gettext grok, Prev: Comparison, Up: Programmers + +Using libintl.a in own programs +=============================== + +Starting with version 0.9.4 the library `libintl.h' should be +self-contained. I.e., you can use it in your own programs without +providing additional functions. The `Makefile' will put the header and +the library in directories selected using the `$(prefix)'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: gettext grok, Next: Temp Programmers, Prev: Using libintl.a, Up: Programmers + +Being a `gettext' grok +====================== + +To fully exploit the functionality of the GNU `gettext' library it is +surely helpful to read the source code. But for those who don't want +to spend that much time in reading the (sometimes complicated) code here +is a list comments: + + * Changing the language at runtime + + For interactive programs it might be useful to offer a selection + of the used language at runtime. To understand how to do this one + need to know how the used language is determined while executing + the `gettext' function. The method which is presented here only + works correctly with the GNU implementation of the `gettext' + functions. + + In the function `dcgettext' at every call the current setting of + the highest priority environment variable is determined and used. + Highest priority means here the following list with decreasing + priority: + + 1. `LANGUAGE' + + 2. `LC_ALL' + + 3. `LC_xxx', according to selected locale + + 4. `LANG' + + Afterwards the path is constructed using the found value and the + translation file is loaded if available. + + What happens now when the value for, say, `LANGUAGE' changes? + According to the process explained above the new value of this + variable is found as soon as the `dcgettext' function is called. + But this also means the (perhaps) different message catalog file + is loaded. In other words: the used language is changed. + + But there is one little hook. The code for gcc-2.7.0 and up + provides some optimization. This optimization normally prevents + the calling of the `dcgettext' function as long as no new catalog + is loaded. But if `dcgettext' is not called the program also + cannot find the `LANGUAGE' variable be changed (*note Optimized + gettext::). A solution for this is very easy. Include the + following code in the language switching function. + + /* Change language. */ + setenv ("LANGUAGE", "fr", 1); + + /* Make change known. */ + { + extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + } + + The variable `_nl_msg_cat_cntr' is defined in `loadmsgcat.c'. You + don't need to know what this is for. But it can be used to detect + whether a `gettext' implementation is GNU gettext and not non-GNU + system's native gettext implementation. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Temp Programmers, Prev: gettext grok, Up: Programmers + +Temporary Notes for the Programmers Chapter +=========================================== + +* Menu: + +* Temp Implementations:: Temporary - Two Possible Implementations +* Temp catgets:: Temporary - About `catgets' +* Temp WSI:: Temporary - Why a single implementation +* Temp Notes:: Temporary - Notes + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Temp Implementations, Next: Temp catgets, Prev: Temp Programmers, Up: Temp Programmers + +Temporary - Two Possible Implementations +---------------------------------------- + +There are two competing methods for language independent messages: the +X/Open `catgets' method, and the Uniforum `gettext' method. The +`catgets' method indexes messages by integers; the `gettext' method +indexes them by their English translations. The `catgets' method has +been around longer and is supported by more vendors. The `gettext' +method is supported by Sun, and it has been heard that the COSE +multi-vendor initiative is supporting it. Neither method is a POSIX +standard; the POSIX.1 committee had a lot of disagreement in this area. + + Neither one is in the POSIX standard. There was much disagreement +in the POSIX.1 committee about using the `gettext' routines vs. +`catgets' (XPG). In the end the committee couldn't agree on anything, +so no messaging system was included as part of the standard. I believe +the informative annex of the standard includes the XPG3 messaging +interfaces, "...as an example of a messaging system that has been +implemented..." + + They were very careful not to say anywhere that you should use one +set of interfaces over the other. For more on this topic please see +the Programming for Internationalization FAQ. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Temp catgets, Next: Temp WSI, Prev: Temp Implementations, Up: Temp Programmers + +Temporary - About `catgets' +--------------------------- + +There have been a few discussions of late on the use of `catgets' as a +base. I think it important to present both sides of the argument and +hence am opting to play devil's advocate for a little bit. + + I'll not deny the fact that `catgets' could have been designed a lot +better. It currently has quite a number of limitations and these have +already been pointed out. + + However there is a great deal to be said for consistency and +standardization. A common recurring problem when writing Unix software +is the myriad portability problems across Unix platforms. It seems as +if every Unix vendor had a look at the operating system and found parts +they could improve upon. Undoubtedly, these modifications are probably +innovative and solve real problems. However, software developers have +a hard time keeping up with all these changes across so many platforms. + + And this has prompted the Unix vendors to begin to standardize their +systems. Hence the impetus for Spec1170. Every major Unix vendor has +committed to supporting this standard and every Unix software developer +waits with glee the day they can write software to this standard and +simply recompile (without having to use autoconf) across different +platforms. + + As I understand it, Spec1170 is roughly based upon version 4 of the +X/Open Portability Guidelines (XPG4). Because `catgets' and friends +are defined in XPG4, I'm led to believe that `catgets' is a part of +Spec1170 and hence will become a standardized component of all Unix +systems. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Temp WSI, Next: Temp Notes, Prev: Temp catgets, Up: Temp Programmers + +Temporary - Why a single implementation +--------------------------------------- + +Now it seems kind of wasteful to me to have two different systems +installed for accessing message catalogs. If we do want to remedy +`catgets' deficiencies why don't we try to expand `catgets' (in a +compatible manner) rather than implement an entirely new system. +Otherwise, we'll end up with two message catalog access systems +installed with an operating system - one set of routines for packages +using GNU `gettext' for their internationalization, and another set of +routines (catgets) for all other software. Bloated? + + Supposing another catalog access system is implemented. Which do we +recommend? At least for Linux, we need to attract as many software +developers as possible. Hence we need to make it as easy for them to +port their software as possible. Which means supporting `catgets'. We +will be implementing the `libintl' code within our `libc', but does +this mean we also have to incorporate another message catalog access +scheme within our `libc' as well? And what about people who are going +to be using the `libintl' + non-`catgets' routines. When they port +their software to other platforms, they're now going to have to include +the front-end (`libintl') code plus the back-end code (the non-`catgets' +access routines) with their software instead of just including the +`libintl' code with their software. + + Message catalog support is however only the tip of the iceberg. +What about the data for the other locale categories. They also have a +number of deficiencies. Are we going to abandon them as well and +develop another duplicate set of routines (should `libintl' expand +beyond message catalog support)? + + Like many parts of Unix that can be improved upon, we're stuck with +balancing compatibility with the past with useful improvements and +innovations for the future. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Temp Notes, Prev: Temp WSI, Up: Temp Programmers + +Temporary - Notes +----------------- + +X/Open agreed very late on the standard form so that many +implementations differ from the final form. Both of my system (old +Linux catgets and Ultrix-4) have a strange variation. + + OK. After incorporating the last changes I have to spend some time +on making the GNU/Linux `libc' `gettext' functions. So in future +Solaris is not the only system having `gettext'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Translators, Next: Maintainers, Prev: Programmers, Up: Top + +The Translator's View +********************* + +* Menu: + +* Trans Intro 0:: Introduction 0 +* Trans Intro 1:: Introduction 1 +* Discussions:: Discussions +* Organization:: Organization +* Information Flow:: Information Flow +* Prioritizing messages:: How to find which messages to translate first + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Trans Intro 0, Next: Trans Intro 1, Prev: Translators, Up: Translators + +Introduction 0 +============== + +Free software is going international! The Translation Project is a way +to get maintainers, translators and users all together, so free software +will gradually become able to speak many native languages. + + The GNU `gettext' tool set contains _everything_ maintainers need +for internationalizing their packages for messages. It also contains +quite useful tools for helping translators at localizing messages to +their native language, once a package has already been +internationalized. + + To achieve the Translation Project, we need many interested people +who like their own language and write it well, and who are also able to +synergize with other translators speaking the same language. If you'd +like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, please send mail +to your translating team. + + Each team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux International. +You may reach your translating team at the address `LL@li.org', +replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your language. +Language codes are _not_ the same as country codes given in ISO 3166. +The following translating teams exist: + + Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', Esperanto `eo', + Finnish `fi', French `fr', Irish `ga', German `de', Greek `el', + Italian `it', Japanese `ja', Indonesian `in', Norwegian `no', + Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Spanish `es', Swedish + `sv' and Turkish `tr'. + +For example, you may reach the Chinese translating team by writing to +`zh@li.org'. When you become a member of the translating team for your +own language, you may subscribe to its list. For example, Swedish +people can send a message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message +body: + + subscribe + + Keep in mind that team members should be interested in _working_ at +translations, or at solving translational difficulties, rather than +merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and you want to +start one, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca'; you will +then reach the coordinator for all translator teams. + + A handful of GNU packages have already been adapted and provided +with message translations for several languages. Translation teams +have begun to organize, using these packages as a starting point. But +there are many more packages and many languages for which we have no +volunteer translators. If you would like to volunteer to work at +translating messages, please send mail to +`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' indicating what language(s) you can work +on. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Trans Intro 1, Next: Discussions, Prev: Trans Intro 0, Up: Translators + +Introduction 1 +============== + +This is now official, GNU is going international! Here is the +announcement submitted for the January 1995 GNU Bulletin: + + A handful of GNU packages have already been adapted and provided + with message translations for several languages. Translation + teams have begun to organize, using these packages as a starting + point. But there are many more packages and many languages for + which we have no volunteer translators. If you'd like to + volunteer to work at translating messages, please send mail to + `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' indicating what language(s) you can + work on. + + This document should answer many questions for those who are curious +about the process or would like to contribute. Please at least skim +over it, hoping to cut down a little of the high volume of e-mail +generated by this collective effort towards internationalization of +free software. + + Most free programming which is widely shared is done in English, and +currently, English is used as the main communicating language between +national communities collaborating to free software. This very document +is written in English. This will not change in the foreseeable future. + + However, there is a strong appetite from national communities for +having more software able to write using national language and habits, +and there is an on-going effort to modify free software in such a way +that it becomes able to do so. The experiments driven so far raised an +enthusiastic response from pretesters, so we believe that +internationalization of free software is dedicated to succeed. + + For suggestion clarifications, additions or corrections to this +document, please e-mail to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Discussions, Next: Organization, Prev: Trans Intro 1, Up: Translators + +Discussions +=========== + +Facing this internationalization effort, a few users expressed their +concerns. Some of these doubts are presented and discussed, here. + + * Smaller groups + + Some languages are not spoken by a very large number of people, so + people speaking them sometimes consider that there may not be all + that much demand such versions of free software packages. + Moreover, many people being _into computers_, in some countries, + generally seem to prefer English versions of their software. + + On the other end, people might enjoy their own language a lot, and + be very motivated at providing to themselves the pleasure of + having their beloved free software speaking their mother tongue. + They do themselves a personal favor, and do not pay that much + attention to the number of people benefiting of their work. + + * Misinterpretation + + Other users are shy to push forward their own language, seeing in + this some kind of misplaced propaganda. Someone thought there + must be some users of the language over the networks pestering + other people with it. + + But any spoken language is worth localization, because there are + people behind the language for whom the language is important and + dear to their hearts. + + * Odd translations + + The biggest problem is to find the right translations so that + everybody can understand the messages. Translations are usually a + little odd. Some people get used to English, to the extent they + may find translations into their own language "rather pushy, + obnoxious and sometimes even hilarious." As a French speaking + man, I have the experience of those instruction manuals for goods, + so poorly translated in French in Korea or Taiwan... + + The fact is that we sometimes have to create a kind of national + computer culture, and this is not easy without the collaboration of + many people liking their mother tongue. This is why translations + are better achieved by people knowing and loving their own + language, and ready to work together at improving the results they + obtain. + + * Dependencies over the GPL or LGPL + + Some people wonder if using GNU `gettext' necessarily brings their + package under the protective wing of the GNU General Public + License or the GNU Library General Public License, when they do + not want to make their program free, or want other kinds of + freedom. The simplest answer is "normally not". + + The `gettext-runtime' part of GNU `gettext', i.e. the contents of + `libintl', is covered by the GNU Library General Public License. + The `gettext-tools' part of GNU `gettext', i.e. the rest of the + GNU `gettext' package, is covered by the GNU General Public + License. + + The mere marking of localizable strings in a package, or + conditional inclusion of a few lines for initialization, is not + really including GPL'ed or LGPL'ed code. However, since the + localization routines in `libintl' are under the LGPL, the LGPL + needs to be considered. It gives the right to distribute the + complete unmodified source of `libintl' even with non-free + programs. It also gives the right to use `libintl' as a shared + library, even for non-free programs. But it gives the right to + use `libintl' as a static library or to incorporate `libintl' into + another library only to free software. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Organization, Next: Information Flow, Prev: Discussions, Up: Translators + +Organization +============ + +On a larger scale, the true solution would be to organize some kind of +fairly precise set up in which volunteers could participate. I gave +some thought to this idea lately, and realize there will be some touchy +points. I thought of writing to Richard Stallman to launch such a +project, but feel it might be good to shake out the ideas between +ourselves first. Most probably that Linux International has some +experience in the field already, or would like to orchestrate the +volunteer work, maybe. Food for thought, in any case! + + I guess we have to setup something early, somehow, that will help +many possible contributors of the same language to interlock and avoid +work duplication, and further be put in contact for solving together +problems particular to their tongue (in most languages, there are many +difficulties peculiar to translating technical English). My Swedish +contributor acknowledged these difficulties, and I'm well aware of them +for French. + + This is surely not a technical issue, but we should manage so the +effort of locale contributors be maximally useful, despite the national +team layer interface between contributors and maintainers. + + The Translation Project needs some setup for coordinating language +coordinators. Localizing evolving programs will surely become a +permanent and continuous activity in the free software community, once +well started. The setup should be minimally completed and tested +before GNU `gettext' becomes an official reality. The e-mail address +`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' has been setup for receiving offers from +volunteers and general e-mail on these topics. This address reaches +the Translation Project coordinator. + +* Menu: + +* Central Coordination:: Central Coordination +* National Teams:: National Teams +* Mailing Lists:: Mailing Lists + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Central Coordination, Next: National Teams, Prev: Organization, Up: Organization + +Central Coordination +-------------------- + +I also think GNU will need sooner than it thinks, that someone setup a +way to organize and coordinate these groups. Some kind of group of +groups. My opinion is that it would be good that GNU delegates this +task to a small group of collaborating volunteers, shortly. Perhaps in +`gnu.announce' a list of this national committee's can be published. + + My role as coordinator would simply be to refer to Ulrich any German +speaking volunteer interested to localization of free software +packages, and maybe helping national groups to initially organize, +while maintaining national registries for until national groups are +ready to take over. In fact, the coordinator should ease volunteers to +get in contact with one another for creating national teams, which +should then select one coordinator per language, or country +(regionalized language). If well done, the coordination should be +useful without being an overwhelming task, the time to put delegations +in place. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: National Teams, Next: Mailing Lists, Prev: Central Coordination, Up: Organization + +National Teams +-------------- + +I suggest we look for volunteer coordinators/editors for individual +languages. These people will scan contributions of translation files +for various programs, for their own languages, and will ensure high and +uniform standards of diction. + + From my current experience with other people in these days, those who +provide localizations are very enthusiastic about the process, and are +more interested in the localization process than in the program they +localize, and want to do many programs, not just one. This seems to +confirm that having a coordinator/editor for each language is a good +idea. + + We need to choose someone who is good at writing clear and concise +prose in the language in question. That is hard--we can't check it +ourselves. So we need to ask a few people to judge each others' +writing and select the one who is best. + + I announce my prerelease to a few dozen people, and you would not +believe all the discussions it generated already. I shudder to think +what will happen when this will be launched, for true, officially, +world wide. Who am I to arbitrate between two Czekolsovak users +contradicting each other, for example? + + I assume that your German is not much better than my French so that +I would not be able to judge about these formulations. What I would +suggest is that for each language there is a group for people who +maintain the PO files and judge about changes. I suspect there will be +cultural differences between how such groups of people will behave. +Some will have relaxed ways, reach consensus easily, and have anyone of +the group relate to the maintainers, while others will fight to death, +organize heavy administrations up to national standards, and use strict +channels. + + The German team is putting out a good example. Right now, they are +maybe half a dozen people revising translations of each other and +discussing the linguistic issues. I do not even have all the names. +Ulrich Drepper is taking care of coordinating the German team. He +subscribed to all my pretest lists, so I do not even have to warn him +specifically of incoming releases. + + I'm sure, that is a good idea to get teams for each language working +on translations. That will make the translations better and more +consistent. + +* Menu: + +* Sub-Cultures:: Sub-Cultures +* Organizational Ideas:: Organizational Ideas + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Sub-Cultures, Next: Organizational Ideas, Prev: National Teams, Up: National Teams + +Sub-Cultures +............ + +Taking French for example, there are a few sub-cultures around computers +which developed diverging vocabularies. Picking volunteers here and +there without addressing this problem in an organized way, soon in the +project, might produce a distasteful mix of internationalized programs, +and possibly trigger endless quarrels among those who really care. + + Keeping some kind of unity in the way French localization of +internationalized programs is achieved is a difficult (and delicate) +job. Knowing the latin character of French people (:-), if we take this +the wrong way, we could end up nowhere, or spoil a lot of energies. +Maybe we should begin to address this problem seriously _before_ GNU +`gettext' become officially published. And I suspect that this means +soon! + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Organizational Ideas, Prev: Sub-Cultures, Up: National Teams + +Organizational Ideas +.................... + +I expect the next big changes after the official release. Please note +that I use the German translation of the short GPL message. We need to +set a few good examples before the localization goes out for true in +the free software community. Here are a few points to discuss: + + * Each group should have one FTP server (at least one master). + + * The files on the server should reflect the latest version (of + course!) and it should also contain a RCS directory with the + corresponding archives (I don't have this now). + + * There should also be a ChangeLog file (this is more useful than the + RCS archive but can be generated automatically from the later by + Emacs). + + * A "core group" should judge about questionable changes (for now + this group consists solely by me but I ask some others + occasionally; this also seems to work). + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Mailing Lists, Prev: National Teams, Up: Organization + +Mailing Lists +------------- + +If we get any inquiries about GNU `gettext', send them on to: + + `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' + + The `*-pretest' lists are quite useful to me, maybe the idea could +be generalized to many GNU, and non-GNU packages. But each maintainer +his/her way! + + Franc,ois, we have a mechanism in place here at `gnu.ai.mit.edu' to +track teams, support mailing lists for them and log members. We have a +slight preference that you use it. If this is OK with you, I can get +you clued in. + + Things are changing! A few years ago, when Daniel Fekete and I +asked for a mailing list for GNU localization, nested at the FSF, we +were politely invited to organize it anywhere else, and so did we. For +communicating with my pretesters, I later made a handful of mailing +lists located at iro.umontreal.ca and administrated by `majordomo'. +These lists have been _very_ dependable so far... + + I suspect that the German team will organize itself a mailing list +located in Germany, and so forth for other countries. But before they +organize for true, it could surely be useful to offer mailing lists +located at the FSF to each national team. So yes, please explain me +how I should proceed to create and handle them. + + We should create temporary mailing lists, one per country, to help +people organize. Temporary, because once regrouped and structured, it +would be fair the volunteers from country bring back _their_ list in +there and manage it as they want. My feeling is that, in the long run, +each team should run its own list, from within their country. There +also should be some central list to which all teams could subscribe as +they see fit, as long as each team is represented in it. + diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-10 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-10 index 74327ff..e40726f 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-10 +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-10 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +Dies ist gettext.info, hergestellt von Makeinfo Version 4.3 aus gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities @@ -45,331 +45,702 @@ versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. -File: gettext.info, Node: Index, Prev: Autoconf Macro Index, Up: Top +File: gettext.info, Node: Option Index, Next: Variable Index, Prev: Program Index, Up: Top -General Index +Option Index +************ + +* Menu: + +* --add-comments, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --add-location, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --add-location, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --add-location, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --add-location, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --add-location, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --add-location, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --add-location, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --add-location, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --add-location, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --add-location, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --alignment, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --backup, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --c++, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --check, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --check-accelerators, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --check-compatibility, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --check-domain, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --check-format, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --check-header, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --clear-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --clear-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --comment, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --compendium, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --copy, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --copyright-holder, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --debug, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --default-domain, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --directory, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --directory, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --directory, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --directory, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --directory, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --directory, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --directory, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --directory, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --directory, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --directory, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --directory, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --directory, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --directory, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --domain, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --dry-run, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* --dry-run, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --exclude-file, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --expression, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --extended-regexp, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --extract-all, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --file, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --file, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --files-from, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --files-from, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --files-from, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --fixed-strings, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --force, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* --force, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --force-po, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --force-po, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --force-po, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --force-po, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --force-po, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --force-po, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --force-po, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --force-po, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --force-po, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --force-po, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --force-po, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --foreign-user, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --from-code, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --help, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* --help, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --help, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --help, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --help, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --help, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --help, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --help, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --help, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --help, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --help, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --help, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --help, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --help, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --help, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --help, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --help, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --ignore-case, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --ignore-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --indent, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --indent, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --indent, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --indent, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --indent, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --indent, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --indent, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --indent, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --indent, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --indent, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --indent, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --input, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --input, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --input, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --intl, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --java, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --java, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --java2, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --join-existing, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --keep-header, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --keyword, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --language, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --less-than, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --less-than, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --locale, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --locale, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --locale, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --location, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --more-than, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --more-than, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --msgid, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --msgid-bugs-address, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --msgstr, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --msgstr-prefix, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --msgstr-suffix, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --multi-domain, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --multi-domain, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --no-changelog, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --no-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --no-fuzzy-matching, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --no-hash, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --no-location, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --no-location, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --no-location, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --no-location, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --no-location, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --no-location, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --no-location, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --no-location, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --no-location, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --no-location, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --no-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --no-translator, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --no-wrap, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --omit-header, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --omit-header, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --only-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --only-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --only-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --output, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --output-dir, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --output-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --output-file, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --output-file, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --output-file, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --output-file, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --output-file, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --output-file, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --output-file, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --output-file, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --output-file, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --output-file, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --output-file, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --properties-input, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --properties-input, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --properties-input, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --properties-output, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --properties-output, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --properties-output, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --properties-output, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --quiet, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --quiet, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --regexp=, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --repeated, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --resource, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --resource, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --set-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --set-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --silent, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --silent, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --sort-output, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --sort-output, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --sort-output, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --statistics, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --strict, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --strict, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --strict, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --strict, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --strict, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --strict, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --strict, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --strict, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --strict, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --strict, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --strict, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --strict, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --suffix, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --tcl, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --tcl, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --to-code, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --to-code, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --to-code, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --translated, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --trigraphs, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --unique, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --unique, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --unique, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --untranslated, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --update, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --use-first, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --use-first, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --use-fuzzy, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --verbose, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --verbose, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --verbose, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --version, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* --version, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --version, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --version, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --version, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --version, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --version, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --version, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --version, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --version, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --version, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --version, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --version, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --version, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --version, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --version, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --version, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --width, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --width, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --width, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --width, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --width, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --width, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --width, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --width, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --width, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --width, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --width, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --width, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -<, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -<, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* ->, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* ->, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -a, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -a, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -c, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* -C, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -c, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -C, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -C, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -c, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -C, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -d, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* -d, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* -D, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -D, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -D, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* -D, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -D, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -D, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -D, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* -D, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -d, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -D, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -D, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -D, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -d, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -d, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -D, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -d, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -D, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -e, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -e, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -E, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -f, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* -f, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* -F, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -F, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -f, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -F, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -f, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -F, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -F, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -F, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -f, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -f, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -f, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -F, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -F, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -F, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -F, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -f, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -h, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -h, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -h, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* -h, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -h, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -h, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -h, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* -h, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -h, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -h, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -h, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -h, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -h, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -h, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -h, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -i, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -i, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -i, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -i, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -i, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -i, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* -i, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -i, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -i, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -i, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -i, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -i, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -i, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -j, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -j, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -j, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -K, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -k, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -l, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -l, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -l, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -L, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -m, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* -M, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -m, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -M, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -m, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -n, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -n, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -n, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -n, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -N, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -N, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -n, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -n, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -o, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -o, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -o, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -o, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -o, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -o, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -o, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -o, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -o, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -o, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -o, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -o, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -o, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -p, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -P, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -p, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -P, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -P, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* -p, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -P, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -p, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -P, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -p, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -P, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -P, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* -p, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -P, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -P, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -p, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -P, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -p, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -P, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -p, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -P, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -p, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -p, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -P, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -p, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -q, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -r, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -r, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -s, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -s, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -s, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -s, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -s, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -s, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -s, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -s, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -s, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -s, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -t, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -t, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -T, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -t, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -T, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -u, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -u, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -U, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -u, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -V, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -V, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -V, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* -V, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -V, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -V, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -V, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* -V, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -v, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -V, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -V, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -V, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -v, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -V, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -v, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -V, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -V, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -V, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -w, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -w, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -w, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -w, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -w, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -w, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -w, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -w, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -w, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -w, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -w, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -w, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -x, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Variable Index, Next: PO Mode Index, Prev: Option Index, Up: Top + +Variable Index +************** + +* Menu: + +* GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED, environment variable: Prioritizing messages. +* LANG, environment variable <1>: gettext grok. +* LANG, environment variable: End Users. +* LANGUAGE, environment variable <1>: po/Makevars. +* LANGUAGE, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_ALL, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_COLLATE, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_CTYPE, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_MESSAGES, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_MONETARY, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_NUMERIC, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_TIME, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LINGUAS, environment variable: Installers. +* MSGEXEC_LOCATION, environment variable: msgexec Invocation. +* MSGEXEC_MSGID, environment variable: msgexec Invocation. +* TEXTDOMAIN, environment variable <1>: bash. +* TEXTDOMAIN, environment variable: sh. +* TEXTDOMAINDIR, environment variable <1>: bash. +* TEXTDOMAINDIR, environment variable: sh. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: PO Mode Index, Next: Autoconf Macro Index, Prev: Variable Index, Up: Top + +PO Mode Index ************* * Menu: -* _, a macro to mark strings for translation: Mark Keywords. -* _nl_msg_cat_cntr: gettext grok. -* ABOUT-NLS file: Matrix. -* acconfig.h file: acconfig. -* accumulating translations: Creating Compendia. -* aclocal.m4 file: aclocal. -* adding keywords, xgettext: xgettext Invocation. -* ambiguities: Preparing Strings. -* apply a filter to translations: msgfilter Invocation. -* apply command to all translations in a catalog: msgexec Invocation. -* attribute manipulation: msgattrib Invocation. -* attribute, fuzzy: Fuzzy Entries. -* attributes of a PO file entry: Fuzzy Entries. -* attributes, manipulating: Manipulating. -* autoconf macros for gettext: autoconf macros. -* autopoint program, usage: autopoint Invocation. +* #, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* ,, PO Mode command: Marking. +* ., PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* .emacs customizations: Installation. +* 0, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* <, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* =, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* >, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* ?, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* _, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* a, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* A, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* a, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. * auxiliary PO file: Auxiliary. -* available translations: Matrix. -* awk: gawk. -* awk-format flag: PO Files. -* backup old file, and msgmerge program: msgmerge Invocation. -* bash: bash. -* bibliography: References. -* big picture: Overview. -* bind_textdomain_codeset: Charset conversion. -* bug report address: Introduction. -* C and C-like languages: C. -* C trigraphs: xgettext Invocation. -* c-format flag: PO Files. -* c-format, and xgettext: c-format Flag. -* catalog encoding and msgexec output: msgexec Invocation. -* catclose, a catgets function: Interface to catgets. -* catgets, a catgets function: Interface to catgets. -* catgets, X/Open specification: catgets. -* catopen, a catgets function: Interface to catgets. -* character encoding: Aspects. -* charset conversion at runtime: Charset conversion. -* charset of PO files: Header Entry. -* check format strings: msgfmt Invocation. -* checking of translations: Manipulating. -* clisp: Common Lisp. -* clisp C sources: clisp C. -* codeset: Aspects. -* comments in PO files: PO Files. -* Common Lisp: Common Lisp. -* compare PO files: msgcmp Invocation. -* comparison of interfaces: Comparison. -* compatibility with X/Open msgfmt: msgfmt Invocation. -* compendium: Compendium. -* compendium, creating: Creating Compendia. -* concatenate PO files: msgcat Invocation. -* concatenating PO files into a compendium: Creating Compendia. -* concatenation of strings: Preparing Strings. -* config.h.in file: config.h.in. -* convert binary message catalog into PO file: msgunfmt Invocation. -* convert translations to a different encoding: msgconv Invocation. -* converting a package to use gettext: Prerequisites. -* country codes: Country Codes. -* create new PO file: msginit Invocation. -* creating a new PO file: Creating. -* creating compendia: Creating Compendia. -* currency symbols: Aspects. -* date format: Aspects. -* dcngettext: Plural forms. -* debugging messages marked as format strings: xgettext Invocation. -* dialect: Manipulating. -* disabling NLS: lib/gettext.h. -* dngettext: Plural forms. -* domain ambiguities: Ambiguities. -* duplicate elimination: Manipulating. -* duplicate removal: msguniq Invocation. -* editing comments in PO files: Modifying Comments. +* C-c C-a, PO Mode command <1>: Auxiliary. +* C-c C-a, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* C-c C-c, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* C-c C-k, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* C-j, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* commands: Main PO Commands. +* comment out PO file entry: Obsolete Entries. +* consulting program sources: C Sources Context. +* consulting translations to other languages: Auxiliary. +* current entry of a PO file: Entry Positioning. +* cut and paste for translated strings: Modifying Translations. +* DEL, PO Mode command <1>: Obsolete Entries. +* DEL, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* editing comments: Modifying Comments. +* editing multiple entries: Subedit. * editing translations: Modifying Translations. -* elisp-format flag: PO Files. -* Emacs Lisp: Emacs Lisp. -* encoding: Aspects. -* encoding conversion: Manipulating. -* encoding conversion at runtime: Charset conversion. -* encoding for your language: Header Entry. -* encoding list: Header Entry. -* encoding of PO files: Header Entry. -* evolution of packages: Overview. -* extracting parts of a PO file into a compendium: Creating Compendia. -* file format, .mo: MO Files. -* file format, .po: PO Files. -* files, .po and .mo: Files. -* files, .pot: Overview. -* filter messages according to attributes: msgattrib Invocation. -* find common messages: msgcomm Invocation. -* force use of fuzzy entries: msgfmt Invocation. -* format strings: c-format Flag. -* Free Pascal: Pascal. -* fuzzy entries: Fuzzy Entries. -* fuzzy flag: PO Files. -* gawk: gawk. -* generate binary message catalog from PO file: msgfmt Invocation. -* generate translation catalog in English: msgen Invocation. -* gettext files: Adjusting Files. -* gettext installation: Installation. -* gettext interface: Interface to gettext. -* gettext vs catgets: Comparison. -* gettext, a programmer's view: gettext. -* gettext.h file: lib/gettext.h. -* gettextize program, usage: gettextize Invocation. -* GUI programs: GUI program problems. -* hash table, inside MO files: MO Files. -* he, she, and they: Introduction. -* header entry of a PO file: Header Entry. -* help option: Preparing Strings. -* history of GNU gettext: History. -* i18n: Concepts. -* importing PO files: Normalizing. -* include file libintl.h <1>: lib/gettext.h. -* include file libintl.h <2>: Comparison. -* include file libintl.h <3>: Sources. -* include file libintl.h: Overview. -* initialization: Triggering. -* initialize new PO file: msginit Invocation. -* initialize translations from a compendium: Using Compendia. -* installing gettext: Installation. -* interface to catgets: Interface to catgets. -* internationalization: Concepts. -* inttypes.h: Preparing Strings. -* ISO 3166: Country Codes. -* ISO 639: Language Codes. -* Java: Java. -* Java mode, and msgfmt program: msgfmt Invocation. -* Java mode, and msgunfmt program: msgunfmt Invocation. -* Java, string concatenation: Preparing Strings. -* java-format flag: PO Files. -* keyboard accelerator checking: msgfmt Invocation. -* l10n: Concepts. -* language codes: Language Codes. -* language selection: End Users. -* language selection at runtime: gettext grok. -* large package: Ambiguities. -* libiconv library: AM_ICONV. -* libintl for Java: Java. -* libintl library: AM_GNU_GETTEXT. -* librep Lisp: librep. -* librep-format flag: PO Files. -* LINGUAS file: po/LINGUAS. -* link with libintl: Overview. -* Linux <1>: Header Entry. -* Linux <2>: Overview. -* Linux: Aspects. -* Lisp: Common Lisp. -* lisp-format flag: PO Files. -* list of translation teams, where to find: Header Entry. -* locale facet, LC_ALL: Triggering. -* locale facet, LC_COLLATE: Triggering. -* locale facet, LC_CTYPE <1>: Triggering. -* locale facet, LC_CTYPE: Aspects. -* locale facet, LC_MESSAGES <1>: Triggering. -* locale facet, LC_MESSAGES: Aspects. -* locale facet, LC_MONETARY <1>: Triggering. -* locale facet, LC_MONETARY: Aspects. -* locale facet, LC_NUMERIC <1>: Triggering. -* locale facet, LC_NUMERIC: Aspects. -* locale facet, LC_RESPONSES: Triggering. -* locale facet, LC_TIME <1>: Triggering. -* locale facet, LC_TIME: Aspects. -* locale facets: Aspects. -* locale program: Header Entry. -* localization: Concepts. -* magic signature of MO files: MO Files. -* Makevars file: po/Makevars. -* manipulating PO files: Manipulating. -* marking string initializers: Special cases. -* marking strings that require translation: Mark Keywords. -* marking strings, preparations: Preparing Strings. -* marking translatable strings: Overview. -* menu entries: GUI program problems. -* menu, keyboard accelerator support: msgfmt Invocation. -* merge PO files: msgcat Invocation. -* merging two PO files: Manipulating. -* message catalog files location: Locating Catalogs. -* messages: Aspects. -* migration from earlier versions of gettext: Prerequisites. -* mkinstalldirs file: mkinstalldirs. -* mnemonics of menu entries: msgfmt Invocation. -* MO file's format: MO Files. -* modify message attrributes: msgattrib Invocation. -* msgattrib program, usage: msgattrib Invocation. -* msgcat program, usage: msgcat Invocation. -* msgcmp program, usage: msgcmp Invocation. -* msgcomm program, usage: msgcomm Invocation. -* msgconv program, usage: msgconv Invocation. -* msgen program, usage: msgen Invocation. -* msgexec program, usage: msgexec Invocation. -* msgfilter filter and catalog encoding: msgfilter Invocation. -* msgfilter program, usage: msgfilter Invocation. -* msgfmt program, usage: msgfmt Invocation. -* msggrep program, usage: msggrep Invocation. -* msgid: PO Files. -* msgid_plural: PO Files. -* msginit program, usage: msginit Invocation. -* msgmerge program, usage: msgmerge Invocation. -* msgstr: PO Files. -* msgunfmt program, usage: msgunfmt Invocation. -* msguniq program, usage: msguniq Invocation. -* multi-line strings: Normalizing. -* N_, a convenience macro: Comparison. -* Native Language Support: Concepts. -* Natural Language Support: Concepts. -* newlines in PO files: PO Files. -* ngettext: Plural forms. -* NLS: Concepts. -* no-awk-format flag: PO Files. -* no-c-format flag: PO Files. -* no-c-format, and xgettext: c-format Flag. -* no-elisp-format flag: PO Files. -* no-java-format flag: PO Files. -* no-librep-format flag: PO Files. -* no-lisp-format flag: PO Files. -* no-object-pascal-format flag: PO Files. -* no-php-format flag: PO Files. -* no-python-format flag: PO Files. -* no-smalltalk-format flag: PO Files. -* no-tcl-format flag: PO Files. -* no-ycp-format flag: PO Files. -* nplurals, in a PO file header: Plural forms. -* number format: Aspects. -* Object Pascal: Pascal. -* object-pascal-format flag: PO Files. -* obsolete entries: Obsolete Entries. -* optimization of gettext functions: Optimized gettext. -* orthography: Manipulating. -* output to stdout, xgettext: xgettext Invocation. -* overview of gettext: Overview. -* package and version declaration in configure.in: configure.in. -* package build and installation options: Installers. -* package maintainer's view of gettext: Maintainers. -* paragraphs: Preparing Strings. -* Pascal: Pascal. -* Perl: Perl. -* PHP: PHP. -* php-format flag: PO Files. -* Pike: Pike. -* plural form formulas: Plural forms. -* plural forms: Plural forms. -* plural forms, in MO files: MO Files. -* plural forms, in PO files: PO Files. -* plural, in a PO file header: Plural forms. -* PO files' format: PO Files. -* PO mode (Emacs) commands: Main PO Commands. -* PO template file: Template. -* po_file_domains: libgettextpo. -* po_file_free: libgettextpo. -* po_file_read: libgettextpo. -* po_message_iterator: libgettextpo. -* po_message_iterator_free: libgettextpo. -* po_message_msgid: libgettextpo. -* po_message_msgid_plural: libgettextpo. -* po_message_msgstr: libgettextpo. -* po_message_msgstr_plural: libgettextpo. -* po_next_message: libgettextpo. -* portability problems with sed: msgfilter Invocation. -* POTFILES.in file: po/POTFILES.in. -* preparing programs for translation: Sources. -* problems with catgets interface: Problems with catgets. -* programming languages: Language Implementors. -* Python: Python. -* python-format flag: PO Files. -* quotation marks <1>: po/Makevars. -* quotation marks: Header Entry. -* quote characters, use in PO files: Header Entry. -* related reading: References. -* RST: RST. -* scripting languages: Language Implementors. -* search messages in a catalog: msggrep Invocation. -* selecting message language: End Users. -* sentences: Preparing Strings. -* setting up gettext at build time: Installers. -* setting up gettext at run time: End Users. -* several domains: Ambiguities. -* sex: Introduction. -* sgettext: GUI program problems. -* she, he, and they: Introduction. -* shell scripts: sh. -* Smalltalk: Smalltalk. -* smalltalk-format flag: PO Files. -* sorting msgcat output: msgcat Invocation. -* sorting msgmerge output: msgmerge Invocation. -* sorting msgunfmt output: msgunfmt Invocation. -* sorting output of xgettext: xgettext Invocation. -* specifying plural form in a PO file: Plural forms. -* standard output, and msgcat: msgcat Invocation. -* standard output, and msgmerge program: msgmerge Invocation. -* string concatenation: Preparing Strings. +* etags, using for marking strings: Marking. +* exiting PO subedit: Subedit. +* find source fragment for a PO file entry: C Sources Context. +* h, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* installing PO mode: Installation. +* K, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* k, PO Mode command <1>: Modifying Translations. +* k, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* LFD, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* looking at the source to aid translation: C Sources Context. +* m, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* M-,, PO Mode command: Marking. +* M-., PO Mode command: Marking. +* M-A, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* M-S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* M-s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* M-S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* M-s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* marking strings for translation: Marking. +* moving by fuzzy entries: Fuzzy Entries. +* moving by obsolete entries: Obsolete Entries. +* moving by translated entries: Translated Entries. +* moving by untranslated entries: Untranslated Entries. +* moving through a PO file: Entry Positioning. +* n, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* next-error, stepping through PO file validation results: Main PO Commands. +* normalize, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* O, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* o, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* O, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* o, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* obsolete active entry: Obsolete Entries. +* p, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* pending subedits: Subedit. +* po-auto-edit-with-msgid, PO Mode variable: Modifying Translations. +* po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit, PO Mode variable: Translated Entries. +* po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy, PO Mode variable: Fuzzy Entries. +* po-confirm-and-quit, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-consider-as-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* po-consider-source-path, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* po-current-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-cycle-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* po-cycle-source-reference, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* po-edit-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* po-edit-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* po-exchange-location, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-fade-out-entry, PO Mode command <1>: Obsolete Entries. +* po-fade-out-entry, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* po-first-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-help, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-ignore-as-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* po-ignore-source-path, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* po-kill-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* po-kill-msgstr, PO Mode command <1>: Modifying Translations. +* po-kill-msgstr, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* po-kill-ring-save-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* po-kill-ring-save-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* po-last-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-mark-translatable, PO Mode command: Marking. +* po-msgid-to-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* po-next-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-next-fuzzy-entry, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* po-next-obsolete-entry, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* po-next-translated-entry, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* po-next-untranslated-entry, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* po-normalize, PO Mode command <1>: Normalizing. +* po-normalize, PO Mode command: PO Files. +* po-other-window, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-pop-location, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-previous-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-previous-fuzzy-entry, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* po-previous-obsolete-entry, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* po-previous-translated-entry, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* po-previous-untransted-entry, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* po-push-location, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-quit, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-select-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* po-select-mark-and-mark, PO Mode command: Marking. +* po-select-source-reference, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* po-statistics, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-subedit-abort, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* po-subedit-cycle-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* po-subedit-exit, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* po-subedit-mode-hook, PO Mode variable: Modifying Comments. +* po-tags-search, PO Mode command: Marking. +* po-undo, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-unfuzzy, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* po-validate, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-yank-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* po-yank-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* Q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* Q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* r, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* RET, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* starting a string translation: Modifying Translations. * string normalization in entries: Normalizing. -* style: Preparing Strings. -* supported languages, xgettext: xgettext Invocation. -* Tcl: Tcl. -* Tcl mode, and msgfmt program: msgfmt Invocation. -* Tcl mode, and msgunfmt program: msgunfmt Invocation. -* tcl-format flag: PO Files. -* template PO file: Overview. -* testing .po files for equivalence: xgettext Invocation. -* Tk's scripting language: Tcl. -* translated entries: Translated Entries. -* translating menu entries: GUI program problems. -* translation aspects: Aspects. -* Translation Matrix: Matrix. -* Translation Project: Why. -* turning off NLS support: lib/gettext.h. -* tutorial of gettext usage: Overview. -* unify duplicate translations: msguniq Invocation. -* untranslated entries: Untranslated Entries. -* update translations from a compendium: Using Compendia. -* upgrading to new versions of gettext: Prerequisites. -* version control for backup files, msgmerge: msgmerge Invocation. -* wxWindows library: wxWindows. -* xargs, and output from msgexec: msgexec Invocation. -* xgettext program, usage: xgettext Invocation. -* xmodmap program, and typing quotation marks: Header Entry. -* YaST2 scripting language: YCP. -* YCP: YCP. -* ycp-format flag: PO Files. +* subedit minor mode: Subedit. +* T, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* t, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* T, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* t, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* TAB, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* TAGS, and marking translatable strings: Marking. +* U, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* u, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* U, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* u, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* use the source, Luke: C Sources Context. +* using obsolete translations to make new entries: Modifying Translations. +* using translation compendia: Compendium. +* V, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* W, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* w, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* x, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* Y, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* y, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* Z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* Z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Autoconf Macro Index, Next: Index, Prev: PO Mode Index, Up: Top + +Autoconf Macro Index +******************** + +* Menu: +* AM_GNU_GETTEXT: AM_GNU_GETTEXT. +* AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION. +* AM_ICONV: AM_ICONV. +* AM_PO_SUBDIRS: AM_PO_SUBDIRS. diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-11 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-11 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5e2159 --- /dev/null +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-11 @@ -0,0 +1,384 @@ +Dies ist gettext.info, hergestellt von Makeinfo Version 4.3 aus +gettext.texi. + +INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* gettext: (gettext). GNU gettext utilities. +* autopoint: (gettext)autopoint Invocation. Copy gettext infrastructure. +* gettextize: (gettext)gettextize Invocation. Prepare a package for gettext. +* msgattrib: (gettext)msgattrib Invocation. Select part of a PO file. +* msgcat: (gettext)msgcat Invocation. Combine several PO files. +* msgcmp: (gettext)msgcmp Invocation. Compare a PO file and template. +* msgcomm: (gettext)msgcomm Invocation. Match two PO files. +* msgconv: (gettext)msgconv Invocation. Convert PO file to encoding. +* msgen: (gettext)msgen Invocation. Create an English PO file. +* msgexec: (gettext)msgexec Invocation. Process a PO file. +* msgfilter: (gettext)msgfilter Invocation. Pipe a PO file through a filter. +* msgfmt: (gettext)msgfmt Invocation. Make MO files out of PO files. +* msggrep: (gettext)msggrep Invocation. Select part of a PO file. +* msginit: (gettext)msginit Invocation. Create a fresh PO file. +* msgmerge: (gettext)msgmerge Invocation. Update a PO file from template. +* msgunfmt: (gettext)msgunfmt Invocation. Uncompile MO file into PO file. +* msguniq: (gettext)msguniq Invocation. Unify duplicates for PO file. +* xgettext: (gettext)xgettext Invocation. Extract strings into a PO file. +* ISO639: (gettext)Language Codes. ISO 639 language codes. +* ISO3166: (gettext)Country Codes. ISO 3166 country codes. +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY + + This file provides documentation for GNU `gettext' utilities. It +also serves as a reference for the free Translation Project. + + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + + Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of +this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that +the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one. + + Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this +manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified +versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a +translation approved by the Foundation. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Index, Prev: Autoconf Macro Index, Up: Top + +General Index +************* + +* Menu: + +* _, a macro to mark strings for translation: Mark Keywords. +* _nl_msg_cat_cntr: gettext grok. +* ABOUT-NLS file: Matrix. +* acconfig.h file: acconfig. +* accumulating translations: Creating Compendia. +* aclocal.m4 file: aclocal. +* adding keywords, xgettext: xgettext Invocation. +* ambiguities: Preparing Strings. +* apply a filter to translations: msgfilter Invocation. +* apply command to all translations in a catalog: msgexec Invocation. +* attribute manipulation: msgattrib Invocation. +* attribute, fuzzy: Fuzzy Entries. +* attributes of a PO file entry: Fuzzy Entries. +* attributes, manipulating: Manipulating. +* autoconf macros for gettext: autoconf macros. +* autopoint program, usage: autopoint Invocation. +* auxiliary PO file: Auxiliary. +* available translations: Matrix. +* awk: gawk. +* awk-format flag: PO Files. +* backup old file, and msgmerge program: msgmerge Invocation. +* bash: bash. +* bibliography: References. +* big picture: Overview. +* bind_textdomain_codeset: Charset conversion. +* bug report address: Introduction. +* C and C-like languages: C. +* C trigraphs: xgettext Invocation. +* c-format flag: PO Files. +* c-format, and xgettext: c-format Flag. +* catalog encoding and msgexec output: msgexec Invocation. +* catclose, a catgets function: Interface to catgets. +* catgets, a catgets function: Interface to catgets. +* catgets, X/Open specification: catgets. +* catopen, a catgets function: Interface to catgets. +* character encoding: Aspects. +* charset conversion at runtime: Charset conversion. +* charset of PO files: Header Entry. +* check format strings: msgfmt Invocation. +* checking of translations: Manipulating. +* clisp: Common Lisp. +* clisp C sources: clisp C. +* codeset: Aspects. +* comments in PO files: PO Files. +* Common Lisp: Common Lisp. +* compare PO files: msgcmp Invocation. +* comparison of interfaces: Comparison. +* compatibility with X/Open msgfmt: msgfmt Invocation. +* compendium: Compendium. +* compendium, creating: Creating Compendia. +* concatenate PO files: msgcat Invocation. +* concatenating PO files into a compendium: Creating Compendia. +* concatenation of strings: Preparing Strings. +* config.h.in file: config.h.in. +* convert binary message catalog into PO file: msgunfmt Invocation. +* convert translations to a different encoding: msgconv Invocation. +* converting a package to use gettext: Prerequisites. +* country codes: Country Codes. +* create new PO file: msginit Invocation. +* creating a new PO file: Creating. +* creating compendia: Creating Compendia. +* currency symbols: Aspects. +* date format: Aspects. +* dcngettext: Plural forms. +* debugging messages marked as format strings: xgettext Invocation. +* dialect: Manipulating. +* disabling NLS: lib/gettext.h. +* dngettext: Plural forms. +* domain ambiguities: Ambiguities. +* duplicate elimination: Manipulating. +* duplicate removal: msguniq Invocation. +* editing comments in PO files: Modifying Comments. +* editing translations: Modifying Translations. +* elisp-format flag: PO Files. +* Emacs Lisp: Emacs Lisp. +* encoding: Aspects. +* encoding conversion: Manipulating. +* encoding conversion at runtime: Charset conversion. +* encoding for your language: Header Entry. +* encoding list: Header Entry. +* encoding of PO files: Header Entry. +* evolution of packages: Overview. +* extracting parts of a PO file into a compendium: Creating Compendia. +* file format, .mo: MO Files. +* file format, .po: PO Files. +* files, .po and .mo: Files. +* files, .pot: Overview. +* filter messages according to attributes: msgattrib Invocation. +* find common messages: msgcomm Invocation. +* force use of fuzzy entries: msgfmt Invocation. +* format strings: c-format Flag. +* Free Pascal: Pascal. +* fuzzy entries: Fuzzy Entries. +* fuzzy flag: PO Files. +* gawk: gawk. +* generate binary message catalog from PO file: msgfmt Invocation. +* generate translation catalog in English: msgen Invocation. +* gettext files: Adjusting Files. +* gettext installation: Installation. +* gettext interface: Interface to gettext. +* gettext vs catgets: Comparison. +* gettext, a programmer's view: gettext. +* gettext.h file: lib/gettext.h. +* gettextize program, usage: gettextize Invocation. +* GUI programs: GUI program problems. +* hash table, inside MO files: MO Files. +* he, she, and they: Introduction. +* header entry of a PO file: Header Entry. +* help option: Preparing Strings. +* history of GNU gettext: History. +* i18n: Concepts. +* importing PO files: Normalizing. +* include file libintl.h <1>: lib/gettext.h. +* include file libintl.h <2>: Comparison. +* include file libintl.h <3>: Sources. +* include file libintl.h: Overview. +* initialization: Triggering. +* initialize new PO file: msginit Invocation. +* initialize translations from a compendium: Using Compendia. +* installing gettext: Installation. +* interface to catgets: Interface to catgets. +* internationalization: Concepts. +* inttypes.h: Preparing Strings. +* ISO 3166: Country Codes. +* ISO 639: Language Codes. +* Java: Java. +* Java mode, and msgfmt program: msgfmt Invocation. +* Java mode, and msgunfmt program: msgunfmt Invocation. +* Java, string concatenation: Preparing Strings. +* java-format flag: PO Files. +* keyboard accelerator checking: msgfmt Invocation. +* l10n: Concepts. +* language codes: Language Codes. +* language selection: End Users. +* language selection at runtime: gettext grok. +* large package: Ambiguities. +* libiconv library: AM_ICONV. +* libintl for Java: Java. +* libintl library: AM_GNU_GETTEXT. +* librep Lisp: librep. +* librep-format flag: PO Files. +* LINGUAS file: po/LINGUAS. +* link with libintl: Overview. +* Linux <1>: Header Entry. +* Linux <2>: Overview. +* Linux: Aspects. +* Lisp: Common Lisp. +* lisp-format flag: PO Files. +* list of translation teams, where to find: Header Entry. +* locale facet, LC_ALL: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_COLLATE: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_CTYPE <1>: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_CTYPE: Aspects. +* locale facet, LC_MESSAGES <1>: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_MESSAGES: Aspects. +* locale facet, LC_MONETARY <1>: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_MONETARY: Aspects. +* locale facet, LC_NUMERIC <1>: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_NUMERIC: Aspects. +* locale facet, LC_RESPONSES: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_TIME <1>: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_TIME: Aspects. +* locale facets: Aspects. +* locale program: Header Entry. +* localization: Concepts. +* magic signature of MO files: MO Files. +* Makevars file: po/Makevars. +* manipulating PO files: Manipulating. +* marking Perl sources: Perl. +* marking string initializers: Special cases. +* marking strings that require translation: Mark Keywords. +* marking strings, preparations: Preparing Strings. +* marking translatable strings: Overview. +* menu entries: GUI program problems. +* menu, keyboard accelerator support: msgfmt Invocation. +* merge PO files: msgcat Invocation. +* merging two PO files: Manipulating. +* message catalog files location: Locating Catalogs. +* messages: Aspects. +* migration from earlier versions of gettext: Prerequisites. +* mkinstalldirs file: mkinstalldirs. +* mnemonics of menu entries: msgfmt Invocation. +* MO file's format: MO Files. +* modify message attrributes: msgattrib Invocation. +* msgattrib program, usage: msgattrib Invocation. +* msgcat program, usage: msgcat Invocation. +* msgcmp program, usage: msgcmp Invocation. +* msgcomm program, usage: msgcomm Invocation. +* msgconv program, usage: msgconv Invocation. +* msgen program, usage: msgen Invocation. +* msgexec program, usage: msgexec Invocation. +* msgfilter filter and catalog encoding: msgfilter Invocation. +* msgfilter program, usage: msgfilter Invocation. +* msgfmt program, usage: msgfmt Invocation. +* msggrep program, usage: msggrep Invocation. +* msgid: PO Files. +* msgid_plural: PO Files. +* msginit program, usage: msginit Invocation. +* msgmerge program, usage: msgmerge Invocation. +* msgstr: PO Files. +* msgunfmt program, usage: msgunfmt Invocation. +* msguniq program, usage: msguniq Invocation. +* multi-line strings: Normalizing. +* N_, a convenience macro: Comparison. +* Native Language Support: Concepts. +* Natural Language Support: Concepts. +* newlines in PO files: PO Files. +* ngettext: Plural forms. +* NLS: Concepts. +* no-awk-format flag: PO Files. +* no-c-format flag: PO Files. +* no-c-format, and xgettext: c-format Flag. +* no-elisp-format flag: PO Files. +* no-java-format flag: PO Files. +* no-librep-format flag: PO Files. +* no-lisp-format flag: PO Files. +* no-object-pascal-format flag: PO Files. +* no-php-format flag: PO Files. +* no-python-format flag: PO Files. +* no-smalltalk-format flag: PO Files. +* no-tcl-format flag: PO Files. +* no-ycp-format flag: PO Files. +* nplurals, in a PO file header: Plural forms. +* number format: Aspects. +* Object Pascal: Pascal. +* object-pascal-format flag: PO Files. +* obsolete entries: Obsolete Entries. +* optimization of gettext functions: Optimized gettext. +* orthography: Manipulating. +* output to stdout, xgettext: xgettext Invocation. +* overview of gettext: Overview. +* package and version declaration in configure.in: configure.in. +* package build and installation options: Installers. +* package maintainer's view of gettext: Maintainers. +* paragraphs: Preparing Strings. +* Pascal: Pascal. +* Perl: Perl. +* Perl default keywords: Default Keywords. +* Perl invalid string interpolation: Interpolation I. +* Perl long lines: Long Lines. +* Perl parentheses: Parentheses. +* Perl pitfalls: Perl Pitfalls. +* Perl quote-like expressions: Quote-like Expressions. +* Perl special keywords for hash-lookups: Special Keywords. +* Perl valid string interpolation: Interpolation II. +* PHP: PHP. +* php-format flag: PO Files. +* Pike: Pike. +* plural form formulas: Plural forms. +* plural forms: Plural forms. +* plural forms, in MO files: MO Files. +* plural forms, in PO files: PO Files. +* plural, in a PO file header: Plural forms. +* PO files' format: PO Files. +* PO mode (Emacs) commands: Main PO Commands. +* PO template file: Template. +* po_file_domains: libgettextpo. +* po_file_free: libgettextpo. +* po_file_read: libgettextpo. +* po_message_iterator: libgettextpo. +* po_message_iterator_free: libgettextpo. +* po_message_msgid: libgettextpo. +* po_message_msgid_plural: libgettextpo. +* po_message_msgstr: libgettextpo. +* po_message_msgstr_plural: libgettextpo. +* po_next_message: libgettextpo. +* portability problems with sed: msgfilter Invocation. +* POTFILES.in file: po/POTFILES.in. +* preparing programs for translation: Sources. +* problems with catgets interface: Problems with catgets. +* programming languages: Language Implementors. +* Python: Python. +* python-format flag: PO Files. +* quotation marks <1>: po/Makevars. +* quotation marks: Header Entry. +* quote characters, use in PO files: Header Entry. +* related reading: References. +* RST: RST. +* scripting languages: Language Implementors. +* search messages in a catalog: msggrep Invocation. +* selecting message language: End Users. +* sentences: Preparing Strings. +* setting up gettext at build time: Installers. +* setting up gettext at run time: End Users. +* several domains: Ambiguities. +* sex: Introduction. +* sgettext: GUI program problems. +* she, he, and they: Introduction. +* shell scripts: sh. +* Smalltalk: Smalltalk. +* smalltalk-format flag: PO Files. +* sorting msgcat output: msgcat Invocation. +* sorting msgmerge output: msgmerge Invocation. +* sorting msgunfmt output: msgunfmt Invocation. +* sorting output of xgettext: xgettext Invocation. +* specifying plural form in a PO file: Plural forms. +* standard output, and msgcat: msgcat Invocation. +* standard output, and msgmerge program: msgmerge Invocation. +* string concatenation: Preparing Strings. +* string normalization in entries: Normalizing. +* style: Preparing Strings. +* supported languages, xgettext: xgettext Invocation. +* Tcl: Tcl. +* Tcl mode, and msgfmt program: msgfmt Invocation. +* Tcl mode, and msgunfmt program: msgunfmt Invocation. +* tcl-format flag: PO Files. +* template PO file: Overview. +* testing .po files for equivalence: xgettext Invocation. +* Tk's scripting language: Tcl. +* translated entries: Translated Entries. +* translating menu entries: GUI program problems. +* translation aspects: Aspects. +* Translation Matrix: Matrix. +* Translation Project: Why. +* turning off NLS support: lib/gettext.h. +* tutorial of gettext usage: Overview. +* unify duplicate translations: msguniq Invocation. +* untranslated entries: Untranslated Entries. +* update translations from a compendium: Using Compendia. +* upgrading to new versions of gettext: Prerequisites. +* version control for backup files, msgmerge: msgmerge Invocation. +* wxWindows library: wxWindows. +* xargs, and output from msgexec: msgexec Invocation. +* xgettext program, usage: xgettext Invocation. +* xmodmap program, and typing quotation marks: Header Entry. +* YaST2 scripting language: YCP. +* YCP: YCP. +* ycp-format flag: PO Files. + + diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-2 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-2 index 749c9ca..37fc358 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-2 +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.6 from gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities @@ -45,1058 +45,6267 @@ versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. -File: gettext.info, Node: Main PO Commands, Next: Entry Positioning, Prev: PO Files, Up: Basics +File: gettext.info, Node: Information Flow, Next: Prioritizing messages, Prev: Organization, Up: Translators + +Information Flow +================ + +There will surely be some discussion about this messages after the +packages are finally released. If people now send you some proposals +for better messages, how do you proceed? Jim, please note that right +now, as I put forward nearly a dozen of localizable programs, I receive +both the translations and the coordination concerns about them. + + If I put one of my things to pretest, Ulrich receives the +announcement and passes it on to the German team, who make last minute +revisions. Then he submits the translation files to me _as the +maintainer_. For free packages I do not maintain, I would not even +hear about it. This scheme could be made to work for the whole +Translation Project, I think. For security reasons, maybe Ulrich +(national coordinators, in fact) should update central registry kept at +the Translation Project (Jim, me, or Len's recruits) once in a while. + + In December/January, I was aggressively ready to internationalize +all of GNU, giving myself the duty of one small GNU package per week or +so, taking many weeks or months for bigger packages. But it does not +work this way. I first did all the things I'm responsible for. I've +nothing against some missionary work on other maintainers, but I'm also +loosing a lot of energy over it--same debates over again. + + And when the first localized packages are released we'll get a lot of +responses about ugly translations :-). Surely, and we need to have +beforehand a fairly good idea about how to handle the information flow +between the national teams and the package maintainers. + + Please start saving somewhere a quick history of each PO file. I +know for sure that the file format will change, allowing for comments. +It would be nice that each file has a kind of log, and references for +those who want to submit comments or gripes, or otherwise contribute. +I sent a proposal for a fast and flexible format, but it is not +receiving acceptance yet by the GNU deciders. I'll tell you when I +have more information about this. -Main PO mode Commands -===================== + +File: gettext.info, Node: Prioritizing messages, Prev: Information Flow, Up: Translators + +Prioritizing messages: How to determine which messages to translate first +========================================================================= + +A translator sometimes has only a limited amount of time per week to +spend on a package, and some packages have quite large message catalogs +(over 1000 messages). Therefore she wishes to translate the messages +first that are the most visible to the user, or that occur most +frequently. This section describes how to determine these "most +urgent" messages. It also applies to determine the "next most urgent" +messages after the message catalog has already been partially +translated. + + In a first step, she uses the programs like a user would do. While +she does this, the GNU `gettext' library logs into a file the not yet +translated messages for which a translation was requested from the +program. + + In a second step, she uses the PO mode to translate precisely this +set of messages. + + Here a more details. The GNU `libintl' library (but not the +corresponding functions in GNU `libc') supports an environment variable +`GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED'. The GNU `libintl' library will log into +this file the messages for which `gettext()' and related functions +couldn't find the translation. If the file doesn't exist, it will be +created as needed. On systems with GNU `libc' a shared library +`preloadable_libintl.so' is provided that can be used with the ELF +`LD_PRELOAD' mechanism. + + So, in the first step, the translator uses these commands on systems +with GNU `libc': + + $ LD_PRELOAD=/usr/local/lib/preloadable_libintl.so + $ export LD_PRELOAD + $ GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED=$HOME/gettextlogused + $ export GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED + +and these commands on other systems: + + $ GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED=$HOME/gettextlogused + $ export GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED + + Then she uses and peruses the programs. (It is a good and +recommended practice to use the programs for which you provide +translations: it gives you the needed context.) When done, she removes +the environment variables: + + $ unset LD_PRELOAD + $ unset GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED + + The second step starts with removing duplicates: + + $ msguniq $HOME/gettextlogused > missing.po + + The result is a PO file, but needs some preprocessing before the +Emacs PO mode can be used with it. First, it is a multi-domain PO +file, containing messages from many translation domains. Second, it +lacks all translator comments and source references. Here is how to +get a list of the affected translation domains: + + $ sed -n -e 's,^domain "\(.*\)"$,\1,p' < missing.po | sort | uniq + + Then the translator can handle the domains one by one. For +simplicity, let's use environment variables to denote the language, +domain and source package. + + $ lang=nl # your language + $ domain=coreutils # the name of the domain to be handled + $ package=/usr/src/gnu/coreutils-4.5.4 # the package where it comes from + + She takes the latest copy of `$lang.po' from the Translation Project, +or from the package (in most cases, `$package/po/$lang.po'), or creates +a fresh one if she's the first translator (see *Note Creating::). She +then uses the following commands to mark the not urgent messages as +"obsolete". (This doesn't mean that these messages - translated and +untranslated ones - will go away. It simply means that Emacs PO mode +will ignore them in the following editing session.) + + $ msggrep --domain=$domain missing.po | grep -v '^domain' \ + > $domain-missing.po + $ msgattrib --set-obsolete --ignore-file $domain-missing.po $domain.$lang.po \ + > $domain.$lang-urgent.po + + The she translates `$domain.$lang-urgent.po' by use of Emacs PO mode. +(FIXME: I don't know whether `KBabel' and `gtranslator' also preserve +obsolete messages, as they should.) Finally she restores the not +urgent messages (with their earlier translations, for those which were +already translated) through this command: + + $ msgmerge --no-fuzzy-matching $domain.$lang-urgent.po $package/po/$domain.pot \ + > $domain.$lang.po + + Then she can submit `$domain.$lang.po' and proceed to the next +domain. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Maintainers, Next: Programming Languages, Prev: Translators, Up: Top + +The Maintainer's View +********************* + +The maintainer of a package has many responsibilities. One of them is +ensuring that the package will install easily on many platforms, and +that the magic we described earlier (*note Users::) will work for +installers and end users. + + Of course, there are many possible ways by which GNU `gettext' might +be integrated in a distribution, and this chapter does not cover them +in all generality. Instead, it details one possible approach which is +especially adequate for many free software distributions following GNU +standards, or even better, Gnits standards, because GNU `gettext' is +purposely for helping the internationalization of the whole GNU +project, and as many other good free packages as possible. So, the +maintainer's view presented here presumes that the package already has +a `configure.in' file and uses GNU Autoconf. + + Nevertheless, GNU `gettext' may surely be useful for free packages +not following GNU standards and conventions, but the maintainers of such +packages might have to show imagination and initiative in organizing +their distributions so `gettext' work for them in all situations. +There are surely many, out there. + + Even if `gettext' methods are now stabilizing, slight adjustments +might be needed between successive `gettext' versions, so you should +ideally revise this chapter in subsequent releases, looking for changes. + +* Menu: + +* Flat and Non-Flat:: Flat or Non-Flat Directory Structures +* Prerequisites:: Prerequisite Works +* gettextize Invocation:: Invoking the `gettextize' Program +* Adjusting Files:: Files You Must Create or Alter +* autoconf macros:: Autoconf macros for use in `configure.in' +* CVS Issues:: Integrating with CVS + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Flat and Non-Flat, Next: Prerequisites, Prev: Maintainers, Up: Maintainers + +Flat or Non-Flat Directory Structures +===================================== - After setting up Emacs with something similar to the lines in *Note -Installation::, PO mode is activated for a window when Emacs finds a PO -file in that window. This puts the window read-only and establishes a -po-mode-map, which is a genuine Emacs mode, in a way that is not derived -from text mode in any way. Functions found on `po-mode-hook', if any, -will be executed. - - When PO mode is active in a window, the letters `PO' appear in the -mode line for that window. The mode line also displays how many -entries of each kind are held in the PO file. For example, the string -`132t+3f+10u+2o' would tell the translator that the PO mode contains -132 translated entries (*note Translated Entries::, 3 fuzzy entries -(*note Fuzzy Entries::), 10 untranslated entries (*note Untranslated -Entries::) and 2 obsolete entries (*note Obsolete Entries::). -Zero-coefficients items are not shown. So, in this example, if the -fuzzy entries were unfuzzied, the untranslated entries were translated -and the obsolete entries were deleted, the mode line would merely -display `145t' for the counters. - - The main PO commands are those which do not fit into the other -categories of subsequent sections. These allow for quitting PO mode or -for managing windows in special ways. - -`_' - Undo last modification to the PO file (`po-undo'). - -`Q' - Quit processing and save the PO file (`po-quit'). - -`q' - Quit processing, possibly after confirmation - (`po-confirm-and-quit'). - -`0' - Temporary leave the PO file window (`po-other-window'). - -`?' -`h' - Show help about PO mode (`po-help'). - -`=' - Give some PO file statistics (`po-statistics'). - -`V' - Batch validate the format of the whole PO file (`po-validate'). - - The command `_' (`po-undo') interfaces to the Emacs _undo_ facility. -*Note Undoing Changes: (emacs)Undo. Each time `U' is typed, -modifications which the translator did to the PO file are undone a -little more. For the purpose of undoing, each PO mode command is -atomic. This is especially true for the `<RET>' command: the whole -edition made by using a single use of this command is undone at once, -even if the edition itself implied several actions. However, while in -the editing window, one can undo the edition work quite parsimoniously. - - The commands `Q' (`po-quit') and `q' (`po-confirm-and-quit') are -used when the translator is done with the PO file. The former is a bit -less verbose than the latter. If the file has been modified, it is -saved to disk first. In both cases, and prior to all this, the -commands check if any untranslated messages remain in the PO file and, -if so, the translator is asked if she really wants to leave off working -with this PO file. This is the preferred way of getting rid of an -Emacs PO file buffer. Merely killing it through the usual command -`C-x k' (`kill-buffer') is not the tidiest way to proceed. - - The command `0' (`po-other-window') is another, softer way, to leave -PO mode, temporarily. It just moves the cursor to some other Emacs -window, and pops one if necessary. For example, if the translator just -got PO mode to show some source context in some other, she might -discover some apparent bug in the program source that needs correction. -This command allows the translator to change sex, become a programmer, -and have the cursor right into the window containing the program she -(or rather _he_) wants to modify. By later getting the cursor back in -the PO file window, or by asking Emacs to edit this file once again, PO -mode is then recovered. - - The command `h' (`po-help') displays a summary of all available PO -mode commands. The translator should then type any character to resume -normal PO mode operations. The command `?' has the same effect as `h'. - - The command `=' (`po-statistics') computes the total number of -entries in the PO file, the ordinal of the current entry (counted from -1), the number of untranslated entries, the number of obsolete entries, -and displays all these numbers. - - The command `V' (`po-validate') launches `msgfmt' in checking and -verbose mode over the current PO file. This command first offers to -save the current PO file on disk. The `msgfmt' tool, from GNU -`gettext', has the purpose of creating a MO file out of a PO file, and -PO mode uses the features of this program for checking the overall -format of a PO file, as well as all individual entries. - - The program `msgfmt' runs asynchronously with Emacs, so the -translator regains control immediately while her PO file is being -studied. Error output is collected in the Emacs `*compilation*' buffer, -displayed in another window. The regular Emacs command `C-x`' -(`next-error'), as well as other usual compile commands, allow the -translator to reposition quickly to the offending parts of the PO file. -Once the cursor is on the line in error, the translator may decide on -any PO mode action which would help correcting the error. - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Entry Positioning, Next: Normalizing, Prev: Main PO Commands, Up: Basics - -Entry Positioning -================= - - The cursor in a PO file window is almost always part of an entry. -The only exceptions are the special case when the cursor is after the -last entry in the file, or when the PO file is empty. The entry where -the cursor is found to be is said to be the current entry. Many PO -mode commands operate on the current entry, so moving the cursor does -more than allowing the translator to browse the PO file, this also -selects on which entry commands operate. - - Some PO mode commands alter the position of the cursor in a -specialized way. A few of those special purpose positioning are -described here, the others are described in following sections (for a -complete list try `C-h m'): - -`.' - Redisplay the current entry (`po-current-entry'). - -`n' - Select the entry after the current one (`po-next-entry'). - -`p' - Select the entry before the current one (`po-previous-entry'). - -`<' - Select the first entry in the PO file (`po-first-entry'). - -`>' - Select the last entry in the PO file (`po-last-entry'). - -`m' - Record the location of the current entry for later use - (`po-push-location'). - -`r' - Return to a previously saved entry location (`po-pop-location'). - -`x' - Exchange the current entry location with the previously saved one - (`po-exchange-location'). - - Any Emacs command able to reposition the cursor may be used to -select the current entry in PO mode, including commands which move by -characters, lines, paragraphs, screens or pages, and search commands. -However, there is a kind of standard way to display the current entry -in PO mode, which usual Emacs commands moving the cursor do not -especially try to enforce. The command `.' (`po-current-entry') has -the sole purpose of redisplaying the current entry properly, after the -current entry has been changed by means external to PO mode, or the -Emacs screen otherwise altered. - - It is yet to be decided if PO mode helps the translator, or otherwise -irritates her, by forcing a rigid window disposition while she is doing -her work. We originally had quite precise ideas about how windows -should behave, but on the other hand, anyone used to Emacs is often -happy to keep full control. Maybe a fixed window disposition might be -offered as a PO mode option that the translator might activate or -deactivate at will, so it could be offered on an experimental basis. -If nobody feels a real need for using it, or a compulsion for writing -it, we should drop this whole idea. The incentive for doing it should -come from translators rather than programmers, as opinions from an -experienced translator are surely more worth to me than opinions from -programmers _thinking_ about how _others_ should do translation. - - The commands `n' (`po-next-entry') and `p' (`po-previous-entry') -move the cursor the entry following, or preceding, the current one. If -`n' is given while the cursor is on the last entry of the PO file, or -if `p' is given while the cursor is on the first entry, no move is done. - - The commands `<' (`po-first-entry') and `>' (`po-last-entry') move -the cursor to the first entry, or last entry, of the PO file. When the -cursor is located past the last entry in a PO file, most PO mode -commands will return an error saying `After last entry'. Moreover, the -commands `<' and `>' have the special property of being able to work -even when the cursor is not into some PO file entry, and one may use -them for nicely correcting this situation. But even these commands -will fail on a truly empty PO file. There are development plans for -the PO mode for it to interactively fill an empty PO file from sources. -*Note Marking::. - - The translator may decide, before working at the translation of a -particular entry, that she needs to browse the remainder of the PO -file, maybe for finding the terminology or phraseology used in related -entries. She can of course use the standard Emacs idioms for saving -the current cursor location in some register, and use that register for -getting back, or else, use the location ring. - - PO mode offers another approach, by which cursor locations may be -saved onto a special stack. The command `m' (`po-push-location') -merely adds the location of current entry to the stack, pushing the -already saved locations under the new one. The command `r' -(`po-pop-location') consumes the top stack element and repositions the -cursor to the entry associated with that top element. This position is -then lost, for the next `r' will move the cursor to the previously -saved location, and so on until no locations remain on the stack. - - If the translator wants the position to be kept on the location -stack, maybe for taking a look at the entry associated with the top -element, then go elsewhere with the intent of getting back later, she -ought to use `m' immediately after `r'. - - The command `x' (`po-exchange-location') simultaneously repositions -the cursor to the entry associated with the top element of the stack of -saved locations, and replaces that top element with the location of the -current entry before the move. Consequently, repeating the `x' command -toggles alternatively between two entries. For achieving this, the -translator will position the cursor on the first entry, use `m', then -position to the second entry, and merely use `x' for making the switch. - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Normalizing, Prev: Entry Positioning, Up: Basics - -Normalizing Strings in Entries +Some free software packages are distributed as `tar' files which unpack +in a single directory, these are said to be "flat" distributions. +Other free software packages have a one level hierarchy of +subdirectories, using for example a subdirectory named `doc/' for the +Texinfo manual and man pages, another called `lib/' for holding +functions meant to replace or complement C libraries, and a +subdirectory `src/' for holding the proper sources for the package. +These other distributions are said to be "non-flat". + + We cannot say much about flat distributions. A flat directory +structure has the disadvantage of increasing the difficulty of updating +to a new version of GNU `gettext'. Also, if you have many PO files, +this could somewhat pollute your single directory. Also, GNU +`gettext''s libintl sources consist of C sources, shell scripts, `sed' +scripts and complicated Makefile rules, which don't fit well into an +existing flat structure. For these reasons, we recommend to use +non-flat approach in this case as well. + + Maybe because GNU `gettext' itself has a non-flat structure, we have +more experience with this approach, and this is what will be described +in the remaining of this chapter. Some maintainers might use this as +an opportunity to unflatten their package structure. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Prerequisites, Next: gettextize Invocation, Prev: Flat and Non-Flat, Up: Maintainers + +Prerequisite Works +================== + +There are some works which are required for using GNU `gettext' in one +of your package. These works have some kind of generality that escape +the point by point descriptions used in the remainder of this chapter. +So, we describe them here. + + * Before attempting to use `gettextize' you should install some + other packages first. Ensure that recent versions of GNU `m4', + GNU Autoconf and GNU `gettext' are already installed at your site, + and if not, proceed to do this first. If you get to install these + things, beware that GNU `m4' must be fully installed before GNU + Autoconf is even _configured_. + + To further ease the task of a package maintainer the `automake' + package was designed and implemented. GNU `gettext' now uses this + tool and the `Makefile's in the `intl/' and `po/' therefore know + about all the goals necessary for using `automake' and `libintl' + in one project. + + Those four packages are only needed by you, as a maintainer; the + installers of your own package and end users do not really need + any of GNU `m4', GNU Autoconf, GNU `gettext', or GNU `automake' + for successfully installing and running your package, with messages + properly translated. But this is not completely true if you + provide internationalized shell scripts within your own package: + GNU `gettext' shall then be installed at the user site if the end + users want to see the translation of shell script messages. + + * Your package should use Autoconf and have a `configure.in' or + `configure.ac' file. If it does not, you have to learn how. The + Autoconf documentation is quite well written, it is a good idea + that you print it and get familiar with it. + + * Your C sources should have already been modified according to + instructions given earlier in this manual. *Note Sources::. + + * Your `po/' directory should receive all PO files submitted to you + by the translator teams, each having `LL.po' as a name. This is + not usually easy to get translation work done before your package + gets internationalized and available! Since the cycle has to + start somewhere, the easiest for the maintainer is to start with + absolutely no PO files, and wait until various translator teams + get interested in your package, and submit PO files. + + + It is worth adding here a few words about how the maintainer should +ideally behave with PO files submissions. As a maintainer, your role is +to authenticate the origin of the submission as being the representative +of the appropriate translating teams of the Translation Project (forward +the submission to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' in case of doubt), to +ensure that the PO file format is not severely broken and does not +prevent successful installation, and for the rest, to merely put these +PO files in `po/' for distribution. + + As a maintainer, you do not have to take on your shoulders the +responsibility of checking if the translations are adequate or +complete, and should avoid diving into linguistic matters. Translation +teams drive themselves and are fully responsible of their linguistic +choices for the Translation Project. Keep in mind that translator +teams are _not_ driven by maintainers. You can help by carefully +redirecting all communications and reports from users about linguistic +matters to the appropriate translation team, or explain users how to +reach or join their team. The simplest might be to send them the +`ABOUT-NLS' file. + + Maintainers should _never ever_ apply PO file bug reports +themselves, short-cutting translation teams. If some translator has +difficulty to get some of her points through her team, it should not be +an option for her to directly negotiate translations with maintainers. +Teams ought to settle their problems themselves, if any. If you, as a +maintainer, ever think there is a real problem with a team, please +never try to _solve_ a team's problem on your own. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: gettextize Invocation, Next: Adjusting Files, Prev: Prerequisites, Up: Maintainers + +Invoking the `gettextize' Program +================================= + +The `gettextize' program is an interactive tool that helps the +maintainer of a package internationalized through GNU `gettext'. It is +used for two purposes: + + * As a wizard, when a package is modified to use GNU `gettext' for + the first time. + + * As a migration tool, for upgrading the GNU `gettext' support in a + package from a previous to a newer version of GNU `gettext'. + + This program performs the following tasks: + + * It copies into the package some files that are consistently and + identically needed in every package internationalized through GNU + `gettext'. + + * It performs as many of the tasks mentioned in the next section + *Note Adjusting Files:: as can be performed automatically. + + * It removes obsolete files and idioms used for previous GNU + `gettext' versions to the form recommended for the current GNU + `gettext' version. + + * It prints a summary of the tasks that ought to be done manually + and could not be done automatically by `gettextize'. + + It can be invoked as follows: + + gettextize [ OPTION... ] [ DIRECTORY ] + +and accepts the following options: + +`-c' +`--copy' + Copy the needed files instead of making symbolic links. Using + links would allow the package to always use the latest `gettext' + code available on the system, but it might disturb some mechanism + the maintainer is used to apply to the sources. Because running + `gettextize' is easy there shouldn't be problems with using copies. + +`-f' +`--force' + Force replacement of files which already exist. + +`--intl' + Install the libintl sources in a subdirectory named `intl/'. This + libintl will be used to provide internationalization on systems + that don't have GNU libintl installed. If this option is omitted, + the call to `AM_GNU_GETTEXT' in `configure.in' should read: + `AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])', and internationalization will not be + enabled on systems lacking GNU gettext. + +`--no-changelog' + Don't update or create ChangeLog files. By default, `gettextize' + logs all changes (file additions, modifications and removals) in a + file called `ChangeLog' in each affected directory. + +`-n' +`--dry-run' + Print modifications but don't perform them. All actions that + `gettextize' would normally execute are inhibited and instead only + listed on standard output. + +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + If DIRECTORY is given, this is the top level directory of a package +to prepare for using GNU `gettext'. If not given, it is assumed that +the current directory is the top level directory of such a package. + + The program `gettextize' provides the following files. However, no +existing file will be replaced unless the option `--force' (`-f') is +specified. + + 1. The `ABOUT-NLS' file is copied in the main directory of your + package, the one being at the top level. This file gives the main + indications about how to install and use the Native Language + Support features of your program. You might elect to use a more + recent copy of this `ABOUT-NLS' file than the one provided through + `gettextize', if you have one handy. You may also fetch a more + recent copy of file `ABOUT-NLS' from Translation Project sites, + and from most GNU archive sites. + + 2. A `po/' directory is created for eventually holding all + translation files, but initially only containing the file + `po/Makefile.in.in' from the GNU `gettext' distribution (beware + the double `.in' in the file name) and a few auxiliary files. If + the `po/' directory already exists, it will be preserved along + with the files it contains, and only `Makefile.in.in' and the + auxiliary files will be overwritten. + + 3. Only if `--intl' has been specified: A `intl/' directory is + created and filled with most of the files originally in the + `intl/' directory of the GNU `gettext' distribution. Also, if + option `--force' (`-f') is given, the `intl/' directory is emptied + first. + + 4. The files `config.rpath' and `mkinstalldirs' are copied into the + directory containing configuration support files. It is needed by + the `AM_GNU_GETTEXT' autoconf macro. + + 5. Only if the project is using GNU `automake': A set of `autoconf' + macro files is copied into the package's `autoconf' macro + repository, usually in a directory called `m4/'. + + If your site support symbolic links, `gettextize' will not actually +copy the files into your package, but establish symbolic links instead. +This avoids duplicating the disk space needed in all packages. Merely +using the `-h' option while creating the `tar' archive of your +distribution will resolve each link by an actual copy in the +distribution archive. So, to insist, you really should use `-h' option +with `tar' within your `dist' goal of your main `Makefile.in'. + + Furthermore, `gettextize' will update all `Makefile.am' files in +each affected directory, as well as the top level `configure.in' or +`configure.ac' file. + + It is interesting to understand that most new files for supporting +GNU `gettext' facilities in one package go in `intl/', `po/' and `m4/' +subdirectories. One distinction between `intl/' and the two other +directories is that `intl/' is meant to be completely identical in all +packages using GNU `gettext', while the other directories will mostly +contain package dependent files. + + The `gettextize' program makes backup files for all files it +replaces or changes, and also write ChangeLog entries about these +changes. This way, the careful maintainer can check after running +`gettextize' whether its changes are acceptable to him, and possibly +adjust them. An exception to this rule is the `intl/' directory, which +is added or replaced or removed as a whole. + + It is important to understand that `gettextize' can not do the +entire job of adapting a package for using GNU `gettext'. The amount +of remaining work depends on whether the package uses GNU `automake' or +not. But in any case, the maintainer should still read the section +*Note Adjusting Files:: after invoking `gettextize'. + + It is also important to understand that `gettextize' is not part of +the GNU build system, in the sense that it should not be invoked +automatically, and not be invoked by someone who doesn't assume the +responsibilities of a package maintainer. For the latter purpose, a +separate tool is provided, see *Note autopoint Invocation::. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Adjusting Files, Next: autoconf macros, Prev: gettextize Invocation, Up: Maintainers + +Files You Must Create or Alter ============================== - There are many different ways for encoding a particular string into a -PO file entry, because there are so many different ways to split and -quote multi-line strings, and even, to represent special characters by -backslashed escaped sequences. Some features of PO mode rely on the -ability for PO mode to scan an already existing PO file for a -particular string encoded into the `msgid' field of some entry. Even -if PO mode has internally all the built-in machinery for implementing -this recognition easily, doing it fast is technically difficult. To -facilitate a solution to this efficiency problem, we decided on a -canonical representation for strings. - - A conventional representation of strings in a PO file is currently -under discussion, and PO mode experiments with a canonical -representation. Having both `xgettext' and PO mode converging towards -a uniform way of representing equivalent strings would be useful, as -the internal normalization needed by PO mode could be automatically -satisfied when using `xgettext' from GNU `gettext'. An explicit PO -mode normalization should then be only necessary for PO files imported -from elsewhere, or for when the convention itself evolves. - - So, for achieving normalization of at least the strings of a given -PO file needing a canonical representation, the following PO mode -command is available: - -`M-x po-normalize' - Tidy the whole PO file by making entries more uniform. - - The special command `M-x po-normalize', which has no associated -keys, revises all entries, ensuring that strings of both original and -translated entries use uniform internal quoting in the PO file. It -also removes any crumb after the last entry. This command may be -useful for PO files freshly imported from elsewhere, or if we ever -improve on the canonical quoting format we use. This canonical format -is not only meant for getting cleaner PO files, but also for greatly -speeding up `msgid' string lookup for some other PO mode commands. - - `M-x po-normalize' presently makes three passes over the entries. -The first implements heuristics for converting PO files for GNU -`gettext' 0.6 and earlier, in which `msgid' and `msgstr' fields were -using K&R style C string syntax for multi-line strings. These -heuristics may fail for comments not related to obsolete entries and -ending with a backslash; they also depend on subsequent passes for -finalizing the proper commenting of continued lines for obsolete -entries. This first pass might disappear once all oldish PO files -would have been adjusted. The second and third pass normalize all -`msgid' and `msgstr' strings respectively. They also clean out those -trailing backslashes used by XView's `msgfmt' for continued lines. - - Having such an explicit normalizing command allows for importing PO -files from other sources, but also eases the evolution of the current -convention, evolution driven mostly by aesthetic concerns, as of now. -It is easy to make suggested adjustments at a later time, as the -normalizing command and eventually, other GNU `gettext' tools should -greatly automate conformance. A description of the canonical string -format is given below, for the particular benefit of those not having -Emacs handy, and who would nevertheless want to handcraft their PO -files in nice ways. - - Right now, in PO mode, strings are single line or multi-line. A -string goes multi-line if and only if it has _embedded_ newlines, that -is, if it matches `[^\n]\n+[^\n]'. So, we would have: - - msgstr "\n\nHello, world!\n\n\n" - - but, replacing the space by a newline, this becomes: - - msgstr "" - "\n" - "\n" - "Hello,\n" - "world!\n" - "\n" - "\n" - - We are deliberately using a caricatural example, here, to make the -point clearer. Usually, multi-lines are not that bad looking. It is -probable that we will implement the following suggestion. We might -lump together all initial newlines into the empty string, and also all -newlines introducing empty lines (that is, for N > 1, the N-1'th last -newlines would go together on a separate string), so making the -previous example appear: - - msgstr "\n\n" - "Hello,\n" - "world!\n" - "\n\n" - - There are a few yet undecided little points about string -normalization, to be documented in this manual, once these questions -settle. - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Sources, Next: Template, Prev: Basics, Up: Top - -Preparing Program Sources -************************* - - For the programmer, changes to the C source code fall into three -categories. First, you have to make the localization functions known -to all modules needing message translation. Second, you should -properly trigger the operation of GNU `gettext' when the program -initializes, usually from the `main' function. Last, you should -identify and especially mark all constant strings in your program -needing translation. - - Presuming that your set of programs, or package, has been adjusted -so all needed GNU `gettext' files are available, and your `Makefile' -files are adjusted (*note Maintainers::), each C module having -translated C strings should contain the line: +Besides files which are automatically added through `gettextize', there +are many files needing revision for properly interacting with GNU +`gettext'. If you are closely following GNU standards for Makefile +engineering and auto-configuration, the adaptations should be easier to +achieve. Here is a point by point description of the changes needed in +each. + + So, here comes a list of files, each one followed by a description of +all alterations it needs. Many examples are taken out from the GNU +`gettext' 0.13 distribution itself, or from the GNU `hello' +distribution (`http://www.franken.de/users/gnu/ke/hello' or +`http://www.gnu.franken.de/ke/hello/') You may indeed refer to the +source code of the GNU `gettext' and GNU `hello' packages, as they are +intended to be good examples for using GNU gettext functionality. + +* Menu: + +* po/POTFILES.in:: `POTFILES.in' in `po/' +* po/LINGUAS:: `LINGUAS' in `po/' +* po/Makevars:: `Makefile' pieces in `po/' +* configure.in:: `configure.in' at top level +* config.guess:: `config.guess', `config.sub' at top level +* mkinstalldirs:: `mkinstalldirs' at top level +* aclocal:: `aclocal.m4' at top level +* acconfig:: `acconfig.h' at top level +* config.h.in:: `config.h.in' at top level +* Makefile:: `Makefile.in' at top level +* src/Makefile:: `Makefile.in' in `src/' +* lib/gettext.h:: `gettext.h' in `lib/' + + +File: gettext.info, Node: po/POTFILES.in, Next: po/LINGUAS, Prev: Adjusting Files, Up: Adjusting Files + +`POTFILES.in' in `po/' +---------------------- + +The `po/' directory should receive a file named `POTFILES.in'. This +file tells which files, among all program sources, have marked strings +needing translation. Here is an example of such a file: + + # List of source files containing translatable strings. + # Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + # Common library files + lib/error.c + lib/getopt.c + lib/xmalloc.c + + # Package source files + src/gettext.c + src/msgfmt.c + src/xgettext.c + +Hash-marked comments and white lines are ignored. All other lines list +those source files containing strings marked for translation (*note +Mark Keywords::), in a notation relative to the top level of your whole +distribution, rather than the location of the `POTFILES.in' file itself. + + When a C file is automatically generated by a tool, like `flex' or +`bison', that doesn't introduce translatable strings by itself, it is +recommended to list in `po/POTFILES.in' the real source file (ending in +`.l' in the case of `flex', or in `.y' in the case of `bison'), not the +generated C file. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: po/LINGUAS, Next: po/Makevars, Prev: po/POTFILES.in, Up: Adjusting Files + +`LINGUAS' in `po/' +------------------ + +The `po/' directory should also receive a file named `LINGUAS'. This +file contains the list of available translations. It is a whitespace +separated list. Hash-marked comments and white lines are ignored. +Here is an example file: + + # Set of available languages. + de fr + +This example means that German and French PO files are available, so +that these languages are currently supported by your package. If you +want to further restrict, at installation time, the set of installed +languages, this should not be done by modifying the `LINGUAS' file, but +rather by using the `LINGUAS' environment variable (*note Installers::). + + It is recommended that you add the "languages" `en@quot' and +`en@boldquot' to the `LINGUAS' file. `en@quot' is a variant of English +message catalogs (`en') which uses real quotation marks instead of the +ugly looking asymmetric ASCII substitutes ``' and `''. `en@boldquot' +is a variant of `en@quot' that additionally outputs quoted pieces of +text in a bold font, when used in a terminal emulator which supports +the VT100 escape sequences (such as `xterm' or the Linux console, but +not Emacs in `M-x shell' mode). + + These extra message catalogs `en@quot' and `en@boldquot' are +constructed automatically, not by translators; to support them, you +need the files `Rules-quot', `quot.sed', `boldquot.sed', +`en@quot.header', `en@boldquot.header', `insert-header.sin' in the +`po/' directory. You can copy them from GNU gettext's `po/' directory; +they are also installed by running `gettextize'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: po/Makevars, Next: configure.in, Prev: po/LINGUAS, Up: Adjusting Files + +`Makefile' pieces in `po/' +-------------------------- + +The `po/' directory also has a file named `Makevars'. It can be left +unmodified if your package has a single message domain and, +accordingly, a single `po/' directory. Only packages which have +multiple `po/' directories at different locations need to adjust the +three variables defined in `Makevars'. + + `po/Makevars' gets inserted into the `po/Makefile' when the latter +is created. At the same time, all files called `Rules-*' in the `po/' +directory get appended to the `po/Makefile'. They present an +opportunity to add rules for special PO files to the Makefile, without +needing to mess with `po/Makefile.in.in'. + + GNU gettext comes with a `Rules-quot' file, containing rules for +building catalogs `en@quot.po' and `en@boldquot.po'. The effect of +`en@quot.po' is that people who set their `LANGUAGE' environment +variable to `en@quot' will get messages with proper looking symmetric +Unicode quotation marks instead of abusing the ASCII grave accent and +the ASCII apostrophe for indicating quotations. To enable this +catalog, simply add `en@quot' to the `po/LINGUAS' file. The effect of +`en@boldquot.po' is that people who set `LANGUAGE' to `en@boldquot' +will get not only proper quotation marks, but also the quoted text will +be shown in a bold font on terminals and consoles. This catalog is +useful only for command-line programs, not GUI programs. To enable it, +similarly add `en@boldquot' to the `po/LINGUAS' file. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: configure.in, Next: config.guess, Prev: po/Makevars, Up: Adjusting Files + +`configure.in' at top level +--------------------------- + +`configure.in' or `configure.ac' - this is the source from which +`autoconf' generates the `configure' script. + + 1. Declare the package and version. + + This is done by a set of lines like these: + + PACKAGE=gettext + VERSION=0.13 + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE") + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION") + AC_SUBST(PACKAGE) + AC_SUBST(VERSION) + + or, if you are using GNU `automake', by a line like this: + + AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gettext, 0.13) + + Of course, you replace `gettext' with the name of your package, + and `0.13' by its version numbers, exactly as they should appear + in the packaged `tar' file name of your distribution + (`gettext-0.13.tar.gz', here). + + 2. Check for internationalization support. + + Here is the main `m4' macro for triggering internationalization + support. Just add this line to `configure.in': + + AM_GNU_GETTEXT + + This call is purposely simple, even if it generates a lot of + configure time checking and actions. + + If you have suppressed the `intl/' subdirectory by calling + `gettextize' without `--intl' option, this call should read + + AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external]) + + 3. Have output files created. + + The `AC_OUTPUT' directive, at the end of your `configure.in' file, + needs to be modified in two ways: + + AC_OUTPUT([EXISTING CONFIGURATION FILES intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in], + [EXISTING ADDITIONAL ACTIONS]) + + The modification to the first argument to `AC_OUTPUT' asks for + substitution in the `intl/' and `po/' directories. Note the `.in' + suffix used for `po/' only. This is because the distributed file + is really `po/Makefile.in.in'. + + If you have suppressed the `intl/' subdirectory by calling + `gettextize' without `--intl' option, then you don't need to add + `intl/Makefile' to the `AC_OUTPUT' line. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: config.guess, Next: mkinstalldirs, Prev: configure.in, Up: Adjusting Files + +`config.guess', `config.sub' at top level +----------------------------------------- + +If you haven't suppressed the `intl/' subdirectory, you need to add the +GNU `config.guess' and `config.sub' files to your distribution. They +are needed because the `intl/' directory has platform dependent support +for determining the locale's character encoding and therefore needs to +identify the platform. + + You can obtain the newest version of `config.guess' and `config.sub' +from `ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/config/'. Less recent versions are +also contained in the GNU `automake' and GNU `libtool' packages. + + Normally, `config.guess' and `config.sub' are put at the top level +of a distribution. But it is also possible to put them in a +subdirectory, altogether with other configuration support files like +`install-sh', `ltconfig', `ltmain.sh', `mkinstalldirs' or `missing'. +All you need to do, other than moving the files, is to add the +following line to your `configure.in'. + + AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([SUBDIR]) + + +File: gettext.info, Node: mkinstalldirs, Next: aclocal, Prev: config.guess, Up: Adjusting Files + +`mkinstalldirs' at top level +---------------------------- + +If `gettextize' has not already done it, you need to add the GNU +`mkinstalldirs' script to your distribution. It is needed because +`mkdir -p' is not portable enough. You find this script in the GNU +`automake' distribution. + + Normally, `mkinstalldirs' is put at the top level of a distribution. +But it is also possible to put it in a subdirectory, altogether with +other configuration support files like `install-sh', `ltconfig', +`ltmain.sh' or `missing'. All you need to do, other than moving the +files, is to add the following line to your `configure.in'. + + AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([SUBDIR]) + + +File: gettext.info, Node: aclocal, Next: acconfig, Prev: mkinstalldirs, Up: Adjusting Files + +`aclocal.m4' at top level +------------------------- + +If you do not have an `aclocal.m4' file in your distribution, the +simplest is to concatenate the files `codeset.m4', `gettext.m4', +`glibc21.m4', `iconv.m4', `intdiv0.m4', `intmax.m4', `inttypes.m4', +`inttypes_h.m4', `inttypes-pri.m4', `isc-posix.m4', `lcmessage.m4', +`lib-ld.m4', `lib-link.m4', `lib-prefix.m4', `longdouble.m4', +`longlong.m4', `printf-posix.m4', `progtest.m4', `signed.m4', +`size_max.m4', `stdint_h.m4', `uintmax_t.m4', `ulonglong.m4', +`wchar_t.m4', `wint_t.m4', `xsize.m4' from GNU `gettext''s `m4/' +directory into a single file. If you have suppressed the `intl/' +directory, only `gettext.m4', `iconv.m4', `lib-ld.m4', `lib-link.m4', +`lib-prefix.m4', `progtest.m4' need to be concatenated. + + If you already have an `aclocal.m4' file, then you will have to +merge the said macro files into your `aclocal.m4'. Note that if you +are upgrading from a previous release of GNU `gettext', you should most +probably _replace_ the macros (`AM_GNU_GETTEXT', etc.), as they usually +change a little from one release of GNU `gettext' to the next. Their +contents may vary as we get more experience with strange systems out +there. + + If you are using GNU `automake' 1.5 or newer, it is enough to put +these macro files into a subdirectory named `m4/' and add the line + + ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 + +to your top level `Makefile.am'. + + These macros check for the internationalization support functions +and related informations. Hopefully, once stabilized, these macros +might be integrated in the standard Autoconf set, because this piece of +`m4' code will be the same for all projects using GNU `gettext'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: acconfig, Next: config.h.in, Prev: aclocal, Up: Adjusting Files + +`acconfig.h' at top level +------------------------- + +Earlier GNU `gettext' releases required to put definitions for +`ENABLE_NLS', `HAVE_GETTEXT' and `HAVE_LC_MESSAGES', `HAVE_STPCPY', +`PACKAGE' and `VERSION' into an `acconfig.h' file. This is not needed +any more; you can remove them from your `acconfig.h' file unless your +package uses them independently from the `intl/' directory. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: config.h.in, Next: Makefile, Prev: acconfig, Up: Adjusting Files + +`config.h.in' at top level +-------------------------- + +The include file template that holds the C macros to be defined by +`configure' is usually called `config.h.in' and may be maintained +either manually or automatically. + + If it is maintained automatically, by use of the `autoheader' +program, you need to do nothing about it. This is the case in +particular if you are using GNU `automake'. + + If it is maintained manually, and if `gettextize' has created an +`intl/' directory, you should switch to using `autoheader'. The list +of C macros to be added for the sake of the `intl/' directory is just +too long to be maintained manually; it also changes between different +versions of GNU `gettext'. + + If it is maintained manually, and if on the other hand you have +suppressed the `intl/' directory by calling `gettextize' without +`--intl' option, then you can get away by adding the following lines to +`config.h.in': + + /* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's + native language is requested. */ + #undef ENABLE_NLS + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Makefile, Next: src/Makefile, Prev: config.h.in, Up: Adjusting Files + +`Makefile.in' at top level +-------------------------- + +Here are a few modifications you need to make to your main, top-level +`Makefile.in' file. + + 1. Add the following lines near the beginning of your `Makefile.in', + so the `dist:' goal will work properly (as explained further down): + + PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ + VERSION = @VERSION@ + + 2. Add file `ABOUT-NLS' to the `DISTFILES' definition, so the file + gets distributed. + + 3. Wherever you process subdirectories in your `Makefile.in', be sure + you also process the subdirectories `intl' and `po'. Special + rules in the `Makefiles' take care for the case where no + internationalization is wanted. + + If you are using Makefiles, either generated by automake, or + hand-written so they carefully follow the GNU coding standards, + the effected goals for which the new subdirectories must be + handled include `installdirs', `install', `uninstall', `clean', + `distclean'. + + Here is an example of a canonical order of processing. In this + example, we also define `SUBDIRS' in `Makefile.in' for it to be + further used in the `dist:' goal. + + SUBDIRS = doc intl lib src po + + Note that you must arrange for `make' to descend into the `intl' + directory before descending into other directories containing code + which make use of the `libintl.h' header file. For this reason, + here we mention `intl' before `lib' and `src'. + + 4. A delicate point is the `dist:' goal, as both `intl/Makefile' and + `po/Makefile' will later assume that the proper directory has been + set up from the main `Makefile'. Here is an example at what the + `dist:' goal might look like: + + distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) + dist: Makefile + rm -fr $(distdir) + mkdir $(distdir) + chmod 777 $(distdir) + for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ + ln $$file $(distdir) 2>/dev/null || cp -p $$file $(distdir); \ + done + for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir || exit 1; \ + chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \ + (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $@) || exit 1; \ + done + tar chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir) + rm -fr $(distdir) + + + Note that if you are using GNU `automake', `Makefile.in' is +automatically generated from `Makefile.am', and all needed changes to +`Makefile.am' are already made by running `gettextize'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: src/Makefile, Next: lib/gettext.h, Prev: Makefile, Up: Adjusting Files + +`Makefile.in' in `src/' +----------------------- + +Some of the modifications made in the main `Makefile.in' will also be +needed in the `Makefile.in' from your package sources, which we assume +here to be in the `src/' subdirectory. Here are all the modifications +needed in `src/Makefile.in': + + 1. In view of the `dist:' goal, you should have these lines near the + beginning of `src/Makefile.in': + + PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ + VERSION = @VERSION@ + + 2. If not done already, you should guarantee that `top_srcdir' gets + defined. This will serve for `cpp' include files. Just add the + line: + + top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ + + 3. You might also want to define `subdir' as `src', later allowing + for almost uniform `dist:' goals in all your `Makefile.in'. At + list, the `dist:' goal below assume that you used: + + subdir = src + + 4. The `main' function of your program will normally call + `bindtextdomain' (see *note Triggering::), like this: + + bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); + textdomain (PACKAGE); + + To make LOCALEDIR known to the program, add the following lines to + Makefile.in: + + datadir = @datadir@ + localedir = $(datadir)/locale + DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" @DEFS@ + + Note that `@datadir@' defaults to `$(prefix)/share', thus + `$(localedir)' defaults to `$(prefix)/share/locale'. + + 5. You should ensure that the final linking will use `@LIBINTL@' or + `@LTLIBINTL@' as a library. `@LIBINTL@' is for use without + `libtool', `@LTLIBINTL@' is for use with `libtool'. An easy way + to achieve this is to manage that it gets into `LIBS', like this: + + LIBS = @LIBINTL@ @LIBS@ + + In most packages internationalized with GNU `gettext', one will + find a directory `lib/' in which a library containing some helper + functions will be build. (You need at least the few functions + which the GNU `gettext' Library itself needs.) However some of + the functions in the `lib/' also give messages to the user which + of course should be translated, too. Taking care of this, the + support library (say `libsupport.a') should be placed before + `@LIBINTL@' and `@LIBS@' in the above example. So one has to + write this: + + LIBS = ../lib/libsupport.a @LIBINTL@ @LIBS@ + + 6. You should also ensure that directory `intl/' will be searched for + C preprocessor include files in all circumstances. So, you have to + manage so both `-I../intl' and `-I$(top_srcdir)/intl' will be + given to the C compiler. + + 7. Your `dist:' goal has to conform with others. Here is a + reasonable definition for it: + + distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) + dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES) + for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ + ln $$file $(distdir) 2>/dev/null || cp -p $$file $(distdir); \ + done + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: lib/gettext.h, Prev: src/Makefile, Up: Adjusting Files + +`gettext.h' in `lib/' +--------------------- + +Internationalization of packages, as provided by GNU `gettext', is +optional. It can be turned off in two situations: + + * When the installer has specified `./configure --disable-nls'. This + can be useful when small binaries are more important than + features, for example when building utilities for boot diskettes. + It can also be useful in order to get some specific C compiler + warnings about code quality with some older versions of GCC (older + than 3.0). + + * When the package does not include the `intl/' subdirectory, and the + libintl.h header (with its associated libintl library, if any) is + not already installed on the system, it is preferrable that the + package builds without internationalization support, rather than + to give a compilation error. + + A C preprocessor macro can be used to detect these two cases. +Usually, when `libintl.h' was found and not explicitly disabled, the +`ENABLE_NLS' macro will be defined to 1 in the autoconf generated +configuration file (usually called `config.h'). In the two negative +situations, however, this macro will not be defined, thus it will +evaluate to 0 in C preprocessor expressions. + + `gettext.h' is a convenience header file for conditional use of +`<libintl.h>', depending on the `ENABLE_NLS' macro. If `ENABLE_NLS' is +set, it includes `<libintl.h>'; otherwise it defines no-op substitutes +for the libintl.h functions. We recommend the use of `"gettext.h"' +over direct use of `<libintl.h>', so that portability to older systems +is guaranteed and installers can turn off internationalization if they +want to. In the C code, you will then write + + #include "gettext.h" + +instead of #include <libintl.h> - The remaining changes to your C sources are discussed in the further -sections of this chapter. + The location of `gettext.h' is usually in a directory containing +auxiliary include files. In many GNU packages, there is a directory +`lib/' containing helper functions; `gettext.h' fits there. In other +packages, it can go into the `src' directory. + + Do not install the `gettext.h' file in public locations. Every +package that needs it should contain a copy of it on its own. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: autoconf macros, Next: CVS Issues, Prev: Adjusting Files, Up: Maintainers + +Autoconf macros for use in `configure.in' +========================================= + +GNU `gettext' installs macros for use in a package's `configure.in' or +`configure.ac'. *Note Introduction: (autoconf)Top. The primary macro +is, of course, `AM_GNU_GETTEXT'. + +* Menu: + +* AM_GNU_GETTEXT:: AM_GNU_GETTEXT in `gettext.m4' +* AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION:: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION in `gettext.m4' +* AM_PO_SUBDIRS:: AM_PO_SUBDIRS in `po.m4' +* AM_ICONV:: AM_ICONV in `iconv.m4' + + +File: gettext.info, Node: AM_GNU_GETTEXT, Next: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION, Prev: autoconf macros, Up: autoconf macros + +AM_GNU_GETTEXT in `gettext.m4' +------------------------------ + +The `AM_GNU_GETTEXT' macro tests for the presence of the GNU gettext +function family in either the C library or a separate `libintl' library +(shared or static libraries are both supported) or in the package's +`intl/' directory. It also invokes `AM_PO_SUBDIRS', thus preparing the +`po/' directories of the package for building. + + `AM_GNU_GETTEXT' accepts up to three optional arguments. The general +syntax is + + AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]) + + INTLSYMBOL can be `external' or `no-libtool'. The default (if it is +not specified or empty) is `no-libtool'. INTLSYMBOL should be +`external' for packages with no `intl/' directory, and `no-libtool' for +packages with an `intl/' directory. In the latter case, a static +library `$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a' will be created. + + If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is `need-ngettext', then GNU gettext +implementations (in libc or libintl) without the `ngettext()' function +will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is +`need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't +support the ISO C 99 `<inttypes.h>' formatstring macros will be ignored. +Only one NEEDSYMBOL can be specified. To specify more than one +requirement, just specify the strongest one among them. The hierarchy +among the various alternatives is as follows: `need-formatstring-macros' +implies `need-ngettext'. + + INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty, the value +`$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used. + + The `AM_GNU_GETTEXT' macro determines whether GNU gettext is +available and should be used. If so, it sets the `USE_NLS' variable to +`yes'; it defines `ENABLE_NLS' to 1 in the autoconf generated +configuration file (usually called `config.h'); it sets the variables +`LIBINTL' and `LTLIBINTL' to the linker options for use in a Makefile +(`LIBINTL' for use without libtool, `LTLIBINTL' for use with libtool); +it adds an `-I' option to `CPPFLAGS' if necessary. In the negative +case, it sets `USE_NLS' to `no'; it sets `LIBINTL' and `LTLIBINTL' to +empty and doesn't change `CPPFLAGS'. + + The complexities that `AM_GNU_GETTEXT' deals with are the following: + + * Some operating systems have `gettext' in the C library, for example + glibc. Some have it in a separate library `libintl'. GNU + `libintl' might have been installed as part of the GNU `gettext' + package. + + * GNU `libintl', if installed, is not necessarily already in the + search path (`CPPFLAGS' for the include file search path, + `LDFLAGS' for the library search path). + + * Except for glibc, the operating system's native `gettext' cannot + exploit the GNU mo files, doesn't have the necessary locale + dependency features, and cannot convert messages from the + catalog's text encoding to the user's locale encoding. + + * GNU `libintl', if installed, is not necessarily already in the run + time library search path. To avoid the need for setting an + environment variable like `LD_LIBRARY_PATH', the macro adds the + appropriate run time search path options to the `LIBINTL' and + `LTLIBINTL' variables. This works on most systems, but not on + some operating systems with limited shared library support, like + SCO. + + * GNU `libintl' relies on POSIX/XSI `iconv'. The macro checks for + linker options needed to use iconv and appends them to the + `LIBINTL' and `LTLIBINTL' variables. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION, Next: AM_PO_SUBDIRS, Prev: AM_GNU_GETTEXT, Up: autoconf macros + +AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION in `gettext.m4' +-------------------------------------- + +The `AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION' macro declares the version number of the +GNU gettext infrastructure that is used by the package. + + The use of this macro is optional; only the `autopoint' program makes +use of it (*note CVS Issues::). + + +File: gettext.info, Node: AM_PO_SUBDIRS, Next: AM_ICONV, Prev: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION, Up: autoconf macros + +AM_PO_SUBDIRS in `po.m4' +------------------------ + +The `AM_PO_SUBDIRS' macro prepares the `po/' directories of the package +for building. This macro should be used in internationalized programs +written in other programming languages than C, C++, Objective C, for +example `sh', `Python', `Lisp'. See *Note Programming Languages:: for +a list of programming languages that support localization through PO +files. + + The `AM_PO_SUBDIRS' macro determines whether internationalization +should be used. If so, it sets the `USE_NLS' variable to `yes', +otherwise to `no'. It also determines the right values for Makefile +variables in each `po/' directory. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: AM_ICONV, Prev: AM_PO_SUBDIRS, Up: autoconf macros + +AM_ICONV in `iconv.m4' +---------------------- + +The `AM_ICONV' macro tests for the presence of the POSIX/XSI `iconv' +function family in either the C library or a separate `libiconv' +library. If found, it sets the `am_cv_func_iconv' variable to `yes'; +it defines `HAVE_ICONV' to 1 in the autoconf generated configuration +file (usually called `config.h'); it defines `ICONV_CONST' to `const' +or to empty, depending on whether the second argument of `iconv()' is +of type `const char **' or `char **'; it sets the variables `LIBICONV' +and `LTLIBICONV' to the linker options for use in a Makefile +(`LIBICONV' for use without libtool, `LTLIBICONV' for use with +libtool); it adds an `-I' option to `CPPFLAGS' if necessary. If not +found, it sets `LIBICONV' and `LTLIBICONV' to empty and doesn't change +`CPPFLAGS'. + + The complexities that `AM_ICONV' deals with are the following: + + * Some operating systems have `iconv' in the C library, for example + glibc. Some have it in a separate library `libiconv', for example + OSF/1 or FreeBSD. Regardless of the operating system, GNU + `libiconv' might have been installed. In that case, it should be + used instead of the operating system's native `iconv'. + + * GNU `libiconv', if installed, is not necessarily already in the + search path (`CPPFLAGS' for the include file search path, + `LDFLAGS' for the library search path). + + * GNU `libiconv' is binary incompatible with some operating system's + native `iconv', for example on FreeBSD. Use of an `iconv.h' and + `libiconv.so' that don't fit together would produce program + crashes. + + * GNU `libiconv', if installed, is not necessarily already in the + run time library search path. To avoid the need for setting an + environment variable like `LD_LIBRARY_PATH', the macro adds the + appropriate run time search path options to the `LIBICONV' + variable. This works on most systems, but not on some operating + systems with limited shared library support, like SCO. + + `iconv.m4' is distributed with the GNU gettext package because +`gettext.m4' relies on it. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: CVS Issues, Prev: autoconf macros, Up: Maintainers + +Integrating with CVS +==================== + +Many projects use CVS for distributed development, version control and +source backup. This section gives some advice how to manage the uses +of `cvs', `gettextize', `autopoint' and `autoconf'. + +* Menu: + +* Distributed CVS:: Avoiding version mismatch in distributed development +* Files under CVS:: Files to put under CVS version control +* autopoint Invocation:: Invoking the `autopoint' Program + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Distributed CVS, Next: Files under CVS, Prev: CVS Issues, Up: CVS Issues + +Avoiding version mismatch in distributed development +---------------------------------------------------- + +In a project development with multiple developers, using CVS, there +should be a single developer who occasionally - when there is desire to +upgrade to a new `gettext' version - runs `gettextize' and performs the +changes listed in *Note Adjusting Files::, and then commits his changes +to the CVS. + + It is highly recommended that all developers on a project use the +same version of GNU `gettext' in the package. In other words, if a +developer runs `gettextize', he should go the whole way, make the +necessary remaining changes and commit his changes to the CVS. +Otherwise the following damages will likely occur: + + * Apparent version mismatch between developers. Since some `gettext' + specific portions in `configure.in', `configure.ac' and + `Makefile.am', `Makefile.in' files depend on the `gettext' + version, the use of infrastructure files belonging to different + `gettext' versions can easily lead to build errors. + + * Hidden version mismatch. Such version mismatch can also lead to + malfunctioning of the package, that may be undiscovered by the + developers. The worst case of hidden version mismatch is that + internationalization of the package doesn't work at all. + + * Release risks. All developers implicitly perform constant testing + on a package. This is important in the days and weeks before a + release. If the guy who makes the release tar files uses a + different version of GNU `gettext' than the other developers, the + distribution will be less well tested than if all had been using + the same `gettext' version. For example, it is possible that a + platform specific bug goes undiscovered due to this constellation. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Files under CVS, Next: autopoint Invocation, Prev: Distributed CVS, Up: CVS Issues + +Files to put under CVS version control +-------------------------------------- + +There are basically three ways to deal with generated files in the +context of a CVS repository, such as `configure' generated from +`configure.in', `PARSER.c' generated from `PARSER.y', or +`po/Makefile.in.in' autoinstalled by `gettextize' or `autopoint'. + + 1. All generated files are always committed into the repository. + + 2. All generated files are committed into the repository occasionally, + for example each time a release is made. + + 3. Generated files are never committed into the repository. + + Each of these three approaches has different advantages and +drawbacks. + + 1. The advantage is that anyone can check out the CVS at any moment + and gets a working build. The drawbacks are: 1a. It requires + some frequent "cvs commit" actions by the maintainers. 1b. The + repository grows in size quite fast. + + 2. The advantage is that anyone can check out the CVS, and the usual + "./configure; make" will work. The drawbacks are: 2a. The one who + checks out the repository needs tools like GNU `automake', GNU + `autoconf', GNU `m4' installed in his PATH; sometimes he even + needs particular versions of them. 2b. When a release is made and + a commit is made on the generated files, the other developers get + conflicts on the generated files after doing "cvs update". + Although these conflicts are easy to resolve, they are annoying. + + 3. The advantage is less work for the maintainers. The drawback is + that anyone who checks out the CVS not only needs tools like GNU + `automake', GNU `autoconf', GNU `m4' installed in his PATH, but + also that he needs to perform a package specific pre-build step + before being able to "./configure; make". + + For the first and second approach, all files modified or brought in +by the occasional `gettextize' invocation and update should be +committed into the CVS. + + For the third approach, the maintainer can omit from the CVS +repository all the files that `gettextize' mentions as "copy". +Instead, he adds to the `configure.in' or `configure.ac' a line of the +form + + AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.13) + +and adds to the package's pre-build script an invocation of +`autopoint'. For everyone who checks out the CVS, this `autopoint' +invocation will copy into the right place the `gettext' infrastructure +files that have been omitted from the CVS. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: autopoint Invocation, Prev: Files under CVS, Up: CVS Issues + +Invoking the `autopoint' Program +-------------------------------- + + autopoint [OPTION]... + + The `autopoint' program copies standard gettext infrastructure files +into a source package. It extracts from a macro call of the form +`AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(VERSION)', found in the package's +`configure.in' or `configure.ac' file, the gettext version used by the +package, and copies the infrastructure files belonging to this version +into the package. + +Options +....... + +`-f' +`--force' + Force overwriting of files that already exist. + +`-n' +`--dry-run' + Print modifications but don't perform them. All file copying + actions that `autopoint' would normally execute are inhibited and + instead only listed on standard output. + + +Informative output +.................. + +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + `autopoint' supports the GNU `gettext' versions from 0.10.35 to the +current one, 0.13. In order to apply `autopoint' to a package using a +`gettext' version newer than 0.13, you need to install this same +version of GNU `gettext' at least. + + In packages using GNU `automake', an invocation of `autopoint' +should be followed by invocations of `aclocal' and then `autoconf' and +`autoheader'. The reason is that `autopoint' installs some autoconf +macro files, which are used by `aclocal' to create `aclocal.m4', and +the latter is used by `autoconf' to create the package's `configure' +script and by `autoheader' to create the package's `config.h.in' +include file template. + + The name `autopoint' is an abbreviation of `auto-po-intl-m4'; the +tool copies or updates mostly files in the `po', `intl', `m4' +directories. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Programming Languages, Next: Conclusion, Prev: Maintainers, Up: Top + +Other Programming Languages +*************************** + +While the presentation of `gettext' focuses mostly on C and implicitly +applies to C++ as well, its scope is far broader than that: Many +programming languages, scripting languages and other textual data like +GUI resources or package descriptions can make use of the gettext +approach. * Menu: -* Triggering:: Triggering `gettext' Operations -* Preparing Strings:: Preparing Translatable Strings -* Mark Keywords:: How Marks Appear in Sources -* Marking:: Marking Translatable Strings -* c-format Flag:: Telling something about the following string -* Special cases:: Special Cases of Translatable Strings -* Names:: Marking Proper Names for Translation +* Language Implementors:: The Language Implementor's View +* Programmers for other Languages:: The Programmer's View +* Translators for other Languages:: The Translator's View +* Maintainers for other Languages:: The Maintainer's View +* List of Programming Languages:: Individual Programming Languages +* List of Data Formats:: Internationalizable Data -File: gettext.info, Node: Triggering, Next: Preparing Strings, Prev: Sources, Up: Sources +File: gettext.info, Node: Language Implementors, Next: Programmers for other Languages, Prev: Programming Languages, Up: Programming Languages -Triggering `gettext' Operations +The Language Implementor's View =============================== - The initialization of locale data should be done with more or less -the same code in every program, as demonstrated below: - - int - main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char argv; - { - ... - setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); - bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); - textdomain (PACKAGE); - ... - } +All programming and scripting languages that have the notion of strings +are eligible to supporting `gettext'. Supporting `gettext' means the +following: + + 1. You should add to the language a syntax for translatable strings. + In principle, a function call of `gettext' would do, but a + shorthand syntax helps keeping the legibility of internationalized + programs. For example, in C we use the syntax `_("string")', and + in GNU awk we use the shorthand `_"string"'. + + 2. You should arrange that evaluation of such a translatable string at + runtime calls the `gettext' function, or performs equivalent + processing. + + 3. Similarly, you should make the functions `ngettext', `dcgettext', + `dcngettext' available from within the language. These functions + are less often used, but are nevertheless necessary for particular + purposes: `ngettext' for correct plural handling, and `dcgettext' + and `dcngettext' for obeying other locale environment variables + than `LC_MESSAGES', such as `LC_TIME' or `LC_MONETARY'. For these + latter functions, you need to make the `LC_*' constants, available + in the C header `<locale.h>', referenceable from within the + language, usually either as enumeration values or as strings. + + 4. You should allow the programmer to designate a message domain, + either by making the `textdomain' function available from within + the language, or by introducing a magic variable called + `TEXTDOMAIN'. Similarly, you should allow the programmer to + designate where to search for message catalogs, by providing + access to the `bindtextdomain' function. + + 5. You should either perform a `setlocale (LC_ALL, "")' call during + the startup of your language runtime, or allow the programmer to + do so. Remember that gettext will act as a no-op if the + `LC_MESSAGES' and `LC_CTYPE' locale facets are not both set. + + 6. A programmer should have a way to extract translatable strings + from a program into a PO file. The GNU `xgettext' program is being + extended to support very different programming languages. Please + contact the GNU `gettext' maintainers to help them doing this. If + the string extractor is best integrated into your language's + parser, GNU `xgettext' can function as a front end to your string + extractor. + + 7. The language's library should have a string formatting facility + where the arguments of a format string are denoted by a positional + number or a name. This is needed because for some languages and + some messages with more than one substitutable argument, the + translation will need to output the substituted arguments in + different order. *Note c-format Flag::. + + 8. If the language has more than one implementation, and not all of + the implementations use `gettext', but the programs should be + portable across implementations, you should provide a no-i18n + emulation, that makes the other implementations accept programs + written for yours, without actually translating the strings. + + 9. To help the programmer in the task of marking translatable strings, + which is usually performed using the Emacs PO mode, you are + welcome to contact the GNU `gettext' maintainers, so they can add + support for your language to `po-mode.el'. + + On the implementation side, three approaches are possible, with +different effects on portability and copyright: + + * You may integrate the GNU `gettext''s `intl/' directory in your + package, as described in *Note Maintainers::. This allows you to + have internationalization on all kinds of platforms. Note that + when you then distribute your package, it legally falls under the + GNU General Public License, and the GNU project will be glad about + your contribution to the Free Software pool. + + * You may link against GNU `gettext' functions if they are found in + the C library. For example, an autoconf test for `gettext()' and + `ngettext()' will detect this situation. For the moment, this test + will succeed on GNU systems and not on other platforms. No severe + copyright restrictions apply. + + * You may emulate or reimplement the GNU `gettext' functionality. + This has the advantage of full portability and no copyright + restrictions, but also the drawback that you have to reimplement + the GNU `gettext' features (such as the `LANGUAGE' environment + variable, the locale aliases database, the automatic charset + conversion, and plural handling). - PACKAGE and LOCALEDIR should be provided either by `config.h' or by -the Makefile. For now consult the `gettext' or `hello' sources for -more information. - - The use of `LC_ALL' might not be appropriate for you. `LC_ALL' -includes all locale categories and especially `LC_CTYPE'. This later -category is responsible for determining character classes with the -`isalnum' etc. functions from `ctype.h' which could especially for -programs, which process some kind of input language, be wrong. For -example this would mean that a source code using the c, (c-cedilla -character) is runnable in France but not in the U.S. - - Some systems also have problems with parsing numbers using the -`scanf' functions if an other but the `LC_ALL' locale is used. The -standards say that additional formats but the one known in the `"C"' -locale might be recognized. But some systems seem to reject numbers in -the `"C"' locale format. In some situation, it might also be a problem -with the notation itself which makes it impossible to recognize whether -the number is in the `"C"' locale or the local format. This can happen -if thousands separator characters are used. Some locales define this -character according to the national conventions to `'.'' which is the -same character used in the `"C"' locale to denote the decimal point. - - So it is sometimes necessary to replace the `LC_ALL' line in the -code above by a sequence of `setlocale' lines - - { - ... - setlocale (LC_CTYPE, ""); - setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, ""); - ... - } + +File: gettext.info, Node: Programmers for other Languages, Next: Translators for other Languages, Prev: Language Implementors, Up: Programming Languages -On all POSIX conformant systems the locale categories `LC_CTYPE', -`LC_MESSAGES', `LC_COLLATE', `LC_MONETARY', `LC_NUMERIC', and `LC_TIME' -are available. On some systems which are only ISO C compliant, -`LC_MESSAGES' is missing, but a substitute for it is defined in GNU -gettext's `<libintl.h>'. +The Programmer's View +===================== - Note that changing the `LC_CTYPE' also affects the functions -declared in the `<ctype.h>' standard header. If this is not desirable -in your application (for example in a compiler's parser), you can use a -set of substitute functions which hardwire the C locale, such as found -in the `<c-ctype.h>' and `<c-ctype.c>' files in the gettext source -distribution. +For the programmer, the general procedure is the same as for the C +language. The Emacs PO mode supports other languages, and the GNU +`xgettext' string extractor recognizes other languages based on the +file extension or a command-line option. In some languages, +`setlocale' is not needed because it is already performed by the +underlying language runtime. - It is also possible to switch the locale forth and back between the -environment dependent locale and the C locale, but this approach is -normally avoided because a `setlocale' call is expensive, because it is -tedious to determine the places where a locale switch is needed in a -large program's source, and because switching a locale is not -multithread-safe. + +File: gettext.info, Node: Translators for other Languages, Next: Maintainers for other Languages, Prev: Programmers for other Languages, Up: Programming Languages + +The Translator's View +===================== + +The translator works exactly as in the C language case. The only +difference is that when translating format strings, she has to be aware +of the language's particular syntax for positional arguments in format +strings. + +* Menu: + +* c-format:: C Format Strings +* objc-format:: Objective C Format Strings +* sh-format:: Shell Format Strings +* python-format:: Python Format Strings +* lisp-format:: Lisp Format Strings +* elisp-format:: Emacs Lisp Format Strings +* librep-format:: librep Format Strings +* smalltalk-format:: Smalltalk Format Strings +* java-format:: Java Format Strings +* awk-format:: awk Format Strings +* object-pascal-format:: Object Pascal Format Strings +* ycp-format:: YCP Format Strings +* tcl-format:: Tcl Format Strings +* perl-format:: Perl Format Strings +* php-format:: PHP Format Strings +* gcc-internal-format:: GCC internal Format Strings +* qt-format:: Qt Format Strings -File: gettext.info, Node: Preparing Strings, Next: Mark Keywords, Prev: Triggering, Up: Sources +File: gettext.info, Node: c-format, Next: objc-format, Prev: Translators for other Languages, Up: Translators for other Languages -Preparing Translatable Strings -============================== +C Format Strings +---------------- - Before strings can be marked for translations, they sometimes need to -be adjusted. Usually preparing a string for translation is done right -before marking it, during the marking phase which is described in the -next sections. What you have to keep in mind while doing that is the -following. +C format strings are described in POSIX (IEEE P1003.1 2001), section +XSH 3 fprintf(), +`http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/007904975/functions/fprintf.html'. +See also the fprintf(3) manual page, +`http://www.linuxvalley.it/encyclopedia/ldp/manpage/man3/printf.3.php', +`http://informatik.fh-wuerzburg.de/student/i510/man/printf.html'. - * Decent English style. + Although format strings with positions that reorder arguments, such +as - * Entire sentences. + "Only %2$d bytes free on '%1$s'." + +which is semantically equivalent to + + "'%s' has only %d bytes free." + +are a POSIX/XSI feature and not specified by ISO C 99, translators can +rely on this reordering ability: On the few platforms where `printf()', +`fprintf()' etc. don't support this feature natively, `libintl.a' or +`libintl.so' provides replacement functions, and GNU `<libintl.h>' +activates these replacement functions automatically. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: objc-format, Next: sh-format, Prev: c-format, Up: Translators for other Languages - * Split at paragraphs. +Objective C Format Strings +-------------------------- - * Use format strings instead of string concatenation. +Objective C format strings are like C format strings. They support an +additional format directive: "$@", which when executed consumes an +argument of type `Object *'. -Let's look at some examples of these guidelines. + +File: gettext.info, Node: sh-format, Next: python-format, Prev: objc-format, Up: Translators for other Languages + +Shell Format Strings +-------------------- + +Shell format strings, as supported by GNU gettext and the `envsubst' +program, are strings with references to shell variables in the form +`$VARIABLE' or `${VARIABLE}'. References of the form +`${VARIABLE-DEFAULT}', `${VARIABLE:-DEFAULT}', `${VARIABLE=DEFAULT}', +`${VARIABLE:=DEFAULT}', `${VARIABLE+REPLACEMENT}', +`${VARIABLE:+REPLACEMENT}', `${VARIABLE?IGNORED}', +`${VARIABLE:?IGNORED}', that would be valid inside shell scripts, are +not supported. The VARIABLE names must consist solely of alphanumeric +or underscore ASCII characters, not start with a digit and be nonempty; +otherwise such a variable reference is ignored. - Translatable strings should be in good English style. If slang -language with abbreviations and shortcuts is used, often translators -will not understand the message and will produce very inappropriate -translations. + +File: gettext.info, Node: python-format, Next: lisp-format, Prev: sh-format, Up: Translators for other Languages - "%s: is parameter\n" +Python Format Strings +--------------------- -This is nearly untranslatable: Is the displayed item _a_ parameter or -_the_ parameter? +Python format strings are described in Python Library reference / +2. Built-in Types, Exceptions and Functions / 2.2. Built-in Types / +2.2.6. Sequence Types / 2.2.6.2. String Formatting Operations. +`http://www.python.org/doc/2.2.1/lib/typesseq-strings.html'. - "No match" + +File: gettext.info, Node: lisp-format, Next: elisp-format, Prev: python-format, Up: Translators for other Languages -The ambiguity in this message makes it ununderstandable: Is the program -attempting to set something on fire? Does it mean "The given object does -not match the template"? Does it mean "The template does not fit for any -of the objects"? +Lisp Format Strings +------------------- - In both cases, adding more words to the message will help both the -translator and the English speaking user. +Lisp format strings are described in the Common Lisp HyperSpec, chapter +22.3 Formatted Output, +`http://www.lisp.org/HyperSpec/Body/sec_22-3.html'. - Translatable strings should be entire sentences. It is often not -possible to translate single verbs or adjectives in a substitutable way. + +File: gettext.info, Node: elisp-format, Next: librep-format, Prev: lisp-format, Up: Translators for other Languages - printf ("File %s is %s protected", filename, rw ? "write" : "read"); +Emacs Lisp Format Strings +------------------------- -Most translators will not look at the source and will thus only see the -string `"File %s is %s protected"', which is unintelligible. Change -this to +Emacs Lisp format strings are documented in the Emacs Lisp reference, +section Formatting Strings, +`http://www.gnu.org/manual/elisp-manual-21-2.8/html_chapter/elisp_4.html#SEC75'. +Note that as of version 21, XEmacs supports numbered argument +specifications in format strings while FSF Emacs doesn't. - printf (rw ? "File %s is write protected" : "File %s is read protected", - filename); + +File: gettext.info, Node: librep-format, Next: smalltalk-format, Prev: elisp-format, Up: Translators for other Languages -This way the translator will not only understand the message, she will -also be able to find the appropriate grammatical construction. The -French translator for example translates "write protected" like -"protected against writing". +librep Format Strings +--------------------- - Often sentences don't fit into a single line. If a sentence is -output using two subsequent `printf' statements, like this +librep format strings are documented in the librep manual, section +Formatted Output, +<http://librep.sourceforge.net/librep-manual.html#Formatted%20Output>, +<http://www.gwinnup.org/research/docs/librep.html#SEC122>. - printf ("Locale charset \"%s\" is different from\n", lcharset); - printf ("input file charset \"%s\".\n", fcharset); + +File: gettext.info, Node: smalltalk-format, Next: java-format, Prev: librep-format, Up: Translators for other Languages -the translator would have to translate two half sentences, but nothing -in the POT file would tell her that the two half sentences belong -together. It is necessary to merge the two `printf' statements so that -the translator can handle the entire sentence at once and decide at -which place to insert a line break in the translation (if at all): +Smalltalk Format Strings +------------------------ - printf ("Locale charset \"%s\" is different from\n\ - input file charset \"%s\".\n", lcharset, fcharset); +Smalltalk format strings are described in the GNU Smalltalk +documentation, class `CharArray', methods `bindWith:' and +`bindWithArguments:'. +`http://www.gnu.org/software/smalltalk/gst-manual/gst_68.html#SEC238'. +In summary, a directive starts with `%' and is followed by `%' or a +nonzero digit (`1' to `9'). - You may now ask: how about two or more adjacent sentences? Like in -this case: + +File: gettext.info, Node: java-format, Next: awk-format, Prev: smalltalk-format, Up: Translators for other Languages - puts ("Apollo 13 scenario: Stack overflow handling failed."); - puts ("On the next stack overflow we will crash!!!"); +Java Format Strings +------------------- -Should these two statements merged into a single one? I would recommend -to merge them if the two sentences are related to each other, because -then it makes it easier for the translator to understand and translate -both. On the other hand, if one of the two messages is a stereotypic -one, occurring in other places as well, you will do a favour to the -translator by not merging the two. (Identical messages occurring in -several places are combined by xgettext, so the translator has to -handle them once only.) +Java format strings are described in the JDK documentation for class +`java.text.MessageFormat', +`http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.4/docs/api/java/text/MessageFormat.html'. +See also the ICU documentation +`http://oss.software.ibm.com/icu/apiref/classMessageFormat.html'. - Translatable strings should be limited to one paragraph; don't let a -single message be longer than ten lines. The reason is that when the -translatable string changes, the translator is faced with the task of -updating the entire translated string. Maybe only a single word will -have changed in the English string, but the translator doesn't see that -(with the current translation tools), therefore she has to proofread -the entire message. + +File: gettext.info, Node: awk-format, Next: object-pascal-format, Prev: java-format, Up: Translators for other Languages - Many GNU programs have a `--help' output that extends over several -screen pages. It is a courtesy towards the translators to split such a -message into several ones of five to ten lines each. While doing that, -you can also attempt to split the documented options into groups, such -as the input options, the output options, and the informative output -options. This will help every user to find the option he is looking -for. - - Hardcoded string concatenation is sometimes used to construct English -strings: - - strcpy (s, "Replace "); - strcat (s, object1); - strcat (s, " with "); - strcat (s, object2); - strcat (s, "?"); - -In order to present to the translator only entire sentences, and also -because in some languages the translator might want to swap the order -of `object1' and `object2', it is necessary to change this to use a -format string: - - sprintf (s, "Replace %s with %s?", object1, object2); - - A similar case is compile time concatenation of strings. The ISO C -99 include file `<inttypes.h>' contains a macro `PRId64' that can be -used as a formatting directive for outputting an `int64_t' integer -through `printf'. It expands to a constant string, usually "d" or "ld" -or "lld" or something like this, depending on the platform. Assume you -have code like - - printf ("The amount is %0" PRId64 "\n", number); - -The `gettext' tools and library have special support for these -`<inttypes.h>' macros. You can therefore simply write - - printf (gettext ("The amount is %0" PRId64 "\n"), number); - -The PO file will contain the string "The amount is %0<PRId64>\n". The -translators will provide a translation containing "%0<PRId64>" as well, -and at runtime the `gettext' function's result will contain the -appropriate constant string, "d" or "ld" or "lld". - - This works only for the predefined `<inttypes.h>' macros. If you -have defined your own similar macros, let's say `MYPRId64', that are -not known to `xgettext', the solution for this problem is to change the -code like this: - - char buf1[100]; - sprintf (buf1, "%0" MYPRId64, number); - printf (gettext ("The amount is %s\n"), buf1); - - This means, you put the platform dependent code in one statement, -and the internationalization code in a different statement. Note that -a buffer length of 100 is safe, because all available hardware integer -types are limited to 128 bits, and to print a 128 bit integer one needs -at most 54 characters, regardless whether in decimal, octal or -hexadecimal. - - All this applies to other programming languages as well. For -example, in Java, string contenation is very frequently used, because -it is a compiler built-in operator. Like in C, in Java, you would -change - - System.out.println("Replace "+object1+" with "+object2+"?"); - -into a statement involving a format string: - - System.out.println( - MessageFormat.format("Replace {0} with {1}?", - new Object[] { object1, object2 })); - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Mark Keywords, Next: Marking, Prev: Preparing Strings, Up: Sources - -How Marks Appear in Sources -=========================== - - All strings requiring translation should be marked in the C sources. -Marking is done in such a way that each translatable string appears to -be the sole argument of some function or preprocessor macro. There are -only a few such possible functions or macros meant for translation, and -their names are said to be marking keywords. The marking is attached -to strings themselves, rather than to what we do with them. This -approach has more uses. A blatant example is an error message produced -by formatting. The format string needs translation, as well as some -strings inserted through some `%s' specification in the format, while -the result from `sprintf' may have so many different instances that it -is impractical to list them all in some `error_string_out()' routine, -say. - - This marking operation has two goals. The first goal of marking is -for triggering the retrieval of the translation, at run time. The -keyword are possibly resolved into a routine able to dynamically return -the proper translation, as far as possible or wanted, for the argument -string. Most localizable strings are found in executable positions, -that is, attached to variables or given as parameters to functions. -But this is not universal usage, and some translatable strings appear -in structured initializations. *Note Special cases::. - - The second goal of the marking operation is to help `xgettext' at -properly extracting all translatable strings when it scans a set of -program sources and produces PO file templates. - - The canonical keyword for marking translatable strings is `gettext', -it gave its name to the whole GNU `gettext' package. For packages -making only light use of the `gettext' keyword, macro or function, it -is easily used _as is_. However, for packages using the `gettext' -interface more heavily, it is usually more convenient to give the main -keyword a shorter, less obtrusive name. Indeed, the keyword might -appear on a lot of strings all over the package, and programmers -usually do not want nor need their program sources to remind them -forcefully, all the time, that they are internationalized. Further, a -long keyword has the disadvantage of using more horizontal space, -forcing more indentation work on sources for those trying to keep them -within 79 or 80 columns. - - Many packages use `_' (a simple underline) as a keyword, and write -`_("Translatable string")' instead of `gettext ("Translatable -string")'. Further, the coding rule, from GNU standards, wanting that -there is a space between the keyword and the opening parenthesis is -relaxed, in practice, for this particular usage. So, the textual -overhead per translatable string is reduced to only three characters: -the underline and the two parentheses. However, even if GNU `gettext' -uses this convention internally, it does not offer it officially. The -real, genuine keyword is truly `gettext' indeed. It is fairly easy for -those wanting to use `_' instead of `gettext' to declare: +awk Format Strings +------------------ - #include <libintl.h> - #define _(String) gettext (String) - -instead of merely using `#include <libintl.h>'. - - Later on, the maintenance is relatively easy. If, as a programmer, -you add or modify a string, you will have to ask yourself if the new or -altered string requires translation, and include it within `_()' if you -think it should be translated. `"%s: %d"' is an example of string -_not_ requiring translation! - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Marking, Next: c-format Flag, Prev: Mark Keywords, Up: Sources - -Marking Translatable Strings -============================ - - In PO mode, one set of features is meant more for the programmer than -for the translator, and allows him to interactively mark which strings, -in a set of program sources, are translatable, and which are not. Even -if it is a fairly easy job for a programmer to find and mark such -strings by other means, using any editor of his choice, PO mode makes -this work more comfortable. Further, this gives translators who feel a -little like programmers, or programmers who feel a little like -translators, a tool letting them work at marking translatable strings -in the program sources, while simultaneously producing a set of -translation in some language, for the package being internationalized. - - The set of program sources, targetted by the PO mode commands -describe here, should have an Emacs tags table constructed for your -project, prior to using these PO file commands. This is easy to do. -In any shell window, change the directory to the root of your project, -then execute a command resembling: - - etags src/*.[hc] lib/*.[hc] - -presuming here you want to process all `.h' and `.c' files from the -`src/' and `lib/' directories. This command will explore all said -files and create a `TAGS' file in your root directory, somewhat -summarizing the contents using a special file format Emacs can -understand. - - For packages following the GNU coding standards, there is a make -goal `tags' or `TAGS' which constructs the tag files in all directories -and for all files containing source code. - - Once your `TAGS' file is ready, the following commands assist the -programmer at marking translatable strings in his set of sources. But -these commands are necessarily driven from within a PO file window, and -it is likely that you do not even have such a PO file yet. This is not -a problem at all, as you may safely open a new, empty PO file, mainly -for using these commands. This empty PO file will slowly fill in while -you mark strings as translatable in your program sources. - -`,' - Search through program sources for a string which looks like a - candidate for translation (`po-tags-search'). - -`M-,' - Mark the last string found with `_()' (`po-mark-translatable'). - -`M-.' - Mark the last string found with a keyword taken from a set of - possible keywords. This command with a prefix allows some - management of these keywords (`po-select-mark-and-mark'). - - The `,' (`po-tags-search') command searches for the next occurrence -of a string which looks like a possible candidate for translation, and -displays the program source in another Emacs window, positioned in such -a way that the string is near the top of this other window. If the -string is too big to fit whole in this window, it is positioned so only -its end is shown. In any case, the cursor is left in the PO file -window. If the shown string would be better presented differently in -different native languages, you may mark it using `M-,' or `M-.'. -Otherwise, you might rather ignore it and skip to the next string by -merely repeating the `,' command. - - A string is a good candidate for translation if it contains a -sequence of three or more letters. A string containing at most two -letters in a row will be considered as a candidate if it has more -letters than non-letters. The command disregards strings containing no -letters, or isolated letters only. It also disregards strings within -comments, or strings already marked with some keyword PO mode knows -(see below). - - If you have never told Emacs about some `TAGS' file to use, the -command will request that you specify one from the minibuffer, the -first time you use the command. You may later change your `TAGS' file -by using the regular Emacs command `M-x visit-tags-table', which will -ask you to name the precise `TAGS' file you want to use. *Note Tag -Tables: (emacs)Tags. - - Each time you use the `,' command, the search resumes from where it -was left by the previous search, and goes through all program sources, -obeying the `TAGS' file, until all sources have been processed. -However, by giving a prefix argument to the command (`C-u ,'), you may -request that the search be restarted all over again from the first -program source; but in this case, strings that you recently marked as -translatable will be automatically skipped. - - Using this `,' command does not prevent using of other regular Emacs -tags commands. For example, regular `tags-search' or -`tags-query-replace' commands may be used without disrupting the -independent `,' search sequence. However, as implemented, the -_initial_ `,' command (or the `,' command is used with a prefix) might -also reinitialize the regular Emacs tags searching to the first tags -file, this reinitialization might be considered spurious. - - The `M-,' (`po-mark-translatable') command will mark the recently -found string with the `_' keyword. The `M-.' -(`po-select-mark-and-mark') command will request that you type one -keyword from the minibuffer and use that keyword for marking the -string. Both commands will automatically create a new PO file -untranslated entry for the string being marked, and make it the current -entry (making it easy for you to immediately proceed to its -translation, if you feel like doing it right away). It is possible -that the modifications made to the program source by `M-,' or `M-.' -render some source line longer than 80 columns, forcing you to break -and re-indent this line differently. You may use the `O' command from -PO mode, or any other window changing command from Emacs, to break out -into the program source window, and do any needed adjustments. You -will have to use some regular Emacs command to return the cursor to the -PO file window, if you want command `,' for the next string, say. - - The `M-.' command has a few built-in speedups, so you do not have to -explicitly type all keywords all the time. The first such speedup is -that you are presented with a _preferred_ keyword, which you may accept -by merely typing `<RET>' at the prompt. The second speedup is that you -may type any non-ambiguous prefix of the keyword you really mean, and -the command will complete it automatically for you. This also means -that PO mode has to _know_ all your possible keywords, and that it will -not accept mistyped keywords. - - If you reply `?' to the keyword request, the command gives a list of -all known keywords, from which you may choose. When the command is -prefixed by an argument (`C-u M-.'), it inhibits updating any program -source or PO file buffer, and does some simple keyword management -instead. In this case, the command asks for a keyword, written in -full, which becomes a new allowed keyword for later `M-.' commands. -Moreover, this new keyword automatically becomes the _preferred_ -keyword for later commands. By typing an already known keyword in -response to `C-u M-.', one merely changes the _preferred_ keyword and -does nothing more. - - All keywords known for `M-.' are recognized by the `,' command when -scanning for strings, and strings already marked by any of those known -keywords are automatically skipped. If many PO files are opened -simultaneously, each one has its own independent set of known keywords. -There is no provision in PO mode, currently, for deleting a known -keyword, you have to quit the file (maybe using `q') and reopen it -afresh. When a PO file is newly brought up in an Emacs window, only -`gettext' and `_' are known as keywords, and `gettext' is preferred for -the `M-.' command. In fact, this is not useful to prefer `_', as this -one is already built in the `M-,' command. - - -File: gettext.info, Node: c-format Flag, Next: Special cases, Prev: Marking, Up: Sources - -Special Comments preceding Keywords -=================================== - - In C programs strings are often used within calls of functions from -the `printf' family. The special thing about these format strings is -that they can contain format specifiers introduced with `%'. Assume we -have the code - - printf (gettext ("String `%s' has %d characters\n"), s, strlen (s)); - -A possible German translation for the above string might be: - - "%d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%s'" - - A C programmer, even if he cannot speak German, will recognize that -there is something wrong here. The order of the two format specifiers -is changed but of course the arguments in the `printf' don't have. -This will most probably lead to problems because now the length of the -string is regarded as the address. - - To prevent errors at runtime caused by translations the `msgfmt' -tool can check statically whether the arguments in the original and the -translation string match in type and number. If this is not the case -and the `-c' option has been passed to `msgfmt', `msgfmt' will give an -error and refuse to produce a MO file. Thus consequent use of `msgfmt --c' will catch the error, so that it cannot cause cause problems at -runtime. - -If the word order in the above German translation would be correct one -would have to write - - "%2$d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%1$s'" - -The routines in `msgfmt' know about this special notation. - - Because not all strings in a program must be format strings it is not -useful for `msgfmt' to test all the strings in the `.po' file. This -might cause problems because the string might contain what looks like a -format specifier, but the string is not used in `printf'. - - Therefore the `xgettext' adds a special tag to those messages it -thinks might be a format string. There is no absolute rule for this, -only a heuristic. In the `.po' file the entry is marked using the -`c-format' flag in the `#,' comment line (*note PO Files::). - - The careful reader now might say that this again can cause problems. -The heuristic might guess it wrong. This is true and therefore -`xgettext' knows about a special kind of comment which lets the -programmer take over the decision. If in the same line as or the -immediately preceding line to the `gettext' keyword the `xgettext' -program finds a comment containing the words `xgettext:c-format', it -will mark the string in any case with the `c-format' flag. This kind -of comment should be used when `xgettext' does not recognize the string -as a format string but it really is one and it should be tested. -Please note that when the comment is in the same line as the `gettext' -keyword, it must be before the string to be translated. - - This situation happens quite often. The `printf' function is often -called with strings which do not contain a format specifier. Of course -one would normally use `fputs' but it does happen. In this case -`xgettext' does not recognize this as a format string but what happens -if the translation introduces a valid format specifier? The `printf' -function will try to access one of the parameters but none exists -because the original code does not pass any parameters. - - `xgettext' of course could make a wrong decision the other way -round, i.e. a string marked as a format string actually is not a format -string. In this case the `msgfmt' might give too many warnings and -would prevent translating the `.po' file. The method to prevent this -wrong decision is similar to the one used above, only the comment to -use must contain the string `xgettext:no-c-format'. - - If a string is marked with `c-format' and this is not correct the -user can find out who is responsible for the decision. See *Note -xgettext Invocation:: to see how the `--debug' option can be used for -solving this problem. - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Special cases, Next: Names, Prev: c-format Flag, Up: Sources - -Special Cases of Translatable Strings -===================================== +awk format strings are described in the gawk documentation, section +Printf, `http://www.gnu.org/manual/gawk/html_node/Printf.html#Printf'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: object-pascal-format, Next: ycp-format, Prev: awk-format, Up: Translators for other Languages + +Object Pascal Format Strings +---------------------------- + +Where is this documented? + + +File: gettext.info, Node: ycp-format, Next: tcl-format, Prev: object-pascal-format, Up: Translators for other Languages + +YCP Format Strings +------------------ + +YCP sformat strings are described in the libycp documentation +`file:/usr/share/doc/packages/libycp/YCP-builtins.html'. In summary, a +directive starts with `%' and is followed by `%' or a nonzero digit +(`1' to `9'). + + +File: gettext.info, Node: tcl-format, Next: perl-format, Prev: ycp-format, Up: Translators for other Languages + +Tcl Format Strings +------------------ + +Tcl format strings are described in the `format.n' manual page, +`http://www.scriptics.com/man/tcl8.3/TclCmd/format.htm'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: perl-format, Next: php-format, Prev: tcl-format, Up: Translators for other Languages + +Perl Format Strings +------------------- + +There are two kinds format strings in Perl: those acceptable to the +Perl built-in function `printf', labelled as `perl-format', and those +acceptable to the `libintl-perl' function `__x', labelled as +`perl-brace-format'. + + Perl `printf' format strings are described in the `sprintf' section +of `man perlfunc'. + + Perl brace format strings are described in the +`Locale::TextDomain(3pm)' manual page of the CPAN package libintl-perl. +In brief, Perl format uses placeholders put between braces (`{' and +`}'). The placeholder must have the syntax of simple identifiers. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: php-format, Next: gcc-internal-format, Prev: perl-format, Up: Translators for other Languages + +PHP Format Strings +------------------ + +PHP format strings are described in the documentation of the PHP +function `sprintf', in `phpdoc/manual/function.sprintf.html' or +`http://www.php.net/manual/en/function.sprintf.php'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: gcc-internal-format, Next: qt-format, Prev: php-format, Up: Translators for other Languages + +GCC internal Format Strings +--------------------------- + +These format strings are used inside the GCC sources. In such a format +string, a directive starts with `%', is optionally followed by a size +specifier `l', an optional flag `+', another optional flag `#', and is +finished by a specifier: `%' denotes a literal percent sign, `c' +denotes a character, `s' denotes a string, `i' and `d' denote an +integer, `o', `u', `x' denote an unsigned integer, `.*s' denotes a +string preceded by a width specification, `H' denotes a `location_t *' +pointer, `D' denotes a general declaration, `F' denotes a function +declaration, `T' denotes a type, `A' denotes a function argument, `C' +denotes a tree code, `E' denotes an expression, `L' denotes a +programming language, `O' denotes a binary operator, `P' denotes a +function parameter, `Q' denotes an assignment operator, `V' denotes a +const/volatile qualifier. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: qt-format, Prev: gcc-internal-format, Up: Translators for other Languages + +Qt Format Strings +----------------- + +Qt format strings are described in the documentation of the QString +class `file:/usr/lib/qt-3.0.5/doc/html/qstring.html'. In summary, a +directive consists of a `%' followed by a digit. The same directive +cannot occur more than once in a format string. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Maintainers for other Languages, Next: List of Programming Languages, Prev: Translators for other Languages, Up: Programming Languages + +The Maintainer's View +===================== + +For the maintainer, the general procedure differs from the C language +case in two ways. + + * For those languages that don't use GNU gettext, the `intl/' + directory is not needed and can be omitted. This means that the + maintainer calls the `gettextize' program without the `--intl' + option, and that he invokes the `AM_GNU_GETTEXT' autoconf macro via + `AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])'. + + * If only a single programming language is used, the + `XGETTEXT_OPTIONS' variable in `po/Makevars' (*note po/Makevars::) + should be adjusted to match the `xgettext' options for that + particular programming language. If the package uses more than + one programming language with `gettext' support, it becomes + necessary to change the POT file construction rule in + `po/Makefile.in.in'. It is recommended to make one `xgettext' + invocation per programming language, each with the options + appropriate for that language, and to combine the resulting files + using `msgcat'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: List of Programming Languages, Next: List of Data Formats, Prev: Maintainers for other Languages, Up: Programming Languages + +Individual Programming Languages +================================ + +* Menu: + +* C:: C, C++, Objective C +* sh:: sh - Shell Script +* bash:: bash - Bourne-Again Shell Script +* Python:: Python +* Common Lisp:: GNU clisp - Common Lisp +* clisp C:: GNU clisp C sources +* Emacs Lisp:: Emacs Lisp +* librep:: librep +* Smalltalk:: GNU Smalltalk +* Java:: Java +* gawk:: GNU awk +* Pascal:: Pascal - Free Pascal Compiler +* wxWindows:: wxWindows library +* YCP:: YCP - YaST2 scripting language +* Tcl:: Tcl - Tk's scripting language +* Perl:: Perl +* PHP:: PHP Hypertext Preprocessor +* Pike:: Pike +* GCC-source:: GNU Compiler Collection sources + + +File: gettext.info, Node: C, Next: sh, Prev: List of Programming Languages, Up: List of Programming Languages + +C, C++, Objective C +------------------- + +RPMs + gcc, gpp, gobjc, glibc, gettext + +File extension + For C: `c', `h'. + For C++: `C', `c++', `cc', `cxx', `cpp', `hpp'. + For Objective C: `m'. + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + `_("abc")' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext', `ngettext', `dngettext', + `dcngettext' + +textdomain + `textdomain' function + +bindtextdomain + `bindtextdomain' function + +setlocale + Programmer must call `setlocale (LC_ALL, "")' + +Prerequisite + `#include <libintl.h>' + `#include <locale.h>' + `#define _(string) gettext (string)' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + Use + +Extractor + `xgettext -k_' + +Formatting with positions + `fprintf "%2$d %1$d"' + In C++: `autosprintf "%2$d %1$d"' (*note Introduction: + (autosprintf)Top.) + +Portability + autoconf (gettext.m4) and #if ENABLE_NLS + +po-mode marking + yes + + The following examples are available in the `examples' directory: +`hello-c', `hello-c-gnome', `hello-c++', `hello-c++-qt', +`hello-c++-kde', `hello-c++-gnome', `hello-objc', `hello-objc-gnustep', +`hello-objc-gnome'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: sh, Next: bash, Prev: C, Up: List of Programming Languages + +sh - Shell Script +----------------- + +RPMs + bash, gettext + +File extension + `sh' + +String syntax + `"abc"', `'abc'', `abc' + +gettext shorthand + `"`gettext \"abc\"`"' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext', `ngettext' programs + `eval_gettext', `eval_ngettext' shell functions + +textdomain + environment variable `TEXTDOMAIN' + +bindtextdomain + environment variable `TEXTDOMAINDIR' + +setlocale + automatic + +Prerequisite + `. gettext.sh' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + `xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + -- + +Portability + fully portable + +po-mode marking + -- + + An example is available in the `examples' directory: `hello-sh'. + +* Menu: + +* Preparing Shell Scripts:: Preparing Shell Scripts for Internationalization +* gettext.sh:: Contents of `gettext.sh' +* gettext Invocation:: Invoking the `gettext' program +* ngettext Invocation:: Invoking the `ngettext' program +* envsubst Invocation:: Invoking the `envsubst' program +* eval_gettext Invocation:: Invoking the `eval_gettext' function +* eval_ngettext Invocation:: Invoking the `eval_ngettext' function + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Preparing Shell Scripts, Next: gettext.sh, Prev: sh, Up: sh + +Preparing Shell Scripts for Internationalization +................................................ + +Preparing a shell script for internationalization is conceptually +similar to the steps described in *Note Sources::. The concrete steps +for shell scripts are as follows. + + 1. Insert the line + + . gettext.sh + + near the top of the script. `gettext.sh' is a shell function + library that provides the functions `eval_gettext' (see *Note + eval_gettext Invocation::) and `eval_ngettext' (see *Note + eval_ngettext Invocation::). You have to ensure that `gettext.sh' + can be found in the `PATH'. + + 2. Set and export the `TEXTDOMAIN' and `TEXTDOMAINDIR' environment + variables. Usually `TEXTDOMAIN' is the package or program name, + and `TEXTDOMAINDIR' is the absolute pathname corresponding to + `$prefix/share/locale', where `$prefix' is the installation + location. + + TEXTDOMAIN=@PACKAGE@ + export TEXTDOMAIN + TEXTDOMAINDIR=@LOCALEDIR@ + export TEXTDOMAINDIR + + 3. Prepare the strings for translation, as described in *Note + Preparing Strings::. + + 4. Simplify translatable strings so that they don't contain command + substitution (`"`...`"' or `"$(...)"'), variable access with + defaulting (like `${VARIABLE-DEFAULT}'), access to positional + arguments (like `$0', `$1', ...) or highly volatile shell + variables (like `$?'). This can always be done through simple + local code restructuring. For example, + + echo "Usage: $0 [OPTION] FILE..." + + becomes + + program_name=$0 + echo "Usage: $program_name [OPTION] FILE..." + + Similarly, + + echo "Remaining files: `ls | wc -l`" + + becomes + + filecount="`ls | wc -l`" + echo "Remaining files: $filecount" + + 5. For each translatable string, change the output command `echo' or + `$echo' to `gettext' (if the string contains no references to + shell variables) or to `eval_gettext' (if it refers to shell + variables), followed by a no-argument `echo' command (to account + for the terminating newline). Similarly, for cases with plural + handling, replace a conditional `echo' command with an invocation + of `ngettext' or `eval_ngettext', followed by a no-argument `echo' + command. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: gettext.sh, Next: gettext Invocation, Prev: Preparing Shell Scripts, Up: sh + +Contents of `gettext.sh' +........................ + +`gettext.sh', contained in the run-time package of GNU gettext, provides +the following: + + * $echo The variable `echo' is set to a command that outputs its + first argument and a newline, without interpreting backslashes in + the argument string. + + * eval_gettext See *Note eval_gettext Invocation::. + + * eval_ngettext See *Note eval_ngettext Invocation::. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: gettext Invocation, Next: ngettext Invocation, Prev: gettext.sh, Up: sh + +Invoking the `gettext' program +.............................. + + gettext [OPTION] [[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] + gettext [OPTION] -s [MSGID]... + + The `gettext' program displays the native language translation of a +textual message. + +*Arguments* + +`-d TEXTDOMAIN' +`--domain=TEXTDOMAIN' + Retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN. Usually a TEXTDOMAIN + corresponds to a package, a program, or a module of a program. + +`-e' + Enable expansion of some escape sequences. This option is for + compatibility with the `echo' program or shell built-in. The + escape sequences `\b', `\c', `\f', `\n', `\r', `\t', `\v', `\\', + and `\' followed by one to three octal digits, are interpreted + like the `echo' program does. + +`-E' + This option is only for compatibility with the `echo' program or + shell built-in. It has no effect. + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-n' + Suppress trailing newline. By default, `gettext' adds a newline to + the output. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + +`[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID' + Retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN. + + + If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined +from the environment variable `TEXTDOMAIN'. If the message catalog is +not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified +with the environment variable `TEXTDOMAINDIR'. + + When used with the `-s' option the program behaves like the `echo' +command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead +those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: ngettext Invocation, Next: envsubst Invocation, Prev: gettext Invocation, Up: sh - The attentive reader might now point out that it is not always -possible to mark translatable string with `gettext' or something like -this. Consider the following case: - - { - static const char *messages[] = { - "some very meaningful message", - "and another one" - }; - const char *string; - ... - string - = index > 1 ? "a default message" : messages[index]; +Invoking the `ngettext' program +............................... + + ngettext [OPTION] [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID MSGID-PLURAL COUNT + + The `ngettext' program displays the native language translation of a +textual message whose grammatical form depends on a number. + +*Arguments* + +`-d TEXTDOMAIN' +`--domain=TEXTDOMAIN' + Retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN. Usually a TEXTDOMAIN + corresponds to a package, a program, or a module of a program. + +`-e' + Enable expansion of some escape sequences. This option is for + compatibility with the `gettext' program. The escape sequences + `\b', `\c', `\f', `\n', `\r', `\t', `\v', `\\', and `\' followed + by one to three octal digits, are interpreted like the `echo' + program does. + +`-E' + This option is only for compatibility with the `gettext' program. + It has no effect. + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + +`TEXTDOMAIN' + Retrieve translated message from TEXTDOMAIN. + +`MSGID MSGID-PLURAL' + Translate MSGID (English singular) / MSGID-PLURAL (English plural). + +`COUNT' + Choose singular/plural form based on this value. + + + If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined +from the environment variable `TEXTDOMAIN'. If the message catalog is +not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified +with the environment variable `TEXTDOMAINDIR'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: envsubst Invocation, Next: eval_gettext Invocation, Prev: ngettext Invocation, Up: sh + +Invoking the `envsubst' program +............................... + + envsubst [OPTION] [SHELL-FORMAT] + + The `envsubst' program substitutes the values of environment +variables. + +*Operation mode* + +`-v' +`--variables' + Output the variables occurring in SHELL-FORMAT. + + +*Informative output* + +`-h' +`--help' + Display this help and exit. + +`-V' +`--version' + Output version information and exit. + + + In normal operation mode, standard input is copied to standard +output, with references to environment variables of the form +`$VARIABLE' or `${VARIABLE}' being replaced with the corresponding +values. If a SHELL-FORMAT is given, only those environment variables +that are referenced in SHELL-FORMAT are substituted; otherwise all +environment variables references occurring in standard input are +substituted. + + These substitutions are a subset of the substitutions that a shell +performs on unquoted and double-quoted strings. Other kinds of +substitutions done by a shell, such as `${VARIABLE-DEFAULT}' or +`$(COMMAND-LIST)' or ``COMMAND-LIST`', are not performed by the +`envsubst' program, due to security reasons. + + When `--variables' is used, standard input is ignored, and the output +consists of the environment variables that are referenced in +SHELL-FORMAT, one per line. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: eval_gettext Invocation, Next: eval_ngettext Invocation, Prev: envsubst Invocation, Up: sh + +Invoking the `eval_gettext' function +.................................... + + eval_gettext MSGID + + This function outputs the native language translation of a textual +message, performing dollar-substitution on the result. Note that only +shell variables mentioned in MSGID will be dollar-substituted in the +result. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: eval_ngettext Invocation, Prev: eval_gettext Invocation, Up: sh + +Invoking the `eval_ngettext' function +..................................... + + eval_ngettext MSGID MSGID-PLURAL COUNT + + This function outputs the native language translation of a textual +message whose grammatical form depends on a number, performing +dollar-substitution on the result. Note that only shell variables +mentioned in MSGID or MSGID-PLURAL will be dollar-substituted in the +result. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: bash, Next: Python, Prev: sh, Up: List of Programming Languages + +bash - Bourne-Again Shell Script +-------------------------------- + +GNU `bash' 2.0 or newer has a special shorthand for translating a +string and substituting variable values in it: `$"msgid"'. But the use +of this construct is *discouraged*, due to the security holes it opens +and due to its portability problems. + + The security holes of `$"..."' come from the fact that after looking +up the translation of the string, `bash' processes it like it processes +any double-quoted string: dollar and backquote processing, like `eval' +does. + + 1. In a locale whose encoding is one of BIG5, BIG5-HKSCS, GBK, + GB18030, SHIFT_JIS, JOHAB, some double-byte characters have a + second byte whose value is `0x60'. For example, the byte sequence + `\xe0\x60' is a single character in these locales. Many versions + of `bash' (all versions up to bash-2.05, and newer versions on + platforms without `mbsrtowcs()' function) don't know about + character boundaries and see a backquote character where there is + only a particular Chinese character. Thus it can start executing + part of the translation as a command list. This situation can + occur even without the translator being aware of it: if the + translator provides translations in the UTF-8 encoding, it is the + `gettext()' function which will, during its conversion from the + translator's encoding to the user's locale's encoding, produce the + dangerous `\x60' bytes. + + 2. A translator could - voluntarily or inadvertantly - use backquotes + `"`...`"' or dollar-parentheses `"$(...)"' in her translations. + The enclosed strings would be executed as command lists by the + shell. + + The portability problem is that `bash' must be built with +internationalization support; this is normally not the case on systems +that don't have the `gettext()' function in libc. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Python, Next: Common Lisp, Prev: bash, Up: List of Programming Languages + +Python +------ + +RPMs + python + +File extension + `py' + +String syntax + `'abc'', `u'abc'', `r'abc'', `ur'abc'', + `"abc"', `u"abc"', `r"abc"', `ur"abc"', + `'''abc'''', `u'''abc'''', `r'''abc'''', `ur'''abc'''', + `"""abc"""', `u"""abc"""', `r"""abc"""', `ur"""abc"""' + +gettext shorthand + `_('abc')' etc. + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext.gettext', `gettext.dgettext', `gettext.ngettext', + `gettext.dngettext', also `ugettext', `ungettext' + +textdomain + `gettext.textdomain' function, or `gettext.install(DOMAIN)' + function + +bindtextdomain + `gettext.bindtextdomain' function, or + `gettext.install(DOMAIN,LOCALEDIR)' function + +setlocale + not used by the gettext emulation + +Prerequisite + `import gettext' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + emulate. Bug: uses only the first found .mo file, not all of them + +Extractor + `xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + `'...%(ident)d...' % { 'ident': value }' + +Portability + fully portable + +po-mode marking + -- + + An example is available in the `examples' directory: `hello-python'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Common Lisp, Next: clisp C, Prev: Python, Up: List of Programming Languages + +GNU clisp - Common Lisp +----------------------- + +RPMs + clisp 2.28 or newer + +File extension + `lisp' + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + `(_ "abc")', `(ENGLISH "abc")' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `i18n:gettext', `i18n:ngettext' + +textdomain + `i18n:textdomain' + +bindtextdomain + `i18n:textdomaindir' + +setlocale + automatic + +Prerequisite + -- + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + `xgettext -k_ -kENGLISH' + +Formatting with positions + `format "~1@*~D ~0@*~D"' + +Portability + On platforms without gettext, no translation. + +po-mode marking + -- + + An example is available in the `examples' directory: `hello-clisp'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: clisp C, Next: Emacs Lisp, Prev: Common Lisp, Up: List of Programming Languages + +GNU clisp C sources +------------------- + +RPMs + clisp + +File extension + `d' + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + `ENGLISH ? "abc" : ""' + `GETTEXT("abc")' + `GETTEXTL("abc")' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `clgettext', `clgettextl' + +textdomain + -- + +bindtextdomain + -- + +setlocale + automatic + +Prerequisite + `#include "lispbibl.c"' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + `clisp-xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + `fprintf "%2$d %1$d"' + +Portability + On platforms without gettext, no translation. + +po-mode marking + -- + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Emacs Lisp, Next: librep, Prev: clisp C, Up: List of Programming Languages + +Emacs Lisp +---------- + +RPMs + emacs, xemacs + +File extension + `el' + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + `(_"abc")' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext', `dgettext' (xemacs only) + +textdomain + `domain' special form (xemacs only) + +bindtextdomain + `bind-text-domain' function (xemacs only) + +setlocale + automatic + +Prerequisite + -- + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + `xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + `format "%2$d %1$d"' + +Portability + Only XEmacs. Without `I18N3' defined at build time, no + translation. + +po-mode marking + -- + + +File: gettext.info, Node: librep, Next: Smalltalk, Prev: Emacs Lisp, Up: List of Programming Languages + +librep +------ + +RPMs + librep 0.15.3 or newer + +File extension + `jl' + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + `(_"abc")' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext' + +textdomain + `textdomain' function + +bindtextdomain + `bindtextdomain' function + +setlocale + -- + +Prerequisite + `(require 'rep.i18n.gettext)' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + `xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + `format "%2$d %1$d"' + +Portability + On platforms without gettext, no translation. + +po-mode marking + -- + + An example is available in the `examples' directory: `hello-librep'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Smalltalk, Next: Java, Prev: librep, Up: List of Programming Languages + +GNU Smalltalk +------------- + +RPMs + smalltalk + +File extension + `st' + +String syntax + `'abc'' + +gettext shorthand + `NLS ? 'abc'' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `LcMessagesDomain>>#at:', `LcMessagesDomain>>#at:plural:with:' + +textdomain + `LcMessages>>#domain:localeDirectory:' (returns a + `LcMessagesDomain' object). + Example: `I18N Locale default messages domain: 'gettext' + localeDirectory: /usr/local/share/locale'' + +bindtextdomain + `LcMessages>>#domain:localeDirectory:', see above. + +setlocale + Automatic if you use `I18N Locale default'. + +Prerequisite + `PackageLoader fileInPackage: 'I18N'!' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + emulate + +Extractor + `xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + `'%1 %2' bindWith: 'Hello' with: 'world'' + +Portability + fully portable + +po-mode marking + -- + + An example is available in the `examples' directory: +`hello-smalltalk'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Java, Next: gawk, Prev: Smalltalk, Up: List of Programming Languages + +Java +---- + +RPMs + java, java2 + +File extension + `java' + +String syntax + "abc" + +gettext shorthand + _("abc") + +gettext/ngettext functions + `GettextResource.gettext', `GettextResource.ngettext' + +textdomain + --, use `ResourceBundle.getResource' instead + +bindtextdomain + --, use CLASSPATH instead + +setlocale + automatic + +Prerequisite + -- + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + --, uses a Java specific message catalog format + +Extractor + `xgettext -k_' + +Formatting with positions + `MessageFormat.format "{1,number} {0,number}"' + +Portability + fully portable + +po-mode marking + -- + + Before marking strings as internationalizable, uses of the string +concatenation operator need to be converted to `MessageFormat' +applications. For example, `"file "+filename+" not found"' becomes +`MessageFormat.format("file {0} not found", new Object[] { filename })'. +Only after this is done, can the strings be marked and extracted. + + GNU gettext uses the native Java internationalization mechanism, +namely `ResourceBundle's. There are two formats of `ResourceBundle's: +`.properties' files and `.class' files. The `.properties' format is a +text file which the translators can directly edit, like PO files, but +which doesn't support plural forms. Whereas the `.class' format is +compiled from `.java' source code and can support plural forms +(provided it is accessed through an appropriate API, see below). + + To convert a PO file to a `.properties' file, the `msgcat' program +can be used with the option `--properties-output'. To convert a +`.properties' file back to a PO file, the `msgcat' program can be used +with the option `--properties-input'. All the tools that manipulate PO +files can work with `.properties' files as well, if given the +`--properties-input' and/or `--properties-output' option. + + To convert a PO file to a ResourceBundle class, the `msgfmt' program +can be used with the option `--java' or `--java2'. To convert a +ResourceBundle back to a PO file, the `msgunfmt' program can be used +with the option `--java'. + + Two different programmatic APIs can be used to access +ResourceBundles. Note that both APIs work with all kinds of +ResourceBundles, whether GNU gettext generated classes, or other +`.class' or `.properties' files. + + 1. The `java.util.ResourceBundle' API. + + In particular, its `getString' function returns a string + translation. Note that a missing translation yields a + `MissingResourceException'. + + This has the advantage of being the standard API. And it does not + require any additional libraries, only the `msgcat' generated + `.properties' files or the `msgfmt' generated `.class' files. But + it cannot do plural handling, even if the resource was generated + by `msgfmt' from a PO file with plural handling. + + 2. The `gnu.gettext.GettextResource' API. + + Reference documentation in Javadoc 1.1 style format is in the + javadoc1 directory (javadoc1/tree.html) and in Javadoc 2 style + format in the javadoc2 directory (javadoc2/index.html). + + Its `gettext' function returns a string translation. Note that + when a translation is missing, the MSGID argument is returned + unchanged. + + This has the advantage of having the `ngettext' function for plural + handling. + + To use this API, one needs the `libintl.jar' file which is part of + the GNU gettext package and distributed under the LGPL. + + Three examples, using the second API, are available in the `examples' +directory: `hello-java', `hello-java-awt', `hello-java-swing'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: gawk, Next: Pascal, Prev: Java, Up: List of Programming Languages + +GNU awk +------- + +RPMs + gawk 3.1 or newer + +File extension + `awk' + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + `_"abc"' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `dcgettext', missing `dcngettext' in gawk-3.1.0 + +textdomain + `TEXTDOMAIN' variable + +bindtextdomain + `bindtextdomain' function + +setlocale + automatic, but missing `setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, "")' in gawk-3.1.0 + +Prerequisite + -- + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + `xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + `printf "%2$d %1$d"' (GNU awk only) + +Portability + On platforms without gettext, no translation. On non-GNU awks, + you must define `dcgettext', `dcngettext' and `bindtextdomain' + yourself. + +po-mode marking + -- + + An example is available in the `examples' directory: `hello-gawk'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Pascal, Next: wxWindows, Prev: gawk, Up: List of Programming Languages + +Pascal - Free Pascal Compiler +----------------------------- + +RPMs + fpk + +File extension + `pp', `pas' + +String syntax + `'abc'' + +gettext shorthand + automatic + +gettext/ngettext functions + --, use `ResourceString' data type instead + +textdomain + --, use `TranslateResourceStrings' function instead + +bindtextdomain + --, use `TranslateResourceStrings' function instead + +setlocale + automatic, but uses only LANG, not LC_MESSAGES or LC_ALL + +Prerequisite + `{$mode delphi}' or `{$mode objfpc}' + `uses gettext;' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + emulate partially + +Extractor + `ppc386' followed by `xgettext' or `rstconv' + +Formatting with positions + `uses sysutils;' + `format "%1:d %0:d"' + +Portability + ? + +po-mode marking + -- + + The Pascal compiler has special support for the `ResourceString' data +type. It generates a `.rst' file. This is then converted to a `.pot' +file by use of `xgettext' or `rstconv'. At runtime, a `.mo' file +corresponding to translations of this `.pot' file can be loaded using +the `TranslateResourceStrings' function in the `gettext' unit. + + An example is available in the `examples' directory: `hello-pascal'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: wxWindows, Next: YCP, Prev: Pascal, Up: List of Programming Languages + +wxWindows library +----------------- + +RPMs + wxGTK, gettext + +File extension + `cpp' + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + `_("abc")' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `wxLocale::GetString', `wxGetTranslation' + +textdomain + `wxLocale::AddCatalog' + +bindtextdomain + `wxLocale::AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix' + +setlocale + `wxLocale::Init', `wxSetLocale' + +Prerequisite + `#include <wx/intl.h>' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + emulate, see `include/wx/intl.h' and `src/common/intl.cpp' + +Extractor + `xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + -- + +Portability + fully portable + +po-mode marking + yes + + +File: gettext.info, Node: YCP, Next: Tcl, Prev: wxWindows, Up: List of Programming Languages + +YCP - YaST2 scripting language +------------------------------ + +RPMs + libycp, libycp-devel, yast2-core, yast2-core-devel + +File extension + `ycp' + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + `_("abc")' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `_()' with 1 or 3 arguments + +textdomain + `textdomain' statement + +bindtextdomain + -- + +setlocale + -- + +Prerequisite + -- + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + `xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + `sformat "%2 %1"' + +Portability + fully portable + +po-mode marking + -- + + An example is available in the `examples' directory: `hello-ycp'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Tcl, Next: Perl, Prev: YCP, Up: List of Programming Languages + +Tcl - Tk's scripting language +----------------------------- + +RPMs + tcl + +File extension + `tcl' + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + `[_ "abc"]' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `::msgcat::mc' + +textdomain + -- + +bindtextdomain + --, use `::msgcat::mcload' instead + +setlocale + automatic, uses LANG, but ignores LC_MESSAGES and LC_ALL + +Prerequisite + `package require msgcat' + `proc _ {s} {return [::msgcat::mc $s]}' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + --, uses a Tcl specific message catalog format + +Extractor + `xgettext -k_' + +Formatting with positions + `format "%2\$d %1\$d"' + +Portability + fully portable + +po-mode marking + -- + + Two examples are available in the `examples' directory: `hello-tcl', +`hello-tcl-tk'. + + Before marking strings as internationalizable, substitutions of +variables into the string need to be converted to `format' +applications. For example, `"file $filename not found"' becomes +`[format "file %s not found" $filename]'. Only after this is done, can +the strings be marked and extracted. After marking, this example +becomes `[format [_ "file %s not found"] $filename]' or `[msgcat::mc +"file %s not found" $filename]'. Note that the `msgcat::mc' function +implicitly calls `format' when more than one argument is given. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Perl, Next: PHP, Prev: Tcl, Up: List of Programming Languages + +Perl +---- + +RPMs + perl + +File extension + `pl', `PL', `pm', `cgi' + +String syntax + * `"abc"' + + * `'abc'' + + * `qq (abc)' + + * `q (abc)' + + * `qr /abc/' + + * `qx (/bin/date)' + + * `/pattern match/' + + * `?pattern match?' + + * `s/substitution/operators/' + + * `$tied_hash{"message"}' + + * `$tied_hash_reference->{"message"}' + + * etc., issue the command `man perlsyn' for details + + +gettext shorthand + `__' (double underscore) + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext', `ngettext', `dngettext', + `dcngettext' + +textdomain + `textdomain' function + +bindtextdomain + `bindtextdomain' function + +bind_textdomain_codeset + `bind_textdomain_codeset' function + +setlocale + Use `setlocale (LC_ALL, "");' + +Prerequisite + `use POSIX;' + `use Locale::TextDomain;' (included in the package libintl-perl + which is available on the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network CPAN, + http://www.cpan.org/). + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + emulate + +Extractor + `xgettext -k__ -k\$__ -k%__ -k__x -k__n:1,2 -k__nx:1,2 -k__xn:1,2 + -kN__ -k' + +Formatting with positions + Both kinds of format strings support formatting with positions. + `printf "%2\$d %1\$d", ...' (requires Perl 5.8.0 or newer) + `__expand("[new] replaces [old]", old => $oldvalue, new => + $newvalue)' + +Portability + The `libintl-perl' package is platform independent but is not part + of the Perl core. The programmer is responsible for providing a + dummy implementation of the required functions if the package is + not installed on the target system. + +po-mode marking + -- + +Documentation + Included in `libintl-perl', available on CPAN + (http://www.cpan.org/). + + + An example is available in the `examples' directory: `hello-perl'. + + The `xgettext' parser backend for Perl differs significantly from +the parser backends for other programming languages, just as Perl +itself differs significantly from other programming languages. The +Perl parser backend offers many more string marking facilities than the +other backends but it also has some Perl specific limitations, the +worst probably being its imperfectness. + +* Menu: + +* General Problems:: General Problems Parsing Perl Code +* Default Keywords:: Which Keywords Will xgettext Look For? +* Special Keywords:: How to Extract Hash Keys +* Quote-like Expressions:: What are Strings And Quote-like Expressions? +* Interpolation I:: Invalid String Interpolation +* Interpolation II:: Valid String Interpolation +* Parentheses:: When To Use Parentheses +* Long Lines:: How To Grok with Long Lines +* Perl Pitfalls:: Bugs, Pitfalls, and Things That Do Not Work + + +File: gettext.info, Node: General Problems, Next: Default Keywords, Up: Perl + +General Problems Parsing Perl Code +.................................. + +It is often heard that only Perl can parse Perl. This is not true. +Perl cannot be _parsed_ at all, it can only be _executed_. Perl has +various built-in ambiguities that can only be resolved at runtime. + + The following example may illustrate one common problem: + + print gettext "Hello World!"; + + Although this example looks like a bullet-proof case of a function +invocation, it is not: + + open gettext, ">testfile" or die; + print gettext "Hello world!" + + In this context, the string `gettext' looks more like a file handle. +But not necessarily: + + use Locale::Messages qw (:libintl_h); + open gettext ">testfile" or die; + print gettext "Hello world!"; + + Now, the file is probably syntactically incorrect, provided that the +module `Locale::Messages' found first in the Perl include path exports a +function `gettext'. But what if the module `Locale::Messages' really +looks like this? + + use vars qw (*gettext); - fputs (string); - ... + 1; + + In this case, the string `gettext' will be interpreted as a file +handle again, and the above example will create a file `testfile' and +write the string "Hello world!" into it. Even advanced control flow +analysis will not really help: + + if (0.5 < rand) { + eval "use Sane"; + } else { + eval "use InSane"; } + print gettext "Hello world!"; + + If the module `Sane' exports a function `gettext' that does what we +expect, and the module `InSane' opens a file for writing and associates +the _handle_ `gettext' with this output stream, we are clueless again +about what will happen at runtime. It is completely unpredictable. +The truth is that Perl has so many ways to fill its symbol table at +runtime that it is impossible to interpret a particular piece of code +without executing it. - While it is no problem to mark the string `"a default message"' it -is not possible to mark the string initializers for `messages'. What -is to be done? We have to fulfill two tasks. First we have to mark the -strings so that the `xgettext' program (*note xgettext Invocation::) -can find them, and second we have to translate the string at runtime -before printing them. + Of course, `xgettext' will not execute your Perl sources while +scanning for translatable strings, but rather use heuristics in order +to guess what you meant. - The first task can be fulfilled by creating a new keyword, which -names a no-op. For the second we have to mark all access points to a -string from the array. So one solution can look like this: + Another problem is the ambiguity of the slash and the question mark. +Their interpretation depends on the context: - #define gettext_noop(String) String + # A pattern match. + print "OK\n" if /foobar/; - { - static const char *messages[] = { - gettext_noop ("some very meaningful message"), - gettext_noop ("and another one") - }; - const char *string; - ... - string - = index > 1 ? gettext ("a default message") : gettext (messages[index]); + # A division. + print 1 / 2; - fputs (string); - ... + # Another pattern match. + print "OK\n" if ?foobar?; + + # Conditional. + print $x ? "foo" : "bar"; + + The slash may either act as the division operator or introduce a +pattern match, whereas the question mark may act as the ternary +conditional operator or as a pattern match, too. Other programming +languages like `awk' present similar problems, but the consequences of a +misinterpretation are particularly nasty with Perl sources. In `awk' +for instance, a statement can never exceed one line and the parser can +recover from a parsing error at the next newline and interpret the rest +of the input stream correctly. Perl is different, as a pattern match +is terminated by the next appearance of the delimiter (the slash or the +question mark) in the input stream, regardless of the semantic context. +If a slash is really a division sign but mis-interpreted as a pattern +match, the rest of the input file is most probably parsed incorrectly. + + If you find that `xgettext' fails to extract strings from portions +of your sources, you should therefore look out for slashes and/or +question marks preceding these sections. You may have come across a +bug in `xgettext''s Perl parser (and of course you should report that +bug). In the meantime you should consider to reformulate your code in +a manner less challenging to `xgettext'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Default Keywords, Next: Special Keywords, Prev: General Problems, Up: Perl + +Which keywords will xgettext look for? +...................................... + +Unless you instruct `xgettext' otherwise by invoking it with one of the +options `--keyword' or `-k', it will recognize the following keywords +in your Perl sources: + + * `gettext' + + * `dgettext' + + * `dcgettext' + + * `ngettext:1,2' + + The first (singular) and the second (plural) argument will be + extracted. + + * `dngettext:1,2' + + The first (singular) and the second (plural) argument will be + extracted. + + * `dcngettext:1,2' + + The first (singular) and the second (plural) argument will be + extracted. + + * `gettext_noop' + + * `%gettext' + + The keys of lookups into the hash `%gettext' will be extracted. + + * `$gettext' + + The keys of lookups into the hash reference `$gettext' will be + extracted. + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Special Keywords, Next: Quote-like Expressions, Prev: Default Keywords, Up: Perl + +How to Extract Hash Keys +........................ + +Translating messages at runtime is normally performed by looking up the +original string in the translation database and returning the +translated version. The "natural" Perl implementation is a hash +lookup, and, of course, `xgettext' supports such practice. + + print __"Hello world!"; + print $__{"Hello world!"}; + print $__->{"Hello world!"}; + print $$__{"Hello world!"}; + + The above four lines all do the same thing. The Perl module +`Locale::TextDomain' exports by default a hash `%__' that is tied to +the function `__()'. It also exports a reference `$__' to `%__'. + + If an argument to the `xgettext' option `--keyword', resp. `-k' +starts with a percent sign, the rest of the keyword is interpreted as +the name of a hash. If it starts with a dollar sign, the rest of the +keyword is interpreted as a reference to a hash. + + Note that you can omit the quotation marks (single or double) around +the hash key (almost) whenever Perl itself allows it: + + print $gettext{Error}; + + The exact rule is: You can omit the surrounding quotes, when the hash +key is a valid C (!) identifier, i. e. when it starts with an +underscore or an ASCII letter and is followed by an arbitrary number of +underscores, ASCII letters or digits. Other Unicode characters are +_not_ allowed, regardless of the `use utf8' pragma. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Quote-like Expressions, Next: Interpolation I, Prev: Special Keywords, Up: Perl + +What are Strings And Quote-like Expressions? +............................................ + +Perl offers a plethora of different string constructs. Those that can +be used either as arguments to functions or inside braces for hash +lookups are generally supported by `xgettext'. + + * *double-quoted strings* + print gettext "Hello World!"; + + * *single-quoted strings* + print gettext 'Hello World!'; + + * *the operator qq* + print gettext qq |Hello World!|; + print gettext qq <E-mail: <guido\@imperia.net>>; + + The operator `qq' is fully supported. You can use arbitrary + delimiters, including the four bracketing delimiters (round, angle, + square, curly) that nest. + + * *the operator q* + print gettext q |Hello World!|; + print gettext q <E-mail: <guido@imperia.net>>; + + The operator `q' is fully supported. You can use arbitrary + delimiters, including the four bracketing delimiters (round, angle, + square, curly) that nest. + + * *the operator qx* + print gettext qx ;LANGUAGE=C /bin/date; + print gettext qx [/usr/bin/ls | grep '^[A-Z]*']; + + The operator `qx' is fully supported. You can use arbitrary + delimiters, including the four bracketing delimiters (round, angle, + square, curly) that nest. + + The example is actually a useless use of `gettext'. It will + invoke the `gettext' function on the output of the command + specified with the `qx' operator. The feature was included in + order to make the interface consistent (the parser will extract + all strings and quote-like expressions). + + * *here documents* + print gettext <<'EOF'; + program not found in $PATH + EOF + + print ngettext <<EOF, <<"EOF"; + one file deleted + EOF + several files deleted + EOF + + Here-documents are recognized. If the delimiter is enclosed in + single quotes, the string is not interpolated. If it is enclosed + in double quotes or has no quotes at all, the string is + interpolated. + + Delimiters that start with a digit are not supported! + + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Interpolation I, Next: Interpolation II, Prev: Quote-like Expressions, Up: Perl + +Invalid Uses Of String Interpolation +.................................... + +Perl is capable of interpolating variables into strings. This offers +some nice features in localized programs but can also lead to problems. + + A common error is a construct like the following: + + print gettext "This is the program $0!\n"; + + Perl will interpolate at runtime the value of the variable `$0' into +the argument of the `gettext()' function. Hence, this argument is not +a string constant but a variable argument (`$0' is a global variable +that holds the name of the Perl script being executed). The +interpolation is performed by Perl before the string argument is passed +to `gettext()' and will therefore depend on the name of the script +which can only be determined at runtime. Consequently, it is almost +impossible that a translation can be looked up at runtime (except if, +by accident, the interpolated string is found in the message catalog). + + The `xgettext' program will therefore terminate parsing with a fatal +error if it encounters a variable inside of an extracted string. In +general, this will happen for all kinds of string interpolations that +cannot be safely performed at compile time. If you absolutely know +what you are doing, you can always circumvent this behavior: + + my $know_what_i_am_doing = "This is program $0!\n"; + print gettext $know_what_i_am_doing; + + Since the parser only recognizes strings and quote-like expressions, +but not variables or other terms, the above construct will be accepted. +You will have to find another way, however, to let your original +string make it into your message catalog. + + If invoked with the option `--extract-all', resp. `-a', variable +interpolation will be accepted. Rationale: You will generally use this +option in order to prepare your sources for internationalization. + + Please see the manual page `man perlop' for details of strings and +quote-like expressions that are subject to interpolation and those that +are not. Safe interpolations (that will not lead to a fatal error) are: + + * the escape sequences `\t' (tab, HT, TAB), `\n' (newline, NL), `\r' + (return, CR), `\f' (form feed, FF), `\b' (backspace, BS), `\a' + (alarm, bell, BEL), and `\e' (escape, ESC). + + * octal chars, like `\033' + Note that octal escapes in the range of 400-777 are translated + into a UTF-8 representation, regardless of the presence of the + `use utf8' pragma. + + * hex chars, like `\x1b' + + * wide hex chars, like `\x{263a}' + Note that this escape is translated into a UTF-8 representation, + regardless of the presence of the `use utf8' pragma. + + * control chars, like `\c[' (CTRL-[) + + * named Unicode chars, like `\N{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA}' + Note that this escape is translated into a UTF-8 representation, + regardless of the presence of the `use utf8' pragma. + + The following escapes are considered partially safe: + + * `\l' lowercase next char + + * `\u' uppercase next char + + * `\L' lowercase till \E + + * `\U' uppercase till \E + + * `\E' end case modification + + * `\Q' quote non-word characters till \E + + + These escapes are only considered safe if the string consists of +ASCII characters only. Translation of characters outside the range +defined by ASCII is locale-dependent and can actually only be performed +at runtime; `xgettext' doesn't do these locale-dependent translations +at extraction time. + + Except for the modifier `\Q', these translations, albeit valid, are +generally useless and only obfuscate your sources. If a translation +can be safely performed at compile time you can just as well write what +you mean. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Interpolation II, Next: Parentheses, Prev: Interpolation I, Up: Perl + +Valid Uses Of String Interpolation +.................................. + +Perl is often used to generate sources for other programming languages +or arbitrary file formats. Web applications that output HTML code make +a prominent example for such usage. + + You will often come across situations where you want to intersperse +code written in the target (programming) language with translatable +messages, like in the following HTML example: + + print gettext <<EOF; + <h1>My Homepage</h1> + <script language="JavaScript"><!-- + for (i = 0; i < 100; ++i) { + alert ("Thank you so much for visiting my homepage!"); + } + //--></script> + EOF + + The parser will extract the entire here document, and it will appear +entirely in the resulting PO file, including the JavaScript snippet +embedded in the HTML code. If you exaggerate with constructs like the +above, you will run the risk that the translators of your package will +look out for a less challenging project. You should consider an +alternative expression here: + + print <<EOF; + <h1>$gettext{"My Homepage"}</h1> + <script language="JavaScript"><!-- + for (i = 0; i < 100; ++i) { + alert ("$gettext{'Thank you so much for visiting my homepage!'}"); } + //--></script> + EOF - Please convince yourself that the string which is written by `fputs' -is translated in any case. How to get `xgettext' know the additional -keyword `gettext_noop' is explained in *Note xgettext Invocation::. + Only the translatable portions of the code will be extracted here, +and the resulting PO file will begrudgingly improve in terms of +readability. - The above is of course not the only solution. You could also come -along with the following one: + You can interpolate hash lookups in all strings or quote-like +expressions that are subject to interpolation (see the manual page `man +perlop' for details). Double interpolation is invalid, however: + + # TRANSLATORS: Replace "the earth" with the name of your planet. + print gettext qq{Welcome to $gettext->{"the earth"}}; + + The `qq'-quoted string is recognized as an argument to `xgettext' in +the first place, and checked for invalid variable interpolation. The +dollar sign of hash-dereferencing will therefore terminate the parser +with an "invalid interpolation" error. + + It is valid to interpolate hash lookups in regular expressions: + + if ($var =~ /$gettext{"the earth"}/) { + print gettext "Match!\n"; + } + s/$gettext{"U. S. A."}/$gettext{"U. S. A."} $gettext{"(dial +0)"}/g; - #define gettext_noop(String) String + +File: gettext.info, Node: Parentheses, Next: Long Lines, Prev: Interpolation II, Up: Perl + +When To Use Parentheses +....................... + +In Perl, parentheses around function arguments are mostly optional. +`xgettext' will always assume that all recognized keywords (except for +hashs and hash references) are names of properly prototyped functions, +and will (hopefully) only require parentheses where Perl itself +requires them. All constructs in the following example are therefore +ok to use: + + print gettext ("Hello World!\n"); + print gettext "Hello World!\n"; + print dgettext ($package => "Hello World!\n"); + print dgettext $package, "Hello World!\n"; - { - static const char *messages[] = { - gettext_noop ("some very meaningful message", - gettext_noop ("and another one") - }; - const char *string; - ... - string - = index > 1 ? gettext_noop ("a default message") : messages[index]; + # The "fat comma" => turns the left-hand side argument into a + # single-quoted string! + print dgettext smellovision => "Hello World!\n"; - fputs (gettext (string)); - ... - } + # The following assignment only works with prototyped functions. + # Otherwise, the functions will act as "greedy" list operators and + # eat up all following arguments. + my $anonymous_hash = { + planet => gettext "earth", + cakes => ngettext "one cake", "several cakes", $n, + still => $works, + }; + # The same without fat comma: + my $other_hash = { + 'planet', gettext "earth", + 'cakes', ngettext "one cake", "several cakes", $n, + 'still', $works, + }; + + # Parentheses are only significant for the first argument. + print dngettext 'package', ("one cake", "several cakes", $n), $discarded; - But this has a drawback. The programmer has to take care that he -uses `gettext_noop' for the string `"a default message"'. A use of -`gettext' could have in rare cases unpredictable results. - - One advantage is that you need not make control flow analysis to make -sure the output is really translated in any case. But this analysis is -generally not very difficult. If it should be in any situation you can -use this second method in this situation. - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Names, Prev: Special cases, Up: Sources - -Marking Proper Names for Translation -==================================== - - Should names of persons, cities, locations etc. be marked for -translation or not? People who only know languages that can be written -with Latin letters (English, Spanish, French, German, etc.) are tempted -to say "no", because names usually do not change when transported -between these languages. However, in general when translating from one -script to another, names are translated too, usually phonetically or by -transliteration. For example, Russian or Greek names are converted to -the Latin alphabet when being translated to English, and English or -French names are converted to the Katakana script when being translated -to Japanese. This is necessary because the speakers of the target -language in general cannot read the script the name is originally -written in. - - As a programmer, you should therefore make sure that names are marked -for translation, with a special comment telling the translators that it -is a proper name and how to pronounce it. Like this: - - printf (_("Written by %s.\n"), - /* TRANSLATORS: This is a proper name. See the gettext - manual, section Names. Note this is actually a non-ASCII - name: The first name is (with Unicode escapes) - "Fran\u00e7ois" or (with HTML entities) "François". - Pronounciation is like "fraa-swa pee-nar". */ - _("Francois Pinard")); - - As a translator, you should use some care when translating names, -because it is frustrating if people see their names mutilated or -distorted. If your language uses the Latin script, all you need to do -is to reproduce the name as perfectly as you can within the usual -character set of your language. In this particular case, this means to -provide a translation containing the c-cedilla character. If your -language uses a different script and the people speaking it don't -usually read Latin words, it means transliteration; but you should -still give, in parentheses, the original writing of the name - for the -sake of the people that do read the Latin script. Here is an example, -using Greek as the target script: - - #. This is a proper name. See the gettext - #. manual, section Names. Note this is actually a non-ASCII - #. name: The first name is (with Unicode escapes) - #. "Fran\u00e7ois" or (with HTML entities) "François". - #. Pronounciation is like "fraa-swa pee-nar". - msgid "Francois Pinard" - msgstr "\phi\rho\alpha\sigma\omicron\alpha \pi\iota\nu\alpha\rho" - " (Francois Pinard)" - - Because translation of names is such a sensitive domain, it is a good -idea to test your translation before submitting it. - - The translation project <http://sourceforge.net/projects/translation> -has set up a POT file and translation domain consisting of program -author names, with better facilities for the translator than those -presented here. Namely, there the original name is written directly in -Unicode (rather than with Unicode escapes or HTML entities), and the -pronounciation is denoted using the International Phonetic Alphabet (see -<http://www.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Phonetic_Alphabet>). - - However, we don't recommend this approach for all POT files in all -packages, because this would force translators to use PO files in UTF-8 -encoding, which is - in the current state of software (as of 2003) - a -major hassle for translators using GNU Emacs or XEmacs with po-mode. - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Template, Next: Creating, Prev: Sources, Up: Top - -Making the PO Template File -*************************** + +File: gettext.info, Node: Long Lines, Next: Perl Pitfalls, Prev: Parentheses, Up: Perl + +How To Grok with Long Lines +........................... + +The necessity of long messages can often lead to a cumbersome or +unreadable coding style. Perl has several options that may prevent you +from writing unreadable code, and `xgettext' does its best to do +likewise. This is where the dot operator (the string concatenation +operator) may come in handy: + + print gettext ("This is a very long" + . " message that is still" + . " readable, because" + . " it is split into" + . " multiple lines.\n"); + + Perl is smart enough to concatenate these constant string fragments +into one long string at compile time, and so is `xgettext'. You will +only find one long message in the resulting POT file. + + Note that the future Perl 6 will probably use the underscore (`_') +as the string concatenation operator, and the dot (`.') for +dereferencing. This new syntax is not yet supported by `xgettext'. + + If embedded newline characters are not an issue, or even desired, you +may also insert newline characters inside quoted strings wherever you +feel like it: + + print gettext ("<em>In HTML output + embedded newlines are generally no + problem, since adjacent whitespace + is always rendered into a single + space character.</em>"); + + You may also consider to use here documents: + + print gettext <<EOF; + <em>In HTML output + embedded newlines are generally no + problem, since adjacent whitespace + is always rendered into a single + space character.</em> + EOF + + Please do not forget, that the line breaks are real, i. e. they +translate into newline characters that will consequently show up in the +resulting POT file. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Perl Pitfalls, Prev: Long Lines, Up: Perl + +Bugs, Pitfalls, And Things That Do Not Work +........................................... + +The foregoing sections should have proven that `xgettext' is quite +smart in extracting translatable strings from Perl sources. Yet, some +more or less exotic constructs that could be expected to work, actually +do not work. + + One of the more relevant limitations can be found in the +implementation of variable interpolation inside quoted strings. Only +simple hash lookups can be used there: + + print <<EOF; + $gettext{"The dot operator" + . " does not work" + . "here!"} + Likewise, you cannot @{[ gettext ("interpolate function calls") ]} + inside quoted strings or quote-like expressions. + EOF + + This is valid Perl code and will actually trigger invocations of the +`gettext' function at runtime. Yet, the Perl parser in `xgettext' will +fail to recognize the strings. A less obvious example can be found in +the interpolation of regular expressions: + + s/<!--START_OF_WEEK-->/gettext ("Sunday")/e; + + The modifier `e' will cause the substitution to be interpreted as an +evaluable statement. Consequently, at runtime the function `gettext()' +is called, but again, the parser fails to extract the string "Sunday". +Use a temporary variable as a simple workaround if you really happen to +need this feature: + + my $sunday = gettext "Sunday"; + s/<!--START_OF_WEEK-->/$sunday/; + + Hash slices would also be handy but are not recognized: + + my @weekdays = @gettext{'Sunday', 'Monday', 'Tuesday', 'Wednesday', + 'Thursday', 'Friday', 'Saturday'}; + # Or even: + @weekdays = @gettext{qw (Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday + Friday Saturday) }; + + This is perfectly valid usage of the tied hash `%gettext' but the +strings are not recognized and therefore will not be extracted. + + Another caveat of the current version is its rudimentary support for +non-ASCII characters in identifiers. You may encounter serious +problems if you use identifiers with characters outside the range of +'A'-'Z', 'a'-'z', '0'-'9' and the underscore '_'. + + Maybe some of these missing features will be implemented in future +versions, but since you can always make do without them at minimal +effort, these todos have very low priority. + + A nasty problem are brace format strings that already contain braces +as part of the normal text, for example the usage strings typically +encountered in programs: + + die "usage: $0 {OPTIONS} FILENAME...\n"; + + If you want to internationalize this code with Perl brace format +strings, you will run into a problem: + + die __x ("usage: {program} {OPTIONS} FILENAME...\n", program => $0); + + Whereas `{program}' is a placeholder, `{OPTIONS}' is not and should +probably be translated. Yet, there is no way to teach the Perl parser +in `xgettext' to recognize the first one, and leave the other one alone. + + There are two possible work-arounds for this problem. If you are +sure that your program will run under Perl 5.8.0 or newer (these Perl +versions handle positional parameters in `printf()') or if you are sure +that the translator will not have to reorder the arguments in her +translation - for example if you have only one brace placeholder in +your string, or if it describes a syntax, like in this one -, you can +mark the string as `no-perl-brace-format' and use `printf()': + + # xgettext: no-perl-brace-format + die sprintf ("usage: %s {OPTIONS} FILENAME...\n", $0); + + If you want to use the more portable Perl brace format, you will +have to do put placeholders in place of the literal braces: + + die __x ("usage: {program} {[}OPTIONS{]} FILENAME...\n", + program => $0, '[' => '{', ']' => '}'); + + Perl brace format strings know no escaping mechanism. No matter how +this escaping mechanism looked like, it would either give the +programmer a hard time, make translating Perl brace format strings +heavy-going, or result in a performance penalty at runtime, when the +format directives get executed. Most of the time you will happily get +along with `printf()' for this special case. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: PHP, Next: Pike, Prev: Perl, Up: List of Programming Languages + +PHP Hypertext Preprocessor +-------------------------- + +RPMs + mod_php4, mod_php4-core, phpdoc + +File extension + `php', `php3', `php4' + +String syntax + `"abc"', `'abc'' + +gettext shorthand + `_("abc")' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext'; starting with PHP 4.2.0 also + `ngettext', `dngettext', `dcngettext' + +textdomain + `textdomain' function + +bindtextdomain + `bindtextdomain' function + +setlocale + Programmer must call `setlocale (LC_ALL, "")' + +Prerequisite + -- + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + `xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + `printf "%2\$d %1\$d"' + +Portability + On platforms without gettext, the functions are not available. + +po-mode marking + -- + + An example is available in the `examples' directory: `hello-php'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Pike, Next: GCC-source, Prev: PHP, Up: List of Programming Languages + +Pike +---- + +RPMs + roxen + +File extension + `pike' + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + -- + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext' + +textdomain + `textdomain' function + +bindtextdomain + `bindtextdomain' function + +setlocale + `setlocale' function + +Prerequisite + `import Locale.Gettext;' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + -- + +Formatting with positions + -- + +Portability + On platforms without gettext, the functions are not available. + +po-mode marking + -- + + +File: gettext.info, Node: GCC-source, Prev: Pike, Up: List of Programming Languages + +GNU Compiler Collection sources +------------------------------- + +RPMs + gcc + +File extension + `c', `h'. + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + `_("abc")' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext', `ngettext', `dngettext', + `dcngettext' + +textdomain + `textdomain' function + +bindtextdomain + `bindtextdomain' function + +setlocale + Programmer must call `setlocale (LC_ALL, "")' + +Prerequisite + `#include "intl.h"' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + Use + +Extractor + `xgettext -k_' + +Formatting with positions + -- + +Portability + Uses autoconf macros + +po-mode marking + yes + + +File: gettext.info, Node: List of Data Formats, Prev: List of Programming Languages, Up: Programming Languages + +Internationalizable Data +======================== + +Here is a list of other data formats which can be internationalized +using GNU gettext. + +* Menu: + +* POT:: POT - Portable Object Template +* RST:: Resource String Table +* Glade:: Glade - GNOME user interface description + + +File: gettext.info, Node: POT, Next: RST, Prev: List of Data Formats, Up: List of Data Formats + +POT - Portable Object Template +------------------------------ + +RPMs + gettext + +File extension + `pot', `po' + +Extractor + `xgettext' + + +File: gettext.info, Node: RST, Next: Glade, Prev: POT, Up: List of Data Formats + +Resource String Table +--------------------- + +RPMs + fpk + +File extension + `rst' + +Extractor + `xgettext', `rstconv' + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Glade, Prev: RST, Up: List of Data Formats + +Glade - GNOME user interface description +---------------------------------------- + +RPMs + glade, libglade, glade2, libglade2, intltool + +File extension + `glade', `glade2' + +Extractor + `xgettext', `libglade-xgettext', `xml-i18n-extract', + `intltool-extract' + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Conclusion, Next: Language Codes, Prev: Programming Languages, Up: Top + +Concluding Remarks +****************** + +We would like to conclude this GNU `gettext' manual by presenting an +history of the Translation Project so far. We finally give a few +pointers for those who want to do further research or readings about +Native Language Support matters. + +* Menu: + +* History:: History of GNU `gettext' +* References:: Related Readings + + +File: gettext.info, Node: History, Next: References, Prev: Conclusion, Up: Conclusion + +History of GNU `gettext' +======================== + +Internationalization concerns and algorithms have been informally and +casually discussed for years in GNU, sometimes around GNU `libc', maybe +around the incoming `Hurd', or otherwise (nobody clearly remembers). +And even then, when the work started for real, this was somewhat +independently of these previous discussions. + + This all began in July 1994, when Patrick D'Cruze had the idea and +initiative of internationalizing version 3.9.2 of GNU `fileutils'. He +then asked Jim Meyering, the maintainer, how to get those changes +folded into an official release. That first draft was full of +`#ifdef's and somewhat disconcerting, and Jim wanted to find nicer +ways. Patrick and Jim shared some tries and experimentations in this +area. Then, feeling that this might eventually have a deeper impact on +GNU, Jim wanted to know what standards were, and contacted Richard +Stallman, who very quickly and verbally described an overall design for +what was meant to become `glocale', at that time. + + Jim implemented `glocale' and got a lot of exhausting feedback from +Patrick and Richard, of course, but also from Mitchum DSouza (who wrote +a `catgets'-like package), Roland McGrath, maybe David MacKenzie, +Franc,ois Pinard, and Paul Eggert, all pushing and pulling in various +directions, not always compatible, to the extent that after a couple of +test releases, `glocale' was torn apart. In particular, Paul Eggert - +always keeping an eye on developments in Solaris - advocated the use of +the `gettext' API over `glocale''s `catgets'-based API. + + While Jim took some distance and time and became dad for a second +time, Roland wanted to get GNU `libc' internationalized, and got Ulrich +Drepper involved in that project. Instead of starting from `glocale', +Ulrich rewrote something from scratch, but more conformant to the set +of guidelines who emerged out of the `glocale' effort. Then, Ulrich +got people from the previous forum to involve themselves into this new +project, and the switch from `glocale' to what was first named +`msgutils', renamed `nlsutils', and later `gettext', became officially +accepted by Richard in May 1995 or so. + + Let's summarize by saying that Ulrich Drepper wrote GNU `gettext' in +April 1995. The first official release of the package, including PO +mode, occurred in July 1995, and was numbered 0.7. Other people +contributed to the effort by providing a discussion forum around +Ulrich, writing little pieces of code, or testing. These are quoted in +the `THANKS' file which comes with the GNU `gettext' distribution. + + While this was being done, Franc,ois adapted half a dozen of GNU +packages to `glocale' first, then later to `gettext', putting them in +pretest, so providing along the way an effective user environment for +fine tuning the evolving tools. He also took the responsibility of +organizing and coordinating the Translation Project. After nearly a +year of informal exchanges between people from many countries, +translator teams started to exist in May 1995, through the creation and +support by Patrick D'Cruze of twenty unmoderated mailing lists for that +many native languages, and two moderated lists: one for reaching all +teams at once, the other for reaching all willing maintainers of +internationalized free software packages. + + Franc,ois also wrote PO mode in June 1995 with the collaboration of +Greg McGary, as a kind of contribution to Ulrich's package. He also +gave a hand with the GNU `gettext' Texinfo manual. + + In 1997, Ulrich Drepper released the GNU libc 2.0, which included the +`gettext', `textdomain' and `bindtextdomain' functions. + + In 2000, Ulrich Drepper added plural form handling (the `ngettext' +function) to GNU libc. Later, in 2001, he released GNU libc 2.2.x, +which is the first free C library with full internationalization +support. + + Ulrich being quite busy in his role of General Maintainer of GNU +libc, he handed over the GNU `gettext' maintenance to Bruno Haible in +2000. Bruno added the plural form handling to the tools as well, added +support for UTF-8 and CJK locales, and wrote a few new tools for +manipulating PO files. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: References, Prev: History, Up: Conclusion + +Related Readings +================ + +Eugene H. Dorr (`dorre@well.com') maintains an interesting bibliography +on internationalization matters, called `Internationalization Reference +List', which is available as: + ftp://ftp.ora.com/pub/examples/nutshell/ujip/doc/i18n-books.txt + + Michael Gschwind (`mike@vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at') maintains a +Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) list, entitled `Programming for +Internationalisation'. This FAQ discusses writing programs which can +handle different language conventions, character sets, etc.; and is +applicable to all character set encodings, with particular emphasis on +ISO 8859-1. It is regularly published in Usenet groups +`comp.unix.questions', `comp.std.internat', +`comp.software.international', `comp.lang.c', `comp.windows.x', +`comp.std.c', `comp.answers' and `news.answers'. The home location of +this document is: + ftp://ftp.vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at/pub/8bit/ISO-programming + + Patrick D'Cruze (`pdcruze@li.org') wrote a tutorial about NLS +matters, and Jochen Hein (`Hein@student.tu-clausthal.de') took over the +responsibility of maintaining it. It may be found as: + ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/nls/catalogs/Incoming/... + ...locale-tutorial-0.8.txt.gz + +This site is mirrored in: + ftp://ftp.ibp.fr/pub/linux/sunsite/ + + A French version of the same tutorial should be findable at: + ftp://ftp.ibp.fr/pub/linux/french/docs/ + +together with French translations of many Linux-related documents. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Language Codes, Next: Country Codes, Prev: Conclusion, Up: Top + +Language Codes +************** + +The ISO 639 standard defines two character codes for many languages. +All abbreviations for languages used in the Translation Project should +come from this standard. + +`aa' + Afar. + +`ab' + Abkhazian. + +`ae' + Avestan. + +`af' + Afrikaans. + +`am' + Amharic. + +`an' + Aragonese. + +`ar' + Arabic. + +`as' + Assamese. + +`ay' + Aymara. + +`az' + Azerbaijani. + +`ba' + Bashkir. + +`be' + Byelorussian; Belarusian. + +`bg' + Bulgarian. + +`bh' + Bihari. + +`bi' + Bislama. + +`bn' + Bengali; Bangla. + +`bo' + Tibetan. + +`br' + Breton. + +`bs' + Bosnian. + +`ca' + Catalan. + +`ce' + Chechen. + +`ch' + Chamorro. + +`co' + Corsican. + +`cs' + Czech. + +`cu' + Church Slavic. + +`cv' + Chuvash. + +`cy' + Welsh. + +`da' + Danish. + +`de' + German. + +`dz' + Dzongkha; Bhutani. + +`el' + Greek. + +`en' + English. + +`eo' + Esperanto. + +`es' + Spanish. + +`et' + Estonian. + +`eu' + Basque. + +`fa' + Persian. + +`fi' + Finnish. + +`fj' + Fijian; Fiji. + +`fo' + Faroese. + +`fr' + French. + +`fy' + Frisian. + +`ga' + Irish. + +`gd' + Scots; Gaelic. + +`gl' + Gallegan; Galician. + +`gn' + Guarani. + +`gu' + Gujarati. + +`gv' + Manx. + +`ha' + Hausa (?). + +`he' + Hebrew (formerly iw). + +`hi' + Hindi. + +`ho' + Hiri Motu. + +`hr' + Croatian. + +`ht' + Haitian; Haitian Creole. + +`hu' + Hungarian. + +`hy' + Armenian. + +`hz' + Herero. + +`ia' + Interlingua. + +`id' + Indonesian (formerly in). + +`ie' + Interlingue. + +`ii' + Sichuan Yi. + +`ik' + Inupiak. + +`io' + Ido. + +`is' + Icelandic. + +`it' + Italian. + +`iu' + Inuktitut. + +`ja' + Japanese. + +`jv' + Javanese. + +`ka' + Georgian. + +`ki' + Kikuyu. + +`kj' + Kuanyama. + +`kk' + Kazakh. + +`kl' + Kalaallisut; Greenlandic. + +`km' + Khmer; Cambodian. + +`kn' + Kannada. + +`ko' + Korean. + +`ks' + Kashmiri. + +`ku' + Kurdish. + +`kv' + Komi. + +`kw' + Cornish. + +`ky' + Kirghiz. + +`la' + Latin. + +`lb' + Letzeburgesch. + +`li' + Limburgish; Limburger; Limburgan. + +`ln' + Lingala. + +`lo' + Lao; Laotian. + +`lt' + Lithuanian. + +`lv' + Latvian; Lettish. + +`mg' + Malagasy. + +`mh' + Marshall. + +`mi' + Maori. + +`mk' + Macedonian. + +`ml' + Malayalam. + +`mn' + Mongolian. + +`mo' + Moldavian. + +`mr' + Marathi. + +`ms' + Malay. + +`mt' + Maltese. + +`my' + Burmese. + +`na' + Nauru. + +`nb' + Norwegian Bokmaal. + +`nd' + Ndebele, North. + +`ne' + Nepali. + +`ng' + Ndonga. + +`nl' + Dutch. + +`nn' + Norwegian Nynorsk. + +`no' + Norwegian. + +`nr' + Ndebele, South. + +`nv' + Navajo. + +`ny' + Chichewa; Nyanja. + +`oc' + Occitan; Provenc,al. + +`om' + (Afan) Oromo. + +`or' + Oriya. + +`os' + Ossetian; Ossetic. + +`pa' + Panjabi; Punjabi. + +`pi' + Pali. + +`pl' + Polish. + +`ps' + Pashto, Pushto. + +`pt' + Portuguese. + +`qu' + Quechua. + +`rm' + Rhaeto-Romance. - After preparing the sources, the programmer creates a PO template -file. This section explains how to use `xgettext' for this purpose. +`rn' + Rundi; Kirundi. - `xgettext' creates a file named `DOMAINNAME.po'. You should then -rename it to `DOMAINNAME.pot'. (Why doesn't `xgettext' create it under -the name `DOMAINNAME.pot' right away? The answer is: for historical -reasons. When `xgettext' was specified, the distinction between a PO -file and PO file template was fuzzy, and the suffix `.pot' wasn't in -use at that time.) +`ro' + Romanian. + +`ru' + Russian. + +`rw' + Kinyarwanda. + +`sa' + Sanskrit. + +`sc' + Sardinian. + +`sd' + Sindhi. + +`se' + Northern Sami. + +`sg' + Sango; Sangro. + +`si' + Sinhalese. + +`sk' + Slovak. + +`sl' + Slovenian. + +`sm' + Samoan. + +`sn' + Shona. + +`so' + Somali. + +`sq' + Albanian. + +`sr' + Serbian. + +`ss' + Swati; Siswati. + +`st' + Sesotho; Sotho, Southern. + +`su' + Sundanese. + +`sv' + Swedish. + +`sw' + Swahili. + +`ta' + Tamil. + +`te' + Telugu. + +`tg' + Tajik. + +`th' + Thai. + +`ti' + Tigrinya. + +`tk' + Turkmen. + +`tl' + Tagalog. + +`tn' + Tswana; Setswana. + +`to' + Tonga (?). + +`tr' + Turkish. + +`ts' + Tsonga. + +`tt' + Tatar. + +`tw' + Twi. + +`ty' + Tahitian. + +`ug' + Uighur. + +`uk' + Ukrainian. + +`ur' + Urdu. + +`uz' + Uzbek. + +`vi' + Vietnamese. + +`vo' + Volapu"k; Volapuk. + +`wa' + Walloon. + +`wo' + Wolof. + +`xh' + Xhosa. + +`yi' + Yiddish (formerly ji). + +`yo' + Yoruba. + +`za' + Zhuang. + +`zh' + Chinese. + +`zu' + Zulu. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Country Codes, Next: Program Index, Prev: Language Codes, Up: Top + +Country Codes +************* + +The ISO 3166 standard defines two character codes for many countries +and territories. All abbreviations for countries used in the +Translation Project should come from this standard. + +`AD' + Andorra. + +`AE' + United Arab Emirates. + +`AF' + Afghanistan. + +`AG' + Antigua and Barbuda. + +`AI' + Anguilla. + +`AL' + Albania. + +`AM' + Armenia. + +`AN' + Netherlands Antilles. + +`AO' + Angola. + +`AQ' + Antarctica. + +`AR' + Argentina. + +`AS' + Samoa (American). + +`AT' + Austria. + +`AU' + Australia. + +`AW' + Aruba. + +`AZ' + Azerbaijan. + +`BA' + Bosnia and Herzegovina. + +`BB' + Barbados. + +`BD' + Bangladesh. + +`BE' + Belgium. + +`BF' + Burkina Faso. + +`BG' + Bulgaria. + +`BH' + Bahrain. + +`BI' + Burundi. + +`BJ' + Benin. + +`BM' + Bermuda. + +`BN' + Brunei. + +`BO' + Bolivia. + +`BR' + Brazil. + +`BS' + Bahamas. + +`BT' + Bhutan. + +`BV' + Bouvet Island. + +`BW' + Botswana. + +`BY' + Belarus. + +`BZ' + Belize. + +`CA' + Canada. + +`CC' + Cocos (Keeling) Islands. + +`CD' + Congo (Dem. Rep.). + +`CF' + Central African Rep.. + +`CG' + Congo (Rep.). + +`CH' + Switzerland. + +`CI' + Co^te d'Ivoire. + +`CK' + Cook Islands. + +`CL' + Chile. + +`CM' + Cameroon. + +`CN' + China. + +`CO' + Colombia. + +`CR' + Costa Rica. + +`CS' + Serbia and Montenegro. + +`CU' + Cuba. + +`CV' + Cape Verde. + +`CX' + Christmas Island. + +`CY' + Cyprus. + +`CZ' + Czech Republic. + +`DE' + Germany. + +`DJ' + Djibouti. + +`DK' + Denmark. + +`DM' + Dominica. + +`DO' + Dominican Republic. + +`DZ' + Algeria. + +`EC' + Ecuador. + +`EE' + Estonia. + +`EG' + Egypt. + +`EH' + Western Sahara. + +`ER' + Eritrea. + +`ES' + Spain. + +`ET' + Ethiopia. + +`FI' + Finland. + +`FJ' + Fiji. + +`FK' + Falkland Islands. + +`FM' + Micronesia. + +`FO' + Faeroe Islands. + +`FR' + France. + +`GA' + Gabon. + +`GB' + Britain (UK). + +`GD' + Grenada. + +`GE' + Georgia. + +`GF' + French Guiana. + +`GH' + Ghana. + +`GI' + Gibraltar. + +`GL' + Greenland. + +`GM' + Gambia. + +`GN' + Guinea. + +`GP' + Guadeloupe. + +`GQ' + Equatorial Guinea. + +`GR' + Greece. + +`GS' + South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands. + +`GT' + Guatemala. + +`GU' + Guam. + +`GW' + Guinea-Bissau. + +`GY' + Guyana. + +`HK' + Hong Kong. + +`HM' + Heard Island and McDonald Islands. + +`HN' + Honduras. + +`HR' + Croatia. + +`HT' + Haiti. + +`HU' + Hungary. + +`ID' + Indonesia. + +`IE' + Ireland. + +`IL' + Israel. + +`IN' + India. + +`IO' + British Indian Ocean Territory. + +`IQ' + Iraq. + +`IR' + Iran. + +`IS' + Iceland. + +`IT' + Italy. + +`JM' + Jamaica. + +`JO' + Jordan. + +`JP' + Japan. + +`KE' + Kenya. + +`KG' + Kyrgyzstan. + +`KH' + Cambodia. + +`KI' + Kiribati. + +`KM' + Comoros. + +`KN' + St Kitts and Nevis. + +`KP' + Korea (North). + +`KR' + Korea (South). + +`KW' + Kuwait. + +`KY' + Cayman Islands. + +`KZ' + Kazakhstan. + +`LA' + Laos. + +`LB' + Lebanon. + +`LC' + St Lucia. + +`LI' + Liechtenstein. + +`LK' + Sri Lanka. + +`LR' + Liberia. + +`LS' + Lesotho. + +`LT' + Lithuania. + +`LU' + Luxembourg. + +`LV' + Latvia. + +`LY' + Libya. + +`MA' + Morocco. + +`MC' + Monaco. + +`MD' + Moldova. + +`MG' + Madagascar. + +`MH' + Marshall Islands. + +`MK' + Macedonia. + +`ML' + Mali. + +`MM' + Myanmar (Burma). + +`MN' + Mongolia. + +`MO' + Macao. + +`MP' + Northern Mariana Islands. + +`MQ' + Martinique. + +`MR' + Mauritania. + +`MS' + Montserrat. + +`MT' + Malta. + +`MU' + Mauritius. + +`MV' + Maldives. + +`MW' + Malawi. + +`MX' + Mexico. + +`MY' + Malaysia. + +`MZ' + Mozambique. + +`NA' + Namibia. + +`NC' + New Caledonia. + +`NE' + Niger. + +`NF' + Norfolk Island. + +`NG' + Nigeria. + +`NI' + Nicaragua. + +`NL' + Netherlands. + +`NO' + Norway. + +`NP' + Nepal. + +`NR' + Nauru. + +`NU' + Niue. + +`NZ' + New Zealand. + +`OM' + Oman. + +`PA' + Panama. + +`PE' + Peru. + +`PF' + French Polynesia. + +`PG' + Papua New Guinea. + +`PH' + Philippines. + +`PK' + Pakistan. + +`PL' + Poland. + +`PM' + St Pierre and Miquelon. + +`PN' + Pitcairn. + +`PR' + Puerto Rico. + +`PS' + Palestine. + +`PT' + Portugal. + +`PW' + Palau. + +`PY' + Paraguay. + +`QA' + Qatar. + +`RE' + Reunion. + +`RO' + Romania. + +`RU' + Russia. + +`RW' + Rwanda. + +`SA' + Saudi Arabia. + +`SB' + Solomon Islands. + +`SC' + Seychelles. + +`SD' + Sudan. + +`SE' + Sweden. + +`SG' + Singapore. + +`SH' + St Helena. + +`SI' + Slovenia. + +`SJ' + Svalbard and Jan Mayen. + +`SK' + Slovakia. + +`SL' + Sierra Leone. + +`SM' + San Marino. + +`SN' + Senegal. + +`SO' + Somalia. + +`SR' + Suriname. + +`ST' + Sao Tome and Principe. + +`SV' + El Salvador. + +`SY' + Syria. + +`SZ' + Swaziland. + +`TC' + Turks and Caicos Islands. + +`TD' + Chad. + +`TF' + French Southern and Antarctic Lands. + +`TG' + Togo. + +`TH' + Thailand. + +`TJ' + Tajikistan. + +`TK' + Tokelau. + +`TL' + Timor-Leste. + +`TM' + Turkmenistan. + +`TN' + Tunisia. + +`TO' + Tonga. + +`TR' + Turkey. + +`TT' + Trinidad and Tobago. + +`TV' + Tuvalu. + +`TW' + Taiwan. + +`TZ' + Tanzania. + +`UA' + Ukraine. + +`UG' + Uganda. + +`UM' + US minor outlying islands. + +`US' + United States. + +`UY' + Uruguay. + +`UZ' + Uzbekistan. + +`VA' + Vatican City. + +`VC' + St Vincent. + +`VE' + Venezuela. + +`VG' + Virgin Islands (UK). + +`VI' + Virgin Islands (US). + +`VN' + Vietnam. + +`VU' + Vanuatu. + +`WF' + Wallis and Futuna. + +`WS' + Samoa (Western). + +`YE' + Yemen. + +`YT' + Mayotte. + +`ZA' + South Africa. + +`ZM' + Zambia. + +`ZW' + Zimbabwe. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Program Index, Next: Option Index, Prev: Country Codes, Up: Top + +Program Index +************* + +* Menu: + +* autopoint: autopoint Invocation. +* envsubst: envsubst Invocation. +* gettext <1>: gettext Invocation. +* gettext: sh. +* gettextize: gettextize Invocation. +* msgattrib: msgattrib Invocation. +* msgcat: msgcat Invocation. +* msgcmp: msgcmp Invocation. +* msgcomm: msgcomm Invocation. +* msgconv: msgconv Invocation. +* msgen: msgen Invocation. +* msgexec: msgexec Invocation. +* msgfilter: msgfilter Invocation. +* msgfmt: msgfmt Invocation. +* msggrep: msggrep Invocation. +* msginit: msginit Invocation. +* msgmerge: msgmerge Invocation. +* msgunfmt: msgunfmt Invocation. +* msguniq: msguniq Invocation. +* ngettext <1>: ngettext Invocation. +* ngettext: sh. +* xgettext: xgettext Invocation. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Option Index, Next: Variable Index, Prev: Program Index, Up: Top + +Option Index +************ + +* Menu: + +* --add-comments, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --add-location, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --add-location, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --add-location, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --add-location, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --add-location, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --add-location, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --add-location, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --add-location, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --add-location, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --add-location, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --alignment, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --backup, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --c++, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --check, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --check-accelerators, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --check-compatibility, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --check-domain, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --check-format, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --check-header, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --clear-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --clear-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --comment, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --compendium, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --copy, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --copyright-holder, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --debug, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --default-domain, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --directory, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --directory, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --directory, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --directory, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --directory, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --directory, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --directory, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --directory, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --directory, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --directory, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --directory, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --directory, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --directory, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --domain, gettext option: gettext Invocation. +* --domain, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --domain, ngettext option: ngettext Invocation. +* --dry-run, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* --dry-run, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --exclude-file, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --expression, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --extended-regexp, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --extract-all, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --file, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --file, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --files-from, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --files-from, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --files-from, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --fixed-strings, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --flag, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --force, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* --force, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --force-po, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --force-po, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --force-po, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --force-po, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --force-po, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --force-po, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --force-po, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --force-po, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --force-po, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --force-po, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --force-po, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --foreign-user, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --from-code, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --help, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* --help, envsubst option: envsubst Invocation. +* --help, gettext option: gettext Invocation. +* --help, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --help, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --help, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --help, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --help, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --help, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --help, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --help, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --help, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --help, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --help, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --help, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --help, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --help, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --help, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --help, ngettext option: ngettext Invocation. +* --help, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --ignore-case, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --ignore-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --indent, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --indent, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --indent, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --indent, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --indent, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --indent, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --indent, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --indent, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --indent, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --indent, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --indent, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --input, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --input, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --input, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --intl, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --java, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --java, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --java2, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --join-existing, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --keep-header, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --keyword, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --language, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --less-than, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --less-than, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --locale, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --locale, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --locale, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --location, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --more-than, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --more-than, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --msgid, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --msgid-bugs-address, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --msgstr, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --msgstr-prefix, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --msgstr-suffix, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --multi-domain, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --multi-domain, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --no-changelog, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --no-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --no-fuzzy-matching, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --no-hash, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --no-location, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --no-location, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --no-location, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --no-location, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --no-location, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --no-location, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --no-location, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --no-location, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --no-location, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --no-location, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --no-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --no-translator, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --no-wrap, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --no-wrap, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --omit-header, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --omit-header, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --only-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --only-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --only-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --output, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --output-dir, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --output-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --output-file, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --output-file, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --output-file, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --output-file, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --output-file, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --output-file, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --output-file, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --output-file, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --output-file, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --output-file, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --output-file, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --properties-input, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --properties-input, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --properties-input, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --properties-input, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --properties-output, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --properties-output, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --properties-output, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --properties-output, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --properties-output, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --qt, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --qt, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --quiet, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --quiet, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --regexp=, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --repeated, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --resource, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --resource, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --set-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --set-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --silent, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --silent, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --sort-by-file, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --sort-output, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --sort-output, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --sort-output, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --sort-output, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --statistics, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --strict, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --strict, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --strict, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --strict, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --strict, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --strict, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --strict, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --strict, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --strict, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --strict, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --strict, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --strict, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msgonv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --stringtable-input, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --stringtable-output, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --suffix, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --tcl, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --tcl, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --to-code, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --to-code, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --to-code, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --translated, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --trigraphs, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --unique, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --unique, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --unique, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --untranslated, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --update, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --use-first, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --use-first, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --use-fuzzy, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --variables, envsubst option: envsubst Invocation. +* --verbose, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --verbose, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --verbose, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --version, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* --version, envsubst option: envsubst Invocation. +* --version, gettext option: gettext Invocation. +* --version, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* --version, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --version, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --version, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* --version, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --version, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --version, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --version, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* --version, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --version, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* --version, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --version, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --version, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --version, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --version, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --version, ngettext option: ngettext Invocation. +* --version, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* --width, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* --width, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* --width, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* --width, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* --width, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* --width, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* --width, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* --width, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* --width, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* --width, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* --width, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* --width, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -<, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -<, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* ->, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* ->, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -a, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -a, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -c, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* -C, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -c, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -C, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -C, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -c, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -C, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -d, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* -d, gettext option: gettext Invocation. +* -d, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* -D, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -D, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -D, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* -D, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -D, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -D, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -D, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* -D, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -d, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -D, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -D, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -D, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -d, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -d, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -D, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -d, ngettext option: ngettext Invocation. +* -d, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -D, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -E, gettext option: gettext Invocation. +* -e, gettext option: gettext Invocation. +* -e, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -e, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -E, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -E, ngettext option: ngettext Invocation. +* -e, ngettext option: ngettext Invocation. +* -f, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. +* -f, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. +* -F, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -F, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -f, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -F, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -f, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -F, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -F, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -F, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -f, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -f, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -f, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -F, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -F, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -F, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -F, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -f, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -h, envsubst option: envsubst Invocation. +* -h, gettext option: gettext Invocation. +* -h, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -h, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -h, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* -h, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -h, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -h, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -h, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* -h, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -h, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -h, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -h, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -h, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -h, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -h, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -h, ngettext option: ngettext Invocation. +* -h, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -i, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -i, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -i, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -i, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -i, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -i, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* -i, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -i, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -i, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -i, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -i, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -i, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -i, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -j, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -j, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -j, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -K, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -k, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -l, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -l, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -l, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -L, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -m, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* -M, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -m, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -M, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -m, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -n, gettext option: gettext Invocation. +* -n, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -n, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -n, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -n, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -N, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -N, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -n, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -n, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -o, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -o, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -o, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -o, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -o, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -o, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -o, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -o, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -o, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -o, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -o, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -o, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -o, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -p, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -P, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -p, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -P, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -P, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* -p, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -P, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -p, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -P, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -p, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -P, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -P, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* -p, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -P, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -P, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -p, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -P, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -p, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -P, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -p, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -P, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -p, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -p, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -P, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -p, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -q, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -r, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -r, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -s, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -s, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -s, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -s, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -s, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -s, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -s, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -s, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -s, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -s, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -t, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -t, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -T, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -t, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -T, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -u, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -u, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -U, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -u, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -V, envsubst option: envsubst Invocation. +* -v, envsubst option: envsubst Invocation. +* -V, gettext option: gettext Invocation. +* -V, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -V, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -V, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. +* -V, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -V, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -V, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -V, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. +* -V, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -v, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -V, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. +* -V, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -V, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -v, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -V, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -v, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -V, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -V, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -V, ngettext option: ngettext Invocation. +* -V, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -w, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. +* -w, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. +* -w, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. +* -w, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. +* -w, msgen option: msgen Invocation. +* -w, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. +* -w, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. +* -w, msginit option: msginit Invocation. +* -w, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. +* -w, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. +* -w, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. +* -w, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. +* -x, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Variable Index, Next: PO Mode Index, Prev: Option Index, Up: Top + +Variable Index +************** + +* Menu: + +* GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED, environment variable: Prioritizing messages. +* LANG, environment variable <1>: gettext grok. +* LANG, environment variable: End Users. +* LANGUAGE, environment variable <1>: po/Makevars. +* LANGUAGE, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_ALL, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_COLLATE, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_CTYPE, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_MESSAGES, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_MONETARY, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_NUMERIC, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LC_TIME, environment variable: gettext grok. +* LINGUAS, environment variable: Installers. +* MSGEXEC_LOCATION, environment variable: msgexec Invocation. +* MSGEXEC_MSGID, environment variable: msgexec Invocation. +* TEXTDOMAIN, environment variable: sh. +* TEXTDOMAINDIR, environment variable: sh. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: PO Mode Index, Next: Autoconf Macro Index, Prev: Variable Index, Up: Top + +PO Mode Index +************* + +* Menu: + +* #, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* ,, PO Mode command: Marking. +* ., PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* .emacs customizations: Installation. +* 0, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* <, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* =, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* >, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* ?, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* _, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* a, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* A, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* a, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* auxiliary PO file: Auxiliary. +* C-c C-a, PO Mode command <1>: Auxiliary. +* C-c C-a, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* C-c C-c, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* C-c C-k, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* C-j, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* commands: Main PO Commands. +* comment out PO file entry: Obsolete Entries. +* consulting program sources: C Sources Context. +* consulting translations to other languages: Auxiliary. +* current entry of a PO file: Entry Positioning. +* cut and paste for translated strings: Modifying Translations. +* DEL, PO Mode command <1>: Obsolete Entries. +* DEL, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* editing comments: Modifying Comments. +* editing multiple entries: Subedit. +* editing translations: Modifying Translations. +* etags, using for marking strings: Marking. +* exiting PO subedit: Subedit. +* find source fragment for a PO file entry: C Sources Context. +* h, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* installing PO mode: Installation. +* K, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* k, PO Mode command <1>: Modifying Translations. +* k, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* LFD, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* looking at the source to aid translation: C Sources Context. +* m, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* M-,, PO Mode command: Marking. +* M-., PO Mode command: Marking. +* M-A, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* M-S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* M-s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* M-S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* M-s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* marking strings for translation: Marking. +* moving by fuzzy entries: Fuzzy Entries. +* moving by obsolete entries: Obsolete Entries. +* moving by translated entries: Translated Entries. +* moving by untranslated entries: Untranslated Entries. +* moving through a PO file: Entry Positioning. +* n, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* next-error, stepping through PO file validation results: Main PO Commands. +* normalize, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* O, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* o, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* O, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* o, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* obsolete active entry: Obsolete Entries. +* p, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* pending subedits: Subedit. +* po-auto-edit-with-msgid, PO Mode variable: Modifying Translations. +* po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit, PO Mode variable: Translated Entries. +* po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy, PO Mode variable: Fuzzy Entries. +* po-confirm-and-quit, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-consider-as-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* po-consider-source-path, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* po-current-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-cycle-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* po-cycle-source-reference, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* po-edit-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* po-edit-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* po-exchange-location, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-fade-out-entry, PO Mode command <1>: Obsolete Entries. +* po-fade-out-entry, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* po-first-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-help, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-ignore-as-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* po-ignore-source-path, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* po-kill-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* po-kill-msgstr, PO Mode command <1>: Modifying Translations. +* po-kill-msgstr, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* po-kill-ring-save-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* po-kill-ring-save-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* po-last-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-mark-translatable, PO Mode command: Marking. +* po-msgid-to-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* po-next-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-next-fuzzy-entry, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* po-next-obsolete-entry, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* po-next-translated-entry, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* po-next-untranslated-entry, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* po-normalize, PO Mode command <1>: Normalizing. +* po-normalize, PO Mode command: PO Files. +* po-other-window, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-pop-location, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-previous-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-previous-fuzzy-entry, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* po-previous-obsolete-entry, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. +* po-previous-translated-entry, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* po-previous-untransted-entry, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* po-push-location, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* po-quit, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-select-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. +* po-select-mark-and-mark, PO Mode command: Marking. +* po-select-source-reference, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* po-statistics, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-subedit-abort, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* po-subedit-cycle-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* po-subedit-exit, PO Mode command: Subedit. +* po-subedit-mode-hook, PO Mode variable: Modifying Comments. +* po-tags-search, PO Mode command: Marking. +* po-undo, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-unfuzzy, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* po-validate, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* po-yank-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* po-yank-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* Q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* Q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* r, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* RET, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. +* starting a string translation: Modifying Translations. +* string normalization in entries: Normalizing. +* subedit minor mode: Subedit. +* T, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* t, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* T, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* t, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. +* TAB, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* TAGS, and marking translatable strings: Marking. +* U, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* u, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* U, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* u, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. +* use the source, Luke: C Sources Context. +* using obsolete translations to make new entries: Modifying Translations. +* using translation compendia: Compendium. +* V, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. +* W, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* w, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* x, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. +* Y, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. +* y, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. +* Z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* Z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. +* z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Autoconf Macro Index, Next: Index, Prev: PO Mode Index, Up: Top + +Autoconf Macro Index +******************** + +* Menu: + +* AM_GNU_GETTEXT: AM_GNU_GETTEXT. +* AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION. +* AM_ICONV: AM_ICONV. +* AM_PO_SUBDIRS: AM_PO_SUBDIRS. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Index, Prev: Autoconf Macro Index, Up: Top + +General Index +************* * Menu: -* xgettext Invocation:: Invoking the `xgettext' Program +* _, a macro to mark strings for translation: Mark Keywords. +* _nl_msg_cat_cntr: gettext grok. +* ABOUT-NLS file: Matrix. +* acconfig.h file: acconfig. +* accumulating translations: Creating Compendia. +* aclocal.m4 file: aclocal. +* adding keywords, xgettext: xgettext Invocation. +* ambiguities: Preparing Strings. +* apply a filter to translations: msgfilter Invocation. +* apply command to all translations in a catalog: msgexec Invocation. +* attribute manipulation: msgattrib Invocation. +* attribute, fuzzy: Fuzzy Entries. +* attributes of a PO file entry: Fuzzy Entries. +* attributes, manipulating: Manipulating. +* autoconf macros for gettext: autoconf macros. +* autopoint program, usage: autopoint Invocation. +* auxiliary PO file: Auxiliary. +* available translations: Matrix. +* awk: gawk. +* awk-format flag: PO Files. +* backup old file, and msgmerge program: msgmerge Invocation. +* bash: bash. +* bibliography: References. +* big picture: Overview. +* bind_textdomain_codeset: Charset conversion. +* bug report address: Introduction. +* C and C-like languages: C. +* C trigraphs: xgettext Invocation. +* c-format flag: PO Files. +* c-format, and xgettext: c-format Flag. +* catalog encoding and msgexec output: msgexec Invocation. +* catclose, a catgets function: Interface to catgets. +* catgets, a catgets function: Interface to catgets. +* catgets, X/Open specification: catgets. +* catopen, a catgets function: Interface to catgets. +* character encoding: Aspects. +* charset conversion at runtime: Charset conversion. +* charset of PO files: Header Entry. +* check format strings: msgfmt Invocation. +* checking of translations: Manipulating. +* clisp: Common Lisp. +* clisp C sources: clisp C. +* codeset: Aspects. +* comments in PO files: PO Files. +* Common Lisp: Common Lisp. +* compare PO files: msgcmp Invocation. +* comparison of interfaces: Comparison. +* compatibility with X/Open msgfmt: msgfmt Invocation. +* compendium: Compendium. +* compendium, creating: Creating Compendia. +* concatenate PO files: msgcat Invocation. +* concatenating PO files into a compendium: Creating Compendia. +* concatenation of strings: Preparing Strings. +* config.h.in file: config.h.in. +* convert binary message catalog into PO file: msgunfmt Invocation. +* convert translations to a different encoding: msgconv Invocation. +* converting a package to use gettext: Prerequisites. +* country codes: Country Codes. +* create new PO file: msginit Invocation. +* creating a new PO file: Creating. +* creating compendia: Creating Compendia. +* currency symbols: Aspects. +* date format: Aspects. +* dcngettext: Plural forms. +* debugging messages marked as format strings: xgettext Invocation. +* dialect: Manipulating. +* disabling NLS: lib/gettext.h. +* dngettext: Plural forms. +* dollar substitution: envsubst Invocation. +* domain ambiguities: Ambiguities. +* duplicate elimination: Manipulating. +* duplicate removal: msguniq Invocation. +* editing comments in PO files: Modifying Comments. +* editing translations: Modifying Translations. +* elisp-format flag: PO Files. +* Emacs Lisp: Emacs Lisp. +* encoding: Aspects. +* encoding conversion: Manipulating. +* encoding conversion at runtime: Charset conversion. +* encoding for your language: Header Entry. +* encoding list: Header Entry. +* encoding of PO files: Header Entry. +* environment variables: envsubst Invocation. +* envsubst program, usage: envsubst Invocation. +* eval_gettext function, usage: eval_gettext Invocation. +* eval_ngettext function, usage: eval_ngettext Invocation. +* evolution of packages: Overview. +* extracting parts of a PO file into a compendium: Creating Compendia. +* file format, .mo: MO Files. +* file format, .po: PO Files. +* files, .po and .mo: Files. +* files, .pot: Overview. +* filter messages according to attributes: msgattrib Invocation. +* find common messages: msgcomm Invocation. +* force use of fuzzy entries: msgfmt Invocation. +* format strings: c-format Flag. +* Free Pascal: Pascal. +* function attribute, __format__: xgettext Invocation. +* function attribute, __format_arg__: xgettext Invocation. +* fuzzy entries: Fuzzy Entries. +* fuzzy flag: PO Files. +* gawk: gawk. +* gcc-internal-format flag: PO Files. +* GCC-source: GCC-source. +* generate binary message catalog from PO file: msgfmt Invocation. +* generate translation catalog in English: msgen Invocation. +* gettext files: Adjusting Files. +* gettext installation: Installation. +* gettext interface: Interface to gettext. +* gettext program, usage: gettext Invocation. +* gettext vs catgets: Comparison. +* gettext, a programmer's view: gettext. +* gettext.h file: lib/gettext.h. +* gettextize program, usage: gettextize Invocation. +* GUI programs: GUI program problems. +* hash table, inside MO files: MO Files. +* he, she, and they: Introduction. +* header entry of a PO file: Header Entry. +* help option: Preparing Strings. +* history of GNU gettext: History. +* i18n: Concepts. +* importing PO files: Normalizing. +* include file libintl.h <1>: lib/gettext.h. +* include file libintl.h <2>: Comparison. +* include file libintl.h <3>: Sources. +* include file libintl.h: Overview. +* initialization: Triggering. +* initialize new PO file: msginit Invocation. +* initialize translations from a compendium: Using Compendia. +* installing gettext: Installation. +* interface to catgets: Interface to catgets. +* internationalization: Concepts. +* inttypes.h: Preparing Strings. +* ISO 3166: Country Codes. +* ISO 639: Language Codes. +* Java: Java. +* Java mode, and msgfmt program: msgfmt Invocation. +* Java mode, and msgunfmt program: msgunfmt Invocation. +* Java, string concatenation: Preparing Strings. +* java-format flag: PO Files. +* keyboard accelerator checking: msgfmt Invocation. +* l10n: Concepts. +* language codes: Language Codes. +* language selection: End Users. +* language selection at runtime: gettext grok. +* large package: Ambiguities. +* libiconv library: AM_ICONV. +* libintl for Java: Java. +* libintl library: AM_GNU_GETTEXT. +* librep Lisp: librep. +* librep-format flag: PO Files. +* LINGUAS file: po/LINGUAS. +* link with libintl: Overview. +* Linux <1>: Header Entry. +* Linux <2>: Overview. +* Linux: Aspects. +* Lisp: Common Lisp. +* lisp-format flag: PO Files. +* list of translation teams, where to find: Header Entry. +* locale facet, LC_ALL: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_COLLATE: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_CTYPE <1>: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_CTYPE: Aspects. +* locale facet, LC_MESSAGES <1>: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_MESSAGES: Aspects. +* locale facet, LC_MONETARY <1>: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_MONETARY: Aspects. +* locale facet, LC_NUMERIC <1>: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_NUMERIC: Aspects. +* locale facet, LC_RESPONSES: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_TIME <1>: Triggering. +* locale facet, LC_TIME: Aspects. +* locale facets: Aspects. +* locale program: Header Entry. +* localization: Concepts. +* lookup message translation <1>: eval_gettext Invocation. +* lookup message translation: gettext Invocation. +* lookup plural message translation <1>: eval_ngettext Invocation. +* lookup plural message translation: ngettext Invocation. +* magic signature of MO files: MO Files. +* Makevars file: po/Makevars. +* manipulating PO files: Manipulating. +* marking Perl sources: Perl. +* marking string initializers: Special cases. +* marking strings that require translation: Mark Keywords. +* marking strings, preparations: Preparing Strings. +* marking translatable strings: Overview. +* menu entries: GUI program problems. +* menu, keyboard accelerator support: msgfmt Invocation. +* merge PO files: msgcat Invocation. +* merging two PO files: Manipulating. +* message catalog files location: Locating Catalogs. +* messages: Aspects. +* migration from earlier versions of gettext: Prerequisites. +* mkinstalldirs file: mkinstalldirs. +* mnemonics of menu entries: msgfmt Invocation. +* MO file's format: MO Files. +* modify message attrributes: msgattrib Invocation. +* msgattrib program, usage: msgattrib Invocation. +* msgcat program, usage: msgcat Invocation. +* msgcmp program, usage: msgcmp Invocation. +* msgcomm program, usage: msgcomm Invocation. +* msgconv program, usage: msgconv Invocation. +* msgen program, usage: msgen Invocation. +* msgexec program, usage: msgexec Invocation. +* msgfilter filter and catalog encoding: msgfilter Invocation. +* msgfilter program, usage: msgfilter Invocation. +* msgfmt program, usage: msgfmt Invocation. +* msggrep program, usage: msggrep Invocation. +* msgid: PO Files. +* msgid_plural: PO Files. +* msginit program, usage: msginit Invocation. +* msgmerge program, usage: msgmerge Invocation. +* msgstr: PO Files. +* msgunfmt program, usage: msgunfmt Invocation. +* msguniq program, usage: msguniq Invocation. +* multi-line strings: Normalizing. +* N_, a convenience macro: Comparison. +* Native Language Support: Concepts. +* Natural Language Support: Concepts. +* newlines in PO files: PO Files. +* ngettext: Plural forms. +* ngettext program, usage: ngettext Invocation. +* NLS: Concepts. +* no-awk-format flag: PO Files. +* no-c-format flag: PO Files. +* no-c-format, and xgettext: c-format Flag. +* no-elisp-format flag: PO Files. +* no-gcc-internal-format flag: PO Files. +* no-java-format flag: PO Files. +* no-librep-format flag: PO Files. +* no-lisp-format flag: PO Files. +* no-objc-format flag: PO Files. +* no-object-pascal-format flag: PO Files. +* no-perl-brace-format flag: PO Files. +* no-perl-format flag: PO Files. +* no-php-format flag: PO Files. +* no-python-format flag: PO Files. +* no-qt-format flag: PO Files. +* no-sh-format flag: PO Files. +* no-smalltalk-format flag: PO Files. +* no-tcl-format flag: PO Files. +* no-ycp-format flag: PO Files. +* nplurals, in a PO file header: Plural forms. +* number format: Aspects. +* objc-format flag: PO Files. +* Object Pascal: Pascal. +* object-pascal-format flag: PO Files. +* obsolete entries: Obsolete Entries. +* optimization of gettext functions: Optimized gettext. +* orthography: Manipulating. +* output to stdout, xgettext: xgettext Invocation. +* overview of gettext: Overview. +* package and version declaration in configure.in: configure.in. +* package build and installation options: Installers. +* package maintainer's view of gettext: Maintainers. +* paragraphs: Preparing Strings. +* Pascal: Pascal. +* Perl: Perl. +* Perl default keywords: Default Keywords. +* Perl invalid string interpolation: Interpolation I. +* Perl long lines: Long Lines. +* Perl parentheses: Parentheses. +* Perl pitfalls: Perl Pitfalls. +* Perl quote-like expressions: Quote-like Expressions. +* Perl special keywords for hash-lookups: Special Keywords. +* Perl valid string interpolation: Interpolation II. +* perl-brace-format flag: PO Files. +* perl-format flag: PO Files. +* PHP: PHP. +* php-format flag: PO Files. +* Pike: Pike. +* plural form formulas: Plural forms. +* plural forms: Plural forms. +* plural forms, in MO files: MO Files. +* plural forms, in PO files: PO Files. +* plural, in a PO file header: Plural forms. +* PO files' format: PO Files. +* PO mode (Emacs) commands: Main PO Commands. +* PO template file: Template. +* po_file_domains: libgettextpo. +* po_file_free: libgettextpo. +* po_file_read: libgettextpo. +* po_message_iterator: libgettextpo. +* po_message_iterator_free: libgettextpo. +* po_message_msgid: libgettextpo. +* po_message_msgid_plural: libgettextpo. +* po_message_msgstr: libgettextpo. +* po_message_msgstr_plural: libgettextpo. +* po_next_message: libgettextpo. +* portability problems with sed: msgfilter Invocation. +* POTFILES.in file: po/POTFILES.in. +* preparing programs for translation: Sources. +* preparing shell scripts for translation: Preparing Shell Scripts. +* problems with catgets interface: Problems with catgets. +* programming languages: Language Implementors. +* Python: Python. +* python-format flag: PO Files. +* Qt format strings: xgettext Invocation. +* Qt mode, and msgfmt program: msgfmt Invocation. +* qt-format flag: PO Files. +* quotation marks <1>: po/Makevars. +* quotation marks: Header Entry. +* quote characters, use in PO files: Header Entry. +* related reading: References. +* RST: RST. +* scripting languages: Language Implementors. +* search messages in a catalog: msggrep Invocation. +* selecting message language: End Users. +* sentences: Preparing Strings. +* setting up gettext at build time: Installers. +* setting up gettext at run time: End Users. +* several domains: Ambiguities. +* sex: Introduction. +* sgettext: GUI program problems. +* sh-format flag: PO Files. +* she, he, and they: Introduction. +* shell format string: envsubst Invocation. +* shell scripts: sh. +* Smalltalk: Smalltalk. +* smalltalk-format flag: PO Files. +* sorting msgcat output: msgcat Invocation. +* sorting msgmerge output: msgmerge Invocation. +* sorting msgunfmt output: msgunfmt Invocation. +* sorting output of xgettext: xgettext Invocation. +* specifying plural form in a PO file: Plural forms. +* standard output, and msgcat: msgcat Invocation. +* standard output, and msgmerge program: msgmerge Invocation. +* string concatenation: Preparing Strings. +* string normalization in entries: Normalizing. +* style: Preparing Strings. +* supported languages, xgettext: xgettext Invocation. +* Tcl: Tcl. +* Tcl mode, and msgfmt program: msgfmt Invocation. +* Tcl mode, and msgunfmt program: msgunfmt Invocation. +* tcl-format flag: PO Files. +* template PO file: Overview. +* testing .po files for equivalence: xgettext Invocation. +* Tk's scripting language: Tcl. +* translated entries: Translated Entries. +* translating menu entries: GUI program problems. +* translation aspects: Aspects. +* Translation Matrix: Matrix. +* Translation Project: Why. +* turning off NLS support: lib/gettext.h. +* tutorial of gettext usage: Overview. +* unify duplicate translations: msguniq Invocation. +* untranslated entries: Untranslated Entries. +* update translations from a compendium: Using Compendia. +* upgrading to new versions of gettext: Prerequisites. +* version control for backup files, msgmerge: msgmerge Invocation. +* wxWindows library: wxWindows. +* xargs, and output from msgexec: msgexec Invocation. +* xgettext program, usage: xgettext Invocation. +* xmodmap program, and typing quotation marks: Header Entry. +* YaST2 scripting language: YCP. +* YCP: YCP. +* ycp-format flag: PO Files. + diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-3 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-3 index b4a931a..dc4f4ec 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-3 +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +Dies ist gettext.info, hergestellt von Makeinfo Version 4.3 aus gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Choice of input file language Specifies the language of the input files. The supported languages are `C', `C++', `ObjectiveC', `PO', `Python', `Lisp', `EmacsLisp', `librep', `Smalltalk', `Java', `JavaProperties', `awk', `YCP', - `Tcl', `PHP', `RST', `Glade'. + `Tcl', `Perl', `PHP', `RST', `Glade'. `-C' `--c++' @@ -512,14 +512,14 @@ Content-Type In the GNU system, the following encodings are frequently used for the corresponding languages. - * `ISO-8859-1' for Afrikaans, Albanian, Basque, Breton, - Catalan, Cornish, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Faroese, - Finnish, French, Galician, German, Greenlandic, Icelandic, - Indonesian, Irish, Italian, Malay, Manx, Norwegian, Occitan, - Portuguese, Spanish, Swedish, Tagalog, Uzbek, Walloon, + * `ISO-8859-1' for Afrikaans, Albanian, Basque, Breton, + Catalan, Cornish, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Faroese, + Finnish, French, Galician, German, Greenlandic, Icelandic, + Indonesian, Irish, Italian, Malay, Manx, Norwegian, Occitan, + Portuguese, Spanish, Swedish, Tagalog, Uzbek, Walloon, - * `ISO-8859-2' for Bosnian, Croatian, Czech, Hungarian, - Polish, Romanian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovenian, + * `ISO-8859-2' for Bosnian, Croatian, Czech, Hungarian, Polish, + Romanian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovenian, * `ISO-8859-3' for Maltese, @@ -537,8 +537,8 @@ Content-Type * `ISO-8859-14' for Welsh, - * `ISO-8859-15' for Basque, Catalan, Dutch, English, Finnish, - French, Galician, German, Irish, Italian, Portuguese, + * `ISO-8859-15' for Basque, Catalan, Dutch, English, Finnish, + French, Galician, German, Irish, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, Swedish, Walloon, * `KOI8-R' for Russian, @@ -549,9 +549,9 @@ Content-Type * `CP1251' for Bulgarian, Byelorussian, - * `GB2312', `GBK', `GB18030' for simplified writing of Chinese, + * `GB2312', `GBK', `GB18030' for simplified writing of Chinese, - * `BIG5', `BIG5-HKSCS' for traditional writing of Chinese, + * `BIG5', `BIG5-HKSCS' for traditional writing of Chinese, * `EUC-JP' for Japanese, diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-4 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-4 index e7b7964..ed5a681 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-4 +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +Dies ist gettext.info, hergestellt von Makeinfo Version 4.3 aus gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-5 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-5 index 25940d3..2cbdfd5 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-5 +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +Dies ist gettext.info, hergestellt von Makeinfo Version 4.3 aus gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities @@ -73,18 +73,18 @@ are defined in a library called `libgettextpo'. This is a pointer type that refers to a message of a PO file, including its translation. - - Function: po_file_t po_file_read (const char *FILENAME) + - Funktion: po_file_t po_file_read (const char *FILENAME) The `po_file_read' function reads a PO file into memory. The file name is given as argument. The return value is a handle to the PO file's contents, valid until `po_file_free' is called on it. In case of error, the return value is `NULL', and `errno' is set. - - Function: void po_file_free (po_file_t FILE) + - Funktion: void po_file_free (po_file_t FILE) The `po_file_free' function frees a PO file's contents from memory, including all messages that are only implicitly accessible through iterators. - - Function: const char * const * po_file_domains (po_file_t FILE) + - Funktion: const char * const * po_file_domains (po_file_t FILE) The `po_file_domains' function returns the domains for which the given PO file has messages. The return value is a `NULL' terminated array which is valid as long as the FILE handle is @@ -92,19 +92,19 @@ are defined in a library called `libgettextpo'. return value contains only one domain, namely the default domain `"messages"'. - - Function: po_message_iterator_t po_message_iterator (po_file_t FILE, + - Funktion: po_message_iterator_t po_message_iterator (po_file_t FILE, const char *DOMAIN) The `po_message_iterator' returns an iterator that will produce the messages of FILE that belong to the given DOMAIN. If DOMAIN is `NULL', the default domain is used instead. To list the messages, use the function `po_next_message' repeatedly. - - Function: void po_message_iterator_free (po_message_iterator_t + - Funktion: void po_message_iterator_free (po_message_iterator_t ITERATOR) The `po_message_iterator_free' function frees an iterator previously allocated through the `po_message_iterator' function. - - Function: po_message_t po_next_message (po_message_iterator_t + - Funktion: po_message_t po_next_message (po_message_iterator_t ITERATOR) The `po_next_message' function returns the next message from ITERATOR and advances the iterator. It returns `NULL' when the @@ -113,21 +113,21 @@ are defined in a library called `libgettextpo'. The following functions returns details of a `po_message_t'. Recall that the results are valid as long as the FILE handle is valid. - - Function: const char * po_message_msgid (po_message_t MESSAGE) + - Funktion: const char * po_message_msgid (po_message_t MESSAGE) The `po_message_msgid' function returns the `msgid' (untranslated English string) of a message. This is guaranteed to be non-`NULL'. - - Function: const char * po_message_msgid_plural (po_message_t MESSAGE) + - Funktion: const char * po_message_msgid_plural (po_message_t MESSAGE) The `po_message_msgid_plural' function returns the `msgid_plural' (untranslated English plural string) of a message with plurals, or `NULL' for a message without plural. - - Function: const char * po_message_msgstr (po_message_t MESSAGE) + - Funktion: const char * po_message_msgstr (po_message_t MESSAGE) The `po_message_msgstr' function returns the `msgstr' (translation) of a message. For an untranslated message, the return value is an empty string. - - Function: const char * po_message_msgstr_plural (po_message_t + - Funktion: const char * po_message_msgstr_plural (po_message_t MESSAGE, int INDEX) The `po_message_msgstr_plural' function returns the `msgstr[INDEX]' of a message with plurals, or `NULL' when the @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ of catgets is `char *' the resulting string _must not_ be changed. It should better be `const char *', but the standard is published in 1988, one year before ANSI C. -The last of these function functions is used and behaves as expected: +The last of these functions is used and behaves as expected: catclose (catd); @@ -867,12 +867,12 @@ proposal and it is followed by at least one major Unix vendor (Sun) in its last developments. It is not specified in any official standard, though. - The main points about this solution is that it does not follow the + The main point about this solution is that it does not follow the method of normal file handling (open-use-close) and that it does not -burden the programmer so many task, especially the unique key handling. -Of course here also a unique key is needed, but this key is the message -itself (how long or short it is). See *Note Comparison:: for a more -detailed comparison of the two methods. +burden the programmer with so many tasks, especially the unique key +handling. Of course here also a unique key is needed, but this key is +the message itself (how long or short it is). See *Note Comparison:: +for a more detailed comparison of the two methods. The following section contains a rather detailed description of the interface. We make it that detailed because this is the interface we @@ -923,14 +923,14 @@ To use a domain set by `textdomain' the function is to be used. This is the simplest reasonable form one can imagine. The translation of the string MSGID is returned if it is available in -the current domain. If not available the argument itself is returned. -If the argument is `NULL' the result is undefined. +the current domain. If it is not available, the argument itself is +returned. If the argument is `NULL' the result is undefined. - One things which should come into mind is that no explicit -dependency to the used domain is given. The current value of the -domain for the `LC_MESSAGES' locale is used. If this changes between -two executions of the same `gettext' call in the program, both calls -reference a different message catalog. + One thing which should come into mind is that no explicit dependency +to the used domain is given. The current value of the domain for the +`LC_MESSAGES' locale is used. If this changes between two executions +of the same `gettext' call in the program, both calls reference a +different message catalog. For the easiest case, which is normally used in internationalized packages, once at the beginning of execution a call to `textdomain' is @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ translation for MSGID, it returns MSGID unchanged - independently of the current output character set. It is therefore recommended that all MSGIDs be US-ASCII strings. - - Function: char * bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *DOMAINNAME, + - Funktion: char * bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *DOMAINNAME, const char *CODESET) The `bind_textdomain_codeset' function can be used to specify the output character set for message catalogs for domain DOMAINNAME. diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-6 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-6 index dda63a1..4084182 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-6 +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-6 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +Dies ist gettext.info, hergestellt von Makeinfo Version 4.3 aus gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ package and the coding standards for the GNU project require program being written in English, this solution nevertheless fulfills its purpose. - - Function: char * ngettext (const char *MSGID1, const char *MSGID2, + - Funktion: char * ngettext (const char *MSGID1, const char *MSGID2, unsigned long int N) The `ngettext' function is similar to the `gettext' function as it finds the message catalogs in the same way. But it takes two @@ -145,14 +145,14 @@ purpose. `printf' function as well. It is not sufficient to pass it only to `ngettext'. - - Function: char * dngettext (const char *DOMAIN, const char *MSGID1, + - Funktion: char * dngettext (const char *DOMAIN, const char *MSGID1, const char *MSGID2, unsigned long int N) The `dngettext' is similar to the `dgettext' function in the way the message catalog is selected. The difference is that it takes two extra parameter to provide the correct plural form. These two parameters are handled in the same way `ngettext' handles them. - - Function: char * dcngettext (const char *DOMAIN, const char *MSGID1, + - Funktion: char * dcngettext (const char *DOMAIN, const char *MSGID1, const char *MSGID2, unsigned long int N, int CATEGORY) The `dcngettext' is similar to the `dcgettext' function in the way the message catalog is selected. The difference is that it takes @@ -293,7 +293,18 @@ Three forms, special cases for numbers ending in 1 and 2, 3, 4, except those end Languages with this property include: Slavic family - Croatian, Czech, Russian, Slovak, Ukrainian + Croatian, Czech, Russian, Ukrainian + +Three forms, special cases for 1 and 2, 3, 4 + The header entry would look like this: + + Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; \ + plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2; + + Languages with this property include: + + Slavic family + Slovak Three forms, special case for one and some numbers ending in 2, 3, or 4 The header entry would look like this: diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-7 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-7 index 680a25d..5b927db 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-7 +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-7 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +Dies ist gettext.info, hergestellt von Makeinfo Version 4.3 aus gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities @@ -733,13 +733,15 @@ File: gettext.info, Node: aclocal, Next: acconfig, Prev: mkinstalldirs, Up: If you do not have an `aclocal.m4' file in your distribution, the simplest is to concatenate the files `codeset.m4', `gettext.m4', -`glibc21.m4', `iconv.m4', `intdiv0.m4', `inttypes.m4', `inttypes_h.m4', -`inttypes-pri.m4', `isc-posix.m4', `lcmessage.m4', `lib-ld.m4', -`lib-link.m4', `lib-prefix.m4', `progtest.m4', `stdint_h.m4', -`uintmax_t.m4', `ulonglong.m4' from GNU `gettext''s `m4/' directory -into a single file. If you have suppressed the `intl/' directory, only -`gettext.m4', `iconv.m4', `lib-ld.m4', `lib-link.m4', `lib-prefix.m4', -`progtest.m4' need to be concatenated. +`glibc21.m4', `iconv.m4', `intdiv0.m4', `intmax.m4', `inttypes.m4', +`inttypes_h.m4', `inttypes-pri.m4', `isc-posix.m4', `lcmessage.m4', +`lib-ld.m4', `lib-link.m4', `lib-prefix.m4', `longdouble.m4', +`longlong.m4', `printf-posix.m4', `progtest.m4', `signed.m4', +`stdint_h.m4', `uintmax_t.m4', `ulonglong.m4', `wchar_t.m4', `wint_t.m4' +from GNU `gettext''s `m4/' directory into a single file. If you have +suppressed the `intl/' directory, only `gettext.m4', `iconv.m4', +`lib-ld.m4', `lib-link.m4', `lib-prefix.m4', `progtest.m4' need to be +concatenated. If you already have an `aclocal.m4' file, then you will have to merge the said macro files into your `aclocal.m4'. Note that if you diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-8 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-8 index 9aad8eb..af79966 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-8 +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +Dies ist gettext.info, hergestellt von Makeinfo Version 4.3 aus gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ drawbacks. 1. The advantage is that anyone can check out the CVS at any moment and gets a working build. The drawbacks are: 1a. It requires some frequent "cvs commit" actions by the maintainers. 1b. The - reposity grows in size quite fast. + repository grows in size quite fast. 2. The advantage is that anyone can check out the CVS, and the usual "./configure; make" will work. The drawbacks are: 2a. The one who @@ -358,6 +358,7 @@ strings. * object-pascal-format:: Object Pascal Format Strings * ycp-format:: YCP Format Strings * tcl-format:: Tcl Format Strings +* perl-format:: Perl Format Strings * php-format:: PHP Format Strings @@ -373,6 +374,21 @@ See also the fprintf(3) manual page, `http://www.linuxvalley.it/encyclopedia/ldp/manpage/man3/printf.3.php', `http://informatik.fh-wuerzburg.de/student/i510/man/printf.html'. + Although format strings with positions that reorder arguments, such +as + + "Only %2$d bytes free on '%1$s'." + +which is semantically equivalent to + + "'%s' has only %d bytes free." + +are a POSIX/XSI feature and not specified by ISO C 99, translators can +rely on this reordering ability: On the few platforms where `printf()', +`fprintf()' etc. don't support this feature natively, `libintl.a' or +`libintl.so' provides replacement functions, and GNU `<libintl.h>' +activates these replacement functions automatically. + File: gettext.info, Node: python-format, Next: lisp-format, Prev: c-format, Up: Translators for other Languages @@ -471,7 +487,7 @@ directive starts with `%' and is followed by `%' or a nonzero digit (`1' to `9'). -File: gettext.info, Node: tcl-format, Next: php-format, Prev: ycp-format, Up: Translators for other Languages +File: gettext.info, Node: tcl-format, Next: perl-format, Prev: ycp-format, Up: Translators for other Languages Tcl Format Strings ------------------ @@ -480,7 +496,16 @@ Tcl Format Strings `http://www.scriptics.com/man/tcl8.3/TclCmd/format.htm'. -File: gettext.info, Node: php-format, Prev: tcl-format, Up: Translators for other Languages +File: gettext.info, Node: perl-format, Next: php-format, Prev: tcl-format, Up: Translators for other Languages + +Perl Format Strings +------------------- + + Perl format strings are described in the `Locale::TextDomain' manual +page, or in `http://let.imperia.org/howto/en/perl-i18n/'. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: php-format, Prev: perl-format, Up: Translators for other Languages PHP Format Strings ------------------ @@ -587,7 +612,7 @@ Extractor `xgettext -k_' Formatting with positions - `fprintf "%2$d %1$d"' (POSIX/XSI but not C 99) + `fprintf "%2$d %1$d"' In C++: `autosprintf "%2$d %1$d"' (*note Introduction: (autosprintf)Top.) @@ -837,7 +862,7 @@ Extractor `clisp-xgettext' Formatting with positions - `fprintf "%2$d %1$d"' (POSIX/XSI but not C 99) + `fprintf "%2$d %1$d"' Portability On platforms without gettext, no translation. @@ -1367,68 +1392,43 @@ Perl ---- RPMs - perl, perl-gettext + perl File extension - `pl', `PL' + `pl', `PL', `pm', `cgi' String syntax - `"abc"' + * `"abc"' -gettext shorthand - -- + * `'abc'' -gettext/ngettext functions - `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext' + * `qq (abc)' -textdomain - `textdomain' function + * `q (abc)' -bindtextdomain - `bindtextdomain' function + * `qr /abc/' -setlocale - Use `setlocale (LC_ALL, "");' + * `qx (/bin/date)' -Prerequisite - `use POSIX;' - `use Locale::gettext;' + * `/pattern match/' -Use or emulate GNU gettext - use + * `?pattern match?' -Extractor - ? + * `s/substitution/operators/' -Formatting with positions - -- + * `$tied_hash{"message"}' -Portability - ? + * `$tied_hash_reference->{"message"}' -po-mode marking - -- + * etc., issue the command `man perlsyn' for details - -File: gettext.info, Node: PHP, Next: Pike, Prev: Perl, Up: List of Programming Languages - -PHP Hypertext Preprocessor --------------------------- - -RPMs - mod_php4, mod_php4-core, phplib, phpdoc - -File extension - `php', `php3', `php4' - -String syntax - `"abc"', `'abc'' gettext shorthand - `_("abc")' + `__' (double underscore) gettext/ngettext functions - `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext' + `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext', `ngettext', `dngettext', + `dcngettext' textdomain `textdomain' function @@ -1436,773 +1436,292 @@ textdomain bindtextdomain `bindtextdomain' function -setlocale - Programmer must call `setlocale (LC_ALL, "")' - -Prerequisite - -- - -Use or emulate GNU gettext - use - -Extractor - `xgettext' - -Formatting with positions - `printf "%2\$d %1\$d"' - -Portability - On platforms without gettext, the functions are not available. - -po-mode marking - -- - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Pike, Prev: PHP, Up: List of Programming Languages - -Pike ----- - -RPMs - roxen - -File extension - `pike' - -String syntax - `"abc"' - -gettext shorthand - -- - -gettext/ngettext functions - `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext' - -textdomain - `textdomain' function - -bindtextdomain - `bindtextdomain' function +bind_textdomain_codeset + `bind_textdomain_codeset' function setlocale - `setlocale' function + Use `setlocale (LC_ALL, "");' Prerequisite - `import Locale.Gettext;' + `use POSIX;' + `use Locale::TextDomain;' (included in the package libintl-perl + which is available on the Comprehensive Perl Authors Network CPAN, + http://www.cpan.org/). Use or emulate GNU gettext - use + emulate Extractor - -- + `xgettext -k__ -k\$__ -k%__ -k__x -kN__ -k' Formatting with positions - -- + `__x("error opening '[file]': [err]", file => $file, err => $!);' Portability - On platforms without gettext, the functions are not available. + The `libintl-perl' package is platform-independent but does not + belong to the Perl core. The programmer is responsible for + providing a dummy implementation of the required functions if the + package is not installed on the target system. po-mode marking -- - -File: gettext.info, Node: List of Data Formats, Prev: List of Programming Languages, Up: Programming Languages - -Internationalizable Data -======================== +Documentation + In-depth documentation can be found at + http://let.imperia.org/howto/en/perl-18n/. - Here is a list of other data formats which can be internationalized -using GNU gettext. + The `xgettext' parser backend for Perl differs significantly from +the parser backends for other programming languages, just as Perl +itself differs significantly from other programming languages. The +Perl parser backend offers many more string marking facilities than the +other backends but it also has some Perl-specific limitations, the +worst probably being its imperfectness. * Menu: -* POT:: POT - Portable Object Template -* RST:: Resource String Table -* Glade:: Glade - GNOME user interface description - - -File: gettext.info, Node: POT, Next: RST, Prev: List of Data Formats, Up: List of Data Formats - -POT - Portable Object Template ------------------------------- - -RPMs - gettext - -File extension - `pot', `po' - -Extractor - `xgettext' - - -File: gettext.info, Node: RST, Next: Glade, Prev: POT, Up: List of Data Formats - -Resource String Table ---------------------- - -RPMs - fpk - -File extension - `rst' - -Extractor - `xgettext', `rstconv' - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Glade, Prev: RST, Up: List of Data Formats - -Glade - GNOME user interface description ----------------------------------------- - -RPMs - glade, libglade, xml-i18n-tools - -File extension - `glade' - -Extractor - `xgettext', `libglade-xgettext' - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Conclusion, Next: Language Codes, Prev: Programming Languages, Up: Top - -Concluding Remarks -****************** - - We would like to conclude this GNU `gettext' manual by presenting an -history of the Translation Project so far. We finally give a few -pointers for those who want to do further research or readings about -Native Language Support matters. - -* Menu: - -* History:: History of GNU `gettext' -* References:: Related Readings - - -File: gettext.info, Node: History, Next: References, Prev: Conclusion, Up: Conclusion - -History of GNU `gettext' -======================== - - Internationalization concerns and algorithms have been informally -and casually discussed for years in GNU, sometimes around GNU `libc', -maybe around the incoming `Hurd', or otherwise (nobody clearly -remembers). And even then, when the work started for real, this was -somewhat independently of these previous discussions. - - This all began in July 1994, when Patrick D'Cruze had the idea and -initiative of internationalizing version 3.9.2 of GNU `fileutils'. He -then asked Jim Meyering, the maintainer, how to get those changes -folded into an official release. That first draft was full of -`#ifdef's and somewhat disconcerting, and Jim wanted to find nicer -ways. Patrick and Jim shared some tries and experimentations in this -area. Then, feeling that this might eventually have a deeper impact on -GNU, Jim wanted to know what standards were, and contacted Richard -Stallman, who very quickly and verbally described an overall design for -what was meant to become `glocale', at that time. - - Jim implemented `glocale' and got a lot of exhausting feedback from -Patrick and Richard, of course, but also from Mitchum DSouza (who wrote -a `catgets'-like package), Roland McGrath, maybe David MacKenzie, -Franc,ois Pinard, and Paul Eggert, all pushing and pulling in various -directions, not always compatible, to the extent that after a couple of -test releases, `glocale' was torn apart. - - While Jim took some distance and time and became dad for a second -time, Roland wanted to get GNU `libc' internationalized, and got Ulrich -Drepper involved in that project. Instead of starting from `glocale', -Ulrich rewrote something from scratch, but more conformant to the set -of guidelines who emerged out of the `glocale' effort. Then, Ulrich -got people from the previous forum to involve themselves into this new -project, and the switch from `glocale' to what was first named -`msgutils', renamed `nlsutils', and later `gettext', became officially -accepted by Richard in May 1995 or so. - - Let's summarize by saying that Ulrich Drepper wrote GNU `gettext' in -April 1995. The first official release of the package, including PO -mode, occurred in July 1995, and was numbered 0.7. Other people -contributed to the effort by providing a discussion forum around -Ulrich, writing little pieces of code, or testing. These are quoted in -the `THANKS' file which comes with the GNU `gettext' distribution. - - While this was being done, Franc,ois adapted half a dozen of GNU -packages to `glocale' first, then later to `gettext', putting them in -pretest, so providing along the way an effective user environment for -fine tuning the evolving tools. He also took the responsibility of -organizing and coordinating the Translation Project. After nearly a -year of informal exchanges between people from many countries, -translator teams started to exist in May 1995, through the creation and -support by Patrick D'Cruze of twenty unmoderated mailing lists for that -many native languages, and two moderated lists: one for reaching all -teams at once, the other for reaching all willing maintainers of -internationalized free software packages. - - Franc,ois also wrote PO mode in June 1995 with the collaboration of -Greg McGary, as a kind of contribution to Ulrich's package. He also -gave a hand with the GNU `gettext' Texinfo manual. - - In 1997, Ulrich Drepper released the GNU libc 2.0, which included the -`gettext', `textdomain' and `bindtextdomain' functions. - - In 2000, Ulrich Drepper added plural form handling (the `ngettext' -function) to GNU libc. Later, in 2001, he released GNU libc 2.2.x, -which is the first free C library with full internationalization -support. - - Ulrich being quite busy in his role of General Maintainer of GNU -libc, he handed over the GNU `gettext' maintenance to Bruno Haible in -2000. Bruno added the plural form handling to the tools as well, added -support for UTF-8 and CJK locales, and wrote a few new tools for -manipulating PO files. +* General Problems:: General Problems Parsing Perl Code +* Default Keywords:: Which Keywords Will xgettext Look For? +* Special Keywords:: How to Extract Hash Keys +* Quote-like Expressions:: What are Strings And Quote-like Expressions? +* Interpolation I:: Invalid String Interpolation +* Interpolation II:: Valid String Interpolation +* Parentheses:: When To Use Parentheses +* Long Lines:: How To Grok with Long Lines +* Perl Pitfalls:: Bugs, Pitfalls, and Things That Do Not Work -File: gettext.info, Node: References, Prev: History, Up: Conclusion - -Related Readings -================ - - Eugene H. Dorr (`dorre@well.com') maintains an interesting -bibliography on internationalization matters, called -`Internationalization Reference List', which is available as: - ftp://ftp.ora.com/pub/examples/nutshell/ujip/doc/i18n-books.txt - - Michael Gschwind (`mike@vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at') maintains a -Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) list, entitled `Programming for -Internationalisation'. This FAQ discusses writing programs which can -handle different language conventions, character sets, etc.; and is -applicable to all character set encodings, with particular emphasis on -ISO 8859-1. It is regularly published in Usenet groups -`comp.unix.questions', `comp.std.internat', -`comp.software.international', `comp.lang.c', `comp.windows.x', -`comp.std.c', `comp.answers' and `news.answers'. The home location of -this document is: - ftp://ftp.vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at/pub/8bit/ISO-programming - - Patrick D'Cruze (`pdcruze@li.org') wrote a tutorial about NLS -matters, and Jochen Hein (`Hein@student.tu-clausthal.de') took over the -responsibility of maintaining it. It may be found as: - ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/nls/catalogs/Incoming/... - ...locale-tutorial-0.8.txt.gz - -This site is mirrored in: - ftp://ftp.ibp.fr/pub/linux/sunsite/ - - A French version of the same tutorial should be findable at: - ftp://ftp.ibp.fr/pub/linux/french/docs/ - -together with French translations of many Linux-related documents. +File: gettext.info, Node: General Problems, Next: Default Keywords, Up: Perl + +General Problems Parsing Perl Code +.................................. + + It is often heard that only Perl can parse Perl. This is not true. +Perl cannot be _parsed_ at all, it can only be _executed_. Perl has +various built-in ambiguities that can only be resolved at runtime. + + The following example may illustrate one common problem: + + print gettext "Hello World!"; + + Although this example looks like a bullet-proof case of a function +invocation, it is not: + + open gettext, ">testfile" or die; + print gettext "Hello world!" + + In this context, the string `gettext' looks more like a file handle. +But not necessarily: + + use Locale::Messages; + open gettext ">testfile" or die; + print gettext "Hello world!"; + + Now, the file is probably syntactically incorrect, provided that the +module `Locale::Messages' found first in the Perl include path exports a +function `gettext'. But what if the module `Locale::Messages' really +looks like this? + + use vars qw (*gettext); + + 1; + + In this case, the string `gettext' will be interpreted as a file +handle again, and the above example will create a file `testfile' and +write the string "Hello world!" into it. Even advanced control flow +analysis will not really help: + + if (0.5 < rand) { + eval "use Sane"; + } else { + eval "use InSane"; + } + print gettext "Hello world!"; + + If the module `Sane' exports a function `gettext' that does what we +expect, and the module `InSane' opens a file for writing and associates +the _handle_ `gettext' with this output stream, we are clueless again +about what will happen at runtime. It is completely unpredictable. +The truth is that Perl has so many ways to fill its symbol table at +runtime that it is impossible to interpret a particular piece of code +without executing it. + + Of course, `xgettext' will not execute your Perl sources while +scanning for translatable strings, but rather use heuristics in order +to guess what you meant. + + Another problem is the ambiguity of the slash and the question mark. +Their interpretation depends on the context: + + # A pattern match. + print "OK\n" if /foobar/; + + # A division. + print 1 / 2; + + # Another pattern match. + print "OK\n" if ?foobar?; + + # Conditional. + print $x ? "foo" : "bar"; + + The slash may either act as the division operator or introduce a +pattern match, whereas the question mark may act as the ternary +conditional operator or as a pattern match, too. Other programming +languages like `awk' present similar problems, but the consequences of a +misinterpretation are particularly nasty with Perl sources. In `awk' +for instance, a statement can never exceed one line and the parser can +recover from a parsing error at the next newline and interpret the rest +of the input stream correctly. Perl is different, as a pattern match +is terminated by the next appearance of the delimiter (the slash or the +question mark) in the input stream, regardless of the semantic context. +If a slash is really a division sign but mis-interpreted as a pattern +match, the rest of the input file is most probably parsed incorrectly. + + If you find that `xgettext' fails to extract strings from portions +of your sources, you should therefore look out for slashes and/or +question marks preceding these sections. You may have come across a +bug in the `xgettext''s Perl parser (and of course you should report +that bug). -File: gettext.info, Node: Language Codes, Next: Country Codes, Prev: Conclusion, Up: Top - -Language Codes -************** - - The ISO 639 standard defines two character codes for many languages. -All abbreviations for languages used in the Translation Project should -come from this standard. - -`aa' - Afar. - -`ab' - Abkhazian. - -`ae' - Avestan. - -`af' - Afrikaans. - -`am' - Amharic. - -`ar' - Arabic. - -`as' - Assamese. - -`ay' - Aymara. - -`az' - Azerbaijani. - -`ba' - Bashkir. - -`be' - Byelorussian; Belarusian. - -`bg' - Bulgarian. - -`bh' - Bihari. - -`bi' - Bislama. - -`bn' - Bengali; Bangla. - -`bo' - Tibetan. - -`br' - Breton. - -`bs' - Bosnian. - -`ca' - Catalan. - -`ce' - Chechen. - -`ch' - Chamorro. - -`co' - Corsican. - -`cs' - Czech. - -`cu' - Church Slavic. - -`cv' - Chuvash. - -`cy' - Welsh. - -`da' - Danish. - -`de' - German. - -`dz' - Dzongkha; Bhutani. - -`el' - Greek. - -`en' - English. - -`eo' - Esperanto. - -`es' - Spanish. - -`et' - Estonian. - -`eu' - Basque. - -`fa' - Persian. - -`fi' - Finnish. - -`fj' - Fijian; Fiji. - -`fo' - Faroese. - -`fr' - French. - -`fy' - Frisian. - -`ga' - Irish. - -`gd' - Scots; Gaelic. - -`gl' - Gallegan; Galician. - -`gn' - Guarani. - -`gu' - Gujarati. - -`gv' - Manx. - -`ha' - Hausa (?). - -`he' - Hebrew (formerly iw). - -`hi' - Hindi. - -`ho' - Hiri Motu. - -`hr' - Croatian. - -`hu' - Hungarian. - -`hy' - Armenian. - -`hz' - Herero. - -`ia' - Interlingua. - -`id' - Indonesian (formerly in). - -`ie' - Interlingue. - -`ik' - Inupiak. - -`io' - Ido. - -`is' - Icelandic. - -`it' - Italian. +File: gettext.info, Node: Default Keywords, Next: Special Keywords, Prev: General Problems, Up: Perl -`iu' - Inuktitut. +Which keywords will xgettext look for? +...................................... -`ja' - Japanese. + Unless you instruct `xgettext' otherwise by invoking it with one of +the options `--keyword' or `-k', it will recognize the following +keywords in your Perl sources: -`jv' - Javanese. + * `gettext' -`ka' - Georgian. + * `dgettext' -`ki' - Kikuyu. + * `dcgettext' -`kj' - Kuanyama. + * `ngettext:1,2' -`kk' - Kazakh. + The first (singular) and the second (plural) argument will be + extracted. -`kl' - Kalaallisut; Greenlandic. + * `dngettext:1,2' -`km' - Khmer; Cambodian. + The first (singular) and the second (plural) argument will be + extracted. -`kn' - Kannada. + * `dcngettext:1,2' -`ko' - Korean. + The first (singular) and the second (plural) argument will be + extracted. -`ks' - Kashmiri. + * `gettext_noop' -`ku' - Kurdish. + * `%gettext' -`kv' - Komi. + The keys of lookups into the hash `%gettext' will be extracted. -`kw' - Cornish. + * `$gettext' -`ky' - Kirghiz. + The keys of lookups into the hash reference `$gettext' will be + extracted. -`la' - Latin. -`lb' - Letzeburgesch. - -`ln' - Lingala. - -`lo' - Lao; Laotian. - -`lt' - Lithuanian. - -`lv' - Latvian; Lettish. - -`mg' - Malagasy. - -`mh' - Marshall. - -`mi' - Maori. - -`mk' - Macedonian. - -`ml' - Malayalam. - -`mn' - Mongolian. - -`mo' - Moldavian. - -`mr' - Marathi. - -`ms' - Malay. - -`mt' - Maltese. - -`my' - Burmese. - -`na' - Nauru. - -`nb' - Norwegian Bokmaal. - -`nd' - Ndebele, North. - -`ne' - Nepali. - -`ng' - Ndonga. - -`nl' - Dutch. - -`nn' - Norwegian Nynorsk. - -`no' - Norwegian. - -`nr' - Ndebele, South. - -`nv' - Navajo. - -`ny' - Chichewa; Nyanja. - -`oc' - Occitan; Provenc,al. - -`om' - (Afan) Oromo. - -`or' - Oriya. - -`os' - Ossetian; Ossetic. - -`pa' - Panjabi; Punjabi. - -`pi' - Pali. - -`pl' - Polish. - -`ps' - Pashto, Pushto. - -`pt' - Portuguese. - -`qu' - Quechua. - -`rm' - Rhaeto-Romance. - -`rn' - Rundi; Kirundi. - -`ro' - Romanian. - -`ru' - Russian. - -`rw' - Kinyarwanda. - -`sa' - Sanskrit. - -`sc' - Sardinian. - -`sd' - Sindhi. - -`se' - Northern Sami. - -`sg' - Sango; Sangro. - -`si' - Sinhalese. - -`sk' - Slovak. - -`sl' - Slovenian. - -`sm' - Samoan. - -`sn' - Shona. - -`so' - Somali. - -`sq' - Albanian. - -`sr' - Serbian. - -`ss' - Swati; Siswati. - -`st' - Sesotho; Sotho, Southern. - -`su' - Sundanese. - -`sv' - Swedish. - -`sw' - Swahili. - -`ta' - Tamil. - -`te' - Telugu. - -`tg' - Tajik. - -`th' - Thai. + +File: gettext.info, Node: Special Keywords, Next: Quote-like Expressions, Prev: Default Keywords, Up: Perl -`ti' - Tigrinya. +How to Extract Hash Keys +........................ -`tk' - Turkmen. + Translating messages at runtime is normally performed by looking up +the original string in the translation database and returning the +translated version. The "natural" Perl implementation is a hash +lookup, and, of course, `xgettext' supports such practice. -`tl' - Tagalog. + print __"Hello world!"; + print $__{"Hello world!"}; + print $__->{"Hello world!"}; + print $$__{"Hello world!"}; -`tn' - Tswana; Setswana. + The above four lines all do the same thing. The Perl module +`Locale::TextDomain' exports by default a hash `%__' that is tied to +the function `__()'. It also exports a reference `$__' to `%__'. -`to' - Tonga (?). + If an argument to the `xgettext' option `--keyword', resp. `-k' +starts with a percent sign, the rest of the keyword is interpreted as +the name of a hash. If it starts with a dollar sign, the rest of the +keyword is interpreted as a reference to a hash. -`tr' - Turkish. + Note that you can omit the quotation marks (single or double) around +the hash key (almost) whenever Perl itself allows it: -`ts' - Tsonga. + print $gettext{Error}; -`tt' - Tatar. + The exact rule is: You can omit the surrounding quotes, when the hash +key is a valid C (!) identifier, i. e. when it starts with an +underscore or a ASCII letter and is followed by an arbitrary number of +underscores, ASCII letters or digits. Other Unicode characters are +_not_ allowed, regardless of the `use utf8' pragma. -`tw' - Twi. + +File: gettext.info, Node: Quote-like Expressions, Next: Interpolation I, Prev: Special Keywords, Up: Perl -`ty' - Tahitian. +What are Strings And Quote-like Expressions? +............................................ -`ug' - Uighur. + Perl offers a plethora of different string constructs. Those that +can be used either as arguments to functions or inside braces for hash +lookups are generally supported by `xgettext'. -`uk' - Ukrainian. + * *double-quoted strings* + print gettext "Hello World!"; -`ur' - Urdu. + * *single-quoted strings* + print gettext 'Hello World!'; -`uz' - Uzbek. + * *the operator qq* + print gettext qq |Hello World!|; + print gettext qq <E-mail: <guido\@imperia.net>>; -`vi' - Vietnamese. + The operator `qq' is fully supported. You can use arbitrary + delimiters, including the four bracketing delimiters (round, angle, + square, curly) that nest. -`vo' - Volapu"k; Volapuk. + * *the operator q* + print gettext q |Hello World!|; + print gettext q <E-mail: <guido@imperia.net>>; -`wa' - Walloon. + The operator `q' is fully supported. You can use arbitrary + delimiters, including the four bracketing delimiters (round, angle, + square, curly) that nest. -`wo' - Wolof. + * *the operator qx* + print gettext qx ;LANGUAGE=C /bin/date; + print gettext qx [/usr/bin/ls | grep '^[A-Z]*']; -`xh' - Xhosa. + The operator `qx' is fully supported. You can use arbitrary + delimiters, including the four bracketing delimiters (round, angle, + square, curly) that nest. -`yi' - Yiddish (formerly ji). + Use this feature with care! If you use it, you lose control of the + external code executed from within your Perl script to your + translator! -`yo' - Yoruba. + * *here documents* + print gettext <<'EOF'; + program not found in $PATH + EOF + + print ngettext <<EOF, <<"EOF"; + one file deleted + EOF + several files deleted + EOF -`za' - Zhuang. + Here-documents are recognized. If the delimiter is enclosed in + single quotes, the string is not interpolated. If it is enclosed + in double quotes or has no quotes at all, the string is + interpolated. -`zh' - Chinese. + Delimiters that start with a digit are not supported! -`zu' - Zulu. diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-9 b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-9 index d757389..9c111c5 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-9 +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext.info-9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This is gettext.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from +Dies ist gettext.info, hergestellt von Makeinfo Version 4.3 aus gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities @@ -45,6 +45,1098 @@ versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. +File: gettext.info, Node: Interpolation I, Next: Interpolation II, Prev: Quote-like Expressions, Up: Perl + +Invalid Uses Of String Interpolation +.................................... + + Perl is capable of interpolating variables into strings. This offers +some nice features in localized programs but can also lead to problems. + + A common error is a construct like the following: + + print gettext "This is the program $0!\n"; + + Perl will interpolate at runtime the value of the variable `$0' into +the argument of the `gettext()' function. Hence, this argument is not +a string constant but a variable argument (`$0' is a global variable +that holds the name of the Perl script being executed). The +interpolation is performed by Perl before the string argument is passed +to `gettext()' and will therefore depend on the name of the script +which can only be determined at runtime. Consequently, it is almost +impossible that a translation can be looked up at runtime (except if by +accident the interpolated string is found in the message catalog). + + The `xgettext' program will therefore terminate parsing with a fatal +error if it encounters a variable inside of an extracted string. In +general, this will happen for all kinds of string interpolations that +cannot be safely performed at compile time. If you absolutely know +what you are doing, you can always circumvent this behavior: + + my $know_what_i_am_doing = "This is program $0!\n"; + print gettext $know_what_i_am_doing; + + Since the parser only recognizes strings and quote-like expressions, +but not variables or other terms, the above construct will be accepted. +You will have to find another way, however, to let your original +string make it into your message catalog. + + If invoked with the option `--extract-all', resp. `-a', variable +interpolation will be accepted. Rationale: You will generally use this +option in order to prepare your sources for internationalization. + + Please see the manual page `man perlop' for details of strings and +quote-like expressions that are subject to interpolation and those that +are not. Safe interpolations (that will not lead to a fatal error) are: + + * the escape sequences `\t' (tab, HT, TAB), `\n' (newline, NL), `\r' + (return, CR), `\f' (form feed, FF), `\b' (backspace, BS), `\a' + (alarm, bell, BEL), and `\e' (escape, ESC). + + * octal chars, like `\033' + Note that octal escapes in the range of 400-777 are translated + into a UTF-8 representation, regardless of the presence of the + `use utf8' pragma. + + * hex chars, like `\x1b' + + * wide hex chars, like `\x263a' + Note that this escape is translated into a UTF-8 representation, + regardless of the presence of the `use utf8' pragma. + + * control chars, like `\c[' (CTRL-[) + + * named Unicode chars, like `\N{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA}' + Note that this escape is translated into a UTF-8 representation, + regardless of the presence of the `use utf8' pragma. + + The following escapes are considered partially safe: + + * `\l' lowercase next char + + * `\u' uppercase next char + + * `\L' lowercase till \E + + * `\U' uppercase till \E + + * `\E' end case modification + + * `\Q' quote non-word characters till \E + + + These escapes are only considered safe if the string consists of +ASCII characters only. Translation of characters outside the range +defined by ASCII is locale-dependent and can only be performed at +runtime. + + Except for the modifier `\Q', these translations, albeit valid, are +generally useless and only obfuscate your sources. If a translation +can be safely performed at compile time you can just as well write what +you mean. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Interpolation II, Next: Parentheses, Prev: Interpolation I, Up: Perl + +Valid Uses Of String Interpolation +.................................. + + Perl is often used to generate sources for other programming +languages or arbitrary file formats. Web applications that output HTML +code make a prominent example for such usage. + + You will often come across situations where you want to intersperse +code written in the target (programming) language with translatable +messages, like in the following HTML example: + + print gettext <<EOF; + <h1>My Homepage</h1> + <script language="JavaScript"><!-- + for (i = 0; i < 100; ++i) { + alert ("Thank you so much for visiting my homepage!"); + } + //--></script> + EOF + + If you exaggerate with constructs like the above, you will run the +risk that the translators of your package will look out for a less +challenging project. You should consider an alternative expression: + + print <<EOF; + <h1>$gettext{"My Homepage"}</h1> + <script language="JavaScript"><!-- + for (i = 0; i < 100; ++i) { + alert ("$gettext{'Thank you so much for visiting my homepage!'}"); + } + //--></script> + EOF + + The resulting PO file will begrudgingly improve in terms of +readability. + + You can interpolate hash lookups in all strings or quote-like +expressions that are subject to interpolation (see the manual page `man +perlop' for details). Double interpolation is invalid, however: + + # TRANSLATORS: Replace "the earth" with the name of your planet. + print gettext qq{Welcome to $gettext->{"the earth"}}; + + The quoted string is recognized as an argument to `xgettext' in the +first place, and checked for invalid variable interpolation. The +dollar sign will therefore terminate the parser with an "invalid +interpolation" error. + + It is valid to interpolate hash lookups in regular expressions: + + if ($var =~ /$gettext{"the earth"}/) { + print gettext "Match!\n"; + } + s/$gettext{"U. S. A."}/$gettext{"U. S. A."} $gettext{"(dial +0)"}/g; + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Parentheses, Next: Long Lines, Prev: Interpolation II, Up: Perl + +When To Use Parentheses +....................... + + In Perl, parentheses around function arguments are mostly optional. +`xgettext' will always assume that all recognized keywords (except for +hashs and hash references) are names of properly prototyped functions, +and will (hopefully) only require parentheses where Perl itself +requires them. All constructs in the following example are therefore +ok to use: + + print gettext ("Hello World!\n"); + print gettext "Hello World!\n"; + print dgettext ($package => "Hello World!\n"); + print dgettext $package, "Hello World!\n"; + + # The "fat comma" => turns the left-hand side argument into a + # single-quoted string! + print dgettext smellovision => "Hello World!\n"; + + # The following assignment only works with prototyped functions. + # Otherwise, the functions will act as "greedy" list operators and + # eat up all following arguments. + my $anonymous_hash = { + planet => gettext "earth", + cakes => ngettext "one cake", "several cakes", $n, + still => $works, + }; + # The same without fat comma: + my $other_hash = { + 'planet', gettext "earth", + 'cakes', ngettext "one cake", "several cakes", $n, + 'still', $works, + }; + + # Parentheses are only significant for the first argument. + print dngettext 'package', ("one cake", "several cakes", $n), $discarded; + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Long Lines, Next: Perl Pitfalls, Prev: Parentheses, Up: Perl + +How To Grok with Long Lines +........................... + + The necessity of long messages can often lead to a cumbersome or +unreadable coding style. Perl has several options that may prevent you +from writing unreadable code, and `xgettext' does its best to do +likewise. This is where the dot operator (the string concatenation +operator) may come in handy: + + print gettext ("This is a very long" + . " message that is still" + . " readable, because" + . " it is split into" + . " multiple lines.\n"); + + Perl is smart enough to concatenate these constant string fragments +into one long string at compile time, and so is `xgettext'. You will +only find one long message in the resulting POT file. + + If embedded newline characters are not an issue, or even desired, you +may also insert newline characters inside quoted strings wherever you +feel like it: + + print gettext ("<em>In HTML output + embedded newlines are generally no + problem, since adjacent whitespace + is always rendered into a single + space character.</em>"); + + You may also consider to use here documents: + + print gettext <<EOF; + <em>In HTML output + embedded newlines are generally no + problem, since adjacent whitespace + is always rendered into a single + space character.</em> + EOF + + Please do not forget, that the line breaks are real, i. e. they +translate into newline characters that will consequently show up in the +resulting POT file. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Perl Pitfalls, Prev: Long Lines, Up: Perl + +Bugs, Pitfalls, And Things That Do Not Work +........................................... + + The foregoing sections should have proven that `xgettext' is quite +smart in extracting translatable strings from Perl sources. Yet, some +more or less exotic constructs that could be expected to work, actually +do not work. + + One of the more relevant limitations can be found in the +implementation of variable interpolation inside quoted strings. Only +simple hash lookups can be used there: + + print <<EOF; + $gettext{"The dot operator" + . " does not work" + . "here!"} + Likewise, you cannot @{[ gettext ("interpolate function calls") ]} + inside quoted strings or quote-like expressions. + EOF + + This is valid Perl code and will actually trigger invocations of the +`gettext' function at runtime. Yet, the Perl parser in `xgettext' will +fail to recognize the strings. A less obvious example can be found in +the interpolation of regular expressions: + + s/<!--START_OF_WEEK-->/gettext ("Sunday")/e; + + The modifier `e' will cause the substitution to be interpreted as an +evaluable statement. Consequently, at runtime the function `gettext()' +is called, but again, the parser fails to extract the string "Sunday". +Use a temporary variable as a simple workaround if you really happen to +need this feature: + + my $sunday = gettext "Sunday"; + s/<!--START_OF_WEEK-->/$sunday/; + + Hash slices would also be handy but are not recognized: + + my @weekdays = @gettext{'Sunday', 'Monday', 'Tuesday', 'Wednesday', + 'Thursday', 'Friday', 'Saturday'}; + # Or even: + @weekdays = @gettext{qw (Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday + Friday Saturday) }; + + This is perfectly valid usage of the tied hash `%gettext' but the +strings are not recognized and therefore will not be extracted. + + Another caveat of the current version is its rudimentary support for +non-ASCII characters in identifiers. You may encounter serious +problems if you use identifiers with characters outside the range of +'A'-'Z', 'a'-'z', '0'-'9' and the underscore '_'. + + Maybe some of these missing features will be implemented in future +versions, but since you can always make do without them at minimal +effort, these todos have very low priority. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: PHP, Next: Pike, Prev: Perl, Up: List of Programming Languages + +PHP Hypertext Preprocessor +-------------------------- + +RPMs + mod_php4, mod_php4-core, phplib, phpdoc + +File extension + `php', `php3', `php4' + +String syntax + `"abc"', `'abc'' + +gettext shorthand + `_("abc")' + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext' + +textdomain + `textdomain' function + +bindtextdomain + `bindtextdomain' function + +setlocale + Programmer must call `setlocale (LC_ALL, "")' + +Prerequisite + -- + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + `xgettext' + +Formatting with positions + `printf "%2\$d %1\$d"' + +Portability + On platforms without gettext, the functions are not available. + +po-mode marking + -- + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Pike, Prev: PHP, Up: List of Programming Languages + +Pike +---- + +RPMs + roxen + +File extension + `pike' + +String syntax + `"abc"' + +gettext shorthand + -- + +gettext/ngettext functions + `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext' + +textdomain + `textdomain' function + +bindtextdomain + `bindtextdomain' function + +setlocale + `setlocale' function + +Prerequisite + `import Locale.Gettext;' + +Use or emulate GNU gettext + use + +Extractor + -- + +Formatting with positions + -- + +Portability + On platforms without gettext, the functions are not available. + +po-mode marking + -- + + +File: gettext.info, Node: List of Data Formats, Prev: List of Programming Languages, Up: Programming Languages + +Internationalizable Data +======================== + + Here is a list of other data formats which can be internationalized +using GNU gettext. + +* Menu: + +* POT:: POT - Portable Object Template +* RST:: Resource String Table +* Glade:: Glade - GNOME user interface description + + +File: gettext.info, Node: POT, Next: RST, Prev: List of Data Formats, Up: List of Data Formats + +POT - Portable Object Template +------------------------------ + +RPMs + gettext + +File extension + `pot', `po' + +Extractor + `xgettext' + + +File: gettext.info, Node: RST, Next: Glade, Prev: POT, Up: List of Data Formats + +Resource String Table +--------------------- + +RPMs + fpk + +File extension + `rst' + +Extractor + `xgettext', `rstconv' + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Glade, Prev: RST, Up: List of Data Formats + +Glade - GNOME user interface description +---------------------------------------- + +RPMs + glade, libglade, glade2, libglade2, intltool + +File extension + `glade', `glade2' + +Extractor + `xgettext', `libglade-xgettext', `xml-i18n-extract', + `intltool-extract' + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Conclusion, Next: Language Codes, Prev: Programming Languages, Up: Top + +Concluding Remarks +****************** + + We would like to conclude this GNU `gettext' manual by presenting an +history of the Translation Project so far. We finally give a few +pointers for those who want to do further research or readings about +Native Language Support matters. + +* Menu: + +* History:: History of GNU `gettext' +* References:: Related Readings + + +File: gettext.info, Node: History, Next: References, Prev: Conclusion, Up: Conclusion + +History of GNU `gettext' +======================== + + Internationalization concerns and algorithms have been informally +and casually discussed for years in GNU, sometimes around GNU `libc', +maybe around the incoming `Hurd', or otherwise (nobody clearly +remembers). And even then, when the work started for real, this was +somewhat independently of these previous discussions. + + This all began in July 1994, when Patrick D'Cruze had the idea and +initiative of internationalizing version 3.9.2 of GNU `fileutils'. He +then asked Jim Meyering, the maintainer, how to get those changes +folded into an official release. That first draft was full of +`#ifdef's and somewhat disconcerting, and Jim wanted to find nicer +ways. Patrick and Jim shared some tries and experimentations in this +area. Then, feeling that this might eventually have a deeper impact on +GNU, Jim wanted to know what standards were, and contacted Richard +Stallman, who very quickly and verbally described an overall design for +what was meant to become `glocale', at that time. + + Jim implemented `glocale' and got a lot of exhausting feedback from +Patrick and Richard, of course, but also from Mitchum DSouza (who wrote +a `catgets'-like package), Roland McGrath, maybe David MacKenzie, +Franc,ois Pinard, and Paul Eggert, all pushing and pulling in various +directions, not always compatible, to the extent that after a couple of +test releases, `glocale' was torn apart. + + While Jim took some distance and time and became dad for a second +time, Roland wanted to get GNU `libc' internationalized, and got Ulrich +Drepper involved in that project. Instead of starting from `glocale', +Ulrich rewrote something from scratch, but more conformant to the set +of guidelines who emerged out of the `glocale' effort. Then, Ulrich +got people from the previous forum to involve themselves into this new +project, and the switch from `glocale' to what was first named +`msgutils', renamed `nlsutils', and later `gettext', became officially +accepted by Richard in May 1995 or so. + + Let's summarize by saying that Ulrich Drepper wrote GNU `gettext' in +April 1995. The first official release of the package, including PO +mode, occurred in July 1995, and was numbered 0.7. Other people +contributed to the effort by providing a discussion forum around +Ulrich, writing little pieces of code, or testing. These are quoted in +the `THANKS' file which comes with the GNU `gettext' distribution. + + While this was being done, Franc,ois adapted half a dozen of GNU +packages to `glocale' first, then later to `gettext', putting them in +pretest, so providing along the way an effective user environment for +fine tuning the evolving tools. He also took the responsibility of +organizing and coordinating the Translation Project. After nearly a +year of informal exchanges between people from many countries, +translator teams started to exist in May 1995, through the creation and +support by Patrick D'Cruze of twenty unmoderated mailing lists for that +many native languages, and two moderated lists: one for reaching all +teams at once, the other for reaching all willing maintainers of +internationalized free software packages. + + Franc,ois also wrote PO mode in June 1995 with the collaboration of +Greg McGary, as a kind of contribution to Ulrich's package. He also +gave a hand with the GNU `gettext' Texinfo manual. + + In 1997, Ulrich Drepper released the GNU libc 2.0, which included the +`gettext', `textdomain' and `bindtextdomain' functions. + + In 2000, Ulrich Drepper added plural form handling (the `ngettext' +function) to GNU libc. Later, in 2001, he released GNU libc 2.2.x, +which is the first free C library with full internationalization +support. + + Ulrich being quite busy in his role of General Maintainer of GNU +libc, he handed over the GNU `gettext' maintenance to Bruno Haible in +2000. Bruno added the plural form handling to the tools as well, added +support for UTF-8 and CJK locales, and wrote a few new tools for +manipulating PO files. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: References, Prev: History, Up: Conclusion + +Related Readings +================ + + Eugene H. Dorr (`dorre@well.com') maintains an interesting +bibliography on internationalization matters, called +`Internationalization Reference List', which is available as: + ftp://ftp.ora.com/pub/examples/nutshell/ujip/doc/i18n-books.txt + + Michael Gschwind (`mike@vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at') maintains a +Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) list, entitled `Programming for +Internationalisation'. This FAQ discusses writing programs which can +handle different language conventions, character sets, etc.; and is +applicable to all character set encodings, with particular emphasis on +ISO 8859-1. It is regularly published in Usenet groups +`comp.unix.questions', `comp.std.internat', +`comp.software.international', `comp.lang.c', `comp.windows.x', +`comp.std.c', `comp.answers' and `news.answers'. The home location of +this document is: + ftp://ftp.vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at/pub/8bit/ISO-programming + + Patrick D'Cruze (`pdcruze@li.org') wrote a tutorial about NLS +matters, and Jochen Hein (`Hein@student.tu-clausthal.de') took over the +responsibility of maintaining it. It may be found as: + ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/nls/catalogs/Incoming/... + ...locale-tutorial-0.8.txt.gz + +This site is mirrored in: + ftp://ftp.ibp.fr/pub/linux/sunsite/ + + A French version of the same tutorial should be findable at: + ftp://ftp.ibp.fr/pub/linux/french/docs/ + +together with French translations of many Linux-related documents. + + +File: gettext.info, Node: Language Codes, Next: Country Codes, Prev: Conclusion, Up: Top + +Language Codes +************** + + The ISO 639 standard defines two character codes for many languages. +All abbreviations for languages used in the Translation Project should +come from this standard. + +`aa' + Afar. + +`ab' + Abkhazian. + +`ae' + Avestan. + +`af' + Afrikaans. + +`am' + Amharic. + +`ar' + Arabic. + +`as' + Assamese. + +`ay' + Aymara. + +`az' + Azerbaijani. + +`ba' + Bashkir. + +`be' + Byelorussian; Belarusian. + +`bg' + Bulgarian. + +`bh' + Bihari. + +`bi' + Bislama. + +`bn' + Bengali; Bangla. + +`bo' + Tibetan. + +`br' + Breton. + +`bs' + Bosnian. + +`ca' + Catalan. + +`ce' + Chechen. + +`ch' + Chamorro. + +`co' + Corsican. + +`cs' + Czech. + +`cu' + Church Slavic. + +`cv' + Chuvash. + +`cy' + Welsh. + +`da' + Danish. + +`de' + German. + +`dz' + Dzongkha; Bhutani. + +`el' + Greek. + +`en' + English. + +`eo' + Esperanto. + +`es' + Spanish. + +`et' + Estonian. + +`eu' + Basque. + +`fa' + Persian. + +`fi' + Finnish. + +`fj' + Fijian; Fiji. + +`fo' + Faroese. + +`fr' + French. + +`fy' + Frisian. + +`ga' + Irish. + +`gd' + Scots; Gaelic. + +`gl' + Gallegan; Galician. + +`gn' + Guarani. + +`gu' + Gujarati. + +`gv' + Manx. + +`ha' + Hausa (?). + +`he' + Hebrew (formerly iw). + +`hi' + Hindi. + +`ho' + Hiri Motu. + +`hr' + Croatian. + +`hu' + Hungarian. + +`hy' + Armenian. + +`hz' + Herero. + +`ia' + Interlingua. + +`id' + Indonesian (formerly in). + +`ie' + Interlingue. + +`ik' + Inupiak. + +`io' + Ido. + +`is' + Icelandic. + +`it' + Italian. + +`iu' + Inuktitut. + +`ja' + Japanese. + +`jv' + Javanese. + +`ka' + Georgian. + +`ki' + Kikuyu. + +`kj' + Kuanyama. + +`kk' + Kazakh. + +`kl' + Kalaallisut; Greenlandic. + +`km' + Khmer; Cambodian. + +`kn' + Kannada. + +`ko' + Korean. + +`ks' + Kashmiri. + +`ku' + Kurdish. + +`kv' + Komi. + +`kw' + Cornish. + +`ky' + Kirghiz. + +`la' + Latin. + +`lb' + Letzeburgesch. + +`ln' + Lingala. + +`lo' + Lao; Laotian. + +`lt' + Lithuanian. + +`lv' + Latvian; Lettish. + +`mg' + Malagasy. + +`mh' + Marshall. + +`mi' + Maori. + +`mk' + Macedonian. + +`ml' + Malayalam. + +`mn' + Mongolian. + +`mo' + Moldavian. + +`mr' + Marathi. + +`ms' + Malay. + +`mt' + Maltese. + +`my' + Burmese. + +`na' + Nauru. + +`nb' + Norwegian Bokmaal. + +`nd' + Ndebele, North. + +`ne' + Nepali. + +`ng' + Ndonga. + +`nl' + Dutch. + +`nn' + Norwegian Nynorsk. + +`no' + Norwegian. + +`nr' + Ndebele, South. + +`nv' + Navajo. + +`ny' + Chichewa; Nyanja. + +`oc' + Occitan; Provenc,al. + +`om' + (Afan) Oromo. + +`or' + Oriya. + +`os' + Ossetian; Ossetic. + +`pa' + Panjabi; Punjabi. + +`pi' + Pali. + +`pl' + Polish. + +`ps' + Pashto, Pushto. + +`pt' + Portuguese. + +`qu' + Quechua. + +`rm' + Rhaeto-Romance. + +`rn' + Rundi; Kirundi. + +`ro' + Romanian. + +`ru' + Russian. + +`rw' + Kinyarwanda. + +`sa' + Sanskrit. + +`sc' + Sardinian. + +`sd' + Sindhi. + +`se' + Northern Sami. + +`sg' + Sango; Sangro. + +`si' + Sinhalese. + +`sk' + Slovak. + +`sl' + Slovenian. + +`sm' + Samoan. + +`sn' + Shona. + +`so' + Somali. + +`sq' + Albanian. + +`sr' + Serbian. + +`ss' + Swati; Siswati. + +`st' + Sesotho; Sotho, Southern. + +`su' + Sundanese. + +`sv' + Swedish. + +`sw' + Swahili. + +`ta' + Tamil. + +`te' + Telugu. + +`tg' + Tajik. + +`th' + Thai. + +`ti' + Tigrinya. + +`tk' + Turkmen. + +`tl' + Tagalog. + +`tn' + Tswana; Setswana. + +`to' + Tonga (?). + +`tr' + Turkish. + +`ts' + Tsonga. + +`tt' + Tatar. + +`tw' + Twi. + +`ty' + Tahitian. + +`ug' + Uighur. + +`uk' + Ukrainian. + +`ur' + Urdu. + +`uz' + Uzbek. + +`vi' + Vietnamese. + +`vo' + Volapu"k; Volapuk. + +`wa' + Walloon. + +`wo' + Wolof. + +`xh' + Xhosa. + +`yi' + Yiddish (formerly ji). + +`yo' + Yoruba. + +`za' + Zhuang. + +`zh' + Chinese. + +`zu' + Zulu. + + File: gettext.info, Node: Country Codes, Next: Program Index, Prev: Language Codes, Up: Top Country Codes @@ -801,703 +1893,3 @@ Program Index * ngettext: sh. * xgettext: xgettext Invocation. - -File: gettext.info, Node: Option Index, Next: Variable Index, Prev: Program Index, Up: Top - -Option Index -************ - -* Menu: - -* --add-comments, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --add-location, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --add-location, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --add-location, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --add-location, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --add-location, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --add-location, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --add-location, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --add-location, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --add-location, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --add-location, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --alignment, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --backup, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --c++, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --check, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --check-accelerators, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --check-compatibility, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --check-domain, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --check-format, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --check-header, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --clear-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --clear-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --comment, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --compendium, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --copy, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. -* --copyright-holder, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --debug, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --default-domain, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --directory, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --directory, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --directory, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. -* --directory, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --directory, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --directory, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --directory, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. -* --directory, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --directory, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --directory, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --directory, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --directory, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --directory, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --domain, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --dry-run, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. -* --dry-run, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. -* --exclude-file, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --expression, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --extended-regexp, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --extract-all, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --file, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --file, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --files-from, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --files-from, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --files-from, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --fixed-strings, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --force, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. -* --force, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. -* --force-po, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --force-po, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --force-po, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --force-po, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --force-po, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --force-po, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --force-po, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --force-po, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --force-po, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --force-po, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --force-po, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --foreign-user, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --from-code, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --help, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. -* --help, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. -* --help, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --help, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --help, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. -* --help, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --help, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --help, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --help, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. -* --help, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --help, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --help, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --help, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* --help, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --help, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --help, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --help, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --ignore-case, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --ignore-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --indent, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --indent, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --indent, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --indent, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --indent, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --indent, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --indent, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --indent, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --indent, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --indent, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --indent, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --input, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. -* --input, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --input, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* --intl, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. -* --java, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --java, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --java2, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --join-existing, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --keep-header, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --keyword, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --language, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --less-than, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --less-than, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --locale, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --locale, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* --locale, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --location, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --more-than, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --more-than, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --msgid, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --msgid-bugs-address, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --msgstr, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --msgstr-prefix, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --msgstr-suffix, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --multi-domain, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. -* --multi-domain, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --no-changelog, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. -* --no-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --no-fuzzy-matching, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --no-hash, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --no-location, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --no-location, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --no-location, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --no-location, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --no-location, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --no-location, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --no-location, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --no-location, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --no-location, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --no-location, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --no-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --no-translator, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --no-wrap, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --no-wrap, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --omit-header, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --omit-header, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --only-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --only-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --only-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --output, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --output-dir, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --output-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --output-file, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --output-file, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --output-file, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --output-file, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --output-file, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --output-file, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --output-file, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --output-file, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* --output-file, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --output-file, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --output-file, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --properties-input, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --properties-input, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --properties-input, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. -* --properties-input, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --properties-input, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --properties-input, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --properties-input, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. -* --properties-input, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --properties-input, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --properties-input, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --properties-input, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* --properties-input, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --properties-input, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --properties-output, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --properties-output, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --properties-output, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --properties-output, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --properties-output, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --properties-output, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --properties-output, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --properties-output, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* --properties-output, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --properties-output, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --properties-output, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --properties-output, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --quiet, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --quiet, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --regexp=, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --repeated, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --resource, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --resource, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --set-fuzzy, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --set-obsolete, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --silent, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --silent, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --sort-by-file, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --sort-by-file, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --sort-by-file, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --sort-by-file, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --sort-by-file, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --sort-by-file, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --sort-by-file, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --sort-by-file, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --sort-by-file, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --sort-by-file, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --sort-output, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --sort-output, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --sort-output, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --sort-output, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --sort-output, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --sort-output, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --sort-output, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --sort-output, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --sort-output, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --sort-output, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --sort-output, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --statistics, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --strict, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --strict, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --strict, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --strict, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --strict, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --strict, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --strict, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --strict, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --strict, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --strict, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --strict, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --strict, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --suffix, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --tcl, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --tcl, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --to-code, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --to-code, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --to-code, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --translated, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --trigraphs, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --unique, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --unique, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --unique, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --untranslated, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --update, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --use-first, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --use-first, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --use-fuzzy, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --verbose, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --verbose, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --verbose, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --version, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. -* --version, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. -* --version, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --version, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --version, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. -* --version, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --version, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --version, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --version, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. -* --version, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --version, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* --version, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --version, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* --version, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --version, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --version, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --version, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* --width, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* --width, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* --width, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* --width, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* --width, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* --width, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* --width, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* --width, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* --width, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* --width, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* --width, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* --width, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -<, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -<, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* ->, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* ->, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -a, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -a, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -c, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. -* -C, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -c, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -C, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -C, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -c, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -C, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -d, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. -* -d, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. -* -D, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -D, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -D, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. -* -D, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -D, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -D, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* -D, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. -* -D, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -d, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -D, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -D, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -D, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -d, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -d, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -D, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -d, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -D, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -e, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -e, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -E, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -f, autopoint option: autopoint Invocation. -* -f, gettextize option: gettextize Invocation. -* -F, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -F, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -f, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -F, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -f, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -F, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -F, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* -F, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -f, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -f, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -f, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -F, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -F, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -F, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -F, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -f, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -h, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -h, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -h, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. -* -h, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -h, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -h, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* -h, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. -* -h, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -h, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -h, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -h, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* -h, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -h, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -h, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -h, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -i, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -i, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -i, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -i, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -i, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* -i, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. -* -i, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -i, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -i, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* -i, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -i, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -i, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -i, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -j, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -j, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -j, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -K, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -k, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -l, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -l, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* -l, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -L, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -m, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. -* -M, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -m, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -M, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -m, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -n, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -n, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -n, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -n, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -N, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -N, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -n, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -n, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -o, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -o, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -o, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -o, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -o, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* -o, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -o, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -o, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -o, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* -o, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -o, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -o, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -o, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -p, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -P, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -p, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -P, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -P, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. -* -p, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -P, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -p, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -P, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -p, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* -P, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* -P, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. -* -p, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -P, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -P, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -p, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -P, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -p, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* -P, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* -p, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -P, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -p, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -p, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -P, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -p, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -q, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -r, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -r, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -s, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -s, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -s, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -s, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -s, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* -s, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -s, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -s, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -s, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -s, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -t, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -t, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -T, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -t, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -T, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -u, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -u, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -U, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -u, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -V, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -V, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -V, msgcmp option: msgcmp Invocation. -* -V, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -V, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -V, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* -V, msgexec option: msgexec Invocation. -* -V, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -v, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -V, msgfmt option: msgfmt Invocation. -* -V, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -V, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* -v, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -V, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -v, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -V, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -V, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -V, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -w, msgattrib option: msgattrib Invocation. -* -w, msgcat option: msgcat Invocation. -* -w, msgcomm option: msgcomm Invocation. -* -w, msgconv option: msgconv Invocation. -* -w, msgen option: msgen Invocation. -* -w, msgfilter option: msgfilter Invocation. -* -w, msggrep option: msggrep Invocation. -* -w, msginit option: msginit Invocation. -* -w, msgmerge option: msgmerge Invocation. -* -w, msgunfmt option: msgunfmt Invocation. -* -w, msguniq option: msguniq Invocation. -* -w, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. -* -x, xgettext option: xgettext Invocation. - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Variable Index, Next: PO Mode Index, Prev: Option Index, Up: Top - -Variable Index -************** - -* Menu: - -* GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED, environment variable: Prioritizing messages. -* LANG, environment variable <1>: gettext grok. -* LANG, environment variable: End Users. -* LANGUAGE, environment variable <1>: po/Makevars. -* LANGUAGE, environment variable: gettext grok. -* LC_ALL, environment variable: gettext grok. -* LC_COLLATE, environment variable: gettext grok. -* LC_CTYPE, environment variable: gettext grok. -* LC_MESSAGES, environment variable: gettext grok. -* LC_MONETARY, environment variable: gettext grok. -* LC_NUMERIC, environment variable: gettext grok. -* LC_TIME, environment variable: gettext grok. -* LINGUAS, environment variable: Installers. -* MSGEXEC_LOCATION, environment variable: msgexec Invocation. -* MSGEXEC_MSGID, environment variable: msgexec Invocation. -* TEXTDOMAIN, environment variable <1>: bash. -* TEXTDOMAIN, environment variable: sh. -* TEXTDOMAINDIR, environment variable <1>: bash. -* TEXTDOMAINDIR, environment variable: sh. - - -File: gettext.info, Node: PO Mode Index, Next: Autoconf Macro Index, Prev: Variable Index, Up: Top - -PO Mode Index -************* - -* Menu: - -* #, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. -* ,, PO Mode command: Marking. -* ., PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* .emacs customizations: Installation. -* 0, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* <, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* =, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* >, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* ?, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* _, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* a, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. -* A, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. -* a, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. -* auxiliary PO file: Auxiliary. -* C-c C-a, PO Mode command <1>: Auxiliary. -* C-c C-a, PO Mode command: Subedit. -* C-c C-c, PO Mode command: Subedit. -* C-c C-k, PO Mode command: Subedit. -* C-j, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. -* commands: Main PO Commands. -* comment out PO file entry: Obsolete Entries. -* consulting program sources: C Sources Context. -* consulting translations to other languages: Auxiliary. -* current entry of a PO file: Entry Positioning. -* cut and paste for translated strings: Modifying Translations. -* DEL, PO Mode command <1>: Obsolete Entries. -* DEL, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. -* editing comments: Modifying Comments. -* editing multiple entries: Subedit. -* editing translations: Modifying Translations. -* etags, using for marking strings: Marking. -* exiting PO subedit: Subedit. -* find source fragment for a PO file entry: C Sources Context. -* h, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* installing PO mode: Installation. -* K, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. -* k, PO Mode command <1>: Modifying Translations. -* k, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. -* LFD, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. -* looking at the source to aid translation: C Sources Context. -* m, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* M-,, PO Mode command: Marking. -* M-., PO Mode command: Marking. -* M-A, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. -* M-S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* M-s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* M-S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* M-s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* marking strings for translation: Marking. -* moving by fuzzy entries: Fuzzy Entries. -* moving by obsolete entries: Obsolete Entries. -* moving by translated entries: Translated Entries. -* moving by untranslated entries: Untranslated Entries. -* moving through a PO file: Entry Positioning. -* n, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* next-error, stepping through PO file validation results: Main PO Commands. -* normalize, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. -* O, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. -* o, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. -* O, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. -* o, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. -* obsolete active entry: Obsolete Entries. -* p, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* pending subedits: Subedit. -* po-auto-edit-with-msgid, PO Mode variable: Modifying Translations. -* po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit, PO Mode variable: Translated Entries. -* po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy, PO Mode variable: Fuzzy Entries. -* po-confirm-and-quit, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* po-consider-as-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. -* po-consider-source-path, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* po-current-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* po-cycle-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. -* po-cycle-source-reference, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* po-edit-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. -* po-edit-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. -* po-exchange-location, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* po-fade-out-entry, PO Mode command <1>: Obsolete Entries. -* po-fade-out-entry, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. -* po-first-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* po-help, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* po-ignore-as-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. -* po-ignore-source-path, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* po-kill-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. -* po-kill-msgstr, PO Mode command <1>: Modifying Translations. -* po-kill-msgstr, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. -* po-kill-ring-save-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. -* po-kill-ring-save-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. -* po-last-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* po-mark-translatable, PO Mode command: Marking. -* po-msgid-to-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. -* po-next-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* po-next-fuzzy-entry, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. -* po-next-obsolete-entry, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. -* po-next-translated-entry, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. -* po-next-untranslated-entry, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. -* po-normalize, PO Mode command <1>: Normalizing. -* po-normalize, PO Mode command: PO Files. -* po-other-window, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* po-pop-location, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* po-previous-entry, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* po-previous-fuzzy-entry, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. -* po-previous-obsolete-entry, PO Mode command: Obsolete Entries. -* po-previous-translated-entry, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. -* po-previous-untransted-entry, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. -* po-push-location, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* po-quit, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* po-select-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Auxiliary. -* po-select-mark-and-mark, PO Mode command: Marking. -* po-select-source-reference, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* po-statistics, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* po-subedit-abort, PO Mode command: Subedit. -* po-subedit-cycle-auxiliary, PO Mode command: Subedit. -* po-subedit-exit, PO Mode command: Subedit. -* po-subedit-mode-hook, PO Mode variable: Modifying Comments. -* po-tags-search, PO Mode command: Marking. -* po-undo, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* po-unfuzzy, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. -* po-validate, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* po-yank-comment, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. -* po-yank-msgstr, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. -* q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* Q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* Q, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* r, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* RET, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. -* S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* S, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* s, PO Mode command: C Sources Context. -* starting a string translation: Modifying Translations. -* string normalization in entries: Normalizing. -* subedit minor mode: Subedit. -* T, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. -* t, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. -* T, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. -* t, PO Mode command: Translated Entries. -* TAB, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. -* TAGS, and marking translatable strings: Marking. -* U, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. -* u, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. -* U, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. -* u, PO Mode command: Untranslated Entries. -* use the source, Luke: C Sources Context. -* using obsolete translations to make new entries: Modifying Translations. -* using translation compendia: Compendium. -* V, PO Mode command: Main PO Commands. -* W, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. -* w, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. -* x, PO Mode command: Entry Positioning. -* Y, PO Mode command: Modifying Comments. -* y, PO Mode command: Modifying Translations. -* Z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. -* z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. -* Z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. -* z, PO Mode command: Fuzzy Entries. - - -File: gettext.info, Node: Autoconf Macro Index, Next: Index, Prev: PO Mode Index, Up: Top - -Autoconf Macro Index -******************** - -* Menu: - -* AM_GNU_GETTEXT: AM_GNU_GETTEXT. -* AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION. -* AM_ICONV: AM_ICONV. -* AM_PO_SUBDIRS: AM_PO_SUBDIRS. - diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_1.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_1.html index 29af7f8..97844df 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_1.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_1.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 1 Introduction</TITLE> </HEAD> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_10.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_10.html index 25b4e01..e711d96 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_10.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_10.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 10 The Programmer's View</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ later explain our solution of this dilemma. <H2><A NAME="SEC158" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC158">10.1 About <CODE>catgets</CODE></A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX913"></A> +<A NAME="IDX957"></A> </P> <P> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ therefore part of all Unix implementation (implementations, which are <H3><A NAME="SEC159" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC159">10.1.1 The Interface</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX914"></A> +<A NAME="IDX958"></A> </P> <P> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ for the functions and the needed definitions are in the </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX915"></A> +<A NAME="IDX959"></A> <CODE>catopen</CODE> is used like in this: </P> @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ message catalog, equivalent to handles to file returned by <CODE>open</CODE>. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX916"></A> +<A NAME="IDX960"></A> This handle is of course used in the <CODE>catgets</CODE> function which can be used like this: @@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ should better be <CODE>const char *</CODE>, but the standard is published in </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX917"></A> -The last of these function functions is used and behaves as expected: +<A NAME="IDX961"></A> +The last of these functions is used and behaves as expected: </P> @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ After this no <CODE>catgets</CODE> call using the descriptor is legal anymore. <H3><A NAME="SEC160" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC160">10.1.2 Problems with the <CODE>catgets</CODE> Interface?!</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX918"></A> +<A NAME="IDX962"></A> </P> <P> @@ -167,20 +167,20 @@ more easy to manage. <H2><A NAME="SEC161" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC161">10.2 About <CODE>gettext</CODE></A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX919"></A> +<A NAME="IDX963"></A> </P> <P> The definition of the <CODE>gettext</CODE> interface comes from a Uniforum -proposal and it is followed by at least one major Unix vendor -(Sun) in its last developments. It is not specified in any official -standard, though. +proposal. It was submitted there by Sun, who had implemented the +<CODE>gettext</CODE> function in SunOS 4, around 1990. Nowadays, the +<CODE>gettext</CODE> interface is specified by the OpenI18N standard. </P> <P> -The main points about this solution is that it does not follow the +The main point about this solution is that it does not follow the method of normal file handling (open-use-close) and that it does not -burden the programmer so many task, especially the unique key handling. +burden the programmer with so many tasks, especially the unique key handling. Of course here also a unique key is needed, but this key is the message itself (how long or short it is). See section <A HREF="gettext_10.html#SEC169">10.3 Comparing the Two Interfaces</A> for a more detailed comparison of the two methods. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ in using this library will be interested in this description. <H3><A NAME="SEC162" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC162">10.2.1 The Interface</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX920"></A> +<A NAME="IDX964"></A> </P> <P> @@ -244,12 +244,12 @@ char *gettext (const char *msgid); <P> is to be used. This is the simplest reasonable form one can imagine. The translation of the string <VAR>msgid</VAR> is returned if it is available -in the current domain. If not available the argument itself is +in the current domain. If it is not available, the argument itself is returned. If the argument is <CODE>NULL</CODE> the result is undefined. </P> <P> -One things which should come into mind is that no explicit dependency to +One thing which should come into mind is that no explicit dependency to the used domain is given. The current value of the domain for the <CODE>LC_MESSAGES</CODE> locale is used. If this changes between two executions of the same <CODE>gettext</CODE> call in the program, both calls @@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ your language. <H3><A NAME="SEC163" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC163">10.2.2 Solving Ambiguities</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX921"></A> -<A NAME="IDX922"></A> -<A NAME="IDX923"></A> +<A NAME="IDX965"></A> +<A NAME="IDX966"></A> +<A NAME="IDX967"></A> </P> <P> @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ unreliabilities. <H3><A NAME="SEC164" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC164">10.2.3 Locating Message Catalog Files</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX924"></A> +<A NAME="IDX968"></A> </P> <P> @@ -387,8 +387,8 @@ The value of the locale is determined through <H3><A NAME="SEC165" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC165">10.2.4 How to specify the output character set <CODE>gettext</CODE> uses</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX925"></A> -<A NAME="IDX926"></A> +<A NAME="IDX969"></A> +<A NAME="IDX970"></A> </P> <P> @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ recommended that all <VAR>msgid</VAR>s be US-ASCII strings. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>bind_textdomain_codeset</B> <I>(const char *<VAR>domainname</VAR>, const char *<VAR>codeset</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX927"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX971"></A> The <CODE>bind_textdomain_codeset</CODE> function can be used to specify the output character set for message catalogs for domain <VAR>domainname</VAR>. The <VAR>codeset</VAR> argument must be a valid codeset name which can be used @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ global variable <VAR>errno</VAR> is set accordingly. <H3><A NAME="SEC166" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC166">10.2.5 Additional functions for plural forms</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX928"></A> +<A NAME="IDX972"></A> </P> <P> @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ purpose. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>ngettext</B> <I>(const char *<VAR>msgid1</VAR>, const char *<VAR>msgid2</VAR>, unsigned long int <VAR>n</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX929"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX973"></A> The <CODE>ngettext</CODE> function is similar to the <CODE>gettext</CODE> function as it finds the message catalogs in the same way. But it takes two extra arguments. The <VAR>msgid1</VAR> parameter must contain the singular @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ Please note that the numeric value <VAR>n</VAR> has to be passed to the <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>dngettext</B> <I>(const char *<VAR>domain</VAR>, const char *<VAR>msgid1</VAR>, const char *<VAR>msgid2</VAR>, unsigned long int <VAR>n</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX930"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX974"></A> The <CODE>dngettext</CODE> is similar to the <CODE>dgettext</CODE> function in the way the message catalog is selected. The difference is that it takes two extra parameter to provide the correct plural form. These two @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ parameters are handled in the same way <CODE>ngettext</CODE> handles them. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>dcngettext</B> <I>(const char *<VAR>domain</VAR>, const char *<VAR>msgid1</VAR>, const char *<VAR>msgid2</VAR>, unsigned long int <VAR>n</VAR>, int <VAR>category</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX931"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX975"></A> The <CODE>dcngettext</CODE> is similar to the <CODE>dcgettext</CODE> function in the way the message catalog is selected. The difference is that it takes two extra parameter to provide the correct plural form. These two @@ -640,9 +640,9 @@ possibility of extensions to not prevent the use of new languages). </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX932"></A> -<A NAME="IDX933"></A> -<A NAME="IDX934"></A> +<A NAME="IDX976"></A> +<A NAME="IDX977"></A> +<A NAME="IDX978"></A> The information about the plural form selection has to be stored in the header entry of the PO file (the one with the empty <CODE>msgid</CODE> string). The plural form information looks like this: @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ value of <CODE>nplurals</CODE>. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX935"></A> +<A NAME="IDX979"></A> The following rules are known at this point. The language with families are listed. But this does not necessarily mean the information can be generalized for the whole family (as can be easily seen in the table @@ -831,7 +831,26 @@ Languages with this property include: <DT>Slavic family <DD> -Croatian, Czech, Russian, Slovak, Ukrainian +Croatian, Czech, Russian, Ukrainian +</DL> + +<DT>Three forms, special cases for 1 and 2, 3, 4 +<DD> +The header entry would look like this: + + +<PRE> +Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; \ + plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2; +</PRE> + +Languages with this property include: + +<DL COMPACT> + +<DT>Slavic family +<DD> +Slovak </DL> <DT>Three forms, special case for one and some numbers ending in 2, 3, or 4 @@ -878,9 +897,9 @@ Slovenian <H3><A NAME="SEC167" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC167">10.2.6 How to use <CODE>gettext</CODE> in GUI programs</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX936"></A> -<A NAME="IDX937"></A> -<A NAME="IDX938"></A> +<A NAME="IDX980"></A> +<A NAME="IDX981"></A> +<A NAME="IDX982"></A> </P> <P> @@ -957,7 +976,7 @@ fine: </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX939"></A> +<A NAME="IDX983"></A> <PRE> char * @@ -1034,7 +1053,7 @@ quite some memory and disk space by doing this. <H3><A NAME="SEC168" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC168">10.2.7 Optimization of the *gettext functions</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX940"></A> +<A NAME="IDX984"></A> </P> <P> @@ -1089,8 +1108,8 @@ find the result through a single cache lookup. <H2><A NAME="SEC169" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC169">10.3 Comparing the Two Interfaces</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX941"></A> -<A NAME="IDX942"></A> +<A NAME="IDX985"></A> +<A NAME="IDX986"></A> </P> @@ -1140,7 +1159,7 @@ by </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX943"></A> +<A NAME="IDX987"></A> <PRE> #include <libintl.h> @@ -1155,7 +1174,7 @@ can use any that becomes available. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX944"></A> +<A NAME="IDX988"></A> The same procedure can be done for the <CODE>gettext_noop</CODE> invocations (see section <A HREF="gettext_3.html#SEC19">3.6 Special Cases of Translatable Strings</A>). One usually defines <CODE>gettext_noop</CODE> as a no-op macro. So you should consider the following code for your project: @@ -1263,7 +1282,7 @@ is a list comments: <UL> <LI>Changing the language at runtime -<A NAME="IDX945"></A> +<A NAME="IDX989"></A> For interactive programs it might be useful to offer a selection of the used language at runtime. To understand how to do this one need to know @@ -1280,20 +1299,20 @@ priority: <OL> <LI><CODE>LANGUAGE</CODE> -<A NAME="IDX946"></A> +<A NAME="IDX990"></A> -<A NAME="IDX947"></A> +<A NAME="IDX991"></A> <LI><CODE>LC_ALL</CODE> -<A NAME="IDX948"></A> -<A NAME="IDX949"></A> -<A NAME="IDX950"></A> -<A NAME="IDX951"></A> -<A NAME="IDX952"></A> -<A NAME="IDX953"></A> +<A NAME="IDX992"></A> +<A NAME="IDX993"></A> +<A NAME="IDX994"></A> +<A NAME="IDX995"></A> +<A NAME="IDX996"></A> +<A NAME="IDX997"></A> <LI><CODE>LC_xxx</CODE>, according to selected locale -<A NAME="IDX954"></A> +<A NAME="IDX998"></A> <LI><CODE>LANG</CODE> </OL> @@ -1327,7 +1346,7 @@ language switching function. } </PRE> -<A NAME="IDX955"></A> +<A NAME="IDX999"></A> The variable <CODE>_nl_msg_cat_cntr</CODE> is defined in <TT>`loadmsgcat.c´</TT>. You don't need to know what this is for. But it can be used to detect whether a <CODE>gettext</CODE> implementation is GNU gettext and not non-GNU diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_11.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_11.html index de2d3ec..d41f710 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_11.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_11.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 11 The Translator's View</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ of messages. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX956"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1000"></A> Here a more details. The GNU <CODE>libintl</CODE> library (but not the corresponding functions in GNU <CODE>libc</CODE>) supports an environment variable <CODE>GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED</CODE>. The GNU <CODE>libintl</CODE> library will diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_12.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_12.html index cd554d5..8b9f741 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_12.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_12.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 12 The Maintainer's View</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_11.html">previous <H1><A NAME="SEC189" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC189">12 The Maintainer's View</A></H1> <P> -<A NAME="IDX957"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1001"></A> </P> <P> @@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ use this as an opportunity to unflatten their package structure. <H2><A NAME="SEC191" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC191">12.2 Prerequisite Works</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX958"></A> -<A NAME="IDX959"></A> -<A NAME="IDX960"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1002"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1003"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1004"></A> </P> <P> @@ -238,8 +238,8 @@ It can be invoked as follows: </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX961"></A> -<A NAME="IDX962"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1005"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1006"></A> <PRE> gettextize [ <VAR>option</VAR>... ] [ <VAR>directory</VAR> ] @@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ and accepts the following options: <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--copy´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX963"></A> -<A NAME="IDX964"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1007"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1008"></A> Copy the needed files instead of making symbolic links. Using links would allow the package to always use the latest <CODE>gettext</CODE> code available on the system, but it might disturb some mechanism the @@ -267,13 +267,13 @@ maintainer is used to apply to the sources. Because running <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--force´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX965"></A> -<A NAME="IDX966"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1009"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1010"></A> Force replacement of files which already exist. <DT><SAMP>`--intl´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX967"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1011"></A> Install the libintl sources in a subdirectory named <TT>`intl/´</TT>. This libintl will be used to provide internationalization on systems that don't have GNU libintl installed. If this option is omitted, @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ be enabled on systems lacking GNU gettext. <DT><SAMP>`--no-changelog´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX968"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1012"></A> Don't update or create ChangeLog files. By default, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> logs all changes (file additions, modifications and removals) in a file called <SAMP>`ChangeLog´</SAMP> in each affected directory. @@ -292,20 +292,20 @@ file called <SAMP>`ChangeLog´</SAMP> in each affected directory. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--dry-run´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX969"></A> -<A NAME="IDX970"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1013"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1014"></A> Print modifications but don't perform them. All actions that <CODE>gettextize</CODE> would normally execute are inhibited and instead only listed on standard output. <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX971"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1015"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX972"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1016"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ separate tool is provided, see section <A HREF="gettext_12.html#SEC214">12.6.3 <H2><A NAME="SEC193" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC193">12.4 Files You Must Create or Alter</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX973"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1017"></A> </P> <P> @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ changes needed in each. <P> So, here comes a list of files, each one followed by a description of all alterations it needs. Many examples are taken out from the GNU -<CODE>gettext</CODE> 0.12.1 distribution itself, or from the GNU +<CODE>gettext</CODE> 0.13 distribution itself, or from the GNU <CODE>hello</CODE> distribution (<A HREF="http://www.franken.de/users/gnu/ke/hello">http://www.franken.de/users/gnu/ke/hello</A> or <A HREF="http://www.gnu.franken.de/ke/hello/">http://www.gnu.franken.de/ke/hello/</A>) You may indeed refer to the source code of the GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE> and GNU <CODE>hello</CODE> @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ gettext functionality. <H3><A NAME="SEC194" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC194">12.4.1 <TT>`POTFILES.in´</TT> in <TT>`po/´</TT></A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX974"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1018"></A> </P> <P> @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ case of <CODE>bison</CODE>), not the generated C file. <H3><A NAME="SEC195" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC195">12.4.2 <TT>`LINGUAS´</TT> in <TT>`po/´</TT></A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX975"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1019"></A> </P> <P> @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ directory; they are also installed by running <CODE>gettextize</CODE>. <H3><A NAME="SEC196" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC196">12.4.3 <TT>`Makefile´</TT> pieces in <TT>`po/´</TT></A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX976"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1020"></A> </P> <P> @@ -566,8 +566,8 @@ needing to mess with <TT>`po/Makefile.in.in´</TT>. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX977"></A> -<A NAME="IDX978"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1021"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1022"></A> GNU gettext comes with a <TT>`Rules-quot´</TT> file, containing rules for building catalogs <TT>`en@quot.po´</TT> and <TT>`en@boldquot.po´</TT>. The effect of <TT>`en@quot.po´</TT> is that people who set their <CODE>LANGUAGE</CODE> @@ -596,14 +596,14 @@ GUI programs. To enable it, similarly add <CODE>en@boldquot</CODE> to the <OL> <LI>Declare the package and version. -<A NAME="IDX979"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1023"></A> This is done by a set of lines like these: <PRE> PACKAGE=gettext -VERSION=0.12.1 +VERSION=0.13 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE") AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION") AC_SUBST(PACKAGE) @@ -614,13 +614,13 @@ or, if you are using GNU <CODE>automake</CODE>, by a line like this: <PRE> -AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gettext, 0.12.1) +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gettext, 0.13) </PRE> Of course, you replace <SAMP>`gettext´</SAMP> with the name of your package, -and <SAMP>`0.12.1´</SAMP> by its version numbers, exactly as they +and <SAMP>`0.13´</SAMP> by its version numbers, exactly as they should appear in the packaged <CODE>tar</CODE> file name of your distribution -(<TT>`gettext-0.12.1.tar.gz´</TT>, here). +(<TT>`gettext-0.13.tar.gz´</TT>, here). <LI>Check for internationalization support. @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([<VAR>subdir</VAR>]) <H3><A NAME="SEC199" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC199">12.4.6 <TT>`mkinstalldirs´</TT> at top level</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX980"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1024"></A> </P> <P> @@ -730,17 +730,20 @@ AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([<VAR>subdir</VAR>]) <H3><A NAME="SEC200" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC200">12.4.7 <TT>`aclocal.m4´</TT> at top level</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX981"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1025"></A> </P> <P> If you do not have an <TT>`aclocal.m4´</TT> file in your distribution, the simplest is to concatenate the files <TT>`codeset.m4´</TT>, <TT>`gettext.m4´</TT>, <TT>`glibc21.m4´</TT>, <TT>`iconv.m4´</TT>, <TT>`intdiv0.m4´</TT>, -<TT>`inttypes.m4´</TT>, <TT>`inttypes_h.m4´</TT>, <TT>`inttypes-pri.m4´</TT>, -<TT>`isc-posix.m4´</TT>, <TT>`lcmessage.m4´</TT>, <TT>`lib-ld.m4´</TT>, -<TT>`lib-link.m4´</TT>, <TT>`lib-prefix.m4´</TT>, <TT>`progtest.m4´</TT>, -<TT>`stdint_h.m4´</TT>, <TT>`uintmax_t.m4´</TT>, <TT>`ulonglong.m4´</TT> +<TT>`intmax.m4´</TT>, <TT>`inttypes.m4´</TT>, <TT>`inttypes_h.m4´</TT>, +<TT>`inttypes-pri.m4´</TT>, <TT>`isc-posix.m4´</TT>, <TT>`lcmessage.m4´</TT>, +<TT>`lib-ld.m4´</TT>, <TT>`lib-link.m4´</TT>, <TT>`lib-prefix.m4´</TT>, +<TT>`longdouble.m4´</TT>, <TT>`longlong.m4´</TT>, <TT>`printf-posix.m4´</TT>, +<TT>`progtest.m4´</TT>, <TT>`signed.m4´</TT>, <TT>`size_max.m4´</TT>, +<TT>`stdint_h.m4´</TT>, <TT>`uintmax_t.m4´</TT>, <TT>`ulonglong.m4´</TT>, +<TT>`wchar_t.m4´</TT>, <TT>`wint_t.m4´</TT>, <TT>`xsize.m4´</TT> from GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE>'s <TT>`m4/´</TT> directory into a single file. If you have suppressed the <TT>`intl/´</TT> directory, only <TT>`gettext.m4´</TT>, <TT>`iconv.m4´</TT>, @@ -785,7 +788,7 @@ piece of <CODE>m4</CODE> code will be the same for all projects using GNU <H3><A NAME="SEC201" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC201">12.4.8 <TT>`acconfig.h´</TT> at top level</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX982"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1026"></A> </P> <P> @@ -801,7 +804,7 @@ independently from the <TT>`intl/´</TT> directory. <H3><A NAME="SEC202" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC202">12.4.9 <TT>`config.h.in´</TT> at top level</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX983"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1027"></A> </P> <P> @@ -1050,9 +1053,9 @@ dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES) <H3><A NAME="SEC205" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC205">12.4.12 <TT>`gettext.h´</TT> in <TT>`lib/´</TT></A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX984"></A> -<A NAME="IDX985"></A> -<A NAME="IDX986"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1028"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1029"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1030"></A> </P> <P> @@ -1089,7 +1092,7 @@ to 0 in C preprocessor expressions. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX987"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1031"></A> <TT>`gettext.h´</TT> is a convenience header file for conditional use of <TT>`<libintl.h>´</TT>, depending on the <CODE>ENABLE_NLS</CODE> macro. If <CODE>ENABLE_NLS</CODE> is set, it includes <TT>`<libintl.h>´</TT>; otherwise it @@ -1130,7 +1133,7 @@ package that needs it should contain a copy of it on its own. <H2><A NAME="SEC206" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC206">12.5 Autoconf macros for use in <TT>`configure.in´</TT></A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX988"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1032"></A> </P> <P> @@ -1146,7 +1149,7 @@ The primary macro is, of course, <CODE>AM_GNU_GETTEXT</CODE>. <H3><A NAME="SEC207" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC207">12.5.1 AM_GNU_GETTEXT in <TT>`gettext.m4´</TT></A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX989"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1033"></A> The <CODE>AM_GNU_GETTEXT</CODE> macro tests for the presence of the GNU gettext function family in either the C library or a separate <CODE>libintl</CODE> library (shared or static libraries are both supported) or in the package's @@ -1211,7 +1214,7 @@ The complexities that <CODE>AM_GNU_GETTEXT</CODE> deals with are the following: <UL> <LI> -<A NAME="IDX990"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1034"></A> Some operating systems have <CODE>gettext</CODE> in the C library, for example glibc. Some have it in a separate library <CODE>libintl</CODE>. GNU <CODE>libintl</CODE> might have been installed as part of the GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE> package. @@ -1250,7 +1253,7 @@ and <CODE>LTLIBINTL</CODE> variables. <H3><A NAME="SEC208" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC208">12.5.2 AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION in <TT>`gettext.m4´</TT></A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX991"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1035"></A> The <CODE>AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION</CODE> macro declares the version number of the GNU gettext infrastructure that is used by the package. @@ -1265,7 +1268,7 @@ use of it (see section <A HREF="gettext_12.html#SEC211">12.6 Integrating with C <H3><A NAME="SEC209" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC209">12.5.3 AM_PO_SUBDIRS in <TT>`po.m4´</TT></A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX992"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1036"></A> The <CODE>AM_PO_SUBDIRS</CODE> macro prepares the <TT>`po/´</TT> directories of the package for building. This macro should be used in internationalized programs written in other programming languages than C, C++, Objective C, @@ -1285,7 +1288,7 @@ variables in each <TT>`po/´</TT> directory. <H3><A NAME="SEC210" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC210">12.5.4 AM_ICONV in <TT>`iconv.m4´</TT></A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX993"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1037"></A> The <CODE>AM_ICONV</CODE> macro tests for the presence of the POSIX/XSI <CODE>iconv</CODE> function family in either the C library or a separate <CODE>libiconv</CODE> library. If found, it sets the <CODE>am_cv_func_iconv</CODE> @@ -1309,7 +1312,7 @@ The complexities that <CODE>AM_ICONV</CODE> deals with are the following: <UL> <LI> -<A NAME="IDX994"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1038"></A> Some operating systems have <CODE>iconv</CODE> in the C library, for example glibc. Some have it in a separate library <CODE>libiconv</CODE>, for example OSF/1 or FreeBSD. Regardless of the operating system, GNU <CODE>libiconv</CODE> @@ -1441,7 +1444,7 @@ Each of these three approaches has different advantages and drawbacks. The advantage is that anyone can check out the CVS at any moment and gets a working build. The drawbacks are: 1a. It requires some frequent -"cvs commit" actions by the maintainers. 1b. The reposity grows in size +"cvs commit" actions by the maintainers. 1b. The repository grows in size quite fast. <LI> @@ -1479,7 +1482,7 @@ form </P> <PRE> -AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.12.1) +AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.13) </PRE> <P> @@ -1494,8 +1497,8 @@ and adds to the package's pre-build script an invocation of <H3><A NAME="SEC214" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC214">12.6.3 Invoking the <CODE>autopoint</CODE> Program</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX995"></A> -<A NAME="IDX996"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1039"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1040"></A> <PRE> autopoint [<VAR>option</VAR>]... @@ -1520,16 +1523,16 @@ this version into the package. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--force´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX997"></A> -<A NAME="IDX998"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1041"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1042"></A> Force overwriting of files that already exist. <DT><SAMP>`-n´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--dry-run´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX999"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1000"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1043"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1044"></A> Print modifications but don't perform them. All file copying actions that <CODE>autopoint</CODE> would normally execute are inhibited and instead only listed on standard output. @@ -1544,20 +1547,20 @@ listed on standard output. <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX1001"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1045"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX1002"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1046"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> <P> <CODE>autopoint</CODE> supports the GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE> versions from 0.10.35 to -the current one, 0.12.1. In order to apply <CODE>autopoint</CODE> to -a package using a <CODE>gettext</CODE> version newer than 0.12.1, you +the current one, 0.13. In order to apply <CODE>autopoint</CODE> to +a package using a <CODE>gettext</CODE> version newer than 0.13, you need to install this same version of GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE> at least. </P> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_13.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_13.html index 5687eee..6982d6c 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_13.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_13.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 13 Other Programming Languages</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ approach. <H2><A NAME="SEC218" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC218">13.1 The Language Implementor's View</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1003"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1004"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1047"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1048"></A> </P> <P> @@ -42,9 +42,8 @@ means the following: You should add to the language a syntax for translatable strings. In principle, a function call of <CODE>gettext</CODE> would do, but a shorthand syntax helps keeping the legibility of internationalized programs. For -example, in C we use the syntax <CODE>_("string")</CODE>, in bash we use the -syntax <CODE>$"string"</CODE>, and in GNU awk we use the shorthand -<CODE>_"string"</CODE>. +example, in C we use the syntax <CODE>_("string")</CODE>, and in GNU awk we use +the shorthand <CODE>_"string"</CODE>. <LI> @@ -186,9 +185,67 @@ See also the fprintf(3) manual page, <A HREF="http://informatik.fh-wuerzburg.de/student/i510/man/printf.html">http://informatik.fh-wuerzburg.de/student/i510/man/printf.html</A>. </P> +<P> +Although format strings with positions that reorder arguments, such as + +</P> + +<PRE> +"Only %2$d bytes free on '%1$s'." +</PRE> + +<P> +which is semantically equivalent to + +</P> + +<PRE> +"'%s' has only %d bytes free." +</PRE> + +<P> +are a POSIX/XSI feature and not specified by ISO C 99, translators can rely +on this reordering ability: On the few platforms where <CODE>printf()</CODE>, +<CODE>fprintf()</CODE> etc. don't support this feature natively, <TT>`libintl.a´</TT> +or <TT>`libintl.so´</TT> provides replacement functions, and GNU <CODE><libintl.h></CODE> +activates these replacement functions automatically. + +</P> + + +<H3><A NAME="SEC222" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC222">13.3.2 Objective C Format Strings</A></H3> + +<P> +Objective C format strings are like C format strings. They support an +additional format directive: "$@", which when executed consumes an argument +of type <CODE>Object *</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC222" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC222">13.3.2 Python Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC223" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC223">13.3.3 Shell Format Strings</A></H3> + +<P> +Shell format strings, as supported by GNU gettext and the <SAMP>`envsubst´</SAMP> +program, are strings with references to shell variables in the form +<CODE>$<VAR>variable</VAR></CODE> or <CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>}</CODE>. References of the form +<CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>-<VAR>default</VAR>}</CODE>, +<CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>:-<VAR>default</VAR>}</CODE>, +<CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>=<VAR>default</VAR>}</CODE>, +<CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>:=<VAR>default</VAR>}</CODE>, +<CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>+<VAR>replacement</VAR>}</CODE>, +<CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>:+<VAR>replacement</VAR>}</CODE>, +<CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>?<VAR>ignored</VAR>}</CODE>, +<CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>:?<VAR>ignored</VAR>}</CODE>, +that would be valid inside shell scripts, are not supported. The +<VAR>variable</VAR> names must consist solely of alphanumeric or underscore +ASCII characters, not start with a digit and be nonempty; otherwise such +a variable reference is ignored. + +</P> + + +<H3><A NAME="SEC224" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC224">13.3.4 Python Format Strings</A></H3> <P> Python format strings are described in @@ -202,7 +259,7 @@ Python Library reference / </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC223" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC223">13.3.3 Lisp Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC225" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC225">13.3.5 Lisp Format Strings</A></H3> <P> Lisp format strings are described in the Common Lisp HyperSpec, @@ -212,7 +269,7 @@ chapter 22.3 Formatted Output, </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC224" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC224">13.3.4 Emacs Lisp Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC226" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC226">13.3.6 Emacs Lisp Format Strings</A></H3> <P> Emacs Lisp format strings are documented in the Emacs Lisp reference, @@ -224,7 +281,7 @@ in format strings while FSF Emacs doesn't. </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC225" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC225">13.3.5 librep Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC227" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC227">13.3.7 librep Format Strings</A></H3> <P> librep format strings are documented in the librep manual, section @@ -235,7 +292,7 @@ Formatted Output, </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC226" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC226">13.3.6 Smalltalk Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC228" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC228">13.3.8 Smalltalk Format Strings</A></H3> <P> Smalltalk format strings are described in the GNU Smalltalk documentation, @@ -248,7 +305,7 @@ or a nonzero digit (<SAMP>`1´</SAMP> to <SAMP>`9´</SAMP>). </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC227" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC227">13.3.7 Java Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC229" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC229">13.3.9 Java Format Strings</A></H3> <P> Java format strings are described in the JDK documentation for class @@ -260,7 +317,7 @@ See also the ICU documentation </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC228" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC228">13.3.8 awk Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC230" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC230">13.3.10 awk Format Strings</A></H3> <P> awk format strings are described in the gawk documentation, section @@ -270,7 +327,7 @@ Printf, </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC229" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC229">13.3.9 Object Pascal Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC231" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC231">13.3.11 Object Pascal Format Strings</A></H3> <P> Where is this documented? @@ -278,7 +335,7 @@ Where is this documented? </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC230" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC230">13.3.10 YCP Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC232" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC232">13.3.12 YCP Format Strings</A></H3> <P> YCP sformat strings are described in the libycp documentation @@ -289,7 +346,7 @@ or a nonzero digit (<SAMP>`1´</SAMP> to <SAMP>`9´</SAMP>). </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC231" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC231">13.3.11 Tcl Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC233" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC233">13.3.13 Tcl Format Strings</A></H3> <P> Tcl format strings are described in the <TT>`format.n´</TT> manual page, @@ -298,7 +355,31 @@ Tcl format strings are described in the <TT>`format.n´</TT> manual page, </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC232" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC232">13.3.12 PHP Format Strings</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC234" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC234">13.3.14 Perl Format Strings</A></H3> + +<P> +There are two kinds format strings in Perl: those acceptable to the +Perl built-in function <CODE>printf</CODE>, labelled as <SAMP>`perl-format´</SAMP>, +and those acceptable to the <CODE>libintl-perl</CODE> function <CODE>__x</CODE>, +labelled as <SAMP>`perl-brace-format´</SAMP>. + +</P> +<P> +Perl <CODE>printf</CODE> format strings are described in the <CODE>sprintf</CODE> +section of <SAMP>`man perlfunc´</SAMP>. + +</P> +<P> +Perl brace format strings are described in the +<TT>`Locale::TextDomain(3pm)´</TT> manual page of the CPAN package +libintl-perl. In brief, Perl format uses placeholders put between +braces (<SAMP>`{´</SAMP> and <SAMP>`}´</SAMP>). The placeholder must have the syntax +of simple identifiers. + +</P> + + +<H3><A NAME="SEC235" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC235">13.3.15 PHP Format Strings</A></H3> <P> PHP format strings are described in the documentation of the PHP function @@ -308,7 +389,39 @@ PHP format strings are described in the documentation of the PHP function </P> -<H2><A NAME="SEC233" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC233">13.4 The Maintainer's View</A></H2> +<H3><A NAME="SEC236" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC236">13.3.16 GCC internal Format Strings</A></H3> + +<P> +These format strings are used inside the GCC sources. In such a format +string, a directive starts with <SAMP>`%´</SAMP>, is optionally followed by a +size specifier <SAMP>`l´</SAMP>, an optional flag <SAMP>`+´</SAMP>, another optional flag +<SAMP>`#´</SAMP>, and is finished by a specifier: <SAMP>`%´</SAMP> denotes a literal +percent sign, <SAMP>`c´</SAMP> denotes a character, <SAMP>`s´</SAMP> denotes a string, +<SAMP>`i´</SAMP> and <SAMP>`d´</SAMP> denote an integer, <SAMP>`o´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`u´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`x´</SAMP> +denote an unsigned integer, <SAMP>`.*s´</SAMP> denotes a string preceded by a +width specification, <SAMP>`H´</SAMP> denotes a <SAMP>`location_t *´</SAMP> pointer, +<SAMP>`D´</SAMP> denotes a general declaration, <SAMP>`F´</SAMP> denotes a function +declaration, <SAMP>`T´</SAMP> denotes a type, <SAMP>`A´</SAMP> denotes a function argument, +<SAMP>`C´</SAMP> denotes a tree code, <SAMP>`E´</SAMP> denotes an expression, <SAMP>`L´</SAMP> +denotes a programming language, <SAMP>`O´</SAMP> denotes a binary operator, +<SAMP>`P´</SAMP> denotes a function parameter, <SAMP>`Q´</SAMP> denotes an assignment +operator, <SAMP>`V´</SAMP> denotes a const/volatile qualifier. + +</P> + + +<H3><A NAME="SEC237" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC237">13.3.17 Qt Format Strings</A></H3> + +<P> +Qt format strings are described in the documentation of the QString class +<A HREF="file:/usr/lib/qt-3.0.5/doc/html/qstring.html">file:/usr/lib/qt-3.0.5/doc/html/qstring.html</A>. +In summary, a directive consists of a <SAMP>`%´</SAMP> followed by a digit. The same +directive cannot occur more than once in a format string. + +</P> + + +<H2><A NAME="SEC238" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC238">13.4 The Maintainer's View</A></H2> <P> For the maintainer, the general procedure differs from the C language @@ -339,13 +452,13 @@ that language, and to combine the resulting files using <CODE>msgcat</CODE>. -<H2><A NAME="SEC234" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC234">13.5 Individual Programming Languages</A></H2> +<H2><A NAME="SEC239" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC239">13.5 Individual Programming Languages</A></H2> -<H3><A NAME="SEC235" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC235">13.5.1 C, C++, Objective C</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC240" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC240">13.5.1 C, C++, Objective C</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1005"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1049"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -401,7 +514,7 @@ Use <DT>Formatting with positions <DD> -<CODE>fprintf "%2$d %1$d"</CODE> (POSIX/XSI but not C 99) +<CODE>fprintf "%2$d %1$d"</CODE> <BR>In C++: <CODE>autosprintf "%2$d %1$d"</CODE> (see section `Introduction' in <CITE>GNU autosprintf</CITE>) @@ -414,11 +527,18 @@ autoconf (gettext.m4) and #if ENABLE_NLS yes </DL> +<P> +The following examples are available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: +<CODE>hello-c</CODE>, <CODE>hello-c-gnome</CODE>, <CODE>hello-c++</CODE>, <CODE>hello-c++-qt</CODE>, +<CODE>hello-c++-kde</CODE>, <CODE>hello-c++-gnome</CODE>, <CODE>hello-objc</CODE>, +<CODE>hello-objc-gnustep</CODE>, <CODE>hello-objc-gnome</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC236" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC236">13.5.2 sh - Shell Script</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC241" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC241">13.5.2 sh - Shell Script</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1006"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1050"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -437,22 +557,23 @@ bash, gettext <DT>gettext shorthand <DD> -<CODE>"`gettext "abc"`"</CODE> +<CODE>"`gettext \"abc\"`"</CODE> <DT>gettext/ngettext functions <DD> -<A NAME="IDX1007"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1008"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1051"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1052"></A> <CODE>gettext</CODE>, <CODE>ngettext</CODE> programs +<BR><CODE>eval_gettext</CODE>, <CODE>eval_ngettext</CODE> shell functions <DT>textdomain <DD> -<A NAME="IDX1009"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1053"></A> environment variable <CODE>TEXTDOMAIN</CODE> <DT>bindtextdomain <DD> -<A NAME="IDX1010"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1054"></A> environment variable <CODE>TEXTDOMAINDIR</CODE> <DT>setlocale @@ -461,7 +582,7 @@ automatic <DT>Prerequisite <DD> ---- +<CODE>. gettext.sh</CODE> <DT>Use or emulate GNU gettext <DD> @@ -469,7 +590,7 @@ use <DT>Extractor <DD> ---- +<CODE>xgettext</CODE> <DT>Formatting with positions <DD> @@ -477,88 +598,490 @@ use <DT>Portability <DD> ---- +fully portable <DT>po-mode marking <DD> --- </DL> +<P> +An example is available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: <CODE>hello-sh</CODE>. +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC237" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC237">13.5.3 bash - Bourne-Again Shell Script</A></H3> + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC242" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC242">13.5.2.1 Preparing Shell Scripts for Internationalization</A></H4> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1055"></A> + +</P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1011"></A> +Preparing a shell script for internationalization is conceptually similar +to the steps described in section <A HREF="gettext_3.html#SEC13">3 Preparing Program Sources</A>. The concrete steps for shell +scripts are as follows. + +</P> + +<OL> +<LI> + +Insert the line + + +<PRE> +. gettext.sh +</PRE> + +near the top of the script. <CODE>gettext.sh</CODE> is a shell function library +that provides the functions +<CODE>eval_gettext</CODE> (see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC247">13.5.2.6 Invoking the <CODE>eval_gettext</CODE> function</A>) and +<CODE>eval_ngettext</CODE> (see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC248">13.5.2.7 Invoking the <CODE>eval_ngettext</CODE> function</A>). +You have to ensure that <CODE>gettext.sh</CODE> can be found in the <CODE>PATH</CODE>. + +<LI> + +Set and export the <CODE>TEXTDOMAIN</CODE> and <CODE>TEXTDOMAINDIR</CODE> environment +variables. Usually <CODE>TEXTDOMAIN</CODE> is the package or program name, and +<CODE>TEXTDOMAINDIR</CODE> is the absolute pathname corresponding to +<CODE>$prefix/share/locale</CODE>, where <CODE>$prefix</CODE> is the installation location. + + +<PRE> +TEXTDOMAIN=@PACKAGE@ +export TEXTDOMAIN +TEXTDOMAINDIR=@LOCALEDIR@ +export TEXTDOMAINDIR +</PRE> + +<LI> + +Prepare the strings for translation, as described in section <A HREF="gettext_3.html#SEC15">3.2 Preparing Translatable Strings</A>. + +<LI> + +Simplify translatable strings so that they don't contain command substitution +(<CODE>"`...`"</CODE> or <CODE>"$(...)"</CODE>), variable access with defaulting (like +<CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>-<VAR>default</VAR>}</CODE>), access to positional arguments +(like <CODE>$0</CODE>, <CODE>$1</CODE>, ...) or highly volatile shell variables (like +<CODE>$?</CODE>). This can always be done through simple local code restructuring. +For example, + + +<PRE> +echo "Usage: $0 [OPTION] FILE..." +</PRE> + +becomes + + +<PRE> +program_name=$0 +echo "Usage: $program_name [OPTION] FILE..." +</PRE> + +Similarly, + + +<PRE> +echo "Remaining files: `ls | wc -l`" +</PRE> + +becomes + + +<PRE> +filecount="`ls | wc -l`" +echo "Remaining files: $filecount" +</PRE> + +<LI> + +For each translatable string, change the output command <SAMP>`echo´</SAMP> or +<SAMP>`$echo´</SAMP> to <SAMP>`gettext´</SAMP> (if the string contains no references to +shell variables) or to <SAMP>`eval_gettext´</SAMP> (if it refers to shell variables), +followed by a no-argument <SAMP>`echo´</SAMP> command (to account for the terminating +newline). Similarly, for cases with plural handling, replace a conditional +<SAMP>`echo´</SAMP> command with an invocation of <SAMP>`ngettext´</SAMP> or +<SAMP>`eval_ngettext´</SAMP>, followed by a no-argument <SAMP>`echo´</SAMP> command. +</OL> + + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC243" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC243">13.5.2.2 Contents of <CODE>gettext.sh</CODE></A></H4> + +<P> +<CODE>gettext.sh</CODE>, contained in the run-time package of GNU gettext, provides +the following: + +</P> + +<UL> +<LI>$echo + +The variable <CODE>echo</CODE> is set to a command that outputs its first argument +and a newline, without interpreting backslashes in the argument string. + +<LI>eval_gettext + +See section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC247">13.5.2.6 Invoking the <CODE>eval_gettext</CODE> function</A>. + +<LI>eval_ngettext + +See section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC248">13.5.2.7 Invoking the <CODE>eval_ngettext</CODE> function</A>. +</UL> + + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC244" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC244">13.5.2.3 Invoking the <CODE>gettext</CODE> program</A></H4> + +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1056"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1057"></A> + +<PRE> +gettext [<VAR>option</VAR>] [[<VAR>textdomain</VAR>] <VAR>msgid</VAR>] +gettext [<VAR>option</VAR>] -s [<VAR>msgid</VAR>]... +</PRE> + +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1058"></A> +The <CODE>gettext</CODE> program displays the native language translation of a +textual message. + +</P> +<P> +<STRONG>Arguments</STRONG> </P> <DL COMPACT> -<DT>RPMs +<DT><SAMP>`-d <VAR>textdomain</VAR>´</SAMP> +<DD> +<DT><SAMP>`--domain=<VAR>textdomain</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -bash 2.0 or newer, gettext +<A NAME="IDX1059"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1060"></A> +Retrieve translated messages from <VAR>textdomain</VAR>. Usually a <VAR>textdomain</VAR> +corresponds to a package, a program, or a module of a program. -<DT>File extension +<DT><SAMP>`-e´</SAMP> <DD> -<CODE>sh</CODE> +<A NAME="IDX1061"></A> +Enable expansion of some escape sequences. This option is for compatibility +with the <SAMP>`echo´</SAMP> program or shell built-in. The escape sequences +<SAMP>`\b´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\c´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\f´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\n´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\r´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\t´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\v´</SAMP>, +<SAMP>`\\´</SAMP>, and <SAMP>`\´</SAMP> followed by one to three octal digits, are interpreted +like the <SAMP>`echo´</SAMP> program does. -<DT>String syntax +<DT><SAMP>`-E´</SAMP> <DD> -<CODE>"abc"</CODE>, <CODE>'abc'</CODE>, <CODE>abc</CODE> +<A NAME="IDX1062"></A> +This option is only for compatibility with the <SAMP>`echo´</SAMP> program or shell +built-in. It has no effect. -<DT>gettext shorthand +<DT><SAMP>`-h´</SAMP> +<DD> +<DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<CODE>$"abc"</CODE> +<A NAME="IDX1063"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1064"></A> +Display this help and exit. -<DT>gettext/ngettext functions +<DT><SAMP>`-n´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX1012"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1013"></A> -<CODE>gettext</CODE>, <CODE>ngettext</CODE> programs +<A NAME="IDX1065"></A> +Suppress trailing newline. By default, <CODE>gettext</CODE> adds a newline to +the output. -<DT>textdomain +<DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX1014"></A> -environment variable <CODE>TEXTDOMAIN</CODE> +<DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX1066"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1067"></A> +Output version information and exit. -<DT>bindtextdomain +<DT><SAMP>`[<VAR>textdomain</VAR>] <VAR>msgid</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX1015"></A> -environment variable <CODE>TEXTDOMAINDIR</CODE> +Retrieve translated message corresponding to <VAR>msgid</VAR> from <VAR>textdomain</VAR>. -<DT>setlocale +</DL> + +<P> +If the <VAR>textdomain</VAR> parameter is not given, the domain is determined from +the environment variable <CODE>TEXTDOMAIN</CODE>. If the message catalog is not +found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the +environment variable <CODE>TEXTDOMAINDIR</CODE>. + +</P> +<P> +When used with the <CODE>-s</CODE> option the program behaves like the <SAMP>`echo´</SAMP> +command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those +messages found in the selected catalog are translated. + +</P> + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC245" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC245">13.5.2.4 Invoking the <CODE>ngettext</CODE> program</A></H4> + +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1068"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1069"></A> + +<PRE> +ngettext [<VAR>option</VAR>] [<VAR>textdomain</VAR>] <VAR>msgid</VAR> <VAR>msgid-plural</VAR> <VAR>count</VAR> +</PRE> + +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1070"></A> +The <CODE>ngettext</CODE> program displays the native language translation of a +textual message whose grammatical form depends on a number. + +</P> +<P> +<STRONG>Arguments</STRONG> + +</P> +<DL COMPACT> + +<DT><SAMP>`-d <VAR>textdomain</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -automatic +<DT><SAMP>`--domain=<VAR>textdomain</VAR>´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX1071"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1072"></A> +Retrieve translated messages from <VAR>textdomain</VAR>. Usually a <VAR>textdomain</VAR> +corresponds to a package, a program, or a module of a program. -<DT>Prerequisite +<DT><SAMP>`-e´</SAMP> <DD> ---- +<A NAME="IDX1073"></A> +Enable expansion of some escape sequences. This option is for compatibility +with the <SAMP>`gettext´</SAMP> program. The escape sequences +<SAMP>`\b´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\c´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\f´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\n´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\r´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\t´</SAMP>, <SAMP>`\v´</SAMP>, +<SAMP>`\\´</SAMP>, and <SAMP>`\´</SAMP> followed by one to three octal digits, are interpreted +like the <SAMP>`echo´</SAMP> program does. -<DT>Use or emulate GNU gettext +<DT><SAMP>`-E´</SAMP> <DD> -use +<A NAME="IDX1074"></A> +This option is only for compatibility with the <SAMP>`gettext´</SAMP> program. It has +no effect. -<DT>Extractor +<DT><SAMP>`-h´</SAMP> +<DD> +<DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<CODE>bash --dump-po-strings</CODE> +<A NAME="IDX1075"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1076"></A> +Display this help and exit. -<DT>Formatting with positions +<DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> ---- +<DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX1077"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1078"></A> +Output version information and exit. -<DT>Portability +<DT><SAMP>`<VAR>textdomain</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> ---- +Retrieve translated message from <VAR>textdomain</VAR>. -<DT>po-mode marking +<DT><SAMP>`<VAR>msgid</VAR> <VAR>msgid-plural</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> ---- +Translate <VAR>msgid</VAR> (English singular) / <VAR>msgid-plural</VAR> (English plural). + +<DT><SAMP>`<VAR>count</VAR>´</SAMP> +<DD> +Choose singular/plural form based on this value. + </DL> +<P> +If the <VAR>textdomain</VAR> parameter is not given, the domain is determined from +the environment variable <CODE>TEXTDOMAIN</CODE>. If the message catalog is not +found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the +environment variable <CODE>TEXTDOMAINDIR</CODE>. + +</P> + +<H4><A NAME="SEC246" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC246">13.5.2.5 Invoking the <CODE>envsubst</CODE> program</A></H4> -<H3><A NAME="SEC238" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC238">13.5.4 Python</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1016"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1079"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1080"></A> + +<PRE> +envsubst [<VAR>option</VAR>] [<VAR>shell-format</VAR>] +</PRE> + +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1081"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1082"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1083"></A> +The <CODE>envsubst</CODE> program substitutes the values of environment variables. + +</P> +<P> +<STRONG>Operation mode</STRONG> + +</P> +<DL COMPACT> + +<DT><SAMP>`-v´</SAMP> +<DD> +<DT><SAMP>`--variables´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX1084"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1085"></A> +Output the variables occurring in <VAR>shell-format</VAR>. + +</DL> + +<P> +<STRONG>Informative output</STRONG> + +</P> +<DL COMPACT> + +<DT><SAMP>`-h´</SAMP> +<DD> +<DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX1086"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1087"></A> +Display this help and exit. + +<DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> +<DD> +<DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX1088"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1089"></A> +Output version information and exit. + +</DL> + +<P> +In normal operation mode, standard input is copied to standard output, +with references to environment variables of the form <CODE>$VARIABLE</CODE> or +<CODE>${VARIABLE}</CODE> being replaced with the corresponding values. If a +<VAR>shell-format</VAR> is given, only those environment variables that are +referenced in <VAR>shell-format</VAR> are substituted; otherwise all environment +variables references occurring in standard input are substituted. + +</P> +<P> +These substitutions are a subset of the substitutions that a shell performs +on unquoted and double-quoted strings. Other kinds of substitutions done +by a shell, such as <CODE>${<VAR>variable</VAR>-<VAR>default</VAR>}</CODE> or +<CODE>$(<VAR>command-list</VAR>)</CODE> or <CODE>`<VAR>command-list</VAR>`</CODE>, are not performed +by the <CODE>envsubst</CODE> program, due to security reasons. + +</P> +<P> +When <CODE>--variables</CODE> is used, standard input is ignored, and the output +consists of the environment variables that are referenced in +<VAR>shell-format</VAR>, one per line. + +</P> + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC247" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC247">13.5.2.6 Invoking the <CODE>eval_gettext</CODE> function</A></H4> + +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1090"></A> + +<PRE> +eval_gettext <VAR>msgid</VAR> +</PRE> + +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1091"></A> +This function outputs the native language translation of a textual message, +performing dollar-substitution on the result. Note that only shell variables +mentioned in <VAR>msgid</VAR> will be dollar-substituted in the result. + +</P> + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC248" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC248">13.5.2.7 Invoking the <CODE>eval_ngettext</CODE> function</A></H4> + +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1092"></A> + +<PRE> +eval_ngettext <VAR>msgid</VAR> <VAR>msgid-plural</VAR> <VAR>count</VAR> +</PRE> + +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1093"></A> +This function outputs the native language translation of a textual message +whose grammatical form depends on a number, performing dollar-substitution +on the result. Note that only shell variables mentioned in <VAR>msgid</VAR> or +<VAR>msgid-plural</VAR> will be dollar-substituted in the result. + +</P> + + +<H3><A NAME="SEC249" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC249">13.5.3 bash - Bourne-Again Shell Script</A></H3> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1094"></A> + +</P> +<P> +GNU <CODE>bash</CODE> 2.0 or newer has a special shorthand for translating a +string and substituting variable values in it: <CODE>$"msgid"</CODE>. But +the use of this construct is <STRONG>discouraged</STRONG>, due to the security +holes it opens and due to its portability problems. + +</P> +<P> +The security holes of <CODE>$"..."</CODE> come from the fact that after looking up +the translation of the string, <CODE>bash</CODE> processes it like it processes +any double-quoted string: dollar and backquote processing, like <SAMP>`eval´</SAMP> +does. + +</P> + +<OL> +<LI> + +In a locale whose encoding is one of BIG5, BIG5-HKSCS, GBK, GB18030, SHIFT_JIS, +JOHAB, some double-byte characters have a second byte whose value is +<CODE>0x60</CODE>. For example, the byte sequence <CODE>\xe0\x60</CODE> is a single +character in these locales. Many versions of <CODE>bash</CODE> (all versions +up to bash-2.05, and newer versions on platforms without <CODE>mbsrtowcs()</CODE> +function) don't know about character boundaries and see a backquote character +where there is only a particular Chinese character. Thus it can start +executing part of the translation as a command list. This situation can occur +even without the translator being aware of it: if the translator provides +translations in the UTF-8 encoding, it is the <CODE>gettext()</CODE> function which +will, during its conversion from the translator's encoding to the user's +locale's encoding, produce the dangerous <CODE>\x60</CODE> bytes. + +<LI> + +A translator could - voluntarily or inadvertantly - use backquotes +<CODE>"`...`"</CODE> or dollar-parentheses <CODE>"$(...)"</CODE> in her translations. +The enclosed strings would be executed as command lists by the shell. +</OL> + +<P> +The portability problem is that <CODE>bash</CODE> must be built with +internationalization support; this is normally not the case on systems +that don't have the <CODE>gettext()</CODE> function in libc. + +</P> + + +<H3><A NAME="SEC250" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC250">13.5.4 Python</A></H3> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1095"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -627,13 +1150,17 @@ fully portable --- </DL> +<P> +An example is available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: <CODE>hello-python</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC239" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC239">13.5.5 GNU clisp - Common Lisp</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC251" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC251">13.5.5 GNU clisp - Common Lisp</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1017"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1018"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1019"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1096"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1097"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1098"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -695,11 +1222,15 @@ On platforms without gettext, no translation. --- </DL> +<P> +An example is available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: <CODE>hello-clisp</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC240" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC240">13.5.6 GNU clisp C sources</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC252" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC252">13.5.6 GNU clisp C sources</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1020"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1099"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -752,7 +1283,7 @@ use <DT>Formatting with positions <DD> -<CODE>fprintf "%2$d %1$d"</CODE> (POSIX/XSI but not C 99) +<CODE>fprintf "%2$d %1$d"</CODE> <DT>Portability <DD> @@ -765,9 +1296,9 @@ On platforms without gettext, no translation. -<H3><A NAME="SEC241" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC241">13.5.7 Emacs Lisp</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC253" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC253">13.5.7 Emacs Lisp</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1021"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1100"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -831,9 +1362,9 @@ Only XEmacs. Without <CODE>I18N3</CODE> defined at build time, no translation. -<H3><A NAME="SEC242" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC242">13.5.8 librep</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC254" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC254">13.5.8 librep</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1022"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1101"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -895,11 +1426,15 @@ On platforms without gettext, no translation. --- </DL> +<P> +An example is available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: <CODE>hello-librep</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC243" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC243">13.5.9 GNU Smalltalk</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC255" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC255">13.5.9 GNU Smalltalk</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1023"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1102"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -963,11 +1498,16 @@ fully portable --- </DL> +<P> +An example is available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: +<CODE>hello-smalltalk</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC244" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC244">13.5.10 Java</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC256" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC256">13.5.10 Java</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1024"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1103"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -1101,17 +1641,22 @@ a translation is missing, the <VAR>msgid</VAR> argument is returned unchanged. This has the advantage of having the <CODE>ngettext</CODE> function for plural handling. -<A NAME="IDX1025"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1104"></A> To use this API, one needs the <CODE>libintl.jar</CODE> file which is part of the GNU gettext package and distributed under the LGPL. </OL> +<P> +Three examples, using the second API, are available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> +directory: <CODE>hello-java</CODE>, <CODE>hello-java-awt</CODE>, <CODE>hello-java-swing</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC245" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC245">13.5.11 GNU awk</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC257" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC257">13.5.11 GNU awk</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1026"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1027"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1105"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1106"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -1175,13 +1720,17 @@ yourself. --- </DL> +<P> +An example is available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: <CODE>hello-gawk</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC246" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC246">13.5.12 Pascal - Free Pascal Compiler</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC258" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC258">13.5.12 Pascal - Free Pascal Compiler</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1028"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1029"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1030"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1107"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1108"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1109"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -1252,11 +1801,15 @@ can be loaded using the <CODE>TranslateResourceStrings</CODE> function in the <CODE>gettext</CODE> unit. </P> +<P> +An example is available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: <CODE>hello-pascal</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC247" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC247">13.5.13 wxWindows library</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC259" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC259">13.5.13 wxWindows library</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1031"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1110"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -1320,17 +1873,17 @@ yes -<H3><A NAME="SEC248" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC248">13.5.14 YCP - YaST2 scripting language</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC260" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC260">13.5.14 YCP - YaST2 scripting language</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1032"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1033"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1111"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1112"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> <DT>RPMs <DD> -libycp, libycp-devel, yast2-core-translator +libycp, libycp-devel, yast2-core, yast2-core-devel <DT>File extension <DD> @@ -1366,7 +1919,7 @@ libycp, libycp-devel, yast2-core-translator <DT>Use or emulate GNU gettext <DD> -use maps instead +use <DT>Extractor <DD> @@ -1385,12 +1938,16 @@ fully portable --- </DL> +<P> +An example is available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: <CODE>hello-ycp</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC249" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC249">13.5.15 Tcl - Tk's scripting language</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC261" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC261">13.5.15 Tcl - Tk's scripting language</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1034"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1035"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1113"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1114"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -1454,6 +2011,11 @@ fully portable </DL> <P> +Two examples are available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: +<CODE>hello-tcl</CODE>, <CODE>hello-tcl-tk</CODE>. + +</P> +<P> Before marking strings as internationalizable, substitutions of variables into the string need to be converted to <CODE>format</CODE> applications. For example, <CODE>"file $filename not found"</CODE> becomes @@ -1468,32 +2030,60 @@ argument is given. </P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC250" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC250">13.5.16 Perl</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC262" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC262">13.5.16 Perl</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1036"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1115"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> <DT>RPMs <DD> -perl, perl-gettext +perl <DT>File extension <DD> -<CODE>pl</CODE>, <CODE>PL</CODE> +<CODE>pl</CODE>, <CODE>PL</CODE>, <CODE>pm</CODE>, <CODE>cgi</CODE> <DT>String syntax <DD> -<CODE>"abc"</CODE> + +<UL> + +<LI><CODE>"abc"</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>'abc'</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>qq (abc)</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>q (abc)</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>qr /abc/</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>qx (/bin/date)</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>/pattern match/</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>?pattern match?</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>s/substitution/operators/</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>$tied_hash{"message"}</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>$tied_hash_reference->{"message"}</CODE> + +<LI>etc., issue the command <SAMP>`man perlsyn´</SAMP> for details + +</UL> <DT>gettext shorthand <DD> ---- +<CODE>__</CODE> (double underscore) <DT>gettext/ngettext functions <DD> -<CODE>gettext</CODE>, <CODE>dgettext</CODE>, <CODE>dcgettext</CODE> +<CODE>gettext</CODE>, <CODE>dgettext</CODE>, <CODE>dcgettext</CODE>, <CODE>ngettext</CODE>, +<CODE>dngettext</CODE>, <CODE>dcngettext</CODE> <DT>textdomain <DD> @@ -1503,6 +2093,10 @@ perl, perl-gettext <DD> <CODE>bindtextdomain</CODE> function +<DT>bind_textdomain_codeset +<DD> +<CODE>bind_textdomain_codeset</CODE> function + <DT>setlocale <DD> Use <CODE>setlocale (LC_ALL, "");</CODE> @@ -1510,41 +2104,908 @@ Use <CODE>setlocale (LC_ALL, "");</CODE> <DT>Prerequisite <DD> <CODE>use POSIX;</CODE> -<BR><CODE>use Locale::gettext;</CODE> +<BR><CODE>use Locale::TextDomain;</CODE> (included in the package libintl-perl +which is available on the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network CPAN, +http://www.cpan.org/). <DT>Use or emulate GNU gettext <DD> -use +emulate <DT>Extractor <DD> -? +<CODE>xgettext -k__ -k\$__ -k%__ -k__x -k__n:1,2 -k__nx:1,2 -k__xn:1,2 -kN__ -k</CODE> <DT>Formatting with positions <DD> ---- +Both kinds of format strings support formatting with positions. +<BR><CODE>printf "%2\$d %1\$d", ...</CODE> (requires Perl 5.8.0 or newer) +<BR><CODE>__expand("[new] replaces [old]", old => $oldvalue, new => $newvalue)</CODE> <DT>Portability <DD> -? +The <CODE>libintl-perl</CODE> package is platform independent but is not +part of the Perl core. The programmer is responsible for +providing a dummy implementation of the required functions if the +package is not installed on the target system. <DT>po-mode marking <DD> --- + +<DT>Documentation +<DD> +Included in <CODE>libintl-perl</CODE>, available on CPAN +(http://www.cpan.org/). + </DL> +<P> +An example is available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: <CODE>hello-perl</CODE>. + +</P> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1116"></A> + +</P> +<P> +The <CODE>xgettext</CODE> parser backend for Perl differs significantly from +the parser backends for other programming languages, just as Perl +itself differs significantly from other programming languages. The +Perl parser backend offers many more string marking facilities than +the other backends but it also has some Perl specific limitations, the +worst probably being its imperfectness. + +</P> + + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC263" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC263">13.5.16.1 General Problems Parsing Perl Code</A></H4> + +<P> +It is often heard that only Perl can parse Perl. This is not true. +Perl cannot be <EM>parsed</EM> at all, it can only be <EM>executed</EM>. +Perl has various built-in ambiguities that can only be resolved at runtime. + +</P> +<P> +The following example may illustrate one common problem: + +</P> + +<PRE> +print gettext "Hello World!"; +</PRE> + +<P> +Although this example looks like a bullet-proof case of a function +invocation, it is not: + +</P> + +<PRE> +open gettext, ">testfile" or die; +print gettext "Hello world!" +</PRE> + +<P> +In this context, the string <CODE>gettext</CODE> looks more like a +file handle. But not necessarily: +</P> + +<PRE> +use Locale::Messages qw (:libintl_h); +open gettext ">testfile" or die; +print gettext "Hello world!"; +</PRE> -<H3><A NAME="SEC251" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC251">13.5.17 PHP Hypertext Preprocessor</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1037"></A> +Now, the file is probably syntactically incorrect, provided that the module +<CODE>Locale::Messages</CODE> found first in the Perl include path exports a +function <CODE>gettext</CODE>. But what if the module +<CODE>Locale::Messages</CODE> really looks like this? + +</P> + +<PRE> +use vars qw (*gettext); + +1; +</PRE> + +<P> +In this case, the string <CODE>gettext</CODE> will be interpreted as a file +handle again, and the above example will create a file <TT>`testfile´</TT> +and write the string "Hello world!" into it. Even advanced +control flow analysis will not really help: + +</P> + +<PRE> +if (0.5 < rand) { + eval "use Sane"; +} else { + eval "use InSane"; +} +print gettext "Hello world!"; +</PRE> + +<P> +If the module <CODE>Sane</CODE> exports a function <CODE>gettext</CODE> that does +what we expect, and the module <CODE>InSane</CODE> opens a file for writing +and associates the <EM>handle</EM> <CODE>gettext</CODE> with this output +stream, we are clueless again about what will happen at runtime. It is +completely unpredictable. The truth is that Perl has so many ways to +fill its symbol table at runtime that it is impossible to interpret a +particular piece of code without executing it. + +</P> +<P> +Of course, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> will not execute your Perl sources while +scanning for translatable strings, but rather use heuristics in order +to guess what you meant. + +</P> +<P> +Another problem is the ambiguity of the slash and the question mark. +Their interpretation depends on the context: + +</P> + +<PRE> +# A pattern match. +print "OK\n" if /foobar/; + +# A division. +print 1 / 2; + +# Another pattern match. +print "OK\n" if ?foobar?; + +# Conditional. +print $x ? "foo" : "bar"; +</PRE> + +<P> +The slash may either act as the division operator or introduce a +pattern match, whereas the question mark may act as the ternary +conditional operator or as a pattern match, too. Other programming +languages like <CODE>awk</CODE> present similar problems, but the consequences of a +misinterpretation are particularly nasty with Perl sources. In <CODE>awk</CODE> +for instance, a statement can never exceed one line and the parser +can recover from a parsing error at the next newline and interpret +the rest of the input stream correctly. Perl is different, as a +pattern match is terminated by the next appearance of the delimiter +(the slash or the question mark) in the input stream, regardless of +the semantic context. If a slash is really a division sign but +mis-interpreted as a pattern match, the rest of the input file is most +probably parsed incorrectly. + +</P> +<P> +If you find that <CODE>xgettext</CODE> fails to extract strings from +portions of your sources, you should therefore look out for slashes +and/or question marks preceding these sections. You may have come +across a bug in <CODE>xgettext</CODE>'s Perl parser (and of course you +should report that bug). In the meantime you should consider to +reformulate your code in a manner less challenging to <CODE>xgettext</CODE>. + +</P> + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC264" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC264">13.5.16.2 Which keywords will xgettext look for?</A></H4> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1117"></A> + +</P> +<P> +Unless you instruct <CODE>xgettext</CODE> otherwise by invoking it with one +of the options <CODE>--keyword</CODE> or <CODE>-k</CODE>, it will recognize the +following keywords in your Perl sources: + +</P> + +<UL> + +<LI><CODE>gettext</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>dgettext</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>dcgettext</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>ngettext:1,2</CODE> + +The first (singular) and the second (plural) argument will be +extracted. + +<LI><CODE>dngettext:1,2</CODE> + +The first (singular) and the second (plural) argument will be +extracted. + +<LI><CODE>dcngettext:1,2</CODE> + +The first (singular) and the second (plural) argument will be +extracted. + +<LI><CODE>gettext_noop</CODE> + +<LI><CODE>%gettext</CODE> + +The keys of lookups into the hash <CODE>%gettext</CODE> will be extracted. + +<LI><CODE>$gettext</CODE> + +The keys of lookups into the hash reference <CODE>$gettext</CODE> will be extracted. + +</UL> + + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC265" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC265">13.5.16.3 How to Extract Hash Keys</A></H4> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1118"></A> + +</P> +<P> +Translating messages at runtime is normally performed by looking up the +original string in the translation database and returning the +translated version. The "natural" Perl implementation is a hash +lookup, and, of course, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> supports such practice. + +</P> + +<PRE> +print __"Hello world!"; +print $__{"Hello world!"}; +print $__->{"Hello world!"}; +print $$__{"Hello world!"}; +</PRE> + +<P> +The above four lines all do the same thing. The Perl module +<CODE>Locale::TextDomain</CODE> exports by default a hash <CODE>%__</CODE> that +is tied to the function <CODE>__()</CODE>. It also exports a reference +<CODE>$__</CODE> to <CODE>%__</CODE>. + +</P> +<P> +If an argument to the <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option <CODE>--keyword</CODE>, +resp. <CODE>-k</CODE> starts with a percent sign, the rest of the keyword is +interpreted as the name of a hash. If it starts with a dollar +sign, the rest of the keyword is interpreted as a reference to a +hash. + +</P> +<P> +Note that you can omit the quotation marks (single or double) around +the hash key (almost) whenever Perl itself allows it: + +</P> + +<PRE> +print $gettext{Error}; +</PRE> + +<P> +The exact rule is: You can omit the surrounding quotes, when the hash +key is a valid C (!) identifier, i. e. when it starts with an +underscore or an ASCII letter and is followed by an arbitrary number +of underscores, ASCII letters or digits. Other Unicode characters +are <EM>not</EM> allowed, regardless of the <CODE>use utf8</CODE> pragma. + +</P> + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC266" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC266">13.5.16.4 What are Strings And Quote-like Expressions?</A></H4> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1119"></A> + +</P> +<P> +Perl offers a plethora of different string constructs. Those that can +be used either as arguments to functions or inside braces for hash +lookups are generally supported by <CODE>xgettext</CODE>. + +</P> + +<UL> +<LI><STRONG>double-quoted strings</STRONG> + +<BR> + +<PRE> +print gettext "Hello World!"; +</PRE> + +<LI><STRONG>single-quoted strings</STRONG> + +<BR> + +<PRE> +print gettext 'Hello World!'; +</PRE> + +<LI><STRONG>the operator qq</STRONG> + +<BR> + +<PRE> +print gettext qq |Hello World!|; +print gettext qq <E-mail: <guido\@imperia.net>>; +</PRE> + +The operator <CODE>qq</CODE> is fully supported. You can use arbitrary +delimiters, including the four bracketing delimiters (round, angle, +square, curly) that nest. + +<LI><STRONG>the operator q</STRONG> + +<BR> + +<PRE> +print gettext q |Hello World!|; +print gettext q <E-mail: <guido@imperia.net>>; +</PRE> + +The operator <CODE>q</CODE> is fully supported. You can use arbitrary +delimiters, including the four bracketing delimiters (round, angle, +square, curly) that nest. + +<LI><STRONG>the operator qx</STRONG> + +<BR> + +<PRE> +print gettext qx ;LANGUAGE=C /bin/date; +print gettext qx [/usr/bin/ls | grep '^[A-Z]*']; +</PRE> + +The operator <CODE>qx</CODE> is fully supported. You can use arbitrary +delimiters, including the four bracketing delimiters (round, angle, +square, curly) that nest. + +The example is actually a useless use of <CODE>gettext</CODE>. It will +invoke the <CODE>gettext</CODE> function on the output of the command +specified with the <CODE>qx</CODE> operator. The feature was included +in order to make the interface consistent (the parser will extract +all strings and quote-like expressions). + +<LI><STRONG>here documents</STRONG> + +<BR> + +<PRE> +print gettext <<'EOF'; +program not found in $PATH +EOF + +print ngettext <<EOF, <<"EOF"; +one file deleted +EOF +several files deleted +EOF +</PRE> + +Here-documents are recognized. If the delimiter is enclosed in single +quotes, the string is not interpolated. If it is enclosed in double +quotes or has no quotes at all, the string is interpolated. + +Delimiters that start with a digit are not supported! + +</UL> + + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC267" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC267">13.5.16.5 Invalid Uses Of String Interpolation</A></H4> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1120"></A> + +</P> +<P> +Perl is capable of interpolating variables into strings. This offers +some nice features in localized programs but can also lead to +problems. + +</P> +<P> +A common error is a construct like the following: + +</P> + +<PRE> +print gettext "This is the program $0!\n"; +</PRE> + +<P> +Perl will interpolate at runtime the value of the variable <CODE>$0</CODE> +into the argument of the <CODE>gettext()</CODE> function. Hence, this +argument is not a string constant but a variable argument (<CODE>$0</CODE> +is a global variable that holds the name of the Perl script being +executed). The interpolation is performed by Perl before the string +argument is passed to <CODE>gettext()</CODE> and will therefore depend on +the name of the script which can only be determined at runtime. +Consequently, it is almost impossible that a translation can be looked +up at runtime (except if, by accident, the interpolated string is found +in the message catalog). + +</P> +<P> +The <CODE>xgettext</CODE> program will therefore terminate parsing with a fatal +error if it encounters a variable inside of an extracted string. In +general, this will happen for all kinds of string interpolations that +cannot be safely performed at compile time. If you absolutely know +what you are doing, you can always circumvent this behavior: + +</P> + +<PRE> +my $know_what_i_am_doing = "This is program $0!\n"; +print gettext $know_what_i_am_doing; +</PRE> + +<P> +Since the parser only recognizes strings and quote-like expressions, +but not variables or other terms, the above construct will be +accepted. You will have to find another way, however, to let your +original string make it into your message catalog. + +</P> +<P> +If invoked with the option <CODE>--extract-all</CODE>, resp. <CODE>-a</CODE>, +variable interpolation will be accepted. Rationale: You will +generally use this option in order to prepare your sources for +internationalization. + +</P> +<P> +Please see the manual page <SAMP>`man perlop´</SAMP> for details of strings and +quote-like expressions that are subject to interpolation and those +that are not. Safe interpolations (that will not lead to a fatal +error) are: + +</P> + +<UL> + +<LI>the escape sequences <CODE>\t</CODE> (tab, HT, TAB), <CODE>\n</CODE> + +(newline, NL), <CODE>\r</CODE> (return, CR), <CODE>\f</CODE> (form feed, FF), +<CODE>\b</CODE> (backspace, BS), <CODE>\a</CODE> (alarm, bell, BEL), and <CODE>\e</CODE> +(escape, ESC). + +<LI>octal chars, like <CODE>\033</CODE> + +<BR> +Note that octal escapes in the range of 400-777 are translated into a +UTF-8 representation, regardless of the presence of the <CODE>use utf8</CODE> pragma. + +<LI>hex chars, like <CODE>\x1b</CODE> + +<LI>wide hex chars, like <CODE>\x{263a}</CODE> + +<BR> +Note that this escape is translated into a UTF-8 representation, +regardless of the presence of the <CODE>use utf8</CODE> pragma. + +<LI>control chars, like <CODE>\c[</CODE> (CTRL-[) + +<LI>named Unicode chars, like <CODE>\N{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA}</CODE> + +<BR> +Note that this escape is translated into a UTF-8 representation, +regardless of the presence of the <CODE>use utf8</CODE> pragma. +</UL> + +<P> +The following escapes are considered partially safe: + +</P> + +<UL> + +<LI><CODE>\l</CODE> lowercase next char + +<LI><CODE>\u</CODE> uppercase next char + +<LI><CODE>\L</CODE> lowercase till \E + +<LI><CODE>\U</CODE> uppercase till \E + +<LI><CODE>\E</CODE> end case modification + +<LI><CODE>\Q</CODE> quote non-word characters till \E + +</UL> + +<P> +These escapes are only considered safe if the string consists of +ASCII characters only. Translation of characters outside the range +defined by ASCII is locale-dependent and can actually only be performed +at runtime; <CODE>xgettext</CODE> doesn't do these locale-dependent translations +at extraction time. + +</P> +<P> +Except for the modifier <CODE>\Q</CODE>, these translations, albeit valid, +are generally useless and only obfuscate your sources. If a +translation can be safely performed at compile time you can just as +well write what you mean. + +</P> + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC268" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC268">13.5.16.6 Valid Uses Of String Interpolation</A></H4> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1121"></A> + +</P> +<P> +Perl is often used to generate sources for other programming languages +or arbitrary file formats. Web applications that output HTML code +make a prominent example for such usage. + +</P> +<P> +You will often come across situations where you want to intersperse +code written in the target (programming) language with translatable +messages, like in the following HTML example: + +</P> + +<PRE> +print gettext <<EOF; +<h1>My Homepage</h1> +<script language="JavaScript"><!-- +for (i = 0; i < 100; ++i) { + alert ("Thank you so much for visiting my homepage!"); +} +//--></script> +EOF +</PRE> + +<P> +The parser will extract the entire here document, and it will appear +entirely in the resulting PO file, including the JavaScript snippet +embedded in the HTML code. If you exaggerate with constructs like +the above, you will run the risk that the translators of your package +will look out for a less challenging project. You should consider an +alternative expression here: + +</P> + +<PRE> +print <<EOF; +<h1>$gettext{"My Homepage"}</h1> +<script language="JavaScript"><!-- +for (i = 0; i < 100; ++i) { + alert ("$gettext{'Thank you so much for visiting my homepage!'}"); +} +//--></script> +EOF +</PRE> + +<P> +Only the translatable portions of the code will be extracted here, and +the resulting PO file will begrudgingly improve in terms of readability. + +</P> +<P> +You can interpolate hash lookups in all strings or quote-like +expressions that are subject to interpolation (see the manual page +<SAMP>`man perlop´</SAMP> for details). Double interpolation is invalid, however: + +</P> + +<PRE> +# TRANSLATORS: Replace "the earth" with the name of your planet. +print gettext qq{Welcome to $gettext->{"the earth"}}; +</PRE> + +<P> +The <CODE>qq</CODE>-quoted string is recognized as an argument to <CODE>xgettext</CODE> in +the first place, and checked for invalid variable interpolation. The +dollar sign of hash-dereferencing will therefore terminate the parser +with an "invalid interpolation" error. + +</P> +<P> +It is valid to interpolate hash lookups in regular expressions: + +</P> + +<PRE> +if ($var =~ /$gettext{"the earth"}/) { + print gettext "Match!\n"; +} +s/$gettext{"U. S. A."}/$gettext{"U. S. A."} $gettext{"(dial +0)"}/g; +</PRE> + + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC269" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC269">13.5.16.7 When To Use Parentheses</A></H4> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1122"></A> + +</P> +<P> +In Perl, parentheses around function arguments are mostly optional. +<CODE>xgettext</CODE> will always assume that all +recognized keywords (except for hashs and hash references) are names +of properly prototyped functions, and will (hopefully) only require +parentheses where Perl itself requires them. All constructs in the +following example are therefore ok to use: + +</P> + +<PRE> +print gettext ("Hello World!\n"); +print gettext "Hello World!\n"; +print dgettext ($package => "Hello World!\n"); +print dgettext $package, "Hello World!\n"; + +# The "fat comma" => turns the left-hand side argument into a +# single-quoted string! +print dgettext smellovision => "Hello World!\n"; + +# The following assignment only works with prototyped functions. +# Otherwise, the functions will act as "greedy" list operators and +# eat up all following arguments. +my $anonymous_hash = { + planet => gettext "earth", + cakes => ngettext "one cake", "several cakes", $n, + still => $works, +}; +# The same without fat comma: +my $other_hash = { + 'planet', gettext "earth", + 'cakes', ngettext "one cake", "several cakes", $n, + 'still', $works, +}; + +# Parentheses are only significant for the first argument. +print dngettext 'package', ("one cake", "several cakes", $n), $discarded; +</PRE> + + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC270" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC270">13.5.16.8 How To Grok with Long Lines</A></H4> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1123"></A> + +</P> +<P> +The necessity of long messages can often lead to a cumbersome or +unreadable coding style. Perl has several options that may prevent +you from writing unreadable code, and +<CODE>xgettext</CODE> does its best to do likewise. This is where the dot +operator (the string concatenation operator) may come in handy: + +</P> + +<PRE> +print gettext ("This is a very long" + . " message that is still" + . " readable, because" + . " it is split into" + . " multiple lines.\n"); +</PRE> + +<P> +Perl is smart enough to concatenate these constant string fragments +into one long string at compile time, and so is +<CODE>xgettext</CODE>. You will only find one long message in the resulting +POT file. + +</P> +<P> +Note that the future Perl 6 will probably use the underscore +(<SAMP>`_´</SAMP>) as the string concatenation operator, and the dot +(<SAMP>`.´</SAMP>) for dereferencing. This new syntax is not yet supported by +<CODE>xgettext</CODE>. + +</P> +<P> +If embedded newline characters are not an issue, or even desired, you +may also insert newline characters inside quoted strings wherever you +feel like it: + +</P> + +<PRE> +print gettext ("<em>In HTML output +embedded newlines are generally no +problem, since adjacent whitespace +is always rendered into a single +space character.</em>"); +</PRE> + +<P> +You may also consider to use here documents: + +</P> + +<PRE> +print gettext <<EOF; +<em>In HTML output +embedded newlines are generally no +problem, since adjacent whitespace +is always rendered into a single +space character.</em> +EOF +</PRE> + +<P> +Please do not forget, that the line breaks are real, i. e. they +translate into newline characters that will consequently show up in +the resulting POT file. + +</P> + + +<H4><A NAME="SEC271" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC271">13.5.16.9 Bugs, Pitfalls, And Things That Do Not Work</A></H4> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1124"></A> + +</P> +<P> +The foregoing sections should have proven that +<CODE>xgettext</CODE> is quite smart in extracting translatable strings from +Perl sources. Yet, some more or less exotic constructs that could be +expected to work, actually do not work. + +</P> +<P> +One of the more relevant limitations can be found in the +implementation of variable interpolation inside quoted strings. Only +simple hash lookups can be used there: + +</P> + +<PRE> +print <<EOF; +$gettext{"The dot operator" + . " does not work" + . "here!"} +Likewise, you cannot @{[ gettext ("interpolate function calls") ]} +inside quoted strings or quote-like expressions. +EOF +</PRE> + +<P> +This is valid Perl code and will actually trigger invocations of the +<CODE>gettext</CODE> function at runtime. Yet, the Perl parser in +<CODE>xgettext</CODE> will fail to recognize the strings. A less obvious +example can be found in the interpolation of regular expressions: + +</P> + +<PRE> +s/<!--START_OF_WEEK-->/gettext ("Sunday")/e; +</PRE> + +<P> +The modifier <CODE>e</CODE> will cause the substitution to be interpreted as +an evaluable statement. Consequently, at runtime the function +<CODE>gettext()</CODE> is called, but again, the parser fails to extract the +string "Sunday". Use a temporary variable as a simple workaround if +you really happen to need this feature: + +</P> + +<PRE> +my $sunday = gettext "Sunday"; +s/<!--START_OF_WEEK-->/$sunday/; +</PRE> + +<P> +Hash slices would also be handy but are not recognized: + +</P> + +<PRE> +my @weekdays = @gettext{'Sunday', 'Monday', 'Tuesday', 'Wednesday', + 'Thursday', 'Friday', 'Saturday'}; +# Or even: +@weekdays = @gettext{qw (Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday + Friday Saturday) }; +</PRE> + +<P> +This is perfectly valid usage of the tied hash <CODE>%gettext</CODE> but the +strings are not recognized and therefore will not be extracted. + +</P> +<P> +Another caveat of the current version is its rudimentary support for +non-ASCII characters in identifiers. You may encounter serious +problems if you use identifiers with characters outside the range of +'A'-'Z', 'a'-'z', '0'-'9' and the underscore '_'. + +</P> +<P> +Maybe some of these missing features will be implemented in future +versions, but since you can always make do without them at minimal effort, +these todos have very low priority. + +</P> +<P> +A nasty problem are brace format strings that already contain braces +as part of the normal text, for example the usage strings typically +encountered in programs: + +</P> + +<PRE> +die "usage: $0 {OPTIONS} FILENAME...\n"; +</PRE> + +<P> +If you want to internationalize this code with Perl brace format strings, +you will run into a problem: + +</P> + +<PRE> +die __x ("usage: {program} {OPTIONS} FILENAME...\n", program => $0); +</PRE> + +<P> +Whereas <SAMP>`{program}´</SAMP> is a placeholder, <SAMP>`{OPTIONS}´</SAMP> +is not and should probably be translated. Yet, there is no way to teach +the Perl parser in <CODE>xgettext</CODE> to recognize the first one, and leave +the other one alone. + +</P> +<P> +There are two possible work-arounds for this problem. If you are +sure that your program will run under Perl 5.8.0 or newer (these +Perl versions handle positional parameters in <CODE>printf()</CODE>) or +if you are sure that the translator will not have to reorder the arguments +in her translation -- for example if you have only one brace placeholder +in your string, or if it describes a syntax, like in this one --, you can +mark the string as <CODE>no-perl-brace-format</CODE> and use <CODE>printf()</CODE>: + +</P> + +<PRE> +# xgettext: no-perl-brace-format +die sprintf ("usage: %s {OPTIONS} FILENAME...\n", $0); +</PRE> + +<P> +If you want to use the more portable Perl brace format, you will have to do +put placeholders in place of the literal braces: + +</P> + +<PRE> +die __x ("usage: {program} {[}OPTIONS{]} FILENAME...\n", + program => $0, '[' => '{', ']' => '}'); +</PRE> + +<P> +Perl brace format strings know no escaping mechanism. No matter how this +escaping mechanism looked like, it would either give the programmer a +hard time, make translating Perl brace format strings heavy-going, or +result in a performance penalty at runtime, when the format directives +get executed. Most of the time you will happily get along with +<CODE>printf()</CODE> for this special case. + +</P> + + +<H3><A NAME="SEC272" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC272">13.5.17 PHP Hypertext Preprocessor</A></H3> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1125"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> <DT>RPMs <DD> -mod_php4, mod_php4-core, phplib, phpdoc +mod_php4, mod_php4-core, phpdoc <DT>File extension <DD> @@ -1560,7 +3021,8 @@ mod_php4, mod_php4-core, phplib, phpdoc <DT>gettext/ngettext functions <DD> -<CODE>gettext</CODE>, <CODE>dgettext</CODE>, <CODE>dcgettext</CODE> +<CODE>gettext</CODE>, <CODE>dgettext</CODE>, <CODE>dcgettext</CODE>; starting with PHP 4.2.0 +also <CODE>ngettext</CODE>, <CODE>dngettext</CODE>, <CODE>dcngettext</CODE> <DT>textdomain <DD> @@ -1599,11 +3061,15 @@ On platforms without gettext, the functions are not available. --- </DL> +<P> +An example is available in the <TT>`examples´</TT> directory: <CODE>hello-php</CODE>. + +</P> -<H3><A NAME="SEC252" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC252">13.5.18 Pike</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC273" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC273">13.5.18 Pike</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1038"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1126"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -1667,7 +3133,74 @@ On platforms without gettext, the functions are not available. -<H2><A NAME="SEC253" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC253">13.6 Internationalizable Data</A></H2> +<H3><A NAME="SEC274" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC274">13.5.19 GNU Compiler Collection sources</A></H3> +<P> +<A NAME="IDX1127"></A> + +</P> +<DL COMPACT> + +<DT>RPMs +<DD> +gcc + +<DT>File extension +<DD> +<CODE>c</CODE>, <CODE>h</CODE>. + +<DT>String syntax +<DD> +<CODE>"abc"</CODE> + +<DT>gettext shorthand +<DD> +<CODE>_("abc")</CODE> + +<DT>gettext/ngettext functions +<DD> +<CODE>gettext</CODE>, <CODE>dgettext</CODE>, <CODE>dcgettext</CODE>, <CODE>ngettext</CODE>, +<CODE>dngettext</CODE>, <CODE>dcngettext</CODE> + +<DT>textdomain +<DD> +<CODE>textdomain</CODE> function + +<DT>bindtextdomain +<DD> +<CODE>bindtextdomain</CODE> function + +<DT>setlocale +<DD> +Programmer must call <CODE>setlocale (LC_ALL, "")</CODE> + +<DT>Prerequisite +<DD> +<CODE>#include "intl.h"</CODE> + +<DT>Use or emulate GNU gettext +<DD> +Use + +<DT>Extractor +<DD> +<CODE>xgettext -k_</CODE> + +<DT>Formatting with positions +<DD> +--- + +<DT>Portability +<DD> +Uses autoconf macros + +<DT>po-mode marking +<DD> +yes +</DL> + + + +<H2><A NAME="SEC275" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC275">13.6 Internationalizable Data</A></H2> <P> Here is a list of other data formats which can be internationalized @@ -1677,7 +3210,7 @@ using GNU gettext. -<H3><A NAME="SEC254" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC254">13.6.1 POT - Portable Object Template</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC276" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC276">13.6.1 POT - Portable Object Template</A></H3> <DL COMPACT> @@ -1696,9 +3229,9 @@ gettext -<H3><A NAME="SEC255" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC255">13.6.2 Resource String Table</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC277" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC277">13.6.2 Resource String Table</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1039"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1128"></A> </P> <DL COMPACT> @@ -1718,21 +3251,21 @@ fpk -<H3><A NAME="SEC256" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC256">13.6.3 Glade - GNOME user interface description</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC278" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC278">13.6.3 Glade - GNOME user interface description</A></H3> <DL COMPACT> <DT>RPMs <DD> -glade, libglade, xml-i18n-tools +glade, libglade, glade2, libglade2, intltool <DT>File extension <DD> -<CODE>glade</CODE> +<CODE>glade</CODE>, <CODE>glade2</CODE> <DT>Extractor <DD> -<CODE>xgettext</CODE>, <CODE>libglade-xgettext</CODE> +<CODE>xgettext</CODE>, <CODE>libglade-xgettext</CODE>, <CODE>xml-i18n-extract</CODE>, <CODE>intltool-extract</CODE> </DL> <P><HR><P> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_14.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_14.html index 342e468..3a6aed7 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_14.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_14.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 14 Concluding Remarks</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_13.html">previous <P><HR><P> -<H1><A NAME="SEC257" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC257">14 Concluding Remarks</A></H1> +<H1><A NAME="SEC279" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC279">14 Concluding Remarks</A></H1> <P> We would like to conclude this GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE> manual by presenting @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ about Native Language Support matters. -<H2><A NAME="SEC258" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC258">14.1 History of GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE></A></H2> +<H2><A NAME="SEC280" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC280">14.1 History of GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE></A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1040"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1129"></A> </P> <P> @@ -55,6 +55,9 @@ from Patrick and Richard, of course, but also from Mitchum DSouza MacKenzie, François Pinard, and Paul Eggert, all pushing and pulling in various directions, not always compatible, to the extent that after a couple of test releases, <CODE>glocale</CODE> was torn apart. +In particular, Paul Eggert -- always keeping an eye on developments +in Solaris -- advocated the use of the <CODE>gettext</CODE> API over +<CODE>glocale</CODE>'s <CODE>catgets</CODE>-based API. </P> <P> @@ -121,10 +124,10 @@ manipulating PO files. </P> -<H2><A NAME="SEC259" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC259">14.2 Related Readings</A></H2> +<H2><A NAME="SEC281" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC281">14.2 Related Readings</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1041"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1042"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1130"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1131"></A> </P> <P> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_15.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_15.html index 158ef45..1defaef 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_15.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_15.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - A Language Codes</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_14.html">previous <P><HR><P> -<H1><A NAME="SEC260" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC260">A Language Codes</A></H1> +<H1><A NAME="SEC282" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC282">A Language Codes</A></H1> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1043"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1044"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1132"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1133"></A> </P> <P> @@ -39,6 +39,9 @@ Afrikaans. <DT><SAMP>`am´</SAMP> <DD> Amharic. +<DT><SAMP>`an´</SAMP> +<DD> +Aragonese. <DT><SAMP>`ar´</SAMP> <DD> Arabic. @@ -180,6 +183,9 @@ Hiri Motu. <DT><SAMP>`hr´</SAMP> <DD> Croatian. +<DT><SAMP>`ht´</SAMP> +<DD> +Haitian; Haitian Creole. <DT><SAMP>`hu´</SAMP> <DD> Hungarian. @@ -198,6 +204,9 @@ Indonesian (formerly in). <DT><SAMP>`ie´</SAMP> <DD> Interlingue. +<DT><SAMP>`ii´</SAMP> +<DD> +Sichuan Yi. <DT><SAMP>`ik´</SAMP> <DD> Inupiak. @@ -264,6 +273,9 @@ Latin. <DT><SAMP>`lb´</SAMP> <DD> Letzeburgesch. +<DT><SAMP>`li´</SAMP> +<DD> +Limburgish; Limburger; Limburgan. <DT><SAMP>`ln´</SAMP> <DD> Lingala. diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_16.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_16.html index 69365b3..0385a83 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_16.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_16.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - B Country Codes</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_15.html">previous <P><HR><P> -<H1><A NAME="SEC261" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC261">B Country Codes</A></H1> +<H1><A NAME="SEC283" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC283">B Country Codes</A></H1> <P> -<A NAME="IDX1045"></A> -<A NAME="IDX1046"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1134"></A> +<A NAME="IDX1135"></A> </P> <P> @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Congo (Rep.). Switzerland. <DT><SAMP>`CI´</SAMP> <DD> -Cote d'Ivoire. +Côte d'Ivoire. <DT><SAMP>`CK´</SAMP> <DD> Cook Islands. @@ -168,6 +168,9 @@ Colombia. <DT><SAMP>`CR´</SAMP> <DD> Costa Rica. +<DT><SAMP>`CS´</SAMP> +<DD> +Serbia and Montenegro. <DT><SAMP>`CU´</SAMP> <DD> Cuba. @@ -632,7 +635,7 @@ Syria. Swaziland. <DT><SAMP>`TC´</SAMP> <DD> -Turks and Caicos Is. +Turks and Caicos Islands. <DT><SAMP>`TD´</SAMP> <DD> Chad. @@ -651,6 +654,9 @@ Tajikistan. <DT><SAMP>`TK´</SAMP> <DD> Tokelau. +<DT><SAMP>`TL´</SAMP> +<DD> +Timor-Leste. <DT><SAMP>`TM´</SAMP> <DD> Turkmenistan. @@ -660,9 +666,6 @@ Tunisia. <DT><SAMP>`TO´</SAMP> <DD> Tonga. -<DT><SAMP>`TP´</SAMP> -<DD> -East Timor. <DT><SAMP>`TR´</SAMP> <DD> Turkey. @@ -729,9 +732,6 @@ Yemen. <DT><SAMP>`YT´</SAMP> <DD> Mayotte. -<DT><SAMP>`YU´</SAMP> -<DD> -Yugoslavia. <DT><SAMP>`ZA´</SAMP> <DD> South Africa. diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_17.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_17.html index 1772779..f548ba5 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_17.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_17.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - Program Index</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -10,12 +10,14 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_16.html">previous <P><HR><P> -<H1><A NAME="SEC262" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC262">Program Index</A></H1> +<H1><A NAME="SEC284" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC284">Program Index</A></H1> <P> Jump to: <A HREF="#pindex_a">a</A> - +<A HREF="#pindex_e">e</A> +- <A HREF="#pindex_g">g</A> - <A HREF="#pindex_m">m</A> @@ -26,37 +28,41 @@ Jump to: <P> <H2><A NAME="pindex_a">a</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX995">autopoint</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1039">autopoint</A> +</DIR> +<H2><A NAME="pindex_e">e</A></H2> +<DIR> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1079">envsubst</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="pindex_g">g</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1007">gettext</A>, <A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1012">gettext</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX961">gettextize</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1051">gettext</A>, <A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1056">gettext</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1005">gettextize</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="pindex_m">m</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX710">msgattrib</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX465">msgcat</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX697">msgcmp</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX659">msgcomm</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX508">msgconv</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX755">msgen</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX783">msgexec</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX583">msgfilter</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX813">msgfmt</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX538">msggrep</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX237">msginit</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX270">msgmerge</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX863">msgunfmt</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX622">msguniq</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX745">msgattrib</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX487">msgcat</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX731">msgcmp</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX691">msgcomm</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX532">msgconv</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX792">msgen</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX822">msgexec</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX611">msgfilter</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX853">msgfmt</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX564">msggrep</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX255">msginit</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX290">msgmerge</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX906">msgunfmt</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX652">msguniq</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="pindex_n">n</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1008">ngettext</A>, <A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1013">ngettext</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1052">ngettext</A>, <A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1068">ngettext</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="pindex_x">x</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX172">xgettext</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX184">xgettext</A> </DIR> </P> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_18.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_18.html index 7f5dcd7..e880da8 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_18.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_18.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - Option Index</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_17.html">previous <P><HR><P> -<H1><A NAME="SEC263" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC263">Option Index</A></H1> +<H1><A NAME="SEC285" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC285">Option Index</A></H1> <P> Jump to: @@ -18,491 +18,542 @@ Jump to: <P> <H2><A NAME="opindex_-">-</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX196">--add-comments, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX740">--add-location, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX492">--add-location, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX681">--add-location, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX523">--add-location, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX768">--add-location, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX607">--add-location, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX570">--add-location, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX295">--add-location, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX644">--add-location, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX212">--add-location, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX854">--alignment, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX281">--backup, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX189">--c++, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX838">--check, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX846">--check-accelerators, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX844">--check-compatibility, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX842">--check-domain, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX839">--check-format, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX841">--check-header, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX726">--clear-fuzzy, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX728">--clear-obsolete, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX554">--comment, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX275">--compendium, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX964">--copy, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX225">--copyright-holder, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX205">--debug, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX179">--default-domain, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX715">--directory, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX472">--directory, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX701">--directory, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX665">--directory, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX512">--directory, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX759">--directory, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX793">--directory, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX589">--directory, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX817">--directory, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX542">--directory, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX273">--directory, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX627">--directory, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX177">--directory, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX548">--domain, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1000">--dry-run, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX970">--dry-run, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX194">--exclude-file, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX595">--expression, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX556">--extended-regexp, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX198">--extract-all, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX597">--file, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX562">--file, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX470">--files-from, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX663">--files-from, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX175">--files-from, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX558">--fixed-strings, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX998">--force, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX966">--force, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX735">--force-po, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX487">--force-po, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX676">--force-po, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX519">--force-po, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX764">--force-po, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX603">--force-po, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX567">--force-po, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX291">--force-po, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX880">--force-po, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX639">--force-po, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX207">--force-po, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX226">--foreign-user, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX190">--from-code, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX731">--fuzzy, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1001">--help, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX971">--help, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX752">--help, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX505">--help, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX707">--help, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX694">--help, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX535">--help, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX780">--help, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX797">--help, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX619">--help, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX857">--help, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX580">--help, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX256">--help, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX308">--help, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX893">--help, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX656">--help, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX233">--help, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX564">--ignore-case, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX730">--ignore-file, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX737">--indent, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX489">--indent, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX678">--indent, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX521">--indent, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX766">--indent, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX604">--indent, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX568">--indent, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX293">--indent, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX882">--indent, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX641">--indent, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX209">--indent, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX791">--input, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX587">--input, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX242">--input, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX967">--intl, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX819">--java, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX867">--java, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX821">--java2, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX192">--join-existing, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX605">--keep-header, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX200">--keyword, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX186">--language, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX477">--less-than, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX669">--less-than, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX830">--locale, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A>, <A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX833">--locale, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX248">--locale, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX874">--locale, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A>, <A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX876">--locale, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX546">--location, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX479">--more-than, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX671">--more-than, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX550">--msgid, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX227">--msgid-bugs-address, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX552">--msgstr, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX229">--msgstr-prefix, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX231">--msgstr-suffix, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX703">--multi-domain, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX286">--multi-domain, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX968">--no-changelog, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX720">--no-fuzzy, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX288">--no-fuzzy-matching, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX855">--no-hash, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX738">--no-location, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX490">--no-location, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX679">--no-location, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX522">--no-location, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX767">--no-location, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX606">--no-location, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX569">--no-location, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX294">--no-location, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX642">--no-location, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX210">--no-location, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX722">--no-obsolete, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX249">--no-translator, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX746">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX498">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX687">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX529">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX774">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX613">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX576">--no-wrap, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX254">--no-wrap, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX301">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX888">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX650">--no-wrap, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX217">--no-wrap, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX732">--obsolete, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX692">--omit-header, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX223">--omit-header, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX729">--only-file, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX721">--only-fuzzy, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX723">--only-obsolete, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX181">--output, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX183">--output-dir, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX717">--output-file, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX474">--output-file, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX667">--output-file, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX514">--output-file, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX761">--output-file, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX591">--output-file, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX825">--output-file, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX544">--output-file, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX244">--output-file, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX279">--output-file, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX879">--output-file, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX629">--output-file, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX734">--properties-input, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX483">--properties-input, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX705">--properties-input, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX675">--properties-input, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX518">--properties-input, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX763">--properties-input, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX795">--properties-input, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX602">--properties-input, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX836">--properties-input, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX566">--properties-input, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX246">--properties-input, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX290">--properties-input, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX635">--properties-input, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX743">--properties-output, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX495">--properties-output, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX684">--properties-output, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX526">--properties-output, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX771">--properties-output, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX610">--properties-output, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX573">--properties-output, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX251">--properties-output, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX298">--properties-output, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX885">--properties-output, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX647">--properties-output, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX214">--properties-output, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX599">--quiet, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX314">--quiet, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX560">--regexp=, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX631">--repeated, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX828">--resource, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX872">--resource, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX725">--set-fuzzy, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX727">--set-obsolete, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX600">--silent, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX315">--silent, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX750">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX503">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX691">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX533">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX778">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX617">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX578">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX306">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX654">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX222">--sort-by-file, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX748">--sort-output, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX500">--sort-output, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX689">--sort-output, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX531">--sort-output, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX776">--sort-output, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX615">--sort-output, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX577">--sort-output, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX303">--sort-output, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX890">--sort-output, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX652">--sort-output, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX219">--sort-output, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX860">--statistics, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX741">--strict, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX493">--strict, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX682">--strict, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX524">--strict, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX769">--strict, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX608">--strict, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX826">--strict, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX571">--strict, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX296">--strict, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX883">--strict, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX645">--strict, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX213">--strict, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX283">--suffix, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX822">--tcl, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX869">--tcl, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX485">--to-code, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX516">--to-code, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX637">--to-code, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX718">--translated, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX203">--trigraphs, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX481">--unique, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX673">--unique, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX633">--unique, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX719">--untranslated, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX277">--update, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX486">--use-first, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX638">--use-first, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX851">--use-fuzzy, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX862">--verbose, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX312">--verbose, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX897">--verbose, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1002">--version, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX972">--version, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX754">--version, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX507">--version, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX709">--version, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX696">--version, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX537">--version, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX782">--version, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX799">--version, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX621">--version, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX859">--version, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX582">--version, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX258">--version, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX310">--version, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX895">--version, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX658">--version, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX235">--version, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX745">--width, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX497">--width, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX686">--width, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX528">--width, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX773">--width, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX612">--width, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX575">--width, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX253">--width, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX300">--width, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX887">--width, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX649">--width, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX216">--width, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX476">-<, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX668">-<, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX478">->, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX670">->, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX853">-a, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX197">-a, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX963">-c, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX837">-c, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX843">-C, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX553">-C, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX274">-C, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX188">-C, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX195">-c, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX999">-d, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX969">-d, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX714">-D, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX471">-D, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX700">-D, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX664">-D, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX511">-D, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX758">-D, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX792">-D, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX588">-D, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX831">-d, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A>, <A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX834">-d, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX816">-D, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX541">-D, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX272">-D, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX877">-d, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX626">-D, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX630">-d, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX176">-D, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX178">-d, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX594">-e, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX559">-e, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX555">-E, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX997">-f, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX965">-f, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX749">-F, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX502">-F, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX469">-f, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX690">-F, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX662">-f, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX532">-F, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX777">-F, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX596">-f, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX616">-F, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX850">-f, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX561">-f, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX557">-F, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX305">-F, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX653">-F, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX221">-F, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX174">-f, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX751">-h, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX504">-h, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX706">-h, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX693">-h, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX534">-h, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX779">-h, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX796">-h, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX618">-h, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX856">-h, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX579">-h, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX255">-h, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX307">-h, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX892">-h, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX655">-h, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX232">-h, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX736">-i, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX488">-i, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX677">-i, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX520">-i, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX765">-i, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX790">-i, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX586">-i, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX563">-i, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX241">-i, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX292">-i, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX881">-i, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX640">-i, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX208">-i, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX818">-j, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX866">-j, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX191">-j, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX549">-K, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX199">-k, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX829">-l, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A>, <A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX832">-l, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX247">-l, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX873">-l, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A>, <A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX875">-l, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX185">-L, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX702">-m, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX547">-M, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX285">-m, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX230">-M, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX228">-m, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX739">-n, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX491">-n, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX680">-n, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX598">-n, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX545">-N, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX287">-N, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX643">-n, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX211">-n, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX716">-o, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX473">-o, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX666">-o, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX513">-o, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX760">-o, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX590">-o, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX824">-o, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX543">-o, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX243">-o, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX278">-o, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX878">-o, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX628">-o, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX180">-o, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX733">-P, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX742">-p, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX494">-p, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX482">-P, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX704">-P, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX683">-p, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX674">-P, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX517">-P, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX525">-p, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX762">-P, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX770">-p, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX794">-P, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX609">-p, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX601">-P, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX835">-P, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX565">-P, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX572">-p, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX250">-p, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX245">-P, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX297">-p, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX289">-P, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX884">-p, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX634">-P, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX646">-p, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX182">-p, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX313">-q, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX827">-r, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX871">-r, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX747">-s, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX499">-s, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX688">-s, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX530">-s, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX775">-s, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX614">-s, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX302">-s, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX889">-s, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX651">-s, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX218">-s, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX484">-t, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX515">-t, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX551">-T, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX636">-t, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX202">-T, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX480">-u, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX672">-u, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX276">-U, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX632">-u, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX753">-V, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX506">-V, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX708">-V, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX695">-V, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX536">-V, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX781">-V, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX798">-V, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX620">-V, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX858">-V, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX861">-v, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX581">-V, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX257">-V, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX311">-v, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX309">-V, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX894">-V, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX896">-v, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX657">-V, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX234">-V, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX744">-w, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX496">-w, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX685">-w, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX527">-w, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX772">-w, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX611">-w, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX574">-w, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX252">-w, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX299">-w, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX886">-w, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX648">-w, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX215">-w, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX193">-x, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX208">--add-comments, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX776">--add-location, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX515">--add-location, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX714">--add-location, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX548">--add-location, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX806">--add-location, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX636">--add-location, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX597">--add-location, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX316">--add-location, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX675">--add-location, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX229">--add-location, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX897">--alignment, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX301">--backup, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX201">--c++, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX881">--check, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX889">--check-accelerators, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX887">--check-compatibility, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX885">--check-domain, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX882">--check-format, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX884">--check-header, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX761">--clear-fuzzy, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX763">--clear-obsolete, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX580">--comment, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX295">--compendium, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1008">--copy, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX243">--copyright-holder, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX222">--debug, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX191">--default-domain, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX750">--directory, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX494">--directory, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX735">--directory, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX697">--directory, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX536">--directory, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX796">--directory, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX832">--directory, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX617">--directory, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX857">--directory, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX568">--directory, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX293">--directory, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX657">--directory, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX189">--directory, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1060">--domain, <CODE>gettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX574">--domain, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1072">--domain, <CODE>ngettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1044">--dry-run, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1014">--dry-run, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX206">--exclude-file, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX623">--expression, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX582">--extended-regexp, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX210">--extract-all, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX625">--file, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX588">--file, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX492">--files-from, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX695">--files-from, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX187">--files-from, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX584">--fixed-strings, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX214">--flag, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1042">--force, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1010">--force, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX771">--force-po, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX510">--force-po, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX709">--force-po, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX544">--force-po, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX802">--force-po, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX632">--force-po, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX594">--force-po, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX312">--force-po, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX923">--force-po, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX670">--force-po, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX224">--force-po, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX244">--foreign-user, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX202">--from-code, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX766">--fuzzy, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1045">--help, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1087">--help, <CODE>envsubst</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1064">--help, <CODE>gettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1015">--help, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX789">--help, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX529">--help, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX742">--help, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX728">--help, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX561">--help, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX819">--help, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX837">--help, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX649">--help, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX900">--help, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX608">--help, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX276">--help, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX330">--help, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX937">--help, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX688">--help, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1076">--help, <CODE>ngettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX251">--help, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX590">--ignore-case, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX765">--ignore-file, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX773">--indent, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX512">--indent, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX711">--indent, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX546">--indent, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX804">--indent, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX633">--indent, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX595">--indent, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX314">--indent, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX925">--indent, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX672">--indent, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX226">--indent, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX830">--input, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX615">--input, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX260">--input, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1011">--intl, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX859">--java, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX910">--java, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX861">--java2, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX204">--join-existing, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX634">--keep-header, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX212">--keyword, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX198">--language, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX499">--less-than, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX701">--less-than, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX872">--locale, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A>, <A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX875">--locale, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX267">--locale, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX917">--locale, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A>, <A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX919">--locale, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX572">--location, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX501">--more-than, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX703">--more-than, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX576">--msgid, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX245">--msgid-bugs-address, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX578">--msgstr, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX247">--msgstr-prefix, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX249">--msgstr-suffix, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX737">--multi-domain, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX306">--multi-domain, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1012">--no-changelog, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX755">--no-fuzzy, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX308">--no-fuzzy-matching, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX898">--no-hash, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX774">--no-location, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX513">--no-location, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX712">--no-location, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX547">--no-location, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX805">--no-location, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX635">--no-location, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX596">--no-location, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX315">--no-location, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX673">--no-location, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX227">--no-location, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX757">--no-obsolete, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX268">--no-translator, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX783">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX522">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX721">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX555">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX813">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX643">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX604">--no-wrap, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX274">--no-wrap, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX323">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX932">--no-wrap, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX682">--no-wrap, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX235">--no-wrap, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX767">--obsolete, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX726">--omit-header, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX241">--omit-header, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX764">--only-file, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX756">--only-fuzzy, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX758">--only-obsolete, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX193">--output, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX195">--output-dir, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX752">--output-file, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX496">--output-file, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX699">--output-file, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX538">--output-file, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX798">--output-file, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX619">--output-file, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX867">--output-file, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX570">--output-file, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX262">--output-file, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX299">--output-file, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX922">--output-file, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX659">--output-file, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX769">--properties-input, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX505">--properties-input, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX739">--properties-input, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX707">--properties-input, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX542">--properties-input, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX800">--properties-input, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX834">--properties-input, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX630">--properties-input, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX878">--properties-input, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX592">--properties-input, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX264">--properties-input, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX310">--properties-input, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX665">--properties-input, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX779">--properties-output, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX518">--properties-output, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX717">--properties-output, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX551">--properties-output, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX809">--properties-output, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX639">--properties-output, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX600">--properties-output, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX270">--properties-output, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX319">--properties-output, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX928">--properties-output, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX678">--properties-output, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX231">--properties-output, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX864">--qt, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX220">--qt, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX627">--quiet, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX336">--quiet, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX586">--regexp=, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX661">--repeated, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX870">--resource, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX915">--resource, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX760">--set-fuzzy, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX762">--set-obsolete, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX628">--silent, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX337">--silent, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX787">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX527">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX725">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX559">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX817">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX647">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX606">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX328">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX686">--sort-by-file, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX240">--sort-by-file, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX785">--sort-output, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX524">--sort-output, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX723">--sort-output, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX557">--sort-output, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX815">--sort-output, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX645">--sort-output, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX605">--sort-output, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX325">--sort-output, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX934">--sort-output, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX684">--sort-output, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX237">--sort-output, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX903">--statistics, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX777">--strict, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX516">--strict, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX715">--strict, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX549">--strict, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX807">--strict, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX637">--strict, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX868">--strict, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX598">--strict, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX317">--strict, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX926">--strict, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX676">--strict, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX230">--strict, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX770">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX506">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX740">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX708">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX801">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX835">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX631">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX879">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX593">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX265">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX311">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX543">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msgonv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX666">--stringtable-input, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX780">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX519">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX718">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX552">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX810">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX640">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX601">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX271">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX320">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX929">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX679">--stringtable-output, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX232">--stringtable-output, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX303">--suffix, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX862">--tcl, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX912">--tcl, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX508">--to-code, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX540">--to-code, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX668">--to-code, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX753">--translated, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX218">--trigraphs, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX503">--unique, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX705">--unique, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX663">--unique, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX754">--untranslated, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX297">--update, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX509">--use-first, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX669">--use-first, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX894">--use-fuzzy, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1085">--variables, <CODE>envsubst</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX905">--verbose, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX334">--verbose, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX941">--verbose, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1046">--version, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1089">--version, <CODE>envsubst</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1067">--version, <CODE>gettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1016">--version, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX791">--version, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX531">--version, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX744">--version, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX730">--version, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX563">--version, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX821">--version, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX839">--version, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX651">--version, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX902">--version, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX610">--version, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX278">--version, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX332">--version, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX939">--version, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX690">--version, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1078">--version, <CODE>ngettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX253">--version, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX782">--width, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX521">--width, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX720">--width, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX554">--width, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX812">--width, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX642">--width, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX603">--width, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX273">--width, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX322">--width, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX931">--width, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX681">--width, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX234">--width, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX498">-<, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX700">-<, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX500">->, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX702">->, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX896">-a, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX209">-a, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1007">-c, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX886">-C, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX880">-c, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX579">-C, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX294">-C, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX200">-C, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX207">-c, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1043">-d, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1059">-d, <CODE>gettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1013">-d, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX749">-D, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX493">-D, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX734">-D, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX696">-D, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX535">-D, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX795">-D, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX831">-D, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX616">-D, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX873">-d, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A>, <A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX876">-d, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX856">-D, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX567">-D, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX292">-D, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX920">-d, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX656">-D, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX660">-d, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1071">-d, <CODE>ngettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX188">-D, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX190">-d, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1061">-e, <CODE>gettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1062">-E, <CODE>gettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX622">-e, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX581">-E, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX585">-e, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1073">-e, <CODE>ngettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1074">-E, <CODE>ngettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1041">-f, <CODE>autopoint</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1009">-f, <CODE>gettextize</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX786">-F, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX491">-f, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX526">-F, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX724">-F, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX694">-f, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX558">-F, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX816">-F, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX646">-F, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX624">-f, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX893">-f, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX587">-f, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX583">-F, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX327">-F, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX685">-F, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX239">-F, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX186">-f, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1086">-h, <CODE>envsubst</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1063">-h, <CODE>gettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX788">-h, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX528">-h, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX741">-h, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX727">-h, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX560">-h, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX818">-h, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX836">-h, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX648">-h, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX899">-h, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX607">-h, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX275">-h, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX329">-h, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX936">-h, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX687">-h, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1075">-h, <CODE>ngettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX250">-h, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX772">-i, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX511">-i, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX710">-i, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX545">-i, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX803">-i, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX829">-i, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX614">-i, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX589">-i, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX259">-i, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX313">-i, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX924">-i, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX671">-i, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX225">-i, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX858">-j, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX909">-j, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX203">-j, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX575">-K, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX211">-k, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX871">-l, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A>, <A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX874">-l, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX266">-l, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX916">-l, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A>, <A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX918">-l, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX197">-L, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX736">-m, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX573">-M, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX305">-m, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX248">-M, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX246">-m, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1065">-n, <CODE>gettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX775">-n, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX514">-n, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX713">-n, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX626">-n, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX571">-N, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX307">-N, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX674">-n, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX228">-n, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX751">-o, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX495">-o, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX698">-o, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX537">-o, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX797">-o, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX618">-o, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX866">-o, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX569">-o, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX261">-o, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX298">-o, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX921">-o, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX658">-o, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX192">-o, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX768">-P, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX778">-p, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX504">-P, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX517">-p, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX738">-P, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX706">-P, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX716">-p, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX541">-P, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX550">-p, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX799">-P, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX808">-p, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX833">-P, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX629">-P, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX638">-p, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX877">-P, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX599">-p, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX591">-P, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX263">-P, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX269">-p, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX318">-p, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX309">-P, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX927">-p, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX677">-p, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX664">-P, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX194">-p, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX335">-q, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX869">-r, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX914">-r, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX784">-s, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX523">-s, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX722">-s, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX556">-s, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX814">-s, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX644">-s, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX324">-s, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX933">-s, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX683">-s, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX236">-s, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX507">-t, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX539">-t, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX577">-T, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX667">-t, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX217">-T, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX502">-u, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX704">-u, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX296">-U, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX662">-u, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1084">-v, <CODE>envsubst</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1088">-V, <CODE>envsubst</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1066">-V, <CODE>gettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX790">-V, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX530">-V, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX743">-V, <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX729">-V, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX562">-V, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX820">-V, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX838">-V, <CODE>msgexec</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX650">-V, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX901">-V, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX904">-v, <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX609">-V, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX277">-V, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX333">-v, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX331">-V, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX940">-v, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX938">-V, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX689">-V, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1077">-V, <CODE>ngettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX252">-V, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX781">-w, <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX520">-w, <CODE>msgcat</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX719">-w, <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX553">-w, <CODE>msgconv</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX811">-w, <CODE>msgen</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX641">-w, <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX602">-w, <CODE>msggrep</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX272">-w, <CODE>msginit</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX321">-w, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX930">-w, <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX680">-w, <CODE>msguniq</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX233">-w, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX205">-x, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> option</A> </DIR> </P> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_19.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_19.html index df5c6b9..4dd1f97 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_19.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_19.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - Variable Index</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_18.html">previous <P><HR><P> -<H1><A NAME="SEC264" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC264">Variable Index</A></H1> +<H1><A NAME="SEC286" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC286">Variable Index</A></H1> <P> Jump to: @@ -24,30 +24,30 @@ Jump to: <P> <H2><A NAME="vindex_g">g</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_11.html#IDX956">GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_11.html#IDX1000">GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED, environment variable</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="vindex_l">l</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX912">LANG, environment variable</A>, <A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX954">LANG, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX946">LANGUAGE, environment variable</A>, <A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX978">LANGUAGE, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX947">LC_ALL, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX951">LC_COLLATE, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX948">LC_CTYPE, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX953">LC_MESSAGES, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX952">LC_MONETARY, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX949">LC_NUMERIC, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX950">LC_TIME, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX908">LINGUAS, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX956">LANG, environment variable</A>, <A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX998">LANG, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX990">LANGUAGE, environment variable</A>, <A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1022">LANGUAGE, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX991">LC_ALL, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX995">LC_COLLATE, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX992">LC_CTYPE, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX997">LC_MESSAGES, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX996">LC_MONETARY, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX993">LC_NUMERIC, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX994">LC_TIME, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX952">LINGUAS, environment variable</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="vindex_m">m</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX788">MSGEXEC_LOCATION, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX787">MSGEXEC_MSGID, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX827">MSGEXEC_LOCATION, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX826">MSGEXEC_MSGID, environment variable</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="vindex_t">t</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1009">TEXTDOMAIN, environment variable</A>, <A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1014">TEXTDOMAIN, environment variable</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1010">TEXTDOMAINDIR, environment variable</A>, <A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1015">TEXTDOMAINDIR, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1053">TEXTDOMAIN, environment variable</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1054">TEXTDOMAINDIR, environment variable</A> </DIR> </P> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_2.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_2.html index 6d598b0..70104bf 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_2.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_2.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 2 PO Files and PO Mode Basics</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -207,99 +207,147 @@ In case the <CODE>c-format</CODE> flag is given for a string the <CODE>msgfmt</C does some more tests to check to validity of the translation. See section <A HREF="gettext_8.html#SEC134">8.1 Invoking the <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> Program</A>, section <A HREF="gettext_3.html#SEC18">3.5 Special Comments preceding Keywords</A> and section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC221">13.3.1 C Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>python-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>objc-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX50"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-python-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-objc-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX51"></A> -Likewise for Python, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC222">13.3.2 Python Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for Objective C, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC222">13.3.2 Objective C Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>lisp-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>sh-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX52"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-lisp-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-sh-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX53"></A> -Likewise for Lisp, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC223">13.3.3 Lisp Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for Shell, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC223">13.3.3 Shell Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>elisp-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>python-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX54"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-elisp-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-python-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX55"></A> -Likewise for Emacs Lisp, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC224">13.3.4 Emacs Lisp Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for Python, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC224">13.3.4 Python Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>librep-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>lisp-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX56"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-librep-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-lisp-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX57"></A> -Likewise for librep, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC225">13.3.5 librep Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for Lisp, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC225">13.3.5 Lisp Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>smalltalk-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>elisp-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX58"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-smalltalk-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-elisp-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX59"></A> -Likewise for Smalltalk, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC226">13.3.6 Smalltalk Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for Emacs Lisp, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC226">13.3.6 Emacs Lisp Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>java-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>librep-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX60"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-java-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-librep-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX61"></A> -Likewise for Java, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC227">13.3.7 Java Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for librep, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC227">13.3.7 librep Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>awk-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>smalltalk-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX62"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-awk-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-smalltalk-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX63"></A> -Likewise for awk, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC228">13.3.8 awk Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for Smalltalk, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC228">13.3.8 Smalltalk Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>object-pascal-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>java-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX64"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-object-pascal-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-java-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX65"></A> -Likewise for Object Pascal, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC229">13.3.9 Object Pascal Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for Java, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC229">13.3.9 Java Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>ycp-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>awk-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX66"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-ycp-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-awk-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX67"></A> -Likewise for YCP, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC230">13.3.10 YCP Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for awk, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC230">13.3.10 awk Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>tcl-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>object-pascal-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX68"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-tcl-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-object-pascal-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX69"></A> -Likewise for Tcl, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC231">13.3.11 Tcl Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for Object Pascal, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC231">13.3.11 Object Pascal Format Strings</A>. -<DT><CODE>php-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>ycp-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX70"></A> -<DT><CODE>no-php-format</CODE> +<DT><CODE>no-ycp-format</CODE> <DD> <A NAME="IDX71"></A> -Likewise for PHP, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC232">13.3.12 PHP Format Strings</A>. +Likewise for YCP, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC232">13.3.12 YCP Format Strings</A>. + +<DT><CODE>tcl-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX72"></A> +<DT><CODE>no-tcl-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX73"></A> +Likewise for Tcl, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC233">13.3.13 Tcl Format Strings</A>. + +<DT><CODE>perl-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX74"></A> +<DT><CODE>no-perl-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX75"></A> +Likewise for Perl, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC234">13.3.14 Perl Format Strings</A>. + +<DT><CODE>perl-brace-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX76"></A> +<DT><CODE>no-perl-brace-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX77"></A> +Likewise for Perl brace, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC234">13.3.14 Perl Format Strings</A>. + +<DT><CODE>php-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX78"></A> +<DT><CODE>no-php-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX79"></A> +Likewise for PHP, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC235">13.3.15 PHP Format Strings</A>. + +<DT><CODE>gcc-internal-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX80"></A> +<DT><CODE>no-gcc-internal-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX81"></A> +Likewise for the GCC sources, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC236">13.3.16 GCC internal Format Strings</A>. + +<DT><CODE>qt-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX82"></A> +<DT><CODE>no-qt-format</CODE> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX83"></A> +Likewise for Qt, see section <A HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC237">13.3.17 Qt Format Strings</A>. </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX72"></A> -<A NAME="IDX73"></A> +<A NAME="IDX84"></A> +<A NAME="IDX85"></A> A different kind of entries is used for translations which involve plural forms. @@ -333,7 +381,7 @@ msgstr[1] "s'han trobat %d errors fatals" </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX74"></A> +<A NAME="IDX86"></A> It happens that some lines, usually whitespace or comments, follow the very last entry of a PO file. Such lines are not part of any entry, and PO mode is unable to take action on those lines. By using the @@ -383,7 +431,7 @@ other character, we just did it this way because it is neater. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX75"></A> +<A NAME="IDX87"></A> One should carefully distinguish between end of lines marked as <SAMP>`\n´</SAMP> <EM>inside</EM> quotes, which are part of the represented string, and end of lines in the PO file itself, outside string quotes, @@ -391,7 +439,7 @@ which have no incidence on the represented string. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX76"></A> +<A NAME="IDX88"></A> Outside strings, white lines and comments may be used freely. Comments start at the beginning of a line with <SAMP>`#´</SAMP> and extend until the end of the PO file line. Comments written by translators @@ -407,8 +455,8 @@ file is given to <CODE>msgmerge</CODE>. <H2><A NAME="SEC10" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC10">2.3 Main PO mode Commands</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX77"></A> -<A NAME="IDX78"></A> +<A NAME="IDX89"></A> +<A NAME="IDX90"></A> After setting up Emacs with something similar to the lines in section <A HREF="gettext_2.html#SEC8">2.1 Completing GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE> Installation</A>, PO mode is activated for a window when Emacs finds a PO file in that window. This puts the window read-only and establishes a @@ -440,47 +488,47 @@ in special ways. <DT><KBD>_</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX79"></A> +<A NAME="IDX91"></A> Undo last modification to the PO file (<CODE>po-undo</CODE>). <DT><KBD>Q</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX80"></A> +<A NAME="IDX92"></A> Quit processing and save the PO file (<CODE>po-quit</CODE>). <DT><KBD>q</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX81"></A> +<A NAME="IDX93"></A> Quit processing, possibly after confirmation (<CODE>po-confirm-and-quit</CODE>). <DT><KBD>0</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX82"></A> +<A NAME="IDX94"></A> Temporary leave the PO file window (<CODE>po-other-window</CODE>). <DT><KBD>?</KBD> <DD> <DT><KBD>h</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX83"></A> -<A NAME="IDX84"></A> +<A NAME="IDX95"></A> +<A NAME="IDX96"></A> Show help about PO mode (<CODE>po-help</CODE>). <DT><KBD>=</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX85"></A> +<A NAME="IDX97"></A> Give some PO file statistics (<CODE>po-statistics</CODE>). <DT><KBD>V</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX86"></A> +<A NAME="IDX98"></A> Batch validate the format of the whole PO file (<CODE>po-validate</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX87"></A> -<A NAME="IDX88"></A> +<A NAME="IDX99"></A> +<A NAME="IDX100"></A> The command <KBD>_</KBD> (<CODE>po-undo</CODE>) interfaces to the Emacs <EM>undo</EM> facility. See section `Undoing Changes' in <CITE>The Emacs Editor</CITE>. Each time <KBD>U</KBD> is typed, modifications which the translator did to the PO file are undone a little more. For the purpose of @@ -492,10 +540,10 @@ can undo the edition work quite parsimoniously. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX89"></A> -<A NAME="IDX90"></A> -<A NAME="IDX91"></A> -<A NAME="IDX92"></A> +<A NAME="IDX101"></A> +<A NAME="IDX102"></A> +<A NAME="IDX103"></A> +<A NAME="IDX104"></A> The commands <KBD>Q</KBD> (<CODE>po-quit</CODE>) and <KBD>q</KBD> (<CODE>po-confirm-and-quit</CODE>) are used when the translator is done with the PO file. The former is a bit less verbose than the latter. If the file @@ -508,8 +556,8 @@ of an Emacs PO file buffer. Merely killing it through the usual command </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX93"></A> -<A NAME="IDX94"></A> +<A NAME="IDX105"></A> +<A NAME="IDX106"></A> The command <KBD>0</KBD> (<CODE>po-other-window</CODE>) is another, softer way, to leave PO mode, temporarily. It just moves the cursor to some other Emacs window, and pops one if necessary. For example, if the translator @@ -523,9 +571,9 @@ PO mode is then recovered. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX95"></A> -<A NAME="IDX96"></A> -<A NAME="IDX97"></A> +<A NAME="IDX107"></A> +<A NAME="IDX108"></A> +<A NAME="IDX109"></A> The command <KBD>h</KBD> (<CODE>po-help</CODE>) displays a summary of all available PO mode commands. The translator should then type any character to resume normal PO mode operations. The command <KBD>?</KBD> has the same effect @@ -533,8 +581,8 @@ as <KBD>h</KBD>. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX98"></A> -<A NAME="IDX99"></A> +<A NAME="IDX110"></A> +<A NAME="IDX111"></A> The command <KBD>=</KBD> (<CODE>po-statistics</CODE>) computes the total number of entries in the PO file, the ordinal of the current entry (counted from 1), the number of untranslated entries, the number of obsolete entries, @@ -542,8 +590,8 @@ and displays all these numbers. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX100"></A> -<A NAME="IDX101"></A> +<A NAME="IDX112"></A> +<A NAME="IDX113"></A> The command <KBD>V</KBD> (<CODE>po-validate</CODE>) launches <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> in checking and verbose mode over the current PO file. This command first offers to save the @@ -554,7 +602,7 @@ as well as all individual entries. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX102"></A> +<A NAME="IDX114"></A> The program <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> runs asynchronously with Emacs, so the translator regains control immediately while her PO file is being studied. Error output is collected in the Emacs <SAMP>`*compilation*´</SAMP> buffer, @@ -570,7 +618,7 @@ any PO mode action which would help correcting the error. <H2><A NAME="SEC11" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC11">2.4 Entry Positioning</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX103"></A> +<A NAME="IDX115"></A> The cursor in a PO file window is almost always part of an entry. The only exceptions are the special case when the cursor is after the last entry in the file, or when the PO file is @@ -581,7 +629,7 @@ the PO file, this also selects on which entry commands operate. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX104"></A> +<A NAME="IDX116"></A> Some PO mode commands alter the position of the cursor in a specialized way. A few of those special purpose positioning are described here, the others are described in following sections (for a complete list try @@ -592,51 +640,51 @@ the others are described in following sections (for a complete list try <DT><KBD>.</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX105"></A> +<A NAME="IDX117"></A> Redisplay the current entry (<CODE>po-current-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD>n</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX106"></A> +<A NAME="IDX118"></A> Select the entry after the current one (<CODE>po-next-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD>p</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX107"></A> +<A NAME="IDX119"></A> Select the entry before the current one (<CODE>po-previous-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD><</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX108"></A> +<A NAME="IDX120"></A> Select the first entry in the PO file (<CODE>po-first-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD>></KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX109"></A> +<A NAME="IDX121"></A> Select the last entry in the PO file (<CODE>po-last-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD>m</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX110"></A> +<A NAME="IDX122"></A> Record the location of the current entry for later use (<CODE>po-push-location</CODE>). <DT><KBD>r</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX111"></A> +<A NAME="IDX123"></A> Return to a previously saved entry location (<CODE>po-pop-location</CODE>). <DT><KBD>x</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX112"></A> +<A NAME="IDX124"></A> Exchange the current entry location with the previously saved one (<CODE>po-exchange-location</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX113"></A> -<A NAME="IDX114"></A> +<A NAME="IDX125"></A> +<A NAME="IDX126"></A> Any Emacs command able to reposition the cursor may be used to select the current entry in PO mode, including commands which move by characters, lines, paragraphs, screens or pages, and search @@ -665,10 +713,10 @@ how <EM>others</EM> should do translation. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX115"></A> -<A NAME="IDX116"></A> -<A NAME="IDX117"></A> -<A NAME="IDX118"></A> +<A NAME="IDX127"></A> +<A NAME="IDX128"></A> +<A NAME="IDX129"></A> +<A NAME="IDX130"></A> The commands <KBD>n</KBD> (<CODE>po-next-entry</CODE>) and <KBD>p</KBD> (<CODE>po-previous-entry</CODE>) move the cursor the entry following, or preceding, the current one. If <KBD>n</KBD> is given while the @@ -677,10 +725,10 @@ is given while the cursor is on the first entry, no move is done. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX119"></A> -<A NAME="IDX120"></A> -<A NAME="IDX121"></A> -<A NAME="IDX122"></A> +<A NAME="IDX131"></A> +<A NAME="IDX132"></A> +<A NAME="IDX133"></A> +<A NAME="IDX134"></A> The commands <KBD><</KBD> (<CODE>po-first-entry</CODE>) and <KBD>></KBD> (<CODE>po-last-entry</CODE>) move the cursor to the first entry, or last entry, of the PO file. When the cursor is located past the last @@ -703,10 +751,10 @@ register for getting back, or else, use the location ring. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX123"></A> -<A NAME="IDX124"></A> -<A NAME="IDX125"></A> -<A NAME="IDX126"></A> +<A NAME="IDX135"></A> +<A NAME="IDX136"></A> +<A NAME="IDX137"></A> +<A NAME="IDX138"></A> PO mode offers another approach, by which cursor locations may be saved onto a special stack. The command <KBD>m</KBD> (<CODE>po-push-location</CODE>) merely adds the location of current entry to the stack, pushing @@ -726,8 +774,8 @@ ought to use <KBD>m</KBD> immediately after <KBD>r</KBD>. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX127"></A> -<A NAME="IDX128"></A> +<A NAME="IDX139"></A> +<A NAME="IDX140"></A> The command <KBD>x</KBD> (<CODE>po-exchange-location</CODE>) simultaneously repositions the cursor to the entry associated with the top element of the stack of saved locations, and replaces that top element with the @@ -742,7 +790,7 @@ merely use <KBD>x</KBD> for making the switch. <H2><A NAME="SEC12" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC12">2.5 Normalizing Strings in Entries</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX129"></A> +<A NAME="IDX141"></A> </P> <P> @@ -776,12 +824,12 @@ command is available: </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX130"></A> +<A NAME="IDX142"></A> <DL COMPACT> <DT><KBD>M-x po-normalize</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX131"></A> +<A NAME="IDX143"></A> Tidy the whole PO file by making entries more uniform. </DL> @@ -813,7 +861,7 @@ for continued lines. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX132"></A> +<A NAME="IDX144"></A> Having such an explicit normalizing command allows for importing PO files from other sources, but also eases the evolution of the current convention, evolution driven mostly by aesthetic concerns, as of now. @@ -826,7 +874,7 @@ their PO files in nice ways. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX133"></A> +<A NAME="IDX145"></A> Right now, in PO mode, strings are single line or multi-line. A string goes multi-line if and only if it has <EM>embedded</EM> newlines, that is, if it matches <SAMP>`[^\n]\n+[^\n]´</SAMP>. So, we would have: diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_20.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_20.html index 264b9be..c11b46a 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_20.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_20.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - PO Mode Index</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_19.html">previous <P><HR><P> -<H1><A NAME="SEC265" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC265">PO Mode Index</A></H1> +<H1><A NAME="SEC287" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC287">PO Mode Index</A></H1> <P> Jump to: @@ -46,28 +46,28 @@ Jump to: </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_a">a</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX434">auxiliary PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX456">auxiliary PO file</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_c">c</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX78">commands</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX364">comment out PO file entry</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX416">consulting program sources</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX432">consulting translations to other languages</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX103">current entry of a PO file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX380">cut and paste for translated strings</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX90">commands</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX386">comment out PO file entry</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX438">consulting program sources</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX454">consulting translations to other languages</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX115">current entry of a PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX402">cut and paste for translated strings</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_e">e</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX389">editing comments</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX414">editing multiple entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX366">editing translations</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX159"><CODE>etags</CODE>, using for marking strings</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX407">exiting PO subedit</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX411">editing comments</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX436">editing multiple entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX388">editing translations</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX171"><CODE>etags</CODE>, using for marking strings</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX429">exiting PO subedit</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_f">f</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX419">find source fragment for a PO file entry</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX441">find source fragment for a PO file entry</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_i">i</A></H2> <DIR> @@ -75,40 +75,40 @@ Jump to: </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_l">l</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX417">looking at the source to aid translation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX439">looking at the source to aid translation</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_m">m</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX158">marking strings for translation</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX328">moving by fuzzy entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX353">moving by obsolete entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX317">moving by translated entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX342">moving by untranslated entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX104">moving through a PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX170">marking strings for translation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX350">moving by fuzzy entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX375">moving by obsolete entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX339">moving by translated entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX364">moving by untranslated entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX116">moving through a PO file</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_o">o</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX363">obsolete active entry</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX385">obsolete active entry</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_p">p</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX415">pending subedits</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX437">pending subedits</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_s">s</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX379">starting a string translation</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX130">string normalization in entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX403">subedit minor mode</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX401">starting a string translation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX142">string normalization in entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX425">subedit minor mode</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_t">t</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX160"><TT>`TAGS´</TT>, and marking translatable strings</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX172"><TT>`TAGS´</TT>, and marking translatable strings</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="emindex_u">u</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX418">use the source, Luke</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX387">using obsolete translations to make new entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX448">using translation compendia</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX440">use the source, Luke</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX409">using obsolete translations to make new entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX470">using translation compendia</A> </DIR> </P> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_21.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_21.html index 9a16b66..a8d9bfa 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_21.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_21.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - Autoconf Macro Index</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_20.html">previous <P><HR><P> -<H1><A NAME="SEC266" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC266">Autoconf Macro Index</A></H1> +<H1><A NAME="SEC288" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC288">Autoconf Macro Index</A></H1> <P> Jump to: @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ Jump to: <P> <H2><A NAME="amindex_a">a</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX989">AM_GNU_GETTEXT</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX991">AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX993">AM_ICONV</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX992">AM_PO_SUBDIRS</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1033">AM_GNU_GETTEXT</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1035">AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1037">AM_ICONV</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1036">AM_PO_SUBDIRS</A> </DIR> </P> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_22.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_22.html index e77ae29..9e33464 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_22.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_22.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - General Index</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_21.html">previous <P><HR><P> -<H1><A NAME="SEC267" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC267">General Index</A></H1> +<H1><A NAME="SEC289" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC289">General Index</A></H1> <P> Jump to: @@ -68,357 +68,382 @@ Jump to: <P> <H2><A NAME="cindex__">_</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX157"><CODE>_</CODE>, a macro to mark strings for translation</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX955"><CODE>_nl_msg_cat_cntr</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX169"><CODE>_</CODE>, a macro to mark strings for translation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX999"><CODE>_nl_msg_cat_cntr</CODE></A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_a">a</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX905"><TT>`ABOUT-NLS´</TT> file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX982"><TT>`acconfig.h´</TT> file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX453">accumulating translations</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX981"><TT>`aclocal.m4´</TT> file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX201">adding keywords, <CODE>xgettext</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX148">ambiguities</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX585">apply a filter to translations</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX785">apply command to all translations in a catalog</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX713">attribute manipulation</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX327">attribute, fuzzy</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX326">attributes of a PO file entry</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX464">attributes, manipulating</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX988">autoconf macros for <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX996"><CODE>autopoint</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX433">auxiliary PO file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX904">available translations</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1026">awk</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX949"><TT>`ABOUT-NLS´</TT> file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1026"><TT>`acconfig.h´</TT> file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX475">accumulating translations</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1025"><TT>`aclocal.m4´</TT> file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX213">adding keywords, <CODE>xgettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX160">ambiguities</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX613">apply a filter to translations</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX824">apply command to all translations in a catalog</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX748">attribute manipulation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX349">attribute, fuzzy</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX348">attributes of a PO file entry</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX486">attributes, manipulating</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1032">autoconf macros for <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1040"><CODE>autopoint</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX455">auxiliary PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX948">available translations</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1105">awk</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_b">b</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX282">backup old file, and <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> program</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1011">bash</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_14.html#IDX1042">bibliography</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX302">backup old file, and <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1094">bash</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_14.html#IDX1131">bibliography</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX30">big picture</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX927">bind_textdomain_codeset</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX971">bind_textdomain_codeset</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX4">bug report address</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_c">c</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1005">C and C-like languages</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX204">C trigraphs</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX789">catalog encoding and <CODE>msgexec</CODE> output</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX917"><CODE>catclose</CODE>, a <CODE>catgets</CODE> function</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX913"><CODE>catgets</CODE>, X/Open specification</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX916"><CODE>catgets</CODE>, a <CODE>catgets</CODE> function</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX915"><CODE>catopen</CODE>, a <CODE>catgets</CODE> function</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1049">C and C-like languages</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX219">C trigraphs</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX828">catalog encoding and <CODE>msgexec</CODE> output</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX961"><CODE>catclose</CODE>, a <CODE>catgets</CODE> function</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX957"><CODE>catgets</CODE>, X/Open specification</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX960"><CODE>catgets</CODE>, a <CODE>catgets</CODE> function</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX959"><CODE>catopen</CODE>, a <CODE>catgets</CODE> function</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX17">character encoding</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX925">charset conversion at runtime</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX262">charset of PO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX840">check format strings</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX462">checking of translations</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1019">clisp</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1020">clisp C sources</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX969">charset conversion at runtime</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX282">charset of PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX883">check format strings</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX484">checking of translations</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1098">clisp</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1099">clisp C sources</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX15">codeset</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX76">comments in PO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1017">Common Lisp</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX699">compare PO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX942">comparison of interfaces</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX845">compatibility with X/Open <CODE>msgfmt</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX449">compendium</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX451">compendium, creating</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX467">concatenate PO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX452">concatenating PO files into a compendium</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX153">concatenation of strings</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX983"><TT>`config.h.in´</TT> file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX865">convert binary message catalog into PO file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX510">convert translations to a different encoding</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX958">converting a package to use <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_16.html#IDX1045">country codes</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX239">create new PO file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX236">creating a new PO file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX450">creating compendia</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX88">comments in PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1096">Common Lisp</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX733">compare PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX986">comparison of interfaces</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX888">compatibility with X/Open <CODE>msgfmt</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX471">compendium</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX473">compendium, creating</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX489">concatenate PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX474">concatenating PO files into a compendium</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX165">concatenation of strings</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1027"><TT>`config.h.in´</TT> file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX908">convert binary message catalog into PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX534">convert translations to a different encoding</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1002">converting a package to use <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_16.html#IDX1134">country codes</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX257">create new PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX254">creating a new PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX472">creating compendia</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX19">currency symbols</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_d">d</A></H2> <DIR> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX21">date format</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX931">dcngettext</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX206">debugging messages marked as format strings</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX460">dialect</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX986">disabling NLS</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX930">dngettext</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX922">domain ambiguities</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX463">duplicate elimination</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX625">duplicate removal</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX975">dcngettext</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX223">debugging messages marked as format strings</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX482">dialect</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1030">disabling NLS</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX974">dngettext</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1082">dollar substitution</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX966">domain ambiguities</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX485">duplicate elimination</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX655">duplicate removal</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_e">e</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX388">editing comments in PO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX365">editing translations</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1021">Emacs Lisp</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX410">editing comments in PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX387">editing translations</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1100">Emacs Lisp</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX16">encoding</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX459">encoding conversion</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX926">encoding conversion at runtime</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX266">encoding for your language</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX264">encoding list</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX261">encoding of PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX481">encoding conversion</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX970">encoding conversion at runtime</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX286">encoding for your language</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX284">encoding list</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX281">encoding of PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1083">environment variables</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1080"><CODE>envsubst</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1090"><CODE>eval_gettext</CODE> function, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1092"><CODE>eval_ngettext</CODE> function, usage</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX38">evolution of packages</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX454">extracting parts of a PO file into a compendium</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX476">extracting parts of a PO file into a compendium</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_f">f</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX899">file format, <TT>`.mo´</TT></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX943">file format, <TT>`.mo´</TT></A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX44">file format, <TT>`.po´</TT></A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX28">files, <TT>`.po´</TT> and <TT>`.mo´</TT></A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX37">files, <TT>`.pot´</TT></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX712">filter messages according to attributes</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX661">find common messages</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX852">force use of fuzzy entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX167">format strings</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1029">Free Pascal</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX325">fuzzy entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX747">filter messages according to attributes</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX693">find common messages</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX895">force use of fuzzy entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX179">format strings</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1108">Free Pascal</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX215">function attribute, __format__</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX216">function attribute, __format_arg__</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX347">fuzzy entries</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_g">g</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1027">gawk</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX815">generate binary message catalog from PO file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX757">generate translation catalog in English</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX973"><CODE>gettext</CODE> files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1106">gawk</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1127">GCC-source</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX855">generate binary message catalog from PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX794">generate translation catalog in English</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1017"><CODE>gettext</CODE> files</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX40"><CODE>gettext</CODE> installation</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX920"><CODE>gettext</CODE> interface</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX919"><CODE>gettext</CODE>, a programmer's view</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX984"><TT>`gettext.h´</TT> file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX941"><CODE>gettext</CODE> vs <CODE>catgets</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX962"><CODE>gettextize</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX936">GUI programs</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX964"><CODE>gettext</CODE> interface</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1057"><CODE>gettext</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX963"><CODE>gettext</CODE>, a programmer's view</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1028"><TT>`gettext.h´</TT> file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX985"><CODE>gettext</CODE> vs <CODE>catgets</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1006"><CODE>gettextize</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX980">GUI programs</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_h">h</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX901">hash table, inside MO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX945">hash table, inside MO files</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX2">he, she, and they</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX259">header entry of a PO file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX151">help option</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_14.html#IDX1040">history of GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX279">header entry of a PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX163">help option</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_14.html#IDX1129">history of GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_i">i</A></H2> <DIR> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX6">i18n</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX132">importing PO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX33">include file <TT>`libintl.h´</TT></A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX135">include file <TT>`libintl.h´</TT></A>, <A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX943">include file <TT>`libintl.h´</TT></A>, <A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX987">include file <TT>`libintl.h´</TT></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX136">initialization</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX240">initialize new PO file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX455">initialize translations from a compendium</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX144">importing PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX33">include file <TT>`libintl.h´</TT></A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX147">include file <TT>`libintl.h´</TT></A>, <A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX987">include file <TT>`libintl.h´</TT></A>, <A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1031">include file <TT>`libintl.h´</TT></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX148">initialization</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX258">initialize new PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX477">initialize translations from a compendium</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX39">installing <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX914">interface to <CODE>catgets</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX958">interface to <CODE>catgets</CODE></A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX8">internationalization</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX154"><CODE>inttypes.h</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_16.html#IDX1046">ISO 3166</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_15.html#IDX1044">ISO 639</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX166"><CODE>inttypes.h</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_16.html#IDX1135">ISO 3166</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_15.html#IDX1133">ISO 639</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_j">j</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1024">Java</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX820">Java mode, and <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> program</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX868">Java mode, and <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> program</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX155">Java, string concatenation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1103">Java</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX860">Java mode, and <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX911">Java mode, and <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX167">Java, string concatenation</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_k">k</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX847">keyboard accelerator checking</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX890">keyboard accelerator checking</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_l">l</A></H2> <DIR> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX7">l10n</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_15.html#IDX1043">language codes</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX911">language selection</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX945">language selection at runtime</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX923">large package</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX994"><CODE>libiconv</CODE> library</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1025"><CODE>libintl</CODE> for Java</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX990"><CODE>libintl</CODE> library</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1022"><CODE>librep</CODE> Lisp</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX975"><TT>`LINGUAS´</TT> file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_15.html#IDX1132">language codes</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX955">language selection</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX989">language selection at runtime</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX967">large package</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1038"><CODE>libiconv</CODE> library</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1104"><CODE>libintl</CODE> for Java</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1034"><CODE>libintl</CODE> library</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1101"><CODE>librep</CODE> Lisp</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1019"><TT>`LINGUAS´</TT> file</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX34">link with <TT>`libintl´</TT></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX27">Linux</A>, <A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX35">Linux</A>, <A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX265">Linux</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1018">Lisp</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX260">list of translation teams, where to find</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX137">locale facet, LC_ALL</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX140">locale facet, LC_COLLATE</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX18">locale facet, LC_CTYPE</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX138">locale facet, LC_CTYPE</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX139">locale facet, LC_CTYPE</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX26">locale facet, LC_MESSAGES</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX144">locale facet, LC_MESSAGES</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX20">locale facet, LC_MONETARY</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX141">locale facet, LC_MONETARY</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX24">locale facet, LC_NUMERIC</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX142">locale facet, LC_NUMERIC</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX145">locale facet, LC_RESPONSES</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX22">locale facet, LC_TIME</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX143">locale facet, LC_TIME</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX27">Linux</A>, <A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX35">Linux</A>, <A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX285">Linux</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1097">Lisp</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX280">list of translation teams, where to find</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX149">locale facet, LC_ALL</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX152">locale facet, LC_COLLATE</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX18">locale facet, LC_CTYPE</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX150">locale facet, LC_CTYPE</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX151">locale facet, LC_CTYPE</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX26">locale facet, LC_MESSAGES</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX156">locale facet, LC_MESSAGES</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX20">locale facet, LC_MONETARY</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX153">locale facet, LC_MONETARY</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX24">locale facet, LC_NUMERIC</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX154">locale facet, LC_NUMERIC</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX157">locale facet, LC_RESPONSES</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX22">locale facet, LC_TIME</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX155">locale facet, LC_TIME</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX14">locale facets</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX263"><CODE>locale</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX283"><CODE>locale</CODE> program</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX9">localization</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1058">lookup message translation</A>, <A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1091">lookup message translation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1070">lookup plural message translation</A>, <A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1093">lookup plural message translation</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_m">m</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX900">magic signature of MO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX976"><TT>`Makevars´</TT> file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX457">manipulating PO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX170">marking string initializers</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX156">marking strings that require translation</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX146">marking strings, preparations</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX944">magic signature of MO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1020"><TT>`Makevars´</TT> file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX479">manipulating PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1116">marking Perl sources</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX182">marking string initializers</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX168">marking strings that require translation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX158">marking strings, preparations</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX32">marking translatable strings</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX938">menu entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX848">menu, keyboard accelerator support</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX468">merge PO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX458">merging two PO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX924">message catalog files location</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX982">menu entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX891">menu, keyboard accelerator support</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX490">merge PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX480">merging two PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX968">message catalog files location</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX25">messages</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX959">migration from earlier versions of <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX980"><TT>`mkinstalldirs´</TT> file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX849">mnemonics of menu entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX898">MO file's format</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX724">modify message attrributes</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX711"><CODE>msgattrib</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX466"><CODE>msgcat</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX698"><CODE>msgcmp</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX660"><CODE>msgcomm</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX509"><CODE>msgconv</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX756"><CODE>msgen</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX784"><CODE>msgexec</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX592"><CODE>msgfilter</CODE> filter and catalog encoding</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX584"><CODE>msgfilter</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX814"><CODE>msgfmt</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX539"><CODE>msggrep</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX238"><CODE>msginit</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX271"><CODE>msgmerge</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX864"><CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX623"><CODE>msguniq</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX133">multi-line strings</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1003">migration from earlier versions of <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1024"><TT>`mkinstalldirs´</TT> file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX892">mnemonics of menu entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX942">MO file's format</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX759">modify message attrributes</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX746"><CODE>msgattrib</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX488"><CODE>msgcat</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX732"><CODE>msgcmp</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX692"><CODE>msgcomm</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX533"><CODE>msgconv</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX793"><CODE>msgen</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX823"><CODE>msgexec</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX620"><CODE>msgfilter</CODE> filter and catalog encoding</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX612"><CODE>msgfilter</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX854"><CODE>msgfmt</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX565"><CODE>msggrep</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX256"><CODE>msginit</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX291"><CODE>msgmerge</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX907"><CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX653"><CODE>msguniq</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX145">multi-line strings</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_n">n</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX944"><CODE>N_</CODE>, a convenience macro</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX988"><CODE>N_</CODE>, a convenience macro</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX11">Native Language Support</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX12">Natural Language Support</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX75">newlines in PO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX929">ngettext</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX87">newlines in PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX973">ngettext</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1069"><CODE>ngettext</CODE> program, usage</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX10">NLS</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX23">number format</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_o">o</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1030">Object Pascal</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX352">obsolete entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX940">optimization of <CODE>gettext</CODE> functions</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX461">orthography</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX184">output to stdout, <CODE>xgettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1109">Object Pascal</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX374">obsolete entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX984">optimization of <CODE>gettext</CODE> functions</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX483">orthography</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX196">output to stdout, <CODE>xgettext</CODE></A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX29">overview of <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_p">p</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX979">package and version declaration in <TT>`configure.in´</TT></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX906">package build and installation options</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX957">package maintainer's view of <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX150">paragraphs</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1028">Pascal</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1036">Perl</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1037">PHP</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1038">Pike</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX935">plural form formulas</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX928">plural forms</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX902">plural forms, in MO files</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX73">plural forms, in PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1023">package and version declaration in <TT>`configure.in´</TT></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX950">package build and installation options</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1001">package maintainer's view of <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX162">paragraphs</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1107">Pascal</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1115">Perl</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1117">Perl default keywords</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1120">Perl invalid string interpolation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1123">Perl long lines</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1122">Perl parentheses</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1124">Perl pitfalls</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1119">Perl quote-like expressions</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1118">Perl special keywords for hash-lookups</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1121">Perl valid string interpolation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1125">PHP</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1126">Pike</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX979">plural form formulas</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX972">plural forms</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX946">plural forms, in MO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX85">plural forms, in PO files</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX43">PO files' format</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX77">PO mode (Emacs) commands</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX171">PO template file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX805">po_file_domains</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX804">po_file_free</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX803">po_file_read</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX806">po_message_iterator</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX807">po_message_iterator_free</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX809">po_message_msgid</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX810">po_message_msgid_plural</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX811">po_message_msgstr</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX812">po_message_msgstr_plural</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX808">po_next_message</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX593">portability problems with <CODE>sed</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX974"><TT>`POTFILES.in´</TT> file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX134">preparing programs for translation</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX918">problems with <CODE>catgets</CODE> interface</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1003">programming languages</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1016">Python</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX89">PO mode (Emacs) commands</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX183">PO template file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX845">po_file_domains</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX844">po_file_free</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX843">po_file_read</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX846">po_message_iterator</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX847">po_message_iterator_free</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX849">po_message_msgid</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX850">po_message_msgid_plural</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX851">po_message_msgstr</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX852">po_message_msgstr_plural</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX848">po_next_message</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX621">portability problems with <CODE>sed</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1018"><TT>`POTFILES.in´</TT> file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX146">preparing programs for translation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1055">preparing shell scripts for translation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX962">problems with <CODE>catgets</CODE> interface</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1047">programming languages</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1095">Python</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_q">q</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX268">quotation marks</A>, <A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX977">quotation marks</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX267">quote characters, use in PO files</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX221">Qt format strings</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX865">Qt mode, and <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX288">quotation marks</A>, <A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1021">quotation marks</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX287">quote characters, use in PO files</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_r">r</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_14.html#IDX1041">related reading</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1039">RST</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_14.html#IDX1130">related reading</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1128">RST</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_s">s</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1004">scripting languages</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX540">search messages in a catalog</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX910">selecting message language</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX149">sentences</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX907">setting up <CODE>gettext</CODE> at build time</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX909">setting up <CODE>gettext</CODE> at run time</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX921">several domains</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1048">scripting languages</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX566">search messages in a catalog</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX954">selecting message language</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX161">sentences</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX951">setting up <CODE>gettext</CODE> at build time</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX953">setting up <CODE>gettext</CODE> at run time</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX965">several domains</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX1">sex</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX939">sgettext</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX983">sgettext</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX3">she, he, and they</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1006">shell scripts</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1023">Smalltalk</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX501">sorting <CODE>msgcat</CODE> output</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX304">sorting <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> output</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX891">sorting <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> output</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX220">sorting output of <CODE>xgettext</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX932">specifying plural form in a PO file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX475">standard output, and <CODE>msgcat</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX280">standard output, and <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> program</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX152">string concatenation</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX129">string normalization in entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX147">style</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX187">supported languages, <CODE>xgettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1081">shell format string</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1050">shell scripts</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1102">Smalltalk</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX525">sorting <CODE>msgcat</CODE> output</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX326">sorting <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> output</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX935">sorting <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> output</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX238">sorting output of <CODE>xgettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX976">specifying plural form in a PO file</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX497">standard output, and <CODE>msgcat</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX300">standard output, and <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX164">string concatenation</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_2.html#IDX141">string normalization in entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_3.html#IDX159">style</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX199">supported languages, <CODE>xgettext</CODE></A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_t">t</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1034">Tcl</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX823">Tcl mode, and <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> program</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX870">Tcl mode, and <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1113">Tcl</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX863">Tcl mode, and <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_8.html#IDX913">Tcl mode, and <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> program</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX36">template PO file</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX224">testing <TT>`.po´</TT> files for equivalence</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1035">Tk's scripting language</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX316">translated entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX937">translating menu entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX242">testing <TT>`.po´</TT> files for equivalence</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1114">Tk's scripting language</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX338">translated entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_10.html#IDX981">translating menu entries</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX13">translation aspects</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX903">Translation Matrix</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_9.html#IDX947">Translation Matrix</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX5">Translation Project</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX985">turning off NLS support</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1029">turning off NLS support</A> <LI><A HREF="gettext_1.html#IDX31">tutorial of <CODE>gettext</CODE> usage</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_u">u</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX624">unify duplicate translations</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX341">untranslated entries</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX456">update translations from a compendium</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX960">upgrading to new versions of <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX654">unify duplicate translations</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX363">untranslated entries</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX478">update translations from a compendium</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_12.html#IDX1004">upgrading to new versions of <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_v">v</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX284">version control for backup files, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_6.html#IDX304">version control for backup files, <CODE>msgmerge</CODE></A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_w">w</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1031"><CODE>wxWindows</CODE> library</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1110"><CODE>wxWindows</CODE> library</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_x">x</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX786"><CODE>xargs</CODE>, and output from <CODE>msgexec</CODE></A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX173"><CODE>xgettext</CODE> program, usage</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX269"><CODE>xmodmap</CODE> program, and typing quotation marks</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_7.html#IDX825"><CODE>xargs</CODE>, and output from <CODE>msgexec</CODE></A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_4.html#IDX185"><CODE>xgettext</CODE> program, usage</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_5.html#IDX289"><CODE>xmodmap</CODE> program, and typing quotation marks</A> </DIR> <H2><A NAME="cindex_y">y</A></H2> <DIR> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1033">YaST2 scripting language</A> -<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1032">YCP</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1112">YaST2 scripting language</A> +<LI><A HREF="gettext_13.html#IDX1111">YCP</A> </DIR> </P> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_3.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_3.html index 2fdc0b6..b8072be 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_3.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_3.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 3 Preparing Program Sources</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_2.html">previous< <H1><A NAME="SEC13" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC13">3 Preparing Program Sources</A></H1> <P> -<A NAME="IDX134"></A> +<A NAME="IDX146"></A> </P> @@ -34,7 +34,18 @@ having translated C strings should contain the line: </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX135"></A> +<A NAME="IDX147"></A> + +<PRE> +#include <libintl.h> +</PRE> + +<P> +Similarly, each C module containing <CODE>printf()</CODE>/<CODE>fprintf()</CODE>/... +calls with a format string that could be a translated C string (even if +the C string comes from a different C module) should contain the line: + +</P> <PRE> #include <libintl.h> @@ -51,7 +62,7 @@ sections of this chapter. <H2><A NAME="SEC14" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC14">3.1 Triggering <CODE>gettext</CODE> Operations</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX136"></A> +<A NAME="IDX148"></A> The initialization of locale data should be done with more or less the same code in every program, as demonstrated below: @@ -78,8 +89,8 @@ or <CODE>hello</CODE> sources for more information. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX137"></A> -<A NAME="IDX138"></A> +<A NAME="IDX149"></A> +<A NAME="IDX150"></A> The use of <CODE>LC_ALL</CODE> might not be appropriate for you. <CODE>LC_ALL</CODE> includes all locale categories and especially <CODE>LC_CTYPE</CODE>. This later category is responsible for determining @@ -120,13 +131,13 @@ code above by a sequence of <CODE>setlocale</CODE> lines </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX139"></A> -<A NAME="IDX140"></A> -<A NAME="IDX141"></A> -<A NAME="IDX142"></A> -<A NAME="IDX143"></A> -<A NAME="IDX144"></A> -<A NAME="IDX145"></A> +<A NAME="IDX151"></A> +<A NAME="IDX152"></A> +<A NAME="IDX153"></A> +<A NAME="IDX154"></A> +<A NAME="IDX155"></A> +<A NAME="IDX156"></A> +<A NAME="IDX157"></A> On all POSIX conformant systems the locale categories <CODE>LC_CTYPE</CODE>, <CODE>LC_MESSAGES</CODE>, <CODE>LC_COLLATE</CODE>, <CODE>LC_MONETARY</CODE>, <CODE>LC_NUMERIC</CODE>, and <CODE>LC_TIME</CODE> are available. On some systems @@ -157,7 +168,7 @@ is not multithread-safe. <H2><A NAME="SEC15" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC15">3.2 Preparing Translatable Strings</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX146"></A> +<A NAME="IDX158"></A> Before strings can be marked for translations, they sometimes need to be adjusted. Usually preparing a string for translation is done right before marking it, during the marking phase which is described in the @@ -189,7 +200,7 @@ Let's look at some examples of these guidelines. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX147"></A> +<A NAME="IDX159"></A> Translatable strings should be in good English style. If slang language with abbreviations and shortcuts is used, often translators will not understand the message and will produce very inappropriate translations. @@ -218,13 +229,13 @@ of the objects"? </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX148"></A> +<A NAME="IDX160"></A> In both cases, adding more words to the message will help both the translator and the English speaking user. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX149"></A> +<A NAME="IDX161"></A> Translatable strings should be entire sentences. It is often not possible to translate single verbs or adjectives in a substitutable way. @@ -254,6 +265,17 @@ against writing". </P> <P> +Entire sentences are also important because in many languages, the +declination of some word in a sentence depends on the gender or the +number (singular/plural) of another part of the sentence. There are +usually more interdependencies between words than in English. The +consequence is that asking a translator to translate two half-sentences +and then combining these two half-sentences through dumb string concatenation +will not work, for many languages, even though it would work for English. +That's why translators need to handle entire sentences. + +</P> +<P> Often sentences don't fit into a single line. If a sentence is output using two subsequent <CODE>printf</CODE> statements, like this @@ -299,7 +321,7 @@ combined by xgettext, so the translator has to handle them once only.) </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX150"></A> +<A NAME="IDX162"></A> Translatable strings should be limited to one paragraph; don't let a single message be longer than ten lines. The reason is that when the translatable string changes, the translator is faced with the task of @@ -310,7 +332,7 @@ the entire message. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX151"></A> +<A NAME="IDX163"></A> Many GNU programs have a <SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> output that extends over several screen pages. It is a courtesy towards the translators to split such a message into several ones of five to ten lines each. While doing that, @@ -321,8 +343,8 @@ looking for. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX152"></A> -<A NAME="IDX153"></A> +<A NAME="IDX164"></A> +<A NAME="IDX165"></A> Hardcoded string concatenation is sometimes used to construct English strings: @@ -349,7 +371,7 @@ sprintf (s, "Replace %s with %s?", object1, object2); </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX154"></A> +<A NAME="IDX166"></A> A similar case is compile time concatenation of strings. The ISO C 99 include file <CODE><inttypes.h></CODE> contains a macro <CODE>PRId64</CODE> that can be used as a formatting directive for outputting an <SAMP>`int64_t´</SAMP> @@ -403,7 +425,7 @@ regardless whether in decimal, octal or hexadecimal. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX155"></A> +<A NAME="IDX167"></A> All this applies to other programming languages as well. For example, in Java, string contenation is very frequently used, because it is a compiler built-in operator. Like in C, in Java, you would change @@ -429,7 +451,7 @@ System.out.println( <H2><A NAME="SEC16" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC16">3.3 How Marks Appear in Sources</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX156"></A> +<A NAME="IDX168"></A> </P> <P> @@ -480,7 +502,7 @@ sources for those trying to keep them within 79 or 80 columns. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX157"></A> +<A NAME="IDX169"></A> Many packages use <SAMP>`_´</SAMP> (a simple underline) as a keyword, and write <SAMP>`_("Translatable string")´</SAMP> instead of <SAMP>`gettext ("Translatable string")´</SAMP>. Further, the coding rule, from GNU standards, @@ -516,7 +538,7 @@ an example of string <EM>not</EM> requiring translation! <H2><A NAME="SEC17" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC17">3.4 Marking Translatable Strings</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX158"></A> +<A NAME="IDX170"></A> </P> <P> @@ -533,7 +555,7 @@ translation in some language, for the package being internationalized. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX159"></A> +<A NAME="IDX171"></A> The set of program sources, targetted by the PO mode commands describe here, should have an Emacs tags table constructed for your project, prior to using these PO file commands. This is easy to do. In any @@ -555,7 +577,7 @@ format Emacs can understand. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX160"></A> +<A NAME="IDX172"></A> For packages following the GNU coding standards, there is a make goal <CODE>tags</CODE> or <CODE>TAGS</CODE> which constructs the tag files in all directories and for all files containing source code. @@ -575,18 +597,18 @@ fill in while you mark strings as translatable in your program sources. <DT><KBD>,</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX161"></A> +<A NAME="IDX173"></A> Search through program sources for a string which looks like a candidate for translation (<CODE>po-tags-search</CODE>). <DT><KBD>M-,</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX162"></A> +<A NAME="IDX174"></A> Mark the last string found with <SAMP>`_()´</SAMP> (<CODE>po-mark-translatable</CODE>). <DT><KBD>M-.</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX163"></A> +<A NAME="IDX175"></A> Mark the last string found with a keyword taken from a set of possible keywords. This command with a prefix allows some management of these keywords (<CODE>po-select-mark-and-mark</CODE>). @@ -594,7 +616,7 @@ keywords (<CODE>po-select-mark-and-mark</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX164"></A> +<A NAME="IDX176"></A> The <KBD>,</KBD> (<CODE>po-tags-search</CODE>) command searches for the next occurrence of a string which looks like a possible candidate for translation, and displays the program source in another Emacs window, @@ -646,8 +668,8 @@ first tags file, this reinitialization might be considered spurious. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX165"></A> -<A NAME="IDX166"></A> +<A NAME="IDX177"></A> +<A NAME="IDX178"></A> The <KBD>M-,</KBD> (<CODE>po-mark-translatable</CODE>) command will mark the recently found string with the <SAMP>`_´</SAMP> keyword. The <KBD>M-.</KBD> (<CODE>po-select-mark-and-mark</CODE>) command will request that you type @@ -708,7 +730,7 @@ prefer <SAMP>`_´</SAMP>, as this one is already built in the <KBD>M-,</KBD <H2><A NAME="SEC18" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC18">3.5 Special Comments preceding Keywords</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX167"></A> +<A NAME="IDX179"></A> In C programs strings are often used within calls of functions from the <CODE>printf</CODE> family. The special thing about these format strings is that they can contain format specifiers introduced with <KBD>%</KBD>. Assume @@ -776,8 +798,8 @@ only a heuristic. In the <TT>`.po´</TT> file the entry is marked using th </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX168"></A> -<A NAME="IDX169"></A> +<A NAME="IDX180"></A> +<A NAME="IDX181"></A> The careful reader now might say that this again can cause problems. The heuristic might guess it wrong. This is true and therefore <CODE>xgettext</CODE> knows about a special kind of comment which lets @@ -823,7 +845,7 @@ used for solving this problem. <H2><A NAME="SEC19" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC19">3.6 Special Cases of Translatable Strings</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX170"></A> +<A NAME="IDX182"></A> The attentive reader might now point out that it is not always possible to mark translatable string with <CODE>gettext</CODE> or something like this. Consider the following case: diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_4.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_4.html index 93f44f4..97d75e0 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_4.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_4.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 4 Making the PO Template File</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_3.html">previous< <H1><A NAME="SEC21" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC21">4 Making the PO Template File</A></H1> <P> -<A NAME="IDX171"></A> +<A NAME="IDX183"></A> </P> <P> @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ was fuzzy, and the suffix <SAMP>`.pot´</SAMP> wasn't in use at that time.) <H2><A NAME="SEC22" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC22">4.1 Invoking the <CODE>xgettext</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX172"></A> -<A NAME="IDX173"></A> +<A NAME="IDX184"></A> +<A NAME="IDX185"></A> <PRE> xgettext [<VAR>option</VAR>] [<VAR>inputfile</VAR>] ... @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ Input files. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--files-from=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX174"></A> -<A NAME="IDX175"></A> +<A NAME="IDX186"></A> +<A NAME="IDX187"></A> Read the names of the input files from <VAR>file</VAR> instead of getting them from the command line. @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ them from the command line. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX176"></A> -<A NAME="IDX177"></A> +<A NAME="IDX188"></A> +<A NAME="IDX189"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -92,16 +92,16 @@ If <VAR>inputfile</VAR> is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard input is read. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--default-domain=<VAR>name</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX178"></A> -<A NAME="IDX179"></A> +<A NAME="IDX190"></A> +<A NAME="IDX191"></A> Use <TT>`<VAR>name</VAR>.po´</TT> for output (instead of <TT>`messages.po´</TT>). <DT><SAMP>`-o <VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX180"></A> -<A NAME="IDX181"></A> +<A NAME="IDX192"></A> +<A NAME="IDX193"></A> Write output to specified file (instead of <TT>`<VAR>name</VAR>.po´</TT> or <TT>`messages.po´</TT>). @@ -109,14 +109,14 @@ Write output to specified file (instead of <TT>`<VAR>name</VAR>.po´</TT> o <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-dir=<VAR>dir</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX182"></A> -<A NAME="IDX183"></A> +<A NAME="IDX194"></A> +<A NAME="IDX195"></A> Output files will be placed in directory <VAR>dir</VAR>. </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX184"></A> +<A NAME="IDX196"></A> If the output <VAR>file</VAR> is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP> or <SAMP>`/dev/stdout´</SAMP>, the output is written to standard output. @@ -131,21 +131,21 @@ is written to standard output. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--language=<VAR>name</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX185"></A> -<A NAME="IDX186"></A> -<A NAME="IDX187"></A> +<A NAME="IDX197"></A> +<A NAME="IDX198"></A> +<A NAME="IDX199"></A> Specifies the language of the input files. The supported languages are <CODE>C</CODE>, <CODE>C++</CODE>, <CODE>ObjectiveC</CODE>, <CODE>PO</CODE>, <CODE>Python</CODE>, <CODE>Lisp</CODE>, <CODE>EmacsLisp</CODE>, <CODE>librep</CODE>, <CODE>Smalltalk</CODE>, <CODE>Java</CODE>, -<CODE>JavaProperties</CODE>, <CODE>awk</CODE>, <CODE>YCP</CODE>, <CODE>Tcl</CODE>, <CODE>PHP</CODE>, -<CODE>RST</CODE>, <CODE>Glade</CODE>. +<CODE>JavaProperties</CODE>, <CODE>awk</CODE>, <CODE>YCP</CODE>, <CODE>Tcl</CODE>, <CODE>Perl</CODE>, +<CODE>PHP</CODE>, <CODE>GCC-source</CODE>, <CODE>NXStringTable</CODE>, <CODE>RST</CODE>, <CODE>Glade</CODE>. <DT><SAMP>`-C´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--c++´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX188"></A> -<A NAME="IDX189"></A> +<A NAME="IDX200"></A> +<A NAME="IDX201"></A> This is a shorthand for <CODE>--language=C++</CODE>. </DL> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ extension. <DT><SAMP>`--from-code=<VAR>name</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX190"></A> +<A NAME="IDX202"></A> Specifies the encoding of the input files. This option is needed only if some untranslated message strings or their corresponding comments contain non-ASCII characters. Note that Python, Tcl, and Glade input @@ -185,16 +185,16 @@ By default the input files are assumed to be in ASCII. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--join-existing´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX191"></A> -<A NAME="IDX192"></A> +<A NAME="IDX203"></A> +<A NAME="IDX204"></A> Join messages with existing file. <DT><SAMP>`-x <VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--exclude-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX193"></A> -<A NAME="IDX194"></A> +<A NAME="IDX205"></A> +<A NAME="IDX206"></A> Entries from <VAR>file</VAR> are not extracted. <VAR>file</VAR> should be a PO or POT file. @@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ POT file. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--add-comments[=<VAR>tag</VAR>]´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX195"></A> -<A NAME="IDX196"></A> +<A NAME="IDX207"></A> +<A NAME="IDX208"></A> Place comment block with <VAR>tag</VAR> (or those preceding keyword lines) in output file. @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ in output file. -<H3><A NAME="SEC28" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC28">4.1.6 Language=C/C++ specific options</A></H3> +<H3><A NAME="SEC28" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC28">4.1.6 Language specific options</A></H3> <DL COMPACT> @@ -219,20 +219,23 @@ in output file. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--extract-all´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX197"></A> -<A NAME="IDX198"></A> +<A NAME="IDX209"></A> +<A NAME="IDX210"></A> Extract all strings. +This option has an effect with most languages, namely C, C++, ObjectiveC, Shell, +Python, Lisp, EmacsLisp, librep, Java, awk, Tcl, Perl, PHP, GCC-source, Glade. + <DT><SAMP>`-k <VAR>keywordspec</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--keyword[=<VAR>keywordspec</VAR>]´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX199"></A> -<A NAME="IDX200"></A> +<A NAME="IDX211"></A> +<A NAME="IDX212"></A> Additional keyword to be looked for (without <VAR>keywordspec</VAR> means not to use default keywords). -<A NAME="IDX201"></A> +<A NAME="IDX213"></A> If <VAR>keywordspec</VAR> is a C identifer <VAR>id</VAR>, <CODE>xgettext</CODE> looks for strings in the first argument of each call to the function or macro <VAR>id</VAR>. If <VAR>keywordspec</VAR> is of the form @@ -242,25 +245,83 @@ for strings in the first argument of each call to the function or macro strings in the <VAR>argnum1</VAR>st argument and in the <VAR>argnum2</VAR>nd argument of the call, and treats them as singular/plural variants for a message with plural handling. - +<BR> The default keyword specifications, which are always looked for if not explicitly disabled, are <CODE>gettext</CODE>, <CODE>dgettext:2</CODE>, <CODE>dcgettext:2</CODE>, <CODE>ngettext:1,2</CODE>, <CODE>dngettext:2,3</CODE>, <CODE>dcngettext:2,3</CODE>, and <CODE>gettext_noop</CODE>. +<BR> +This option has an effect with most languages, namely C, C++, ObjectiveC, Shell, +Python, Lisp, EmacsLisp, librep, Java, awk, Tcl, Perl, PHP, GCC-source, Glade. + +<DT><SAMP>`--flag=<VAR>word</VAR>:<VAR>arg</VAR>:<VAR>flag</VAR>´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX214"></A> +Specifies additional flags for strings occurring as part of the <VAR>arg</VAR>th +argument of the function <VAR>word</VAR>. The possible flags are the possible +format string indicators, such as <SAMP>`c-format´</SAMP>, and their negations, +such as <SAMP>`no-c-format´</SAMP>, possibly prefixed with <SAMP>`pass-´</SAMP>. +<BR> +<A NAME="IDX215"></A> +The meaning of <CODE>--flag=<VAR>function</VAR>:<VAR>arg</VAR>:<VAR>lang</VAR>-format</CODE> +is that in language <VAR>lang</VAR>, the specified <VAR>function</VAR> expects as +<VAR>arg</VAR>th argument a format string. (For those of you familiar with +GCC function attributes, <CODE>--flag=<VAR>function</VAR>:<VAR>arg</VAR>:c-format</CODE> is +roughly equivalent to the declaration +<SAMP>`__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, <VAR>arg</VAR>, ...)))´</SAMP> attached +to <VAR>function</VAR> in a C source file.) +For example, if you use the <SAMP>`error´</SAMP> function from GNU libc, you can +specify its behaviour through <CODE>--flag=error:3:c-format</CODE>. The effect of +this specification is that <CODE>xgettext</CODE> will mark as format strings all +<CODE>gettext</CODE> invocations that occur as <VAR>arg</VAR>th argument of +<VAR>function</VAR>. +This is useful when such strings contain no format string directives: +together with the checks done by <SAMP>`msgfmt -c´</SAMP> it will ensure that +translators cannot accidentally use format string directives that would +lead to a crash at runtime. +<BR> +<A NAME="IDX216"></A> +The meaning of <CODE>--flag=<VAR>function</VAR>:<VAR>arg</VAR>:pass-<VAR>lang</VAR>-format</CODE> +is that in language <VAR>lang</VAR>, if the <VAR>function</VAR> call occurs in a +position that must yield a format string, then its <VAR>arg</VAR>th argument +must yield a format string of the same type as well. (If you know GCC +function attributes, the <CODE>--flag=<VAR>function</VAR>:<VAR>arg</VAR>:pass-c-format</CODE> +option is roughly equivalent to the declaration +<SAMP>`__attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (<VAR>arg</VAR>)))´</SAMP> attached to <VAR>function</VAR> +in a C source file.) +For example, if you use the <SAMP>`_´</SAMP> shortcut for the <CODE>gettext</CODE> function, +you should use <CODE>--flag=_:1:pass-c-format</CODE>. The effect of this +specification is that <CODE>xgettext</CODE> will propagate a format string +requirement for a <CODE>_("string")</CODE> call to its first argument, the literal +<CODE>"string"</CODE>, and thus mark it as a format string. +This is useful when such strings contain no format string directives: +together with the checks done by <SAMP>`msgfmt -c´</SAMP> it will ensure that +translators cannot accidentally use format string directives that would +lead to a crash at runtime. <DT><SAMP>`-T´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--trigraphs´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX202"></A> -<A NAME="IDX203"></A> -<A NAME="IDX204"></A> +<A NAME="IDX217"></A> +<A NAME="IDX218"></A> +<A NAME="IDX219"></A> Understand ANSI C trigraphs for input. +<BR> +This option has an effect only with the languages C, C++, ObjectiveC. + +<DT><SAMP>`--qt´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX220"></A> +<A NAME="IDX221"></A> +Recognize Qt format strings. +<BR> +This option has an effect only with the language C++. <DT><SAMP>`--debug´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX205"></A> -<A NAME="IDX206"></A> +<A NAME="IDX222"></A> +<A NAME="IDX223"></A> Use the flags <CODE>c-format</CODE> and <CODE>possible-c-format</CODE> to show who was responsible for marking a message as a format string. The latter form is used if the <CODE>xgettext</CODE> program decided, the format form is used if @@ -285,57 +346,63 @@ adjacent strings, and escaped end of lines for continued strings. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX207"></A> +<A NAME="IDX224"></A> Always write an output file even if no message is defined. <DT><SAMP>`-i´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX208"></A> -<A NAME="IDX209"></A> +<A NAME="IDX225"></A> +<A NAME="IDX226"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--no-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX210"></A> +<A NAME="IDX227"></A> Do not write <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines. <DT><SAMP>`-n´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--add-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX211"></A> -<A NAME="IDX212"></A> +<A NAME="IDX228"></A> +<A NAME="IDX229"></A> Generate <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines (default). <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX213"></A> +<A NAME="IDX230"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX214"></A> +<A NAME="IDX231"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX232"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX215"></A> -<A NAME="IDX216"></A> +<A NAME="IDX233"></A> +<A NAME="IDX234"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX217"></A> +<A NAME="IDX235"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -344,9 +411,9 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX218"></A> -<A NAME="IDX219"></A> -<A NAME="IDX220"></A> +<A NAME="IDX236"></A> +<A NAME="IDX237"></A> +<A NAME="IDX238"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. @@ -354,16 +421,16 @@ for the translator to understand each message's context. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-by-file´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX221"></A> -<A NAME="IDX222"></A> +<A NAME="IDX239"></A> +<A NAME="IDX240"></A> Sort output by file location. <DT><SAMP>`--omit-header´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX223"></A> +<A NAME="IDX241"></A> Don't write header with <SAMP>`msgid ""´</SAMP> entry. -<A NAME="IDX224"></A> +<A NAME="IDX242"></A> This is useful for testing purposes because it eliminates a source of variance for generated <CODE>.gmo</CODE> files. With <CODE>--omit-header</CODE>, two invocations of <CODE>xgettext</CODE> on the same files with the same @@ -371,7 +438,7 @@ options at different times are guaranteed to produce the same results. <DT><SAMP>`--copyright-holder=<VAR>string</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX225"></A> +<A NAME="IDX243"></A> Set the copyright holder in the output. <VAR>string</VAR> should be the copyright holder of the surrounding package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's sources, belong to the copyright @@ -387,14 +454,14 @@ simply because <CODE>xgettext</CODE> was first used in the GNU project. <DT><SAMP>`--foreign-user´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX226"></A> +<A NAME="IDX244"></A> Omit FSF copyright in output. This option is equivalent to <SAMP>`--copyright-holder="´</SAMP>. It can be useful for packages outside the GNU project that want their translations to be in the public domain. <DT><SAMP>`--msgid-bugs-address=<VAR>email@address</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX227"></A> +<A NAME="IDX245"></A> Set the reporting address for msgid bugs. This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report bugs in the untranslated strings: @@ -428,16 +495,16 @@ Don't forget to specify this option. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--msgstr-prefix[=<VAR>string</VAR>]´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX228"></A> -<A NAME="IDX229"></A> +<A NAME="IDX246"></A> +<A NAME="IDX247"></A> Use <VAR>string</VAR> (or "" if not specified) as prefix for msgstr entries. <DT><SAMP>`-M [<VAR>string</VAR>]´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--msgstr-suffix[=<VAR>string</VAR>]´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX230"></A> -<A NAME="IDX231"></A> +<A NAME="IDX248"></A> +<A NAME="IDX249"></A> Use <VAR>string</VAR> (or "" if not specified) as suffix for msgstr entries. </DL> @@ -452,16 +519,16 @@ Use <VAR>string</VAR> (or "" if not specified) as suffix for msgstr entries. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX232"></A> -<A NAME="IDX233"></A> +<A NAME="IDX250"></A> +<A NAME="IDX251"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX234"></A> -<A NAME="IDX235"></A> +<A NAME="IDX252"></A> +<A NAME="IDX253"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_5.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_5.html index f921929..8803107 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_5.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_5.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 5 Creating a New PO File</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_4.html">previous< <H1><A NAME="SEC31" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC31">5 Creating a New PO File</A></H1> <P> -<A NAME="IDX236"></A> +<A NAME="IDX254"></A> </P> <P> @@ -47,16 +47,16 @@ the header entry of this file. <H2><A NAME="SEC32" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC32">5.1 Invoking the <CODE>msginit</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX237"></A> -<A NAME="IDX238"></A> +<A NAME="IDX255"></A> +<A NAME="IDX256"></A> <PRE> msginit [<VAR>option</VAR>] </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX239"></A> -<A NAME="IDX240"></A> +<A NAME="IDX257"></A> +<A NAME="IDX258"></A> The <CODE>msginit</CODE> program creates a new PO file, initializing the meta information with values from the user's environment. @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ information with values from the user's environment. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--input=<VAR>inputfile</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX241"></A> -<A NAME="IDX242"></A> +<A NAME="IDX259"></A> +<A NAME="IDX260"></A> Input POT file. </DL> @@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ POT file. If it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard input is read. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX243"></A> -<A NAME="IDX244"></A> +<A NAME="IDX261"></A> +<A NAME="IDX262"></A> Write output to specified PO file. </DL> @@ -114,11 +114,17 @@ standard output. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX245"></A> -<A NAME="IDX246"></A> +<A NAME="IDX263"></A> +<A NAME="IDX264"></A> Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX265"></A> +Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -131,15 +137,15 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--locale=<VAR>ll_CC</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX247"></A> -<A NAME="IDX248"></A> +<A NAME="IDX266"></A> +<A NAME="IDX267"></A> Set target locale. <VAR>ll</VAR> should be a language code, and <VAR>CC</VAR> should be a country code. The command <SAMP>`locale -a´</SAMP> can be used to output a list of all installed locales. The default is the user's locale setting. <DT><SAMP>`--no-translator´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX249"></A> +<A NAME="IDX268"></A> Declares that the PO file will not have a human translator and is instead automatically generated. @@ -147,25 +153,31 @@ automatically generated. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX250"></A> -<A NAME="IDX251"></A> +<A NAME="IDX269"></A> +<A NAME="IDX270"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX271"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX252"></A> -<A NAME="IDX253"></A> +<A NAME="IDX272"></A> +<A NAME="IDX273"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX254"></A> +<A NAME="IDX274"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -182,16 +194,16 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX255"></A> -<A NAME="IDX256"></A> +<A NAME="IDX275"></A> +<A NAME="IDX276"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX257"></A> -<A NAME="IDX258"></A> +<A NAME="IDX277"></A> +<A NAME="IDX278"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -200,7 +212,7 @@ Output version information and exit. <H2><A NAME="SEC38" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC38">5.2 Filling in the Header Entry</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX259"></A> +<A NAME="IDX279"></A> </P> <P> @@ -269,7 +281,7 @@ Before starting a translation, it is a good idea to get in touch with your translation team, not only to make sure you don't do duplicated work, but also to coordinate difficult linguistic issues. -<A NAME="IDX260"></A> +<A NAME="IDX280"></A> In the Free Translation Project, each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage, <A HREF="http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/">http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/</A>, @@ -277,14 +289,14 @@ in the "National teams" area. <DT>Content-Type <DD> -<A NAME="IDX261"></A> -<A NAME="IDX262"></A> +<A NAME="IDX281"></A> +<A NAME="IDX282"></A> Replace <SAMP>`CHARSET´</SAMP> with the character encoding used for your language, in your locale, or UTF-8. This field is needed for correct operation of the <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> and <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> programs, as well as for users whose locale's character encoding differs from yours (see section <A HREF="gettext_10.html#SEC165">10.2.4 How to specify the output character set <CODE>gettext</CODE> uses</A>). -<A NAME="IDX263"></A> +<A NAME="IDX283"></A> You get the character encoding of your locale by running the shell command <SAMP>`locale charmap´</SAMP>. If the result is <SAMP>`C´</SAMP> or <SAMP>`ANSI_X3.4-1968´</SAMP>, which is equivalent to <SAMP>`ASCII´</SAMP> (= <SAMP>`US-ASCII´</SAMP>), it means that your @@ -292,7 +304,7 @@ locale is not correctly configured. In this case, ask your translation team which charset to use. <SAMP>`ASCII´</SAMP> is not usable for any language except Latin. -<A NAME="IDX264"></A> +<A NAME="IDX284"></A> Because the PO files must be portable to operating systems with less advanced internationalization facilities, the character encodings that can be used are limited to those supported by both GNU <CODE>libc</CODE> and GNU @@ -309,24 +321,24 @@ are limited to those supported by both GNU <CODE>libc</CODE> and GNU <CODE>BIG5</CODE>, <CODE>BIG5-HKSCS</CODE>, <CODE>GBK</CODE>, <CODE>GB18030</CODE>, <CODE>SHIFT_JIS</CODE>, <CODE>JOHAB</CODE>, <CODE>TIS-620</CODE>, <CODE>VISCII</CODE>, <CODE>GEORGIAN-PS</CODE>, <CODE>UTF-8</CODE>. -<A NAME="IDX265"></A> +<A NAME="IDX285"></A> In the GNU system, the following encodings are frequently used for the corresponding languages. -<A NAME="IDX266"></A> +<A NAME="IDX286"></A> <UL> <LI><CODE>ISO-8859-1</CODE> for - Afrikaans, Albanian, Basque, Breton, Catalan, Cornish, Danish, Dutch, - English, Estonian, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, - Greenlandic, Icelandic, Indonesian, Irish, Italian, Malay, Manx, - Norwegian, Occitan, Portuguese, Spanish, Swedish, Tagalog, Uzbek, - Walloon, +Afrikaans, Albanian, Basque, Breton, Catalan, Cornish, Danish, Dutch, +English, Estonian, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, +Greenlandic, Icelandic, Indonesian, Irish, Italian, Malay, Manx, +Norwegian, Occitan, Portuguese, Spanish, Swedish, Tagalog, Uzbek, +Walloon, <LI><CODE>ISO-8859-2</CODE> for - Bosnian, Croatian, Czech, Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Serbian, Slovak, - Slovenian, +Bosnian, Croatian, Czech, Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Serbian, Slovak, +Slovenian, <LI><CODE>ISO-8859-3</CODE> for Maltese, <LI><CODE>ISO-8859-5</CODE> for Macedonian, Serbian, @@ -345,8 +357,8 @@ corresponding languages. <LI><CODE>ISO-8859-15</CODE> for - Basque, Catalan, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Irish, - Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, Swedish, Walloon, +Basque, Catalan, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Irish, +Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, Swedish, Walloon, <LI><CODE>KOI8-R</CODE> for Russian, <LI><CODE>KOI8-U</CODE> for Ukrainian, @@ -357,10 +369,10 @@ corresponding languages. <LI><CODE>GB2312</CODE>, <CODE>GBK</CODE>, <CODE>GB18030</CODE> - for simplified writing of Chinese, +for simplified writing of Chinese, <LI><CODE>BIG5</CODE>, <CODE>BIG5-HKSCS</CODE> - for traditional writing of Chinese, +for traditional writing of Chinese, <LI><CODE>EUC-JP</CODE> for Japanese, <LI><CODE>EUC-KR</CODE> for Korean, @@ -373,8 +385,8 @@ corresponding languages. </UL> -<A NAME="IDX267"></A> -<A NAME="IDX268"></A> +<A NAME="IDX287"></A> +<A NAME="IDX288"></A> When single quote characters or double quote characters are used in translations for your language, and your locale's encoding is one of the ISO-8859-* charsets, it is best if you create your PO files in UTF-8 @@ -386,7 +398,7 @@ real quote characters, whereas users in ISO-8859-* locales will see the vertical apostrophe and the vertical double quote instead (because that's what the character set conversion will transliterate them to). -<A NAME="IDX269"></A> +<A NAME="IDX289"></A> To enter such quote characters under X11, you can change your keyboard mapping using the <CODE>xmodmap</CODE> program. The X11 names of the quote characters are "leftsinglequotemark", "rightsinglequotemark", diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_6.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_6.html index 425db44..a249fd3 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_6.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_6.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 6 Updating Existing PO Files</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_5.html">previous< <H2><A NAME="SEC40" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC40">6.1 Invoking the <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX270"></A> -<A NAME="IDX271"></A> +<A NAME="IDX290"></A> +<A NAME="IDX291"></A> <PRE> msgmerge [<VAR>option</VAR>] <VAR>def</VAR>.po <VAR>ref</VAR>.pot @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ References to the new sources. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX272"></A> -<A NAME="IDX273"></A> +<A NAME="IDX292"></A> +<A NAME="IDX293"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ file will be written relative to the current directory, though. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--compendium=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX274"></A> -<A NAME="IDX275"></A> +<A NAME="IDX294"></A> +<A NAME="IDX295"></A> Specify an additional library of message translations. See section <A HREF="gettext_6.html#SEC58">6.11 Using Translation Compendia</A>. This option may be specified more than once. @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ This option may be specified more than once. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--update´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX276"></A> -<A NAME="IDX277"></A> +<A NAME="IDX296"></A> +<A NAME="IDX297"></A> Update <VAR>def</VAR>.po. Do nothing if <VAR>def</VAR>.po is already up to date. </DL> @@ -98,14 +98,14 @@ Update <VAR>def</VAR>.po. Do nothing if <VAR>def</VAR>.po is already up to date <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX278"></A> -<A NAME="IDX279"></A> +<A NAME="IDX298"></A> +<A NAME="IDX299"></A> Write output to specified file. </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX280"></A> +<A NAME="IDX300"></A> The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>. @@ -122,19 +122,19 @@ The result is written back to <VAR>def</VAR>.po. <DT><SAMP>`--backup=<VAR>control</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX281"></A> -<A NAME="IDX282"></A> +<A NAME="IDX301"></A> +<A NAME="IDX302"></A> Make a backup of <VAR>def</VAR>.po <DT><SAMP>`--suffix=<VAR>suffix</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX283"></A> +<A NAME="IDX303"></A> Override the usual backup suffix. </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX284"></A> +<A NAME="IDX304"></A> The version control method may be selected via the <CODE>--backup</CODE> option or through the <CODE>VERSION_CONTROL</CODE> environment variable. Here are the values: @@ -184,16 +184,16 @@ The backup suffix is <SAMP>`~´</SAMP>, unless set with <CODE>--suffix</COD <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--multi-domain´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX285"></A> -<A NAME="IDX286"></A> +<A NAME="IDX305"></A> +<A NAME="IDX306"></A> Apply <VAR>ref</VAR>.pot to each of the domains in <VAR>def</VAR>.po. <DT><SAMP>`-N´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--no-fuzzy-matching´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX287"></A> -<A NAME="IDX288"></A> +<A NAME="IDX307"></A> +<A NAME="IDX308"></A> Do not use fuzzy matching when an exact match is not found. This may speed up the operation considerably. </DL> @@ -208,11 +208,17 @@ up the operation considerably. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX289"></A> -<A NAME="IDX290"></A> +<A NAME="IDX309"></A> +<A NAME="IDX310"></A> Assume the input files are Java ResourceBundles in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX311"></A> +Assume the input files are NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource files in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -223,30 +229,30 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX291"></A> +<A NAME="IDX312"></A> Always write an output file even if it contains no message. <DT><SAMP>`-i´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX292"></A> -<A NAME="IDX293"></A> +<A NAME="IDX313"></A> +<A NAME="IDX314"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--no-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX294"></A> +<A NAME="IDX315"></A> Do not write <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines. <DT><SAMP>`--add-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX295"></A> +<A NAME="IDX316"></A> Generate <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines (default). <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX296"></A> +<A NAME="IDX317"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. @@ -255,25 +261,31 @@ GNU extensions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX297"></A> -<A NAME="IDX298"></A> +<A NAME="IDX318"></A> +<A NAME="IDX319"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX320"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX299"></A> -<A NAME="IDX300"></A> +<A NAME="IDX321"></A> +<A NAME="IDX322"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX301"></A> +<A NAME="IDX323"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -282,9 +294,9 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX302"></A> -<A NAME="IDX303"></A> -<A NAME="IDX304"></A> +<A NAME="IDX324"></A> +<A NAME="IDX325"></A> +<A NAME="IDX326"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. @@ -292,8 +304,8 @@ for the translator to understand each message's context. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-by-file´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX305"></A> -<A NAME="IDX306"></A> +<A NAME="IDX327"></A> +<A NAME="IDX328"></A> Sort output by file location. </DL> @@ -308,24 +320,24 @@ Sort output by file location. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX307"></A> -<A NAME="IDX308"></A> +<A NAME="IDX329"></A> +<A NAME="IDX330"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX309"></A> -<A NAME="IDX310"></A> +<A NAME="IDX331"></A> +<A NAME="IDX332"></A> Output version information and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-v´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--verbose´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX311"></A> -<A NAME="IDX312"></A> +<A NAME="IDX333"></A> +<A NAME="IDX334"></A> Increase verbosity level. <DT><SAMP>`-q´</SAMP> @@ -334,9 +346,9 @@ Increase verbosity level. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--silent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX313"></A> -<A NAME="IDX314"></A> -<A NAME="IDX315"></A> +<A NAME="IDX335"></A> +<A NAME="IDX336"></A> +<A NAME="IDX337"></A> Suppress progress indicators. </DL> @@ -345,7 +357,7 @@ Suppress progress indicators. <H2><A NAME="SEC49" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC49">6.2 Translated Entries</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX316"></A> +<A NAME="IDX338"></A> </P> <P> @@ -357,7 +369,7 @@ Other entry types will be excluded; translation will not occur for them. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX317"></A> +<A NAME="IDX339"></A> Some commands are more specifically related to translated entry processing. </P> @@ -365,21 +377,21 @@ Some commands are more specifically related to translated entry processing. <DT><KBD>t</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX318"></A> +<A NAME="IDX340"></A> Find the next translated entry (<CODE>po-next-translated-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD>T</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX319"></A> +<A NAME="IDX341"></A> Find the previous translated entry (<CODE>po-previous-translated-entry</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX320"></A> -<A NAME="IDX321"></A> -<A NAME="IDX322"></A> -<A NAME="IDX323"></A> +<A NAME="IDX342"></A> +<A NAME="IDX343"></A> +<A NAME="IDX344"></A> +<A NAME="IDX345"></A> The commands <KBD>t</KBD> (<CODE>po-next-translated-entry</CODE>) and <KBD>T</KBD> (<CODE>po-previous-translated-entry</CODE>) move forwards or backwards, chasing for an translated entry. If none is found, the search is extended and @@ -387,7 +399,7 @@ wraps around in the PO file buffer. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX324"></A> +<A NAME="IDX346"></A> Translated entries usually result from the translator having edited in a translation for them, section <A HREF="gettext_6.html#SEC53">6.6 Modifying Translations</A>. However, if the variable <CODE>po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit</CODE> is not <CODE>nil</CODE>, the entry having @@ -400,12 +412,12 @@ See section <A HREF="gettext_6.html#SEC50">6.3 Fuzzy Entries</A>. <H2><A NAME="SEC50" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC50">6.3 Fuzzy Entries</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX325"></A> +<A NAME="IDX347"></A> </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX326"></A> -<A NAME="IDX327"></A> +<A NAME="IDX348"></A> +<A NAME="IDX349"></A> Each PO file entry may have a set of <EM>attributes</EM>, which are qualities given a name and explicitly associated with the translation, using a special system comment. One of these attributes @@ -428,7 +440,7 @@ might mark some entries as being fuzzy. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX328"></A> +<A NAME="IDX350"></A> Also, the translator may decide herself to mark an entry as fuzzy for her own convenience, when she wants to remember that the entry has to be later revisited. So, some commands are more specifically @@ -439,26 +451,26 @@ related to fuzzy entry processing. <DT><KBD>z</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX329"></A> +<A NAME="IDX351"></A> Find the next fuzzy entry (<CODE>po-next-fuzzy-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD>Z</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX330"></A> +<A NAME="IDX352"></A> Find the previous fuzzy entry (<CODE>po-previous-fuzzy-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD><KBD>TAB</KBD></KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX331"></A> +<A NAME="IDX353"></A> Remove the fuzzy attribute of the current entry (<CODE>po-unfuzzy</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX332"></A> -<A NAME="IDX333"></A> -<A NAME="IDX334"></A> -<A NAME="IDX335"></A> +<A NAME="IDX354"></A> +<A NAME="IDX355"></A> +<A NAME="IDX356"></A> +<A NAME="IDX357"></A> The commands <KBD>z</KBD> (<CODE>po-next-fuzzy-entry</CODE>) and <KBD>Z</KBD> (<CODE>po-previous-fuzzy-entry</CODE>) move forwards or backwards, chasing for a fuzzy entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps @@ -466,9 +478,9 @@ around in the PO file buffer. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX336"></A> -<A NAME="IDX337"></A> -<A NAME="IDX338"></A> +<A NAME="IDX358"></A> +<A NAME="IDX359"></A> +<A NAME="IDX360"></A> The command <KBD><KBD>TAB</KBD></KBD> (<CODE>po-unfuzzy</CODE>) removes the fuzzy attribute associated with an entry, usually leaving it translated. Further, if the variable <CODE>po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy</CODE> has not @@ -490,8 +502,8 @@ to chase another entry, leaving the entry fuzzy. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX339"></A> -<A NAME="IDX340"></A> +<A NAME="IDX361"></A> +<A NAME="IDX362"></A> The translator may also use the <KBD><KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD> command (<CODE>po-fade-out-entry</CODE>) over any translated entry to mark it as being fuzzy, when she wants to easily leave a trace she wants to later return @@ -508,7 +520,7 @@ still exists. <H2><A NAME="SEC51" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC51">6.4 Untranslated Entries</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX341"></A> +<A NAME="IDX363"></A> </P> <P> @@ -528,7 +540,7 @@ are easily recognizable by the fact they end with <SAMP>`msgstr ""´</SAMP> </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX342"></A> +<A NAME="IDX364"></A> The work of the translator might be (quite naively) seen as the process of seeking for an untranslated entry, editing a translation for it, and repeating these actions until no untranslated entries remain. @@ -540,26 +552,26 @@ processing. <DT><KBD>u</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX343"></A> +<A NAME="IDX365"></A> Find the next untranslated entry (<CODE>po-next-untranslated-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD>U</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX344"></A> +<A NAME="IDX366"></A> Find the previous untranslated entry (<CODE>po-previous-untransted-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD>k</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX345"></A> +<A NAME="IDX367"></A> Turn the current entry into an untranslated one (<CODE>po-kill-msgstr</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX346"></A> -<A NAME="IDX347"></A> -<A NAME="IDX348"></A> -<A NAME="IDX349"></A> +<A NAME="IDX368"></A> +<A NAME="IDX369"></A> +<A NAME="IDX370"></A> +<A NAME="IDX371"></A> The commands <KBD>u</KBD> (<CODE>po-next-untranslated-entry</CODE>) and <KBD>U</KBD> (<CODE>po-previous-untransted-entry</CODE>) move forwards or backwards, chasing for an untranslated entry. If none is found, the search is @@ -567,8 +579,8 @@ extended and wraps around in the PO file buffer. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX350"></A> -<A NAME="IDX351"></A> +<A NAME="IDX372"></A> +<A NAME="IDX373"></A> An entry can be turned back into an untranslated entry by merely emptying its translation, using the command <KBD>k</KBD> (<CODE>po-kill-msgstr</CODE>). See section <A HREF="gettext_6.html#SEC53">6.6 Modifying Translations</A>. @@ -584,7 +596,7 @@ if some untranslated string still exists. <H2><A NAME="SEC52" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC52">6.5 Obsolete Entries</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX352"></A> +<A NAME="IDX374"></A> </P> <P> @@ -610,7 +622,7 @@ after the fact. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX353"></A> +<A NAME="IDX375"></A> Moreover, some commands are more specifically related to obsolete entry processing. @@ -619,27 +631,27 @@ entry processing. <DT><KBD>o</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX354"></A> +<A NAME="IDX376"></A> Find the next obsolete entry (<CODE>po-next-obsolete-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD>O</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX355"></A> +<A NAME="IDX377"></A> Find the previous obsolete entry (<CODE>po-previous-obsolete-entry</CODE>). <DT><KBD><KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX356"></A> +<A NAME="IDX378"></A> Make an active entry obsolete, or zap out an obsolete entry (<CODE>po-fade-out-entry</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX357"></A> -<A NAME="IDX358"></A> -<A NAME="IDX359"></A> -<A NAME="IDX360"></A> +<A NAME="IDX379"></A> +<A NAME="IDX380"></A> +<A NAME="IDX381"></A> +<A NAME="IDX382"></A> The commands <KBD>o</KBD> (<CODE>po-next-obsolete-entry</CODE>) and <KBD>O</KBD> (<CODE>po-previous-obsolete-entry</CODE>) move forwards or backwards, chasing for an obsolete entry. If none is found, the search is @@ -655,10 +667,10 @@ introducing useless <CODE>msgid</CODE> values. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX361"></A> -<A NAME="IDX362"></A> -<A NAME="IDX363"></A> -<A NAME="IDX364"></A> +<A NAME="IDX383"></A> +<A NAME="IDX384"></A> +<A NAME="IDX385"></A> +<A NAME="IDX386"></A> However, it is possible to comment out an active entry, so making it obsolete. GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE> utilities will later react to the disappearance of a translation by using the untranslated string. @@ -688,8 +700,8 @@ merely tries to provide handy tools for helping her to do so. <H2><A NAME="SEC53" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC53">6.6 Modifying Translations</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX365"></A> -<A NAME="IDX366"></A> +<A NAME="IDX387"></A> +<A NAME="IDX388"></A> </P> <P> @@ -715,40 +727,40 @@ using the following commands for modifying the translations. <DT><KBD><KBD>RET</KBD></KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX367"></A> +<A NAME="IDX389"></A> Interactively edit the translation (<CODE>po-edit-msgstr</CODE>). <DT><KBD><KBD>LFD</KBD></KBD> <DD> <DT><KBD>C-j</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX368"></A> -<A NAME="IDX369"></A> +<A NAME="IDX390"></A> +<A NAME="IDX391"></A> Reinitialize the translation with the original, untranslated string (<CODE>po-msgid-to-msgstr</CODE>). <DT><KBD>k</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX370"></A> +<A NAME="IDX392"></A> Save the translation on the kill ring, and delete it (<CODE>po-kill-msgstr</CODE>). <DT><KBD>w</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX371"></A> +<A NAME="IDX393"></A> Save the translation on the kill ring, without deleting it (<CODE>po-kill-ring-save-msgstr</CODE>). <DT><KBD>y</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX372"></A> +<A NAME="IDX394"></A> Replace the translation, taking the new from the kill ring (<CODE>po-yank-msgstr</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX373"></A> -<A NAME="IDX374"></A> +<A NAME="IDX395"></A> +<A NAME="IDX396"></A> The command <KBD><KBD>RET</KBD></KBD> (<CODE>po-edit-msgstr</CODE>) opens a new Emacs window meant to edit in a new translation, or to modify an already existing translation. The new window contains a copy of the translation taken from @@ -761,9 +773,9 @@ for more information. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX375"></A> -<A NAME="IDX376"></A> -<A NAME="IDX377"></A> +<A NAME="IDX397"></A> +<A NAME="IDX398"></A> +<A NAME="IDX399"></A> The command <KBD><KBD>LFD</KBD></KBD> (<CODE>po-msgid-to-msgstr</CODE>) initializes, or reinitializes the translation with the original string. This command is normally used when the translator wants to redo a fresh translation of @@ -771,7 +783,7 @@ the original string, disregarding any previous work. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX378"></A> +<A NAME="IDX400"></A> It is possible to arrange so, whenever editing an untranslated entry, the <KBD><KBD>LFD</KBD></KBD> command be automatically executed. If you set <CODE>po-auto-edit-with-msgid</CODE> to <CODE>t</CODE>, the translation gets @@ -780,7 +792,7 @@ The default value for <CODE>po-auto-edit-with-msgid</CODE> is <CODE>nil</CODE>. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX379"></A> +<A NAME="IDX401"></A> In fact, whether it is best to start a translation with an empty string, or rather with a copy of the original string, is a matter of taste or habit. Sometimes, the source language and the @@ -794,11 +806,11 @@ if this requires some extra editing work to get rid of the original. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX380"></A> -<A NAME="IDX381"></A> -<A NAME="IDX382"></A> -<A NAME="IDX383"></A> -<A NAME="IDX384"></A> +<A NAME="IDX402"></A> +<A NAME="IDX403"></A> +<A NAME="IDX404"></A> +<A NAME="IDX405"></A> +<A NAME="IDX406"></A> The command <KBD>k</KBD> (<CODE>po-kill-msgstr</CODE>) merely empties the translation string, so turning the entry into an untranslated one. But while doing so, its previous contents is put apart in @@ -830,8 +842,8 @@ entries, the translation is also uncommented prior to saving. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX385"></A> -<A NAME="IDX386"></A> +<A NAME="IDX407"></A> +<A NAME="IDX408"></A> The command <KBD>y</KBD> (<CODE>po-yank-msgstr</CODE>) completely replaces the translation of the current entry by a string taken from the kill ring. Following Emacs terminology, we then say that the replacement @@ -865,7 +877,7 @@ yanking commands themselves. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX387"></A> +<A NAME="IDX409"></A> To better illustrate the operation of killing and yanking, let's use an actual example, taken from a common situation. When the programmer slightly modifies some string right in the program, his @@ -905,8 +917,8 @@ See section `Keyboard Macros' in <CITE>The Emacs Editor</CITE>. <H2><A NAME="SEC54" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC54">6.7 Modifying Comments</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX388"></A> -<A NAME="IDX389"></A> +<A NAME="IDX410"></A> +<A NAME="IDX411"></A> </P> <P> @@ -935,24 +947,24 @@ so the general indications given for those apply here. See section <A HREF="get <DT><KBD>#</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX390"></A> +<A NAME="IDX412"></A> Interactively edit the translator comments (<CODE>po-edit-comment</CODE>). <DT><KBD>K</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX391"></A> +<A NAME="IDX413"></A> Save the translator comments on the kill ring, and delete it (<CODE>po-kill-comment</CODE>). <DT><KBD>W</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX392"></A> +<A NAME="IDX414"></A> Save the translator comments on the kill ring, without deleting it (<CODE>po-kill-ring-save-comment</CODE>). <DT><KBD>Y</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX393"></A> +<A NAME="IDX415"></A> Replace the translator comments, taking the new from the kill ring (<CODE>po-yank-comment</CODE>). @@ -968,8 +980,8 @@ See section <A HREF="gettext_6.html#SEC53">6.6 Modifying Translations</A>. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX394"></A> -<A NAME="IDX395"></A> +<A NAME="IDX416"></A> +<A NAME="IDX417"></A> The command <KBD>#</KBD> (<CODE>po-edit-comment</CODE>) opens a new Emacs window containing a copy of the translator comments on the current PO file entry. If there are no such comments, PO mode understands that the translator wants @@ -983,18 +995,18 @@ See section <A HREF="gettext_6.html#SEC55">6.8 Details of Sub Edition</A>, for </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX396"></A> +<A NAME="IDX418"></A> Functions found on <CODE>po-subedit-mode-hook</CODE>, if any, are executed after the string has been inserted in the edit buffer. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX397"></A> -<A NAME="IDX398"></A> -<A NAME="IDX399"></A> -<A NAME="IDX400"></A> -<A NAME="IDX401"></A> -<A NAME="IDX402"></A> +<A NAME="IDX419"></A> +<A NAME="IDX420"></A> +<A NAME="IDX421"></A> +<A NAME="IDX422"></A> +<A NAME="IDX423"></A> +<A NAME="IDX424"></A> The command <KBD>K</KBD> (<CODE>po-kill-comment</CODE>) gets rid of all translator comments, while saving those comments on the kill ring. The command <KBD>W</KBD> (<CODE>po-kill-ring-save-comment</CODE>) takes @@ -1035,7 +1047,7 @@ regular Emacs commands <KBD>C-y</KBD> (<CODE>yank</CODE>) and <KBD>M-y</KBD> <H2><A NAME="SEC55" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC55">6.8 Details of Sub Edition</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX403"></A> +<A NAME="IDX425"></A> </P> <P> @@ -1048,25 +1060,25 @@ of Emacs, which are described below. <DT><KBD>C-c C-c</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX404"></A> +<A NAME="IDX426"></A> Complete edition (<CODE>po-subedit-exit</CODE>). <DT><KBD>C-c C-k</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX405"></A> +<A NAME="IDX427"></A> Abort edition (<CODE>po-subedit-abort</CODE>). <DT><KBD>C-c C-a</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX406"></A> +<A NAME="IDX428"></A> Consult auxiliary PO files (<CODE>po-subedit-cycle-auxiliary</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX407"></A> -<A NAME="IDX408"></A> -<A NAME="IDX409"></A> +<A NAME="IDX429"></A> +<A NAME="IDX430"></A> +<A NAME="IDX431"></A> The window's contents represents a translation for a given message, or a translator comment. The translator may modify this window to her heart's content. Once this is done, the command <KBD>C-c C-c</KBD> @@ -1076,8 +1088,8 @@ sight or if buffers were switched. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX410"></A> -<A NAME="IDX411"></A> +<A NAME="IDX432"></A> +<A NAME="IDX433"></A> If the translator becomes unsatisfied with her translation or comment, to the extent she prefers keeping what was existent prior to the <KBD><KBD>RET</KBD></KBD> or <KBD>#</KBD> command, she may use the command <KBD>C-c C-k</KBD> @@ -1088,8 +1100,8 @@ whole effect of last edition. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX412"></A> -<A NAME="IDX413"></A> +<A NAME="IDX434"></A> +<A NAME="IDX435"></A> The command <KBD>C-c C-a</KBD> (<CODE>po-subedit-cycle-auxiliary</CODE>) allows for glancing through translations already achieved in other languages, directly while editing the current @@ -1123,7 +1135,7 @@ in the editing window, as ending with two <CODE><</CODE> in a row. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX414"></A> +<A NAME="IDX436"></A> When a translation (or a comment) is being edited, the translator may move the cursor back into the PO file buffer and freely move to other entries, browsing at will. If, with an edition pending, the translator wanders in the @@ -1136,7 +1148,7 @@ the translator should better be comfortable at handling many Emacs windows! </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX415"></A> +<A NAME="IDX437"></A> Pending subedits may be completed or aborted in any order, regardless of how or when they were started. When many subedits are pending and the translator asks for quitting the PO file (with the <KBD>q</KBD> command), subedits @@ -1147,9 +1159,9 @@ are automatically resumed one at a time, so she may decide for each of them. <H2><A NAME="SEC56" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC56">6.9 C Sources Context</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX416"></A> -<A NAME="IDX417"></A> -<A NAME="IDX418"></A> +<A NAME="IDX438"></A> +<A NAME="IDX439"></A> +<A NAME="IDX440"></A> </P> <P> @@ -1186,7 +1198,7 @@ overall organization, than to the program code itself. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX419"></A> +<A NAME="IDX441"></A> The following commands are meant to help the translator at getting program source context for a PO file entry. @@ -1195,35 +1207,35 @@ program source context for a PO file entry. <DT><KBD>s</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX420"></A> +<A NAME="IDX442"></A> Resume the display of a program source context, or cycle through them (<CODE>po-cycle-source-reference</CODE>). <DT><KBD>M-s</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX421"></A> +<A NAME="IDX443"></A> Display of a program source context selected by menu (<CODE>po-select-source-reference</CODE>). <DT><KBD>S</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX422"></A> +<A NAME="IDX444"></A> Add a directory to the search path for source files (<CODE>po-consider-source-path</CODE>). <DT><KBD>M-S</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX423"></A> +<A NAME="IDX445"></A> Delete a directory from the search path for source files (<CODE>po-ignore-source-path</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX424"></A> -<A NAME="IDX425"></A> -<A NAME="IDX426"></A> -<A NAME="IDX427"></A> +<A NAME="IDX446"></A> +<A NAME="IDX447"></A> +<A NAME="IDX448"></A> +<A NAME="IDX449"></A> The commands <KBD>s</KBD> (<CODE>po-cycle-source-reference</CODE>) and <KBD>M-s</KBD> (<CODE>po-select-source-reference</CODE>) both open another window displaying some source program file, and already positioned in such a way that @@ -1268,10 +1280,10 @@ available for a single string to translate. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX428"></A> -<A NAME="IDX429"></A> -<A NAME="IDX430"></A> -<A NAME="IDX431"></A> +<A NAME="IDX450"></A> +<A NAME="IDX451"></A> +<A NAME="IDX452"></A> +<A NAME="IDX453"></A> Program source files are usually found relative to where the PO file stands. As a special provision, when this fails, the file is also looked for, but relative to the directory immediately above it. @@ -1291,7 +1303,7 @@ one of the directories she does not want anymore on the search path. <H2><A NAME="SEC57" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC57">6.10 Consulting Auxiliary PO Files</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX432"></A> +<A NAME="IDX454"></A> </P> <P> @@ -1304,8 +1316,8 @@ at once, for translators preferring to work in this way. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX433"></A> -<A NAME="IDX434"></A> +<A NAME="IDX455"></A> +<A NAME="IDX456"></A> An <EM>auxiliary</EM> PO file is an existing PO file meant for the same package the translator is working on, but targeted to a different mother tongue language. Commands exist for declaring and handling auxiliary @@ -1320,41 +1332,41 @@ Here are the auxiliary file commands available in PO mode. <DT><KBD>a</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX435"></A> +<A NAME="IDX457"></A> Seek auxiliary files for another translation for the same entry (<CODE>po-cycle-auxiliary</CODE>). <DT><KBD>C-c C-a</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX436"></A> +<A NAME="IDX458"></A> Switch to a particular auxiliary file (<CODE>po-select-auxiliary</CODE>). <DT><KBD>A</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX437"></A> +<A NAME="IDX459"></A> Declare this PO file as an auxiliary file (<CODE>po-consider-as-auxiliary</CODE>). <DT><KBD>M-A</KBD> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX438"></A> +<A NAME="IDX460"></A> Remove this PO file from the list of auxiliary files (<CODE>po-ignore-as-auxiliary</CODE>). </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX439"></A> -<A NAME="IDX440"></A> -<A NAME="IDX441"></A> -<A NAME="IDX442"></A> +<A NAME="IDX461"></A> +<A NAME="IDX462"></A> +<A NAME="IDX463"></A> +<A NAME="IDX464"></A> Command <KBD>A</KBD> (<CODE>po-consider-as-auxiliary</CODE>) adds the current PO file to the list of auxiliary files, while command <KBD>M-A</KBD> (<CODE>po-ignore-as-auxiliary</CODE> just removes it. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX443"></A> -<A NAME="IDX444"></A> +<A NAME="IDX465"></A> +<A NAME="IDX466"></A> The command <KBD>a</KBD> (<CODE>po-cycle-auxiliary</CODE>) seeks all auxiliary PO files, round-robin, searching for a translated entry in some other language having an <CODE>msgid</CODE> field identical as the one for the current entry. @@ -1366,8 +1378,8 @@ so repeating <KBD>a</KBD> will eventually yield back the original PO file. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX445"></A> -<A NAME="IDX446"></A> +<A NAME="IDX467"></A> +<A NAME="IDX468"></A> The command <KBD>C-c C-a</KBD> (<CODE>po-select-auxiliary</CODE>) asks the translator for her choice of a particular auxiliary file, with completion, and then switches to that selected PO file. The command also checks if @@ -1387,7 +1399,7 @@ their <CODE>msgid</CODE> entries written by the same GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE> to </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX447"></A> +<A NAME="IDX469"></A> However, PO files initially created by PO mode itself, while marking strings in source files, are normalised differently. So are PO files resulting of the the <SAMP>`M-x normalize´</SAMP> command. Until these @@ -1399,11 +1411,11 @@ fully resolved, the translator should stay aware of normalisation issues. <H2><A NAME="SEC58" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC58">6.11 Using Translation Compendia</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX448"></A> +<A NAME="IDX470"></A> </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX449"></A> +<A NAME="IDX471"></A> A <EM>compendium</EM> is a special PO file containing a set of translations recurring in many different packages. The translator can use gettext tools to build a new compendium, to add entries to her @@ -1416,8 +1428,8 @@ already translated entries, from translations kept in the compendium. <H3><A NAME="SEC59" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC59">6.11.1 Creating Compendia</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX450"></A> -<A NAME="IDX451"></A> +<A NAME="IDX472"></A> +<A NAME="IDX473"></A> </P> <P> @@ -1432,8 +1444,8 @@ files</CITE> and <CITE>extracting a message subset from a PO file</CITE>. <H4><A NAME="SEC60" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC60">6.11.1.1 Concatenate PO Files</A></H4> <P> -<A NAME="IDX452"></A> -<A NAME="IDX453"></A> +<A NAME="IDX474"></A> +<A NAME="IDX475"></A> To concatenate several valid PO files into one compendium file you can use <SAMP>`msgcomm´</SAMP> or <SAMP>`msgcat´</SAMP> (the latter preferred): @@ -1514,7 +1526,7 @@ files or postprocess the result using <SAMP>`msgattrib --translated --no-fuzzy&a <H4><A NAME="SEC61" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC61">6.11.1.2 Extract a Message Subset from a PO File</A></H4> <P> -<A NAME="IDX454"></A> +<A NAME="IDX476"></A> </P> <P> @@ -1545,7 +1557,7 @@ or to update an already existing translation. <H4><A NAME="SEC63" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC63">6.11.2.1 Initialize a New Translation File</A></H4> <P> -<A NAME="IDX455"></A> +<A NAME="IDX477"></A> </P> <P> @@ -1562,7 +1574,7 @@ msgmerge --compendium compendium.po -o file.po /dev/null file.pot <H4><A NAME="SEC64" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC64">6.11.2.2 Update an Existing Translation File</A></H4> <P> -<A NAME="IDX456"></A> +<A NAME="IDX478"></A> </P> <P> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_7.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_7.html index afdaabf..a21b49c 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_7.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_7.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 7 Manipulating PO Files</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_6.html">previous< <H1><A NAME="SEC65" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC65">7 Manipulating PO Files</A></H1> <P> -<A NAME="IDX457"></A> +<A NAME="IDX479"></A> </P> <P> @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ complete set of tools for this purpose. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX458"></A> +<A NAME="IDX480"></A> When merging two packages into a single package, the resulting POT file will be the concatenation of the two packages' POT files. Thus the maintainer must concatenate the two existing package translations into @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ possible conflicts that arose during the merge. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX459"></A> +<A NAME="IDX481"></A> When a translator takes over the translation job from another translator, but she uses a different character encoding in her locale, she will convert the catalog to her character encoding. This is best done through @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ that source file and use <SAMP>`msgmerge´</SAMP>. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX460"></A> -<A NAME="IDX461"></A> +<A NAME="IDX482"></A> +<A NAME="IDX483"></A> When a translator wants to adjust some translation catalog for a special dialect or orthography -- for example, German as written in Switzerland versus German as written in Germany -- she needs to apply some text @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ that's why it's better to use the original POT file if available. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX462"></A> +<A NAME="IDX484"></A> When a translator wants to check her translations, for example according to orthography rules or using a non-interactive spell checker, she can do so using the <SAMP>`msgexec´</SAMP> program. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX463"></A> +<A NAME="IDX485"></A> When third party tools create PO or POT files, sometimes duplicates cannot be avoided. But the GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE> tools give an error when they encounter duplicate msgids in the same file and in the same domain. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ completely translated. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX464"></A> +<A NAME="IDX486"></A> <SAMP>`msgattrib´</SAMP> can be used to select and extract only the fuzzy or untranslated messages of a translation catalog. @@ -113,16 +113,16 @@ write other specialized programs that process PO files. <H2><A NAME="SEC66" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC66">7.1 Invoking the <CODE>msgcat</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX465"></A> -<A NAME="IDX466"></A> +<A NAME="IDX487"></A> +<A NAME="IDX488"></A> <PRE> msgcat [<VAR>option</VAR>] [<VAR>inputfile</VAR>]... </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX467"></A> -<A NAME="IDX468"></A> +<A NAME="IDX489"></A> +<A NAME="IDX490"></A> The <CODE>msgcat</CODE> program concatenates and merges the specified PO files. It finds messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files. By using the <CODE>--more-than</CODE> option, greater commonality may be requested @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ Input files. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--files-from=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX469"></A> -<A NAME="IDX470"></A> +<A NAME="IDX491"></A> +<A NAME="IDX492"></A> Read the names of the input files from <VAR>file</VAR> instead of getting them from the command line. @@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ them from the command line. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX471"></A> -<A NAME="IDX472"></A> +<A NAME="IDX493"></A> +<A NAME="IDX494"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -179,14 +179,14 @@ If <VAR>inputfile</VAR> is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard input is read. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX473"></A> -<A NAME="IDX474"></A> +<A NAME="IDX495"></A> +<A NAME="IDX496"></A> Write output to specified file. </DL> <P> -<A NAME="IDX475"></A> +<A NAME="IDX497"></A> The results are written to standard output if no output file is specified or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>. @@ -201,8 +201,8 @@ or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--less-than=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX476"></A> -<A NAME="IDX477"></A> +<A NAME="IDX498"></A> +<A NAME="IDX499"></A> Print messages with less than <VAR>number</VAR> definitions, defaults to infinite if not set. @@ -210,8 +210,8 @@ if not set. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--more-than=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX478"></A> -<A NAME="IDX479"></A> +<A NAME="IDX500"></A> +<A NAME="IDX501"></A> Print messages with more than <VAR>number</VAR> definitions, defaults to 0 if not set. @@ -219,8 +219,8 @@ set. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--unique´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX480"></A> -<A NAME="IDX481"></A> +<A NAME="IDX502"></A> +<A NAME="IDX503"></A> Shorthand for <SAMP>`--less-than=2´</SAMP>. Requests that only unique messages be printed. @@ -236,11 +236,17 @@ printed. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX482"></A> -<A NAME="IDX483"></A> +<A NAME="IDX504"></A> +<A NAME="IDX505"></A> Assume the input files are Java ResourceBundles in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX506"></A> +Assume the input files are NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource files in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -253,45 +259,45 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--to-code=<VAR>name</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX484"></A> -<A NAME="IDX485"></A> +<A NAME="IDX507"></A> +<A NAME="IDX508"></A> Specify encoding for output. <DT><SAMP>`--use-first´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX486"></A> +<A NAME="IDX509"></A> Use first available translation for each message. Don't merge several translations into one. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX487"></A> +<A NAME="IDX510"></A> Always write an output file even if it contains no message. <DT><SAMP>`-i´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX488"></A> -<A NAME="IDX489"></A> +<A NAME="IDX511"></A> +<A NAME="IDX512"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--no-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX490"></A> +<A NAME="IDX513"></A> Do not write <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines. <DT><SAMP>`-n´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--add-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX491"></A> -<A NAME="IDX492"></A> +<A NAME="IDX514"></A> +<A NAME="IDX515"></A> Generate <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines (default). <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX493"></A> +<A NAME="IDX516"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. @@ -300,25 +306,31 @@ GNU extensions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX494"></A> -<A NAME="IDX495"></A> +<A NAME="IDX517"></A> +<A NAME="IDX518"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX519"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX496"></A> -<A NAME="IDX497"></A> +<A NAME="IDX520"></A> +<A NAME="IDX521"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX498"></A> +<A NAME="IDX522"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -327,9 +339,9 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX499"></A> -<A NAME="IDX500"></A> -<A NAME="IDX501"></A> +<A NAME="IDX523"></A> +<A NAME="IDX524"></A> +<A NAME="IDX525"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. @@ -337,8 +349,8 @@ for the translator to understand each message's context. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-by-file´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX502"></A> -<A NAME="IDX503"></A> +<A NAME="IDX526"></A> +<A NAME="IDX527"></A> Sort output by file location. </DL> @@ -353,16 +365,16 @@ Sort output by file location. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX504"></A> -<A NAME="IDX505"></A> +<A NAME="IDX528"></A> +<A NAME="IDX529"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX506"></A> -<A NAME="IDX507"></A> +<A NAME="IDX530"></A> +<A NAME="IDX531"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -372,15 +384,15 @@ Output version information and exit. <H2><A NAME="SEC73" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC73">7.2 Invoking the <CODE>msgconv</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX508"></A> -<A NAME="IDX509"></A> +<A NAME="IDX532"></A> +<A NAME="IDX533"></A> <PRE> msgconv [<VAR>option</VAR>] [<VAR>inputfile</VAR>] </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX510"></A> +<A NAME="IDX534"></A> The <CODE>msgconv</CODE> program converts a translation catalog to a different character encoding. @@ -399,8 +411,8 @@ Input PO file. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX511"></A> -<A NAME="IDX512"></A> +<A NAME="IDX535"></A> +<A NAME="IDX536"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -421,8 +433,8 @@ If no <VAR>inputfile</VAR> is given or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX513"></A> -<A NAME="IDX514"></A> +<A NAME="IDX537"></A> +<A NAME="IDX538"></A> Write output to specified file. </DL> @@ -442,8 +454,8 @@ or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--to-code=<VAR>name</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX515"></A> -<A NAME="IDX516"></A> +<A NAME="IDX539"></A> +<A NAME="IDX540"></A> Specify encoding for output. </DL> @@ -462,11 +474,17 @@ The default encoding is the current locale's encoding. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX517"></A> -<A NAME="IDX518"></A> +<A NAME="IDX541"></A> +<A NAME="IDX542"></A> Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX543"></A> +Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -477,30 +495,30 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX519"></A> +<A NAME="IDX544"></A> Always write an output file even if it contains no message. <DT><SAMP>`-i´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX520"></A> -<A NAME="IDX521"></A> +<A NAME="IDX545"></A> +<A NAME="IDX546"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--no-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX522"></A> +<A NAME="IDX547"></A> Do not write <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines. <DT><SAMP>`--add-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX523"></A> +<A NAME="IDX548"></A> Generate <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines (default). <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX524"></A> +<A NAME="IDX549"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. @@ -509,25 +527,31 @@ GNU extensions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX525"></A> -<A NAME="IDX526"></A> +<A NAME="IDX550"></A> +<A NAME="IDX551"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX552"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX527"></A> -<A NAME="IDX528"></A> +<A NAME="IDX553"></A> +<A NAME="IDX554"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX529"></A> +<A NAME="IDX555"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -536,8 +560,8 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX530"></A> -<A NAME="IDX531"></A> +<A NAME="IDX556"></A> +<A NAME="IDX557"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. @@ -545,8 +569,8 @@ for the translator to understand each message's context. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-by-file´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX532"></A> -<A NAME="IDX533"></A> +<A NAME="IDX558"></A> +<A NAME="IDX559"></A> Sort output by file location. </DL> @@ -561,16 +585,16 @@ Sort output by file location. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX534"></A> -<A NAME="IDX535"></A> +<A NAME="IDX560"></A> +<A NAME="IDX561"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX536"></A> -<A NAME="IDX537"></A> +<A NAME="IDX562"></A> +<A NAME="IDX563"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -580,15 +604,15 @@ Output version information and exit. <H2><A NAME="SEC80" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC80">7.3 Invoking the <CODE>msggrep</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX538"></A> -<A NAME="IDX539"></A> +<A NAME="IDX564"></A> +<A NAME="IDX565"></A> <PRE> msggrep [<VAR>option</VAR>] [<VAR>inputfile</VAR>] </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX540"></A> +<A NAME="IDX566"></A> The <CODE>msggrep</CODE> program extracts all messages of a translation catalog that match a given pattern or belong to some given source files. @@ -607,8 +631,8 @@ Input PO file. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX541"></A> -<A NAME="IDX542"></A> +<A NAME="IDX567"></A> +<A NAME="IDX568"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -629,8 +653,8 @@ If no <VAR>inputfile</VAR> is given or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX543"></A> -<A NAME="IDX544"></A> +<A NAME="IDX569"></A> +<A NAME="IDX570"></A> Write output to specified file. </DL> @@ -692,8 +716,8 @@ expressions if -E is given, or fixed strings if -F is given. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--location=<VAR>sourcefile</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX545"></A> -<A NAME="IDX546"></A> +<A NAME="IDX571"></A> +<A NAME="IDX572"></A> Select messages extracted from <VAR>sourcefile</VAR>. <VAR>sourcefile</VAR> can be either a literal file name or a wildcard pattern. @@ -701,72 +725,72 @@ either a literal file name or a wildcard pattern. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--domain=<VAR>domainname</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX547"></A> -<A NAME="IDX548"></A> +<A NAME="IDX573"></A> +<A NAME="IDX574"></A> Select messages belonging to domain <VAR>domainname</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`-K´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--msgid´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX549"></A> -<A NAME="IDX550"></A> +<A NAME="IDX575"></A> +<A NAME="IDX576"></A> Start of patterns for the msgid. <DT><SAMP>`-T´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--msgstr´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX551"></A> -<A NAME="IDX552"></A> +<A NAME="IDX577"></A> +<A NAME="IDX578"></A> Start of patterns for the msgstr. <DT><SAMP>`-C´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--comment´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX553"></A> -<A NAME="IDX554"></A> +<A NAME="IDX579"></A> +<A NAME="IDX580"></A> Start of patterns for the translator's comment. <DT><SAMP>`-E´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--extended-regexp´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX555"></A> -<A NAME="IDX556"></A> +<A NAME="IDX581"></A> +<A NAME="IDX582"></A> Specify that <VAR>pattern</VAR> is an extended regular expression. <DT><SAMP>`-F´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--fixed-strings´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX557"></A> -<A NAME="IDX558"></A> +<A NAME="IDX583"></A> +<A NAME="IDX584"></A> Specify that <VAR>pattern</VAR> is a set of newline-separated strings. <DT><SAMP>`-e <VAR>pattern</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--regexp=<VAR>pattern</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX559"></A> -<A NAME="IDX560"></A> +<A NAME="IDX585"></A> +<A NAME="IDX586"></A> Use <VAR>pattern</VAR> as a regular expression. <DT><SAMP>`-f <VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX561"></A> -<A NAME="IDX562"></A> +<A NAME="IDX587"></A> +<A NAME="IDX588"></A> Obtain <VAR>pattern</VAR> from <VAR>file</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`-i´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--ignore-case´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX563"></A> -<A NAME="IDX564"></A> +<A NAME="IDX589"></A> +<A NAME="IDX590"></A> Ignore case distinctions. </DL> @@ -781,11 +805,17 @@ Ignore case distinctions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX565"></A> -<A NAME="IDX566"></A> +<A NAME="IDX591"></A> +<A NAME="IDX592"></A> Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX593"></A> +Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -796,27 +826,27 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX567"></A> +<A NAME="IDX594"></A> Always write an output file even if it contains no message. <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX568"></A> +<A NAME="IDX595"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--no-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX569"></A> +<A NAME="IDX596"></A> Do not write <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines. <DT><SAMP>`--add-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX570"></A> +<A NAME="IDX597"></A> Generate <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines (default). <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX571"></A> +<A NAME="IDX598"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. @@ -825,38 +855,44 @@ GNU extensions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX572"></A> -<A NAME="IDX573"></A> +<A NAME="IDX599"></A> +<A NAME="IDX600"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX601"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX574"></A> -<A NAME="IDX575"></A> +<A NAME="IDX602"></A> +<A NAME="IDX603"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX576"></A> +<A NAME="IDX604"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX577"></A> +<A NAME="IDX605"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. <DT><SAMP>`--sort-by-file´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX578"></A> +<A NAME="IDX606"></A> Sort output by file location. </DL> @@ -871,16 +907,16 @@ Sort output by file location. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX579"></A> -<A NAME="IDX580"></A> +<A NAME="IDX607"></A> +<A NAME="IDX608"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX581"></A> -<A NAME="IDX582"></A> +<A NAME="IDX609"></A> +<A NAME="IDX610"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -890,15 +926,15 @@ Output version information and exit. <H2><A NAME="SEC87" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC87">7.4 Invoking the <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX583"></A> -<A NAME="IDX584"></A> +<A NAME="IDX611"></A> +<A NAME="IDX612"></A> <PRE> msgfilter [<VAR>option</VAR>] <VAR>filter</VAR> [<VAR>filter-option</VAR>] </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX585"></A> +<A NAME="IDX613"></A> The <CODE>msgfilter</CODE> program applies a filter to all translations of a translation catalog. @@ -913,16 +949,16 @@ translation catalog. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--input=<VAR>inputfile</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX586"></A> -<A NAME="IDX587"></A> +<A NAME="IDX614"></A> +<A NAME="IDX615"></A> Input PO file. <DT><SAMP>`-D <VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX588"></A> -<A NAME="IDX589"></A> +<A NAME="IDX616"></A> +<A NAME="IDX617"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -943,8 +979,8 @@ If no <VAR>inputfile</VAR> is given or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX590"></A> -<A NAME="IDX591"></A> +<A NAME="IDX618"></A> +<A NAME="IDX619"></A> Write output to specified file. </DL> @@ -965,7 +1001,7 @@ used filter is <SAMP>`sed´</SAMP>. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX592"></A> +<A NAME="IDX620"></A> Note: It is your responsibility to ensure that the <VAR>filter</VAR> can cope with input encoded in the translation catalog's encoding. If the <VAR>filter</VAR> wants input in a particular encoding, you can in a first step @@ -978,7 +1014,7 @@ locale, by using the <CODE>LC_ALL</CODE> environment variable. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX593"></A> +<A NAME="IDX621"></A> Note: Most translations in a translation catalog don't end with a newline character. For this reason, it is important that the <VAR>filter</VAR> recognizes its last input line even if it ends without a newline, and that @@ -998,16 +1034,16 @@ does not have this limitation. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--expression=<VAR>script</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX594"></A> -<A NAME="IDX595"></A> +<A NAME="IDX622"></A> +<A NAME="IDX623"></A> Add <VAR>script</VAR> to the commands to be executed. <DT><SAMP>`-f <VAR>scriptfile</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--file=<VAR>scriptfile</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX596"></A> -<A NAME="IDX597"></A> +<A NAME="IDX624"></A> +<A NAME="IDX625"></A> Add the contents of <VAR>scriptfile</VAR> to the commands to be executed. <DT><SAMP>`-n´</SAMP> @@ -1016,9 +1052,9 @@ Add the contents of <VAR>scriptfile</VAR> to the commands to be executed. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--silent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX598"></A> -<A NAME="IDX599"></A> -<A NAME="IDX600"></A> +<A NAME="IDX626"></A> +<A NAME="IDX627"></A> +<A NAME="IDX628"></A> Suppress automatic printing of pattern space. </DL> @@ -1033,11 +1069,17 @@ Suppress automatic printing of pattern space. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX601"></A> -<A NAME="IDX602"></A> +<A NAME="IDX629"></A> +<A NAME="IDX630"></A> Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX631"></A> +Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -1048,34 +1090,34 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX603"></A> +<A NAME="IDX632"></A> Always write an output file even if it contains no message. <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX604"></A> +<A NAME="IDX633"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--keep-header´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX605"></A> +<A NAME="IDX634"></A> Keep the header entry, i.e. the message with <SAMP>`msgid ""´</SAMP>, unmodified, instead of filtering it. By default, the header entry is subject to filtering like any other message. <DT><SAMP>`--no-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX606"></A> +<A NAME="IDX635"></A> Do not write <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines. <DT><SAMP>`--add-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX607"></A> +<A NAME="IDX636"></A> Generate <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines (default). <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX608"></A> +<A NAME="IDX637"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. @@ -1084,25 +1126,31 @@ GNU extensions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX609"></A> -<A NAME="IDX610"></A> +<A NAME="IDX638"></A> +<A NAME="IDX639"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX640"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX611"></A> -<A NAME="IDX612"></A> +<A NAME="IDX641"></A> +<A NAME="IDX642"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX613"></A> +<A NAME="IDX643"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -1111,8 +1159,8 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX614"></A> -<A NAME="IDX615"></A> +<A NAME="IDX644"></A> +<A NAME="IDX645"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. @@ -1120,8 +1168,8 @@ for the translator to understand each message's context. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-by-file´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX616"></A> -<A NAME="IDX617"></A> +<A NAME="IDX646"></A> +<A NAME="IDX647"></A> Sort output by file location. </DL> @@ -1136,16 +1184,16 @@ Sort output by file location. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX618"></A> -<A NAME="IDX619"></A> +<A NAME="IDX648"></A> +<A NAME="IDX649"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX620"></A> -<A NAME="IDX621"></A> +<A NAME="IDX650"></A> +<A NAME="IDX651"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -1155,16 +1203,16 @@ Output version information and exit. <H2><A NAME="SEC95" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC95">7.5 Invoking the <CODE>msguniq</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX622"></A> -<A NAME="IDX623"></A> +<A NAME="IDX652"></A> +<A NAME="IDX653"></A> <PRE> msguniq [<VAR>option</VAR>] [<VAR>inputfile</VAR>] </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX624"></A> -<A NAME="IDX625"></A> +<A NAME="IDX654"></A> +<A NAME="IDX655"></A> The <CODE>msguniq</CODE> program unifies duplicate translations in a translation catalog. It finds duplicate translations of the same message ID. Such duplicates are invalid input for other programs like <CODE>msgfmt</CODE>, @@ -1191,8 +1239,8 @@ Input PO file. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX626"></A> -<A NAME="IDX627"></A> +<A NAME="IDX656"></A> +<A NAME="IDX657"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -1213,8 +1261,8 @@ If no <VAR>inputfile</VAR> is given or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX628"></A> -<A NAME="IDX629"></A> +<A NAME="IDX658"></A> +<A NAME="IDX659"></A> Write output to specified file. </DL> @@ -1234,16 +1282,16 @@ or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--repeated´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX630"></A> -<A NAME="IDX631"></A> +<A NAME="IDX660"></A> +<A NAME="IDX661"></A> Print only duplicates. <DT><SAMP>`-u´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--unique´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX632"></A> -<A NAME="IDX633"></A> +<A NAME="IDX662"></A> +<A NAME="IDX663"></A> Print only unique messages, discard duplicates. </DL> @@ -1258,11 +1306,17 @@ Print only unique messages, discard duplicates. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX634"></A> -<A NAME="IDX635"></A> +<A NAME="IDX664"></A> +<A NAME="IDX665"></A> Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX666"></A> +Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -1275,45 +1329,45 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--to-code=<VAR>name</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX636"></A> -<A NAME="IDX637"></A> +<A NAME="IDX667"></A> +<A NAME="IDX668"></A> Specify encoding for output. <DT><SAMP>`--use-first´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX638"></A> +<A NAME="IDX669"></A> Use first available translation for each message. Don't merge several translations into one. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX639"></A> +<A NAME="IDX670"></A> Always write an output file even if it contains no message. <DT><SAMP>`-i´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX640"></A> -<A NAME="IDX641"></A> +<A NAME="IDX671"></A> +<A NAME="IDX672"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--no-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX642"></A> +<A NAME="IDX673"></A> Do not write <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines. <DT><SAMP>`-n´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--add-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX643"></A> -<A NAME="IDX644"></A> +<A NAME="IDX674"></A> +<A NAME="IDX675"></A> Generate <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines (default). <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX645"></A> +<A NAME="IDX676"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. @@ -1322,25 +1376,31 @@ GNU extensions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX646"></A> -<A NAME="IDX647"></A> +<A NAME="IDX677"></A> +<A NAME="IDX678"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX679"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX648"></A> -<A NAME="IDX649"></A> +<A NAME="IDX680"></A> +<A NAME="IDX681"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX650"></A> +<A NAME="IDX682"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -1349,8 +1409,8 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX651"></A> -<A NAME="IDX652"></A> +<A NAME="IDX683"></A> +<A NAME="IDX684"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. @@ -1358,8 +1418,8 @@ for the translator to understand each message's context. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-by-file´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX653"></A> -<A NAME="IDX654"></A> +<A NAME="IDX685"></A> +<A NAME="IDX686"></A> Sort output by file location. </DL> @@ -1374,16 +1434,16 @@ Sort output by file location. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX655"></A> -<A NAME="IDX656"></A> +<A NAME="IDX687"></A> +<A NAME="IDX688"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX657"></A> -<A NAME="IDX658"></A> +<A NAME="IDX689"></A> +<A NAME="IDX690"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -1393,15 +1453,15 @@ Output version information and exit. <H2><A NAME="SEC102" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC102">7.6 Invoking the <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX659"></A> -<A NAME="IDX660"></A> +<A NAME="IDX691"></A> +<A NAME="IDX692"></A> <PRE> msgcomm [<VAR>option</VAR>] [<VAR>inputfile</VAR>]... </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX661"></A> +<A NAME="IDX693"></A> The <CODE>msgcomm</CODE> program finds messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files. By using the <CODE>--more-than</CODE> option, greater commonality may be requested @@ -1427,8 +1487,8 @@ Input files. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--files-from=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX662"></A> -<A NAME="IDX663"></A> +<A NAME="IDX694"></A> +<A NAME="IDX695"></A> Read the names of the input files from <VAR>file</VAR> instead of getting them from the command line. @@ -1436,8 +1496,8 @@ them from the command line. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX664"></A> -<A NAME="IDX665"></A> +<A NAME="IDX696"></A> +<A NAME="IDX697"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -1458,8 +1518,8 @@ If <VAR>inputfile</VAR> is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard input is read. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX666"></A> -<A NAME="IDX667"></A> +<A NAME="IDX698"></A> +<A NAME="IDX699"></A> Write output to specified file. </DL> @@ -1479,8 +1539,8 @@ or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--less-than=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX668"></A> -<A NAME="IDX669"></A> +<A NAME="IDX700"></A> +<A NAME="IDX701"></A> Print messages with less than <VAR>number</VAR> definitions, defaults to infinite if not set. @@ -1488,8 +1548,8 @@ if not set. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--more-than=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX670"></A> -<A NAME="IDX671"></A> +<A NAME="IDX702"></A> +<A NAME="IDX703"></A> Print messages with more than <VAR>number</VAR> definitions, defaults to 1 if not set. @@ -1497,8 +1557,8 @@ set. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--unique´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX672"></A> -<A NAME="IDX673"></A> +<A NAME="IDX704"></A> +<A NAME="IDX705"></A> Shorthand for <SAMP>`--less-than=2´</SAMP>. Requests that only unique messages be printed. @@ -1514,11 +1574,17 @@ printed. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX674"></A> -<A NAME="IDX675"></A> +<A NAME="IDX706"></A> +<A NAME="IDX707"></A> Assume the input files are Java ResourceBundles in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX708"></A> +Assume the input files are NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource files in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -1529,33 +1595,33 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX676"></A> +<A NAME="IDX709"></A> Always write an output file even if it contains no message. <DT><SAMP>`-i´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX677"></A> -<A NAME="IDX678"></A> +<A NAME="IDX710"></A> +<A NAME="IDX711"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--no-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX679"></A> +<A NAME="IDX712"></A> Do not write <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines. <DT><SAMP>`-n´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--add-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX680"></A> -<A NAME="IDX681"></A> +<A NAME="IDX713"></A> +<A NAME="IDX714"></A> Generate <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines (default). <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX682"></A> +<A NAME="IDX715"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. @@ -1564,25 +1630,31 @@ GNU extensions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX683"></A> -<A NAME="IDX684"></A> +<A NAME="IDX716"></A> +<A NAME="IDX717"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX718"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX685"></A> -<A NAME="IDX686"></A> +<A NAME="IDX719"></A> +<A NAME="IDX720"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX687"></A> +<A NAME="IDX721"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -1591,8 +1663,8 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX688"></A> -<A NAME="IDX689"></A> +<A NAME="IDX722"></A> +<A NAME="IDX723"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. @@ -1600,13 +1672,13 @@ for the translator to understand each message's context. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-by-file´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX690"></A> -<A NAME="IDX691"></A> +<A NAME="IDX724"></A> +<A NAME="IDX725"></A> Sort output by file location. <DT><SAMP>`--omit-header´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX692"></A> +<A NAME="IDX726"></A> Don't write header with <SAMP>`msgid ""´</SAMP> entry. </DL> @@ -1621,16 +1693,16 @@ Don't write header with <SAMP>`msgid ""´</SAMP> entry. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX693"></A> -<A NAME="IDX694"></A> +<A NAME="IDX727"></A> +<A NAME="IDX728"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX695"></A> -<A NAME="IDX696"></A> +<A NAME="IDX729"></A> +<A NAME="IDX730"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -1640,15 +1712,15 @@ Output version information and exit. <H2><A NAME="SEC109" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC109">7.7 Invoking the <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX697"></A> -<A NAME="IDX698"></A> +<A NAME="IDX731"></A> +<A NAME="IDX732"></A> <PRE> msgcmp [<VAR>option</VAR>] <VAR>def</VAR>.po <VAR>ref</VAR>.pot </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX699"></A> +<A NAME="IDX733"></A> The <CODE>msgcmp</CODE> program compares two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The <VAR>def</VAR>.po file is an existing PO file with the translations. The <VAR>ref</VAR>.pot file is the last @@ -1676,8 +1748,8 @@ References to the sources. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX700"></A> -<A NAME="IDX701"></A> +<A NAME="IDX734"></A> +<A NAME="IDX735"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. @@ -1693,8 +1765,8 @@ searched relative to this list of directories. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--multi-domain´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX702"></A> -<A NAME="IDX703"></A> +<A NAME="IDX736"></A> +<A NAME="IDX737"></A> Apply <VAR>ref</VAR>.pot to each of the domains in <VAR>def</VAR>.po. </DL> @@ -1709,11 +1781,17 @@ Apply <VAR>ref</VAR>.pot to each of the domains in <VAR>def</VAR>.po. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX704"></A> -<A NAME="IDX705"></A> +<A NAME="IDX738"></A> +<A NAME="IDX739"></A> Assume the input files are Java ResourceBundles in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX740"></A> +Assume the input files are NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource files in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -1726,16 +1804,16 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX706"></A> -<A NAME="IDX707"></A> +<A NAME="IDX741"></A> +<A NAME="IDX742"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX708"></A> -<A NAME="IDX709"></A> +<A NAME="IDX743"></A> +<A NAME="IDX744"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -1745,16 +1823,16 @@ Output version information and exit. <H2><A NAME="SEC114" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC114">7.8 Invoking the <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX710"></A> -<A NAME="IDX711"></A> +<A NAME="IDX745"></A> +<A NAME="IDX746"></A> <PRE> msgattrib [<VAR>option</VAR>] [<VAR>inputfile</VAR>] </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX712"></A> -<A NAME="IDX713"></A> +<A NAME="IDX747"></A> +<A NAME="IDX748"></A> The <CODE>msgattrib</CODE> program filters the messages of a translation catalog according to their attributes, and manipulates the attributes. @@ -1773,8 +1851,8 @@ Input PO file. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX714"></A> -<A NAME="IDX715"></A> +<A NAME="IDX749"></A> +<A NAME="IDX750"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -1795,8 +1873,8 @@ If no <VAR>inputfile</VAR> is given or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX716"></A> -<A NAME="IDX717"></A> +<A NAME="IDX751"></A> +<A NAME="IDX752"></A> Write output to specified file. </DL> @@ -1814,32 +1892,32 @@ or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>. <DT><SAMP>`--translated´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX718"></A> +<A NAME="IDX753"></A> Keep translated messages, remove untranslated messages. <DT><SAMP>`--untranslated´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX719"></A> +<A NAME="IDX754"></A> Keep untranslated messages, remove translated messages. <DT><SAMP>`--no-fuzzy´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX720"></A> +<A NAME="IDX755"></A> Remove `fuzzy' marked messages. <DT><SAMP>`--only-fuzzy´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX721"></A> +<A NAME="IDX756"></A> Keep `fuzzy' marked messages, remove all other messsages. <DT><SAMP>`--no-obsolete´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX722"></A> +<A NAME="IDX757"></A> Remove obsolete #~ messages. <DT><SAMP>`--only-obsolete´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX723"></A> +<A NAME="IDX758"></A> Keep obsolete #~ messages, remove all other messages. </DL> @@ -1849,7 +1927,7 @@ Keep obsolete #~ messages, remove all other messages. <H3><A NAME="SEC118" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC118">7.8.4 Attribute manipulation</A></H3> <P> -<A NAME="IDX724"></A> +<A NAME="IDX759"></A> Attributes are modified after the message selection/removal has been performed. If the <SAMP>`--only-file´</SAMP> or <SAMP>`--ignore-file´</SAMP> option is specified, the attribute modification is applied only to those messages @@ -1861,45 +1939,45 @@ that are listed in the <VAR>only-file</VAR> and not listed in the <DT><SAMP>`--set-fuzzy´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX725"></A> +<A NAME="IDX760"></A> Set all messages `fuzzy'. <DT><SAMP>`--clear-fuzzy´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX726"></A> +<A NAME="IDX761"></A> Set all messages non-`fuzzy'. <DT><SAMP>`--set-obsolete´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX727"></A> +<A NAME="IDX762"></A> Set all messages obsolete. <DT><SAMP>`--clear-obsolete´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX728"></A> +<A NAME="IDX763"></A> Set all messages non-obsolete. <DT><SAMP>`--only-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX729"></A> +<A NAME="IDX764"></A> Limit the attribute changes to entries that are listed in <VAR>file</VAR>. <VAR>file</VAR> should be a PO or POT file. <DT><SAMP>`--ignore-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX730"></A> +<A NAME="IDX765"></A> Limit the attribute changes to entries that are not listed in <VAR>file</VAR>. <VAR>file</VAR> should be a PO or POT file. <DT><SAMP>`--fuzzy´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX731"></A> +<A NAME="IDX766"></A> Synonym for <SAMP>`--only-fuzzy --clear-fuzzy´</SAMP>: It keeps only the fuzzy messages and removes their `fuzzy' mark. <DT><SAMP>`--obsolete´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX732"></A> +<A NAME="IDX767"></A> Synonym for <SAMP>`--only-obsolete --clear-obsolete´</SAMP>: It keeps only the obsolete messages and makes them non-obsolete. @@ -1915,11 +1993,17 @@ obsolete messages and makes them non-obsolete. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX733"></A> -<A NAME="IDX734"></A> +<A NAME="IDX768"></A> +<A NAME="IDX769"></A> Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX770"></A> +Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -1930,33 +2014,33 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX735"></A> +<A NAME="IDX771"></A> Always write an output file even if it contains no message. <DT><SAMP>`-i´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX736"></A> -<A NAME="IDX737"></A> +<A NAME="IDX772"></A> +<A NAME="IDX773"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--no-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX738"></A> +<A NAME="IDX774"></A> Do not write <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines. <DT><SAMP>`-n´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--add-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX739"></A> -<A NAME="IDX740"></A> +<A NAME="IDX775"></A> +<A NAME="IDX776"></A> Generate <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines (default). <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX741"></A> +<A NAME="IDX777"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. @@ -1965,25 +2049,31 @@ GNU extensions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX742"></A> -<A NAME="IDX743"></A> +<A NAME="IDX778"></A> +<A NAME="IDX779"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX780"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX744"></A> -<A NAME="IDX745"></A> +<A NAME="IDX781"></A> +<A NAME="IDX782"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX746"></A> +<A NAME="IDX783"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -1992,8 +2082,8 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX747"></A> -<A NAME="IDX748"></A> +<A NAME="IDX784"></A> +<A NAME="IDX785"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. @@ -2001,8 +2091,8 @@ for the translator to understand each message's context. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-by-file´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX749"></A> -<A NAME="IDX750"></A> +<A NAME="IDX786"></A> +<A NAME="IDX787"></A> Sort output by file location. </DL> @@ -2017,16 +2107,16 @@ Sort output by file location. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX751"></A> -<A NAME="IDX752"></A> +<A NAME="IDX788"></A> +<A NAME="IDX789"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX753"></A> -<A NAME="IDX754"></A> +<A NAME="IDX790"></A> +<A NAME="IDX791"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -2036,15 +2126,15 @@ Output version information and exit. <H2><A NAME="SEC122" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC122">7.9 Invoking the <CODE>msgen</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX755"></A> -<A NAME="IDX756"></A> +<A NAME="IDX792"></A> +<A NAME="IDX793"></A> <PRE> msgen [<VAR>option</VAR>] <VAR>inputfile</VAR> </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX757"></A> +<A NAME="IDX794"></A> The <CODE>msgen</CODE> program creates an English translation catalog. The input file is the last created English PO file, or a PO Template file (generally created by xgettext). Untranslated entries are assigned a @@ -2071,8 +2161,8 @@ Input PO or POT file. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX758"></A> -<A NAME="IDX759"></A> +<A NAME="IDX795"></A> +<A NAME="IDX796"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -2093,8 +2183,8 @@ If <VAR>inputfile</VAR> is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard input is read. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX760"></A> -<A NAME="IDX761"></A> +<A NAME="IDX797"></A> +<A NAME="IDX798"></A> Write output to specified file. </DL> @@ -2114,11 +2204,17 @@ or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX762"></A> -<A NAME="IDX763"></A> +<A NAME="IDX799"></A> +<A NAME="IDX800"></A> Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX801"></A> +Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -2129,30 +2225,30 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX764"></A> +<A NAME="IDX802"></A> Always write an output file even if it contains no message. <DT><SAMP>`-i´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX765"></A> -<A NAME="IDX766"></A> +<A NAME="IDX803"></A> +<A NAME="IDX804"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--no-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX767"></A> +<A NAME="IDX805"></A> Do not write <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines. <DT><SAMP>`--add-location´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX768"></A> +<A NAME="IDX806"></A> Generate <SAMP>`#: <VAR>filename</VAR>:<VAR>line</VAR>´</SAMP> lines (default). <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX769"></A> +<A NAME="IDX807"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. @@ -2161,25 +2257,31 @@ GNU extensions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX770"></A> -<A NAME="IDX771"></A> +<A NAME="IDX808"></A> +<A NAME="IDX809"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX810"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX772"></A> -<A NAME="IDX773"></A> +<A NAME="IDX811"></A> +<A NAME="IDX812"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX774"></A> +<A NAME="IDX813"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -2188,8 +2290,8 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX775"></A> -<A NAME="IDX776"></A> +<A NAME="IDX814"></A> +<A NAME="IDX815"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. @@ -2197,8 +2299,8 @@ for the translator to understand each message's context. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-by-file´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX777"></A> -<A NAME="IDX778"></A> +<A NAME="IDX816"></A> +<A NAME="IDX817"></A> Sort output by file location. </DL> @@ -2213,16 +2315,16 @@ Sort output by file location. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX779"></A> -<A NAME="IDX780"></A> +<A NAME="IDX818"></A> +<A NAME="IDX819"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX781"></A> -<A NAME="IDX782"></A> +<A NAME="IDX820"></A> +<A NAME="IDX821"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -2232,15 +2334,15 @@ Output version information and exit. <H2><A NAME="SEC128" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC128">7.10 Invoking the <CODE>msgexec</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX783"></A> -<A NAME="IDX784"></A> +<A NAME="IDX822"></A> +<A NAME="IDX823"></A> <PRE> msgexec [<VAR>option</VAR>] <VAR>command</VAR> [<VAR>command-option</VAR>] </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX785"></A> +<A NAME="IDX824"></A> The <CODE>msgexec</CODE> program applies a command to all translations of a translation catalog. The <VAR>command</VAR> can be any program that reads a translation from standard @@ -2250,15 +2352,15 @@ across all invocations. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX786"></A> +<A NAME="IDX825"></A> A special builtin command called <SAMP>`0´</SAMP> outputs the translation, followed by a null byte. The output of <SAMP>`msgexec 0´</SAMP> is suitable as input for <SAMP>`xargs -0´</SAMP>. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX787"></A> -<A NAME="IDX788"></A> +<A NAME="IDX826"></A> +<A NAME="IDX827"></A> During each <VAR>command</VAR> invocation, the environment variable <CODE>MSGEXEC_MSGID</CODE> is bound to the message's msgid, and the environment variable <CODE>MSGEXEC_LOCATION</CODE> is bound to the location in the PO file @@ -2266,7 +2368,7 @@ of the message. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX789"></A> +<A NAME="IDX828"></A> Note: It is your responsibility to ensure that the <VAR>command</VAR> can cope with input encoded in the translation catalog's encoding. If the <VAR>command</VAR> wants input in a particular encoding, you can in a first step @@ -2288,16 +2390,16 @@ locale, by using the <CODE>LC_ALL</CODE> environment variable. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--input=<VAR>inputfile</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX790"></A> -<A NAME="IDX791"></A> +<A NAME="IDX829"></A> +<A NAME="IDX830"></A> Input PO file. <DT><SAMP>`-D <VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX792"></A> -<A NAME="IDX793"></A> +<A NAME="IDX831"></A> +<A NAME="IDX832"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -2318,11 +2420,17 @@ If no <VAR>inputfile</VAR> is given or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX794"></A> -<A NAME="IDX795"></A> +<A NAME="IDX833"></A> +<A NAME="IDX834"></A> Assume the input file is a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX835"></A> +Assume the input file is a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -2335,16 +2443,16 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX796"></A> -<A NAME="IDX797"></A> +<A NAME="IDX836"></A> +<A NAME="IDX837"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX798"></A> -<A NAME="IDX799"></A> +<A NAME="IDX838"></A> +<A NAME="IDX839"></A> Output version information and exit. </DL> @@ -2370,7 +2478,7 @@ defined in a library called <SAMP>`libgettextpo´</SAMP>. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Data Type:</U> <B>po_file_t</B> -<DD><A NAME="IDX800"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX840"></A> This is a pointer type that refers to the contents of a PO file, after it has been read into memory. </DL> @@ -2379,7 +2487,7 @@ been read into memory. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Data Type:</U> <B>po_message_iterator_t</B> -<DD><A NAME="IDX801"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX841"></A> This is a pointer type that refers to an iterator that produces a sequence of messages. </DL> @@ -2388,7 +2496,7 @@ messages. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Data Type:</U> <B>po_message_t</B> -<DD><A NAME="IDX802"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX842"></A> This is a pointer type that refers to a message of a PO file, including its translation. </DL> @@ -2397,7 +2505,7 @@ translation. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> po_file_t <B>po_file_read</B> <I>(const char *<VAR>filename</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX803"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX843"></A> The <CODE>po_file_read</CODE> function reads a PO file into memory. The file name is given as argument. The return value is a handle to the PO file's contents, valid until <CODE>po_file_free</CODE> is called on it. In case of error, the return @@ -2408,7 +2516,7 @@ value is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, and <CODE>errno</CODE> is set. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>po_file_free</B> <I>(po_file_t <VAR>file</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX804"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX844"></A> The <CODE>po_file_free</CODE> function frees a PO file's contents from memory, including all messages that are only implicitly accessible through iterators. </DL> @@ -2417,7 +2525,7 @@ including all messages that are only implicitly accessible through iterators. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> const char * const * <B>po_file_domains</B> <I>(po_file_t <VAR>file</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX805"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX845"></A> The <CODE>po_file_domains</CODE> function returns the domains for which the given PO file has messages. The return value is a <CODE>NULL</CODE> terminated array which is valid as long as the <VAR>file</VAR> handle is valid. For PO files which @@ -2429,7 +2537,7 @@ namely the default domain <CODE>"messages"</CODE>. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> po_message_iterator_t <B>po_message_iterator</B> <I>(po_file_t <VAR>file</VAR>, const char *<VAR>domain</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX806"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX846"></A> The <CODE>po_message_iterator</CODE> returns an iterator that will produce the messages of <VAR>file</VAR> that belong to the given <VAR>domain</VAR>. If <VAR>domain</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the default domain is used instead. To list the messages, @@ -2440,7 +2548,7 @@ use the function <CODE>po_next_message</CODE> repeatedly. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>po_message_iterator_free</B> <I>(po_message_iterator_t <VAR>iterator</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX807"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX847"></A> The <CODE>po_message_iterator_free</CODE> function frees an iterator previously allocated through the <CODE>po_message_iterator</CODE> function. </DL> @@ -2449,7 +2557,7 @@ allocated through the <CODE>po_message_iterator</CODE> function. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> po_message_t <B>po_next_message</B> <I>(po_message_iterator_t <VAR>iterator</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX808"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX848"></A> The <CODE>po_next_message</CODE> function returns the next message from <VAR>iterator</VAR> and advances the iterator. It returns <CODE>NULL</CODE> when the iterator has reached the end of its message list. @@ -2464,7 +2572,7 @@ that the results are valid as long as the <VAR>file</VAR> handle is valid. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> const char * <B>po_message_msgid</B> <I>(po_message_t <VAR>message</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX809"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX849"></A> The <CODE>po_message_msgid</CODE> function returns the <CODE>msgid</CODE> (untranslated English string) of a message. This is guaranteed to be non-<CODE>NULL</CODE>. </DL> @@ -2473,7 +2581,7 @@ English string) of a message. This is guaranteed to be non-<CODE>NULL</CODE>. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> const char * <B>po_message_msgid_plural</B> <I>(po_message_t <VAR>message</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX810"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX850"></A> The <CODE>po_message_msgid_plural</CODE> function returns the <CODE>msgid_plural</CODE> (untranslated English plural string) of a message with plurals, or <CODE>NULL</CODE> for a message without plural. @@ -2483,7 +2591,7 @@ for a message without plural. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> const char * <B>po_message_msgstr</B> <I>(po_message_t <VAR>message</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX811"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX851"></A> The <CODE>po_message_msgstr</CODE> function returns the <CODE>msgstr</CODE> (translation) of a message. For an untranslated message, the return value is an empty string. @@ -2493,7 +2601,7 @@ string. <P> <DL> <DT><U>Function:</U> const char * <B>po_message_msgstr_plural</B> <I>(po_message_t <VAR>message</VAR>, int <VAR>index</VAR>)</I> -<DD><A NAME="IDX812"></A> +<DD><A NAME="IDX852"></A> The <CODE>po_message_msgstr_plural</CODE> function returns the <CODE>msgstr[<VAR>index</VAR>]</CODE> of a message with plurals, or <CODE>NULL</CODE> when the <VAR>index</VAR> is out of range or for a message without plural. diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_8.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_8.html index bc084b3..1ad79b4 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_8.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_8.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 8 Producing Binary MO Files</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ Go to the <A HREF="gettext_1.html">first</A>, <A HREF="gettext_7.html">previous< <H2><A NAME="SEC134" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC134">8.1 Invoking the <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX813"></A> -<A NAME="IDX814"></A> +<A NAME="IDX853"></A> +<A NAME="IDX854"></A> <PRE> msgfmt [<VAR>option</VAR>] <VAR>filename</VAR>.po ... </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX815"></A> +<A NAME="IDX855"></A> The <CODE>msgfmt</CODE> programs generates a binary message catalog from a textual translation description. @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ translation description. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--directory=<VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX816"></A> -<A NAME="IDX817"></A> +<A NAME="IDX856"></A> +<A NAME="IDX857"></A> Add <VAR>directory</VAR> to the list of directories. Source files are searched relative to this list of directories. The resulting <TT>`.po´</TT> file will be written relative to the current directory, though. @@ -64,22 +64,28 @@ If an input file is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standard input is read. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--java´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX818"></A> -<A NAME="IDX819"></A> -<A NAME="IDX820"></A> +<A NAME="IDX858"></A> +<A NAME="IDX859"></A> +<A NAME="IDX860"></A> Java mode: generate a Java <CODE>ResourceBundle</CODE> class. <DT><SAMP>`--java2´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX821"></A> +<A NAME="IDX861"></A> Like --java, and assume Java2 (JDK 1.2 or higher). <DT><SAMP>`--tcl´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX822"></A> -<A NAME="IDX823"></A> +<A NAME="IDX862"></A> +<A NAME="IDX863"></A> Tcl mode: generate a tcl/msgcat <TT>`.msg´</TT> file. +<DT><SAMP>`--qt´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX864"></A> +<A NAME="IDX865"></A> +Qt mode: generate a Qt <TT>`.qm´</TT> file. + </DL> @@ -92,13 +98,13 @@ Tcl mode: generate a tcl/msgcat <TT>`.msg´</TT> file. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX824"></A> -<A NAME="IDX825"></A> +<A NAME="IDX866"></A> +<A NAME="IDX867"></A> Write output to specified file. <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX826"></A> +<A NAME="IDX868"></A> Direct the program to work strictly following the Uniforum/Sun implementation. Currently this only affects the naming of the output file. If this option is not given the name of the output file is the @@ -125,22 +131,22 @@ If the output <VAR>file</VAR> is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, output is written to st <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--resource=<VAR>resource</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX827"></A> -<A NAME="IDX828"></A> +<A NAME="IDX869"></A> +<A NAME="IDX870"></A> Specify the resource name. <DT><SAMP>`-l <VAR>locale</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--locale=<VAR>locale</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX829"></A> -<A NAME="IDX830"></A> +<A NAME="IDX871"></A> +<A NAME="IDX872"></A> Specify the locale name, either a language specification of the form <VAR>ll</VAR> or a combined language and country specification of the form <VAR>ll_CC</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`-d <VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX831"></A> +<A NAME="IDX873"></A> Specify the base directory of classes directory hierarchy. </DL> @@ -161,14 +167,14 @@ is written under the specified directory. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--locale=<VAR>locale</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX832"></A> -<A NAME="IDX833"></A> +<A NAME="IDX874"></A> +<A NAME="IDX875"></A> Specify the locale name, either a language specification of the form <VAR>ll</VAR> or a combined language and country specification of the form <VAR>ll_CC</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`-d <VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX834"></A> +<A NAME="IDX876"></A> Specify the base directory of <TT>`.msg´</TT> message catalogs. </DL> @@ -188,11 +194,17 @@ written in the specified directory. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-input´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX835"></A> -<A NAME="IDX836"></A> +<A NAME="IDX877"></A> +<A NAME="IDX878"></A> Assume the input files are Java ResourceBundles in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-input´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX879"></A> +Assume the input files are NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource files in +<CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax, not in PO file syntax. + </DL> @@ -205,15 +217,15 @@ syntax, not in PO file syntax. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--check´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX837"></A> -<A NAME="IDX838"></A> +<A NAME="IDX880"></A> +<A NAME="IDX881"></A> Perform all the checks implied by <CODE>--check-format</CODE>, <CODE>--check-header</CODE>, <CODE>--check-domain</CODE>. <DT><SAMP>`--check-format´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX839"></A> -<A NAME="IDX840"></A> +<A NAME="IDX882"></A> +<A NAME="IDX883"></A> Check language dependent format strings. If the string represents a format string used in a @@ -238,13 +250,13 @@ reversed again as soon as <CODE>msgmerge</CODE> is called the next time. <DT><SAMP>`--check-header´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX841"></A> +<A NAME="IDX884"></A> Verify presence and contents of the header entry. See section <A HREF="gettext_5.html#SEC38">5.2 Filling in the Header Entry</A>, for a description of the various fields in the header entry. <DT><SAMP>`--check-domain´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX842"></A> +<A NAME="IDX885"></A> Check for conflicts between domain directives and the <CODE>--output-file</CODE> option @@ -252,18 +264,18 @@ option <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--check-compatibility´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX843"></A> -<A NAME="IDX844"></A> -<A NAME="IDX845"></A> +<A NAME="IDX886"></A> +<A NAME="IDX887"></A> +<A NAME="IDX888"></A> Check that GNU msgfmt behaves like X/Open msgfmt. This will give an error when attempting to use the GNU extensions. <DT><SAMP>`--check-accelerators[=<VAR>char</VAR>]´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX846"></A> -<A NAME="IDX847"></A> -<A NAME="IDX848"></A> -<A NAME="IDX849"></A> +<A NAME="IDX889"></A> +<A NAME="IDX890"></A> +<A NAME="IDX891"></A> +<A NAME="IDX892"></A> Check presence of keyboard accelerators for menu items. This is based on the convention used in some GUIs that a keyboard accelerator in a menu item string is designated by an immediately preceding <SAMP>`&´</SAMP> character. @@ -278,9 +290,9 @@ instead of <SAMP>`&´</SAMP>. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--use-fuzzy´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX850"></A> -<A NAME="IDX851"></A> -<A NAME="IDX852"></A> +<A NAME="IDX893"></A> +<A NAME="IDX894"></A> +<A NAME="IDX895"></A> Use fuzzy entries in output. Note that using this option is usually wrong, because fuzzy messages are exactly those which have not been validated by a human translator. @@ -297,13 +309,13 @@ a human translator. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--alignment=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX853"></A> -<A NAME="IDX854"></A> +<A NAME="IDX896"></A> +<A NAME="IDX897"></A> Align strings to <VAR>number</VAR> bytes (default: 1). <DT><SAMP>`--no-hash´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX855"></A> +<A NAME="IDX898"></A> Don't include a hash table in the binary file. Lookup will be more expensive at run time (binary search instead of hash table lookup). @@ -319,29 +331,29 @@ at run time (binary search instead of hash table lookup). <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX856"></A> -<A NAME="IDX857"></A> +<A NAME="IDX899"></A> +<A NAME="IDX900"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX858"></A> -<A NAME="IDX859"></A> +<A NAME="IDX901"></A> +<A NAME="IDX902"></A> Output version information and exit. <DT><SAMP>`--statistics´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX860"></A> +<A NAME="IDX903"></A> Print statistics about translations. <DT><SAMP>`-v´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--verbose´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX861"></A> -<A NAME="IDX862"></A> +<A NAME="IDX904"></A> +<A NAME="IDX905"></A> Increase verbosity level. </DL> @@ -351,15 +363,15 @@ Increase verbosity level. <H2><A NAME="SEC144" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC144">8.2 Invoking the <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> Program</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX863"></A> -<A NAME="IDX864"></A> +<A NAME="IDX906"></A> +<A NAME="IDX907"></A> <PRE> msgunfmt [<VAR>option</VAR>] [<VAR>file</VAR>]... </PRE> <P> -<A NAME="IDX865"></A> +<A NAME="IDX908"></A> The <CODE>msgunfmt</CODE> program converts a binary message catalog to a Uniforum style .po file. @@ -374,15 +386,15 @@ Uniforum style .po file. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--java´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX866"></A> -<A NAME="IDX867"></A> -<A NAME="IDX868"></A> +<A NAME="IDX909"></A> +<A NAME="IDX910"></A> +<A NAME="IDX911"></A> Java mode: input is a Java <CODE>ResourceBundle</CODE> class. <DT><SAMP>`--tcl´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX869"></A> -<A NAME="IDX870"></A> +<A NAME="IDX912"></A> +<A NAME="IDX913"></A> Tcl mode: input is a tcl/msgcat <TT>`.msg´</TT> file. </DL> @@ -413,16 +425,16 @@ If no input <VAR>file</VAR> is given or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>, standar <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--resource=<VAR>resource</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX871"></A> -<A NAME="IDX872"></A> +<A NAME="IDX914"></A> +<A NAME="IDX915"></A> Specify the resource name. <DT><SAMP>`-l <VAR>locale</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--locale=<VAR>locale</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX873"></A> -<A NAME="IDX874"></A> +<A NAME="IDX916"></A> +<A NAME="IDX917"></A> Specify the locale name, either a language specification of the form <VAR>ll</VAR> or a combined language and country specification of the form <VAR>ll_CC</VAR>. @@ -443,14 +455,14 @@ separated with an underscore. The class is located using the <CODE>CLASSPATH</C <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--locale=<VAR>locale</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX875"></A> -<A NAME="IDX876"></A> +<A NAME="IDX918"></A> +<A NAME="IDX919"></A> Specify the locale name, either a language specification of the form <VAR>ll</VAR> or a combined language and country specification of the form <VAR>ll_CC</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`-d <VAR>directory</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX877"></A> +<A NAME="IDX920"></A> Specify the base directory of <TT>`.msg´</TT> message catalogs. </DL> @@ -470,8 +482,8 @@ located in the specified directory. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--output-file=<VAR>file</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX878"></A> -<A NAME="IDX879"></A> +<A NAME="IDX921"></A> +<A NAME="IDX922"></A> Write output to specified file. </DL> @@ -489,20 +501,20 @@ or if it is <SAMP>`-´</SAMP>. <DT><SAMP>`--force-po´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX880"></A> +<A NAME="IDX923"></A> Always write an output file even if it contains no message. <DT><SAMP>`-i´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--indent´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX881"></A> -<A NAME="IDX882"></A> +<A NAME="IDX924"></A> +<A NAME="IDX925"></A> Write the .po file using indented style. <DT><SAMP>`--strict´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX883"></A> +<A NAME="IDX926"></A> Write out a strict Uniforum conforming PO file. Note that this Uniforum format should be avoided because it doesn't support the GNU extensions. @@ -511,25 +523,31 @@ GNU extensions. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--properties-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX884"></A> -<A NAME="IDX885"></A> +<A NAME="IDX927"></A> +<A NAME="IDX928"></A> Write out a Java ResourceBundle in Java <CODE>.properties</CODE> syntax. Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms and silently drops obsolete messages. +<DT><SAMP>`--stringtable-output´</SAMP> +<DD> +<A NAME="IDX929"></A> +Write out a NeXTstep/GNUstep localized resource file in <CODE>.strings</CODE> syntax. +Note that this file format doesn't support plural forms. + <DT><SAMP>`-w <VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--width=<VAR>number</VAR>´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX886"></A> -<A NAME="IDX887"></A> +<A NAME="IDX930"></A> +<A NAME="IDX931"></A> Set the output page width. Long strings in the output files will be split across multiple lines in order to ensure that each line's width (= number of screen columns) is less or equal to the given <VAR>number</VAR>. <DT><SAMP>`--no-wrap´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX888"></A> +<A NAME="IDX932"></A> Do not break long message lines. Message lines whose width exceeds the output page width will not be split into several lines. Only file reference lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. @@ -538,9 +556,9 @@ lines which are wider than the output page width will be split. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--sort-output´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX889"></A> -<A NAME="IDX890"></A> -<A NAME="IDX891"></A> +<A NAME="IDX933"></A> +<A NAME="IDX934"></A> +<A NAME="IDX935"></A> Generate sorted output. Note that using this option makes it much harder for the translator to understand each message's context. @@ -556,24 +574,24 @@ for the translator to understand each message's context. <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--help´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX892"></A> -<A NAME="IDX893"></A> +<A NAME="IDX936"></A> +<A NAME="IDX937"></A> Display this help and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-V´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--version´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX894"></A> -<A NAME="IDX895"></A> +<A NAME="IDX938"></A> +<A NAME="IDX939"></A> Output version information and exit. <DT><SAMP>`-v´</SAMP> <DD> <DT><SAMP>`--verbose´</SAMP> <DD> -<A NAME="IDX896"></A> -<A NAME="IDX897"></A> +<A NAME="IDX940"></A> +<A NAME="IDX941"></A> Increase verbosity level. </DL> @@ -582,8 +600,8 @@ Increase verbosity level. <H2><A NAME="SEC152" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC152">8.3 The Format of GNU MO Files</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX898"></A> -<A NAME="IDX899"></A> +<A NAME="IDX942"></A> +<A NAME="IDX943"></A> </P> <P> @@ -592,7 +610,7 @@ which appears below. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX900"></A> +<A NAME="IDX944"></A> The first two words serve the identification of the file. The magic number will always signal GNU MO files. The number is stored in the byte order of the generating machine, so the magic number really is @@ -640,7 +658,7 @@ translated tables, making the system information very easy to find. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX901"></A> +<A NAME="IDX945"></A> The size <VAR>S</VAR> of the hash table can be zero. In this case, the hash table itself is not contained in the MO file. Some people might prefer this because a precomputed hashing table takes disk space, and @@ -661,7 +679,7 @@ machines, a correct alignment will speed things up. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX902"></A> +<A NAME="IDX946"></A> Plural forms are stored by letting the plural of the original string follow the singular of the original string, separated through a <KBD>NUL</KBD> byte. The length which appears in the string descriptor diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_9.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_9.html index 8704dec..f0281f5 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_9.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_9.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - 9 The User's View</TITLE> </HEAD> @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ for both installers and end users. <H2><A NAME="SEC154" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC154">9.1 The Current <TT>`ABOUT-NLS´</TT> Matrix</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX903"></A> -<A NAME="IDX904"></A> -<A NAME="IDX905"></A> +<A NAME="IDX947"></A> +<A NAME="IDX948"></A> +<A NAME="IDX949"></A> </P> <P> @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ Translation Project sites, and also on most GNU archive sites. <H2><A NAME="SEC155" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC155">9.2 Magic for Installers</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX906"></A> -<A NAME="IDX907"></A> +<A NAME="IDX950"></A> +<A NAME="IDX951"></A> </P> <P> @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ produces programs totally unable to translate messages. </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX908"></A> +<A NAME="IDX952"></A> Internationalized packages have usually many <TT>`<VAR>ll</VAR>.po´</TT> files. Unless translations are disabled, all those available are installed together @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@ codes, stating which languages are allowed. <H2><A NAME="SEC156" HREF="gettext_toc.html#TOC156">9.3 Magic for End Users</A></H2> <P> -<A NAME="IDX909"></A> -<A NAME="IDX910"></A> -<A NAME="IDX911"></A> +<A NAME="IDX953"></A> +<A NAME="IDX954"></A> +<A NAME="IDX955"></A> </P> <P> -<A NAME="IDX912"></A> +<A NAME="IDX956"></A> We consider here those packages using GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE> internally, and for which the installers did not disable translation at <EM>configure</EM> time. Then, users only have to set the <CODE>LANG</CODE> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_foot.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_foot.html index 3ec8603..e10eb25 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_foot.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_foot.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - Footnotes</TITLE> </HEAD> <BODY> -<H1>GNU gettext tools, version 0.12.1</H1> +<H1>GNU gettext tools, version 0.13</H1> <H2>Native Language Support Library and Tools</H2> -<H2>Edition 0.12.1, 5 May 2003</H2> +<H2>Edition 0.13, 26 November 2003</H2> <ADDRESS>Ulrich Drepper</ADDRESS> <ADDRESS>Jim Meyering</ADDRESS> <ADDRESS>François Pinard</ADDRESS> @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ variables. <P>Additions are welcome. Send appropriate information to <A HREF="mailto:bug-glibc-manual@gnu.org">bug-glibc-manual@gnu.org</A>. <P><HR><P> -This document was generated on 22 May 2003 using the +This document was generated on 30 November 2003 using the <A HREF="http://wwwinfo.cern.ch/dis/texi2html/">texi2html</A> translator version 1.52a.</P> </BODY> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_toc.html b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_toc.html index b18026b..e7610a7 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_toc.html +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/gettext_toc.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ <HTML> <HEAD> <!-- This HTML file has been created by texi2html 1.52a - from gettext.texi on 22 May 2003 --> + from gettext.texi on 30 November 2003 --> <TITLE>GNU gettext utilities - Table of Contents</TITLE> </HEAD> <BODY> -<H1>GNU gettext tools, version 0.12.1</H1> +<H1>GNU gettext tools, version 0.13</H1> <H2>Native Language Support Library and Tools</H2> -<H2>Edition 0.12.1, 5 May 2003</H2> +<H2>Edition 0.13, 26 November 2003</H2> <ADDRESS>Ulrich Drepper</ADDRESS> <ADDRESS>Jim Meyering</ADDRESS> <ADDRESS>François Pinard</ADDRESS> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <LI><A NAME="TOC25" HREF="gettext_4.html#SEC25">4.1.3 Choice of input file language</A> <LI><A NAME="TOC26" HREF="gettext_4.html#SEC26">4.1.4 Input file interpretation</A> <LI><A NAME="TOC27" HREF="gettext_4.html#SEC27">4.1.5 Operation mode</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC28" HREF="gettext_4.html#SEC28">4.1.6 Language=C/C++ specific options</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC28" HREF="gettext_4.html#SEC28">4.1.6 Language specific options</A> <LI><A NAME="TOC29" HREF="gettext_4.html#SEC29">4.1.7 Output details</A> <LI><A NAME="TOC30" HREF="gettext_4.html#SEC30">4.1.8 Informative output</A> </UL> @@ -317,63 +317,89 @@ <LI><A NAME="TOC220" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC220">13.3 The Translator's View</A> <UL> <LI><A NAME="TOC221" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC221">13.3.1 C Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC222" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC222">13.3.2 Python Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC223" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC223">13.3.3 Lisp Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC224" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC224">13.3.4 Emacs Lisp Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC225" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC225">13.3.5 librep Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC226" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC226">13.3.6 Smalltalk Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC227" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC227">13.3.7 Java Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC228" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC228">13.3.8 awk Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC229" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC229">13.3.9 Object Pascal Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC230" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC230">13.3.10 YCP Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC231" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC231">13.3.11 Tcl Format Strings</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC232" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC232">13.3.12 PHP Format Strings</A> -</UL> -<LI><A NAME="TOC233" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC233">13.4 The Maintainer's View</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC234" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC234">13.5 Individual Programming Languages</A> -<UL> -<LI><A NAME="TOC235" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC235">13.5.1 C, C++, Objective C</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC236" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC236">13.5.2 sh - Shell Script</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC237" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC237">13.5.3 bash - Bourne-Again Shell Script</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC238" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC238">13.5.4 Python</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC239" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC239">13.5.5 GNU clisp - Common Lisp</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC240" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC240">13.5.6 GNU clisp C sources</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC241" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC241">13.5.7 Emacs Lisp</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC242" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC242">13.5.8 librep</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC243" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC243">13.5.9 GNU Smalltalk</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC244" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC244">13.5.10 Java</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC245" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC245">13.5.11 GNU awk</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC246" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC246">13.5.12 Pascal - Free Pascal Compiler</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC247" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC247">13.5.13 wxWindows library</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC248" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC248">13.5.14 YCP - YaST2 scripting language</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC249" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC249">13.5.15 Tcl - Tk's scripting language</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC250" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC250">13.5.16 Perl</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC251" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC251">13.5.17 PHP Hypertext Preprocessor</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC252" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC252">13.5.18 Pike</A> -</UL> -<LI><A NAME="TOC253" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC253">13.6 Internationalizable Data</A> -<UL> -<LI><A NAME="TOC254" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC254">13.6.1 POT - Portable Object Template</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC255" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC255">13.6.2 Resource String Table</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC256" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC256">13.6.3 Glade - GNOME user interface description</A> -</UL> -</UL> -<LI><A NAME="TOC257" HREF="gettext_14.html#SEC257">14 Concluding Remarks</A> -<UL> -<LI><A NAME="TOC258" HREF="gettext_14.html#SEC258">14.1 History of GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC259" HREF="gettext_14.html#SEC259">14.2 Related Readings</A> -</UL> -<LI><A NAME="TOC260" HREF="gettext_15.html#SEC260">A Language Codes</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC261" HREF="gettext_16.html#SEC261">B Country Codes</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC262" HREF="gettext_17.html#SEC262">Program Index</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC263" HREF="gettext_18.html#SEC263">Option Index</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC264" HREF="gettext_19.html#SEC264">Variable Index</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC265" HREF="gettext_20.html#SEC265">PO Mode Index</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC266" HREF="gettext_21.html#SEC266">Autoconf Macro Index</A> -<LI><A NAME="TOC267" HREF="gettext_22.html#SEC267">General Index</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC222" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC222">13.3.2 Objective C Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC223" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC223">13.3.3 Shell Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC224" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC224">13.3.4 Python Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC225" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC225">13.3.5 Lisp Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC226" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC226">13.3.6 Emacs Lisp Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC227" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC227">13.3.7 librep Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC228" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC228">13.3.8 Smalltalk Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC229" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC229">13.3.9 Java Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC230" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC230">13.3.10 awk Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC231" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC231">13.3.11 Object Pascal Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC232" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC232">13.3.12 YCP Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC233" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC233">13.3.13 Tcl Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC234" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC234">13.3.14 Perl Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC235" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC235">13.3.15 PHP Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC236" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC236">13.3.16 GCC internal Format Strings</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC237" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC237">13.3.17 Qt Format Strings</A> +</UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC238" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC238">13.4 The Maintainer's View</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC239" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC239">13.5 Individual Programming Languages</A> +<UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC240" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC240">13.5.1 C, C++, Objective C</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC241" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC241">13.5.2 sh - Shell Script</A> +<UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC242" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC242">13.5.2.1 Preparing Shell Scripts for Internationalization</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC243" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC243">13.5.2.2 Contents of <CODE>gettext.sh</CODE></A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC244" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC244">13.5.2.3 Invoking the <CODE>gettext</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC245" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC245">13.5.2.4 Invoking the <CODE>ngettext</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC246" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC246">13.5.2.5 Invoking the <CODE>envsubst</CODE> program</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC247" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC247">13.5.2.6 Invoking the <CODE>eval_gettext</CODE> function</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC248" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC248">13.5.2.7 Invoking the <CODE>eval_ngettext</CODE> function</A> +</UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC249" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC249">13.5.3 bash - Bourne-Again Shell Script</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC250" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC250">13.5.4 Python</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC251" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC251">13.5.5 GNU clisp - Common Lisp</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC252" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC252">13.5.6 GNU clisp C sources</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC253" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC253">13.5.7 Emacs Lisp</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC254" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC254">13.5.8 librep</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC255" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC255">13.5.9 GNU Smalltalk</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC256" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC256">13.5.10 Java</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC257" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC257">13.5.11 GNU awk</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC258" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC258">13.5.12 Pascal - Free Pascal Compiler</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC259" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC259">13.5.13 wxWindows library</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC260" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC260">13.5.14 YCP - YaST2 scripting language</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC261" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC261">13.5.15 Tcl - Tk's scripting language</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC262" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC262">13.5.16 Perl</A> +<UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC263" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC263">13.5.16.1 General Problems Parsing Perl Code</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC264" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC264">13.5.16.2 Which keywords will xgettext look for?</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC265" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC265">13.5.16.3 How to Extract Hash Keys</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC266" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC266">13.5.16.4 What are Strings And Quote-like Expressions?</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC267" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC267">13.5.16.5 Invalid Uses Of String Interpolation</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC268" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC268">13.5.16.6 Valid Uses Of String Interpolation</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC269" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC269">13.5.16.7 When To Use Parentheses</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC270" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC270">13.5.16.8 How To Grok with Long Lines</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC271" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC271">13.5.16.9 Bugs, Pitfalls, And Things That Do Not Work</A> +</UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC272" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC272">13.5.17 PHP Hypertext Preprocessor</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC273" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC273">13.5.18 Pike</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC274" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC274">13.5.19 GNU Compiler Collection sources</A> +</UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC275" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC275">13.6 Internationalizable Data</A> +<UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC276" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC276">13.6.1 POT - Portable Object Template</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC277" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC277">13.6.2 Resource String Table</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC278" HREF="gettext_13.html#SEC278">13.6.3 Glade - GNOME user interface description</A> +</UL> +</UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC279" HREF="gettext_14.html#SEC279">14 Concluding Remarks</A> +<UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC280" HREF="gettext_14.html#SEC280">14.1 History of GNU <CODE>gettext</CODE></A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC281" HREF="gettext_14.html#SEC281">14.2 Related Readings</A> +</UL> +<LI><A NAME="TOC282" HREF="gettext_15.html#SEC282">A Language Codes</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC283" HREF="gettext_16.html#SEC283">B Country Codes</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC284" HREF="gettext_17.html#SEC284">Program Index</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC285" HREF="gettext_18.html#SEC285">Option Index</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC286" HREF="gettext_19.html#SEC286">Variable Index</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC287" HREF="gettext_20.html#SEC287">PO Mode Index</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC288" HREF="gettext_21.html#SEC288">Autoconf Macro Index</A> +<LI><A NAME="TOC289" HREF="gettext_22.html#SEC289">General Index</A> </UL> <P><HR><P> -This document was generated on 22 May 2003 using the +This document was generated on 30 November 2003 using the <A HREF="http://wwwinfo.cern.ch/dis/texi2html/">texi2html</A> translator version 1.52a.</P> </BODY> diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/iso-3166.texi b/gettext-tools/doc/iso-3166.texi index 0b7698b..c2bdabc 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/iso-3166.texi +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/iso-3166.texi @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Congo (Rep.). @item CH Switzerland. @item CI -Cote d'Ivoire. +C@^{o}te d'Ivoire. @item CK Cook Islands. @item CL @@ -94,6 +94,8 @@ China. Colombia. @item CR Costa Rica. +@item CS +Serbia and Montenegro. @item CU Cuba. @item CV @@ -403,7 +405,7 @@ Syria. @item SZ Swaziland. @item TC -Turks and Caicos Is. +Turks and Caicos Islands. @item TD Chad. @item TF @@ -416,14 +418,14 @@ Thailand. Tajikistan. @item TK Tokelau. +@item TL +Timor-Leste. @item TM Turkmenistan. @item TN Tunisia. @item TO Tonga. -@item TP -East Timor. @item TR Turkey. @item TT @@ -468,8 +470,6 @@ Samoa (Western). Yemen. @item YT Mayotte. -@item YU -Yugoslavia. @item ZA South Africa. @item ZM diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/iso-639.texi b/gettext-tools/doc/iso-639.texi index b007b4a..bc121cc 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/iso-639.texi +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/iso-639.texi @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Avestan. Afrikaans. @item am Amharic. +@item an +Aragonese. @item ar Arabic. @item as @@ -102,6 +104,8 @@ Hindi. Hiri Motu. @item hr Croatian. +@item ht +Haitian; Haitian Creole. @item hu Hungarian. @item hy @@ -114,6 +118,8 @@ Interlingua. Indonesian (formerly in). @item ie Interlingue. +@item ii +Sichuan Yi. @item ik Inupiak. @item io @@ -158,6 +164,8 @@ Kirghiz. Latin. @item lb Letzeburgesch. +@item li +Limburgish; Limburger; Limburgan. @item ln Lingala. @item lo diff --git a/gettext-tools/doc/version.texi b/gettext-tools/doc/version.texi index 2e5a0e3..84fd88d 100644 --- a/gettext-tools/doc/version.texi +++ b/gettext-tools/doc/version.texi @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -@set UPDATED 5 May 2003 -@set UPDATED-MONTH May 2003 -@set EDITION 0.12.1 -@set VERSION 0.12.1 +@set UPDATED 26 November 2003 +@set UPDATED-MONTH November 2003 +@set EDITION 0.13 +@set VERSION 0.13 |